(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Undergraduate catalog"

WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY 



The 1955-56 Catalog 

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF 1955-56 
STAFF AND DATA OF 1954- 



IvlARY BAYLES 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2012 with funding from 

LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://archive.org/details/underg5556west 




WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY 



The 1955-56 Catalog 

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF THE 1955-56 SESSION 
STAFF AND DATA OF THE 1954-55 SESSION 



WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY BULLETIN 



CORRESPONDENCE 



Correspondence should be addressed as follows. 

ADMISSION 

Registrar 



ALUMNI MATTERS 

Alumni Secretary 

CATALOG, ANNOUNCEMENTS 

Registrar 

EMPLOYMENT OF SENIORS AND ALUMNI 
Placement Bureau 

HOUSING 

On campus: Business Director of Residence Halls 
Off campus men: Office of Off-campus Housing 
Off campus, women: Dean of Women 

INFORMATION 
Bureau of Information 

MATTERS OF GENERAL UNIVERSITY INTEREST 
The President 

VETERANS AFFAIRS 

Veterans Coordinator 

WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY, MORGANTOWN, W. VA. 

SERIES 55, NO. 10-1 — WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY BULLETIN — APRIL, 1955 

The West Virginia University Bulletin is issued monthly throughout the year. Publi- 
cations included are the Announcements of the College of Arts and Sciences, the 
College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics, the College of Commerce, the 
College of Education, the College of Engineering and Mechanic Arts, the Division 
of Forestry, the School of Journalism, the College of Law, the School of Medicine, the 
School of Mines, the School of Music, the College of Pharmacy, the School of Physical 
Education and Athletics, the Graduate School, the Summer Session and the Evening 
Education Program; the General Catalog; bulletins of the College of Engineering and 
the School of Mines; other scholarly and scientific publications; and the Proceedings 
of the West Virginia Academy of Science. 



CONTENTS 



The Board of Governors 4 

Administrative Officers and Standing Committees 5 

Campus Maps 8 

Part I: General Information 

West Virginia University 13 

University Life 24 

Admission, Registration, Fees, Re-Admission 51 



Part II: Curricula and Courses 



The College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics 69 

The College of Arts and Sciences 118 

The College of Commerce 212 

The College of Education 224 

The College of Engineering and Mechanic Arts and the School of Mines 260 

The Graduate School 306 

The School of Journalism 312 

The College of Law 324 

The School of Medicine 336 

The Division of Military Science and Tactics and Air Science 351 

The School of Music 353 

The College of Pharmacy 364 

The School of Physical Education and Athletics 373 

Part III: The Staff 

The Alphabetical List of Staff 389 

Part IV: Appendix 

Degrees Conferred, 1870-1954 (tables) 409 

The Classified Enrollment, 1954-55 (tables) 412 

University Extension Service Map 416 

Geographical Distribution of Enrollment, 1954-55 (table) 418 

Index 419 

University Calendars 42(i 



The Board of Governors 

TERM EXPIRKS 

Thomas E. Millsop, President, Weirton 1957 

Raymond E. Salvati, Vice-President, Huntington 1956 

William G. Thompson, Secretary, Montgomery 1955 

Mrs. Paul Hammann, Martinsburg 1958 

E. G. Otey, Bluefield 1959 

Thomas L. Harris, Parkersburg 1960 

A. C. Spurr, Fairmont 1961 

K. Douglas Bowers, Beckley 1962 

Frank J. Zsoldos, Pineville 1963 

Iryin Stewart, Chief Executive Officer, Morgantown 

The Board of Governors has charge of the educational, administrative, financial 
and business affairs of the University and Potomac State College of West Virginia 
University. 



Administrative Officers 



General 



Irvin Stewart, LL.B., A.B., A.M., Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University (1946) 

Edna Arnold, M.A., Dean of Women (1939), 1935. 

Charles Edward Butler, M.A. in L.S., Librarian (1949). 

Joseph Clay Gluck, B.A., B.D., Director of Student Affairs (1949), 1943. 

Louisi Keener, B.A., Comptroller (1954), 1928. 

Jay Everett Long, M.A., Registrar of the University (1945), 1929. 



Colleges, Schools and Divisions 



Raymond W. Coleman, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Commerce (1952), 1948. 

Arm and Rene Collett, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences (1951), 1924. 

Roland Parker Davis, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Engineering (1945), 1911. 

Ray Oscar Duncan, Ed.D., Dean of the School of Physical Education and Athletics 

(1952). 
Robert Barclay Dustman, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate School (1949), 1924. 
Eston Kermit Feaster, Ed.D., Dean of the College of Education (1953), 1949. 
Douglas Graver Gilbert, B.S., Colonel, Infantry, U.S. Army, Head of the Military 

Division, 1953. 
Thomas Porter Hardman, J.D., Dean of the College of .Law (1931), 1913. 
Weldon Hart, Ph.D., Director of the School of Music, 1949. 

Joseph Lester Hayman, Ph.C, M.S., Dean of the College of Pharmacy (1936), 1919. 
John Oliver Knapp, B.S.Agr., Director of the Agricultural Extension Division (1938), 

1917. 
Walter Allos Koehler, Ph.D., Director of the Engineering Experiment Station (1952), 

1924. 
Perley Isaac Reed, Ph.D., Director of the School of Journalism (1939), 1920. 
J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., D.Sc, Dean of the School of Dentistry, 1953. 
Garold Ralph Spindler, E.M., Director of the School of Mines (1948), 1934. 
Edward Jerald Van Liere, M.D., Ph.D., Dean of the School of Medicine (1937), 1921. 
Harry Ross Varney, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home 

Economics, and Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station, 1950. 

Heads of Other Administrative Offices 

Boris Constant Belpuliti, M.S., Director of Student Activities Building, 1953. 

Robert Nathan Brown, A.B., Director of Intercollegiate Athletics (1954), 1950 

David Wood Jacobs, A.B., Director, Bureau of Information; Alumni Secretary, 1938. 

Margaret Cornelia Ladwig, Ph.D., Placement Adviser, 1949. 

John Joseph Lawless, Ph.D., M.D., Director, University Health Service (1944), 1935. 

John Luchok, B.S.J., University Editor (1953), 1950. 

Ernie Bevan McCue, A.B., A.M., Director of University Extension (1952), 1947. 

Delmas Ferguson Miller, Ph.D., Principal, University High School (1950), 1949. 

Edwin Orr, B.S.M.E., Superintendent, Buildings and Grounds (1954), 1949. 

Robert Chatterton Pulling, B.S., Director of Administration, 1954. 

Jo Ann Dodds Richardson, B.S.H.E., Executive Secretary, Y.W.C.A., 1953. 

Ruth Eleanor Robinson, A.M., Manager, University Book Store (1944), 1939. 

Bulan Talmadge Thomas, Jr., B.S., Veterans Coordinator, 1953. 

Mayme Elizabeth Waddell, B.S., MA., Director, Residence Halls (1935), 1930. 



ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 



Standing Committees 

THE UNIVERSITY 

ADMISSIONS: The Registrar and the deans and directors of all colleges and schools 

admitting freshmen. 
BOARD OF GOVERNORS SCHOLARSHIPS: F. J. Holter, Betty Boyd, C. H. 

Cather, J. L. Hail, J. E. Long, and M. L. Vest. 
BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS: A. R. Collett, H. M. Cather, R. O. Duncan, and 

A. H. VanLandingham. 
OFF-CAMPUS CONTACTS: M. G. Brooks, R. R. Ashburn, D. H. Bond, J. P. Brawner, 

Susan M. Holden, D. W. Jacobs, J. E. Long, Ruth D. Noer, L. W. Welden, and 

Dana Wells. 
PERMANENT BUILDINGS: C. L. Lazzell, R. D. Baldwin, H. M. Cather, R. S. 

Marsh, and F. P. Summers. 
SPACE ALLOCATION: R. D. Baldwin, C. L. Lazzell, J. E. Long, and Edwin Orr. 

THE SENATE 

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE: President Stewart, J. P. Brawner, E. L. Core, E. C. 

Jones, J. J. Lawless, C. L. Lazzell, J. E. Long, and E. O. Roberts. 
COMMITTEES: C. B. Seibert, Morton Backer, O. J. Burger, J. A. Gibson, and J. C. 

Stickney. 
ENGLISH PROFICIENCY BOARD: Q. F. Curtis, J. P. Brawner, J. H. Clarke, 

Beatrice Hurst, E. C. Kennedy, L. A. Seltzer, and L. W. Welden. 
EXTENSION: C. K. Shultz, T. E. Ennis, F. J. Holter, T. S. Isaack, J. O. Knapp, 

E. B. McCue, and G. R. Spindler. 
INSTRUCTIONAL POLICIES AND PRACTICES: H. M. Cather, M. G. Brooks. 

O. H. Cross, L. T. Fish, Leo Fishman, J. B. Hickman, and A. E. Singer. 
INTER-COLLEGE RELATIONS: R. O. Duncan and all other Deans and Directors. 
LIBRARY: C. E. Butler, W. H. Baker, W. D. Barns, J. B. Byers. J. J. Lawless, V. J. 

Lemke, and J. H. Thompson. 
MEMBERSHIP: L. H. Brown, W. S. Minor, and A. F. Wojick. 
PUBLICATIONS: A. W. Goodspeed, J. O. Buchanan, E. L. Core, R. W. Laird, John 

Luciiok, Helen P. Pettigrew, and G. G. Somers. 
RESEARCH: H. D. Bennett, H. L. Barnett, A. T. Cross, W. R. Cross, R. B. Dustman, 
R. E. Foster, E. W. Hanczaryk, W. A. Koehler, J. F. Ollom, W. R. Ross, H. R. 
Varney, and T. W. Williams. 
STUDENT AFFAIRS: J. C. Gluck. Members to consist of the various chairmen of 
subcommittees on student affairs as appointed by the president. 
Convocations: J. C. Gluck, Weldon Hart, W. F. Manning, Sara R. Smith, and 
L. H. Taylor; student members, Patrick Angelo Carone and David Michael 
Harcharic. 
Discipline: C. K. Sleeth, Helen P. Pettigrew, and M. L. Vest. 
New Residences: J. C. Gluck, A. S. Abel, L. R. Gribble, and Cornelia Ladwk;. 
Off-Campus Schedules: J. C. Gluck, A. R. Collett, and J. L. Hayman. 
Prizes, Scholarships, and Loan Funds: J. C. Gluck, Betty Boyd, H. M. Cathfr, 

Q. F. Curtis, J. E. Long, and R. M. White. 

Social Affairs: J. C. Gluck, Betty Boyd, Grace M. Griffin, A. C. McBride, Beth 

Palmer Muffly, C. B. Seibert, and Dana Wells; student members, Rachaei. 

Ann Hess, George Mayo Curry, Carolyn Reynolds, and Donald Lee Bopp. 

Student Fee Fund: J. C. Gluck and Betty Boyd; student members; William 

Curry, Richard Stewart, and Rosemary Eisenhauer. 
Student Organizations: E. L. Core, Evelyn P. Anderson, Betty Boyd, P. W. 

Gainer, and F. J. Holter. 
Student Publications: P. I. Reed, P. W. Gainer, Howard Jeffrey, and John 

Luchok; student members, Carol Gravely, Louise Hyde, and Earl Curry. 
Subcommittee on Loans: J. C. Gluck, J. H. Clark, C. L. Lazzell, and E. O. 

Roberts. 
Student Residences Committee: J. C. Gluck, Mayme Waddell, Betty Boyd, 
Thomas E. Ennis, and Kenneth Wood; student members, Mary Lou McClung 
and Laura Powell. 



STANDING COMMITTEES 



STUDENT ELIGIBILITY: J. G. Scherlacher, D. H .Bond, J. C. Gluck, J. E. Long, 

C. O. Loomis, and Kenneth Wood. 
STUDENT ETHICS IN ACADEMIC WORK: Nadine Page, H. N. Kerr, B. H. Light, 

W. F. Porter, Jr., and Dana Wells. 
TEACHER EVALUATION: G. E. Toben, Evelyn P. Anderson, Sara Ann Brown, 

E. C.Jones, and T. J. Kallsen. 
TEACHER TRAINING: Sara R. Smith, J. P. Brawner, T. J. Brennan, T. C. Campbell, 

Jr., E. K. Feaster, C. W. Hill, E. K. Jerome, B. R. McGregor, D. F. Miller, John 

Semon, and J. K. Stewart. 
TENURE AND RETIREMENT: C. M. Frasure, A. S. Abel, Grace M. Griffin, 

R. C. Gunton, C. L. Lazzell, and I. D. Peters. 



THE EVANSDALE CAMPUS 




SCALE • FEET 



THE MAIN CAMPUS OF WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY 



ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 
POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

FARMS 
UNIVERSITY FORESTS 




1. Martin Hall 

2. Experiment Station 

3. Woodburn Hall 

4. Reynolds Hall 

5. Science Hall 

6. Mechanical Hall 

7. Armory 

8. Administration Building 

9. President's Home 

10. Heating Plant 

11. School of Music 



12. Horticulture Greenhouse 

13. School of Medicine 

14. Oglebay Hall 

15. Woman's Hall 

16. Agricultural Economics 
No. 2 

17. College of Law 

18. Mountaineer Field 

19. Speech Annex 

20. Chemistry Building 

21. Field House 



22. Elij 

23. Lit 

24. Ogl 

25. Me| 

26. A[ 
No J 

27. Lai 
Sch 

28. Ted 

29. Mi 
Bu 




>re Hall 
I Annex 

Economics 
Elementary 

>ratory 



30. Health Center 

31. Terrace Hall 

32. Home Management 
House 

33. New Women's Dormitory 

34. Forestry Building 

35. Cafeteria 

36. Mountainlair 

37. Armstrong Hall 

38. Brooks Hall 



39. Spruce Street Annex 

40. Nursery School 

41. Glasscock Annex 

42. Plant Pathology 
Greenhouse 

43. Phvsics Building 

44. Drill Field 

45. Home Management 
Apartments 

46. Counseling Center 

47. Placement Office 



Parti 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY 



HISTORY 

West Virginia University had its origin in the Congressional Land-Grant (Morrill) 
Act of July 2, 1862, for the benefit of agriculture and the mechanic arts, and in an 
act of the State Legislature of October 3, 1863, accepting the conditions of the Con- 
gressional act. In case of a doubt regarding the rights of West Virginia under the act, 
the Legislature asked that the benefits be extended to her. By an act of April 19, 1864, 
the request was granted, and land-script for 150,000 acres, most of which were later 
located in Iowa and Minnesota, was issued to the new state. 

On January 9, 1866, the trustees of Monongalia Academy offered to give the State 
all its property, including the site and other property of nearby Woodburn Female 
Seminary, representing a total value of about S3 1,000, on condition that the proposed 
college "be located permanently at or near Morgantown." On February 7, 1867, 
the Legislature accepted the offer of Monongalia Academy and established the 
"Agricultural College of West Virginia" at Morgantown. 

Government and control of the "Agricultural College" were vested in a Board of 
Visitors composed of one member from each of the State's eleven senatorial districts. 
In response to requests from President Martin, the Legislature, by an act of December 
4, 1868, changed the name of the "Agricultural College" to "West Virginia University." 
At the same time the name of the controlling body was changed from "Board of 
Visitors" to "Board of Regents." Primarily to serve political purposes, the number of 
regents was changed from time to time to 1919, when government and control were 
vested in a state Board of Education of five members including the State superintendent 
of free schools as the ex officio chairman. This plan proved unsatisfactory, and an 
act of April 14, 1927, vested control in a Board of Governors of seven members. The 
number was increased in 1947 to nine. 

From 1867 to 1895 and even longer, leaders were divided as to whether West Vir- 
ginia should have a State-supported university or one "first-class" state-supported 
college. With devotees of liberty dominating the situation "the College Plan" was 
favored. Component "departments" and "schools." with the professors generalh 
occupying "chairs," functioned autonomously and somewhat provincially. Efforts to 
comply with the Hatch Act (1887) and the Second Morrill Act (1890) brought larger 
\iewpoints. As a result President Goodknight, who had traveled abroad, in 1895 
attempted to convert "the College" into a universitv. For that purpose "the eight 
Academy Schools, five Technical and Professional Schools, and four Special Courses" 
were organized into four colleges, each with a dean, as follows: Arts and Sciences, 
Powell B. Revnolds; Engineering and Mechanic Arts, William S. Aldrich; Agriculture, 
John A. Meyers; and Law, Judge Okey Johnson. The School of Music was established 
in 1897 a "Summer Quarter" or "Continuous Session" in 1898, and a College of 
Medicine in 1900. 

Both the College of Medicine and the Summer Quarter were discontinued in 1901. 
Beginning in 1897 the College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Engineering and 
Mechanic Arts functioned without deans and through more or less autonomous de- 
partments and schools to 1911 when the deanships were revived. In 1902 a semblance 
of the "Summer Quarter" was revived in the "Summer School" which in 1932 became 
the "Summer Session." Alternating between a department and a school organization 
since 1867, Military Science and Tactics became a division in 1911. The arrangement 
made in 1903 with the College of Physicians and Surgeons, Baltimore, for maintaining 
a University College of Medicine proved unsatisfactory. It was discontinued in 1910, 
and the "Medical Sciences" were offered in a department of the College of Arts and 

13 



14 GENERAL INFORMATION 



Sciences to 1912 when the present School of Medicine was established. In 1914 a 
Department of Pharmacy was established in the School of Medicine. In the same year 
the Department of Home Economics, previously a unit in the College of Arts and 
Sciences, was transferred to the College of Agriculture. The Division of Agricultural 
Extension was organized in 1912 and the Division of Mining and Industrial Extension 
in 1914. 

The building program inaugurated in 1917 brought additional expansions and 
curricular offerings. Among the former were the Engineering Experiment Station, 
1921, and the School of Mines, 1926, which in 1930 became an independent unit. In 
1927 the courses in education were transferred from the College of Arts and Sciences to 
the newly created College of Education, and in 1928 the Division of Physical Education 
was established. Curricular offerings were being improved meanwhile through addi- 
tional and better qualified personnel. In January, 1930, the Board of Governors estab- 
lished a Graduate School authorized to offer graduate degrees in certain indicated fields. 

The Depression (1929-35) slowed expansion somewhat, but progress was resumed 
in 1936 when the Department of Pharmacy was discontinued as a unit of the School 
of Medicine and converted into the College of Pharmacy. The next year the Division 
of Physical Education and the Department of Athletics were combined into the School 
of Physical Education and Athletics. At the same time (1937), the course in Forestry 
begun in 1935 as a two-year curriculum in the College of Agriculture, was expanded 
to a four-year course, and the name of the sponsoring unit was changed to the College 
of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics. In 1939 the Department of Journalism 
was discontinued as a unit in the College of Arts and Sciences and became the School 
of Journalism. The same year a Department of Art was established in the College 
of Arts and Sciences. In 1940 the college was further enlarged by the inclusion of a 
Department of Social Administration, authorized to offer a graduate curriculum lead- 
ing to the professional Certificate of Social Work. In 1941 the name was changed to 
the Department of Social Work and in 1944 the Department was authorized to 
establish an undergraduate curriculum in social work leading to the Bachelor of 
Science Degree. In 1950 the Board of Governors authorized the degree of Master of 
Social Work and approved the establishment of a two-year curriculum leading to that 
degree. In 1944 a four-year course leading to the B.S. (Medical Technology) Degree 
was approved to be given jointly by the College of Arts and Sciences and the School 
of Medicine. In 1948 the Board of Governors approved an order authorizing the 
College of Arts and Sciences to offer a general course as an integral part of its cur- 
riculum and an optional lower-division program of studies. In 1951 the Department 
of Business Administration was discontinued as a unit of the College of Arts and 
Sciences and converted into the College of Commerce. The Technical Institute 
Program was instituted by the College of Engineering and the School of Mines in 1953. 

The University has had thirteen regular presidents, nine acting presidents, and 
one chairman of the faculty. Together with their periods of service, they were 
Alexander Martin, April 3, 1867-August 12, 1875; Vice-president John Work Scott 
(acting), September 6, 1875-March 27, 1877; John Rhey Thompson, March 28, 1877- 
March 12, 1881; Vice-president Daniel Boardman Purinton (acting), March 13, 1881- 
1882; William Lyne Wilson, 1882-1883; Robert Carter Berkeley (chairman of the 
faculty), 1883-1885; Eli Marsh Turner, 1885- July 21, 1893; Vice-president Powell Benton 
Reynolds (acting), July 24, 1893-1895; James L. Goodknight, 1895-August 6, 1897; 
(from August 6 to August 10, 1897, Vice-president Robert Allen Armstrong was 
nominally acting president); Jerome Hall Raymond, August 10, 1897-1901; Powell 
Benton Reynolds (acting), March 21, 1901-July' 31, 1901; Daniel Boardman Purinton, 
August 1, 1901-July 31, 1911; Alexander R. Whitehill (acting), August 1, 1911-Septem- 
ber 30, 1911; Thomas Edward Hodges, October 1, 1911-August 31, 1914; Frank Butler 
Trotter (acting), July 19, 1914-1916; 1916-1928; John Roscoe Turner, 1928-December 
31, 1934; Robert Allen Armstrong (acting), January 1, 1935-September 30, 1935; 
Chauncey Samuel Boucher, October 1, 1935-August 31, 1938; Charles Elmer Lawall 
(acting), September 1, 1938-1939; 1939-August 31, 1945; Charles Thompson Neff, Jr., 
(acting), September 1, 1945-1946; Irvin Stewart, 1946-. 

LOCATION 

West Virginia University is in Morgantown, Monongalia County, 80 miles southeast 
of Wheeling and 200 miles north of Charleston. The community is served by the 
Raltimore and Ohio Railroad, Capital Airlines, 4 bus lines and Routes 7, 19, 73. 92, 
and 119. 



WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY 



ACCREDITATION 

West Virginia University is a member of the North Central Association of Colleges 
and Secondary Schools. It is accredited by the North Central Association and various 
professional accrediting agencies. 

PHYSICAL PLANT 

West Virginia University's campus comprises 74.35 acres near the center ol 
Morgantown and approximately 260 acres of newly acquired land known as the 
Krepps and Dille farms. In 195L the Monongalia County Court deeded to the Univer- 
sity approximately 90 acres which adjoins 55 acres already owned by the University. 
This tract of 145 acres is the site for the new Medical Center, plans for which are 
now heing made by architects. The first building, the Mechanical Plant, was com 
pleted in 1954, and the erection of the second building, the Basic Sciences Building. 
was begun in 1954. Much of the campus is on high ground overlooking the Mononga- 
hela river and the surrounding countryside. The physical plant includes 47 state- 
owned buildings or structures on campus, five demonstration and experimental farms 
near Morgantown, four additional experimental farms and two agricultural extension 
centers located at suitable points throughout the state, a summer surveying camp for 
Civil and Mining Engineering students, and a summer camp for Forestry students. 

Structures on the main campus, with dates of their completion or acquisition, are: 
Martin Hall, 1870; Woodburn Hall, 1876; Agricultural Expermient Station, 1899, 
present central part being the Armory from 1873 to 1888; Science Hall, 1893; Mechani- 
cal Hall, 1902; Armory, 1902; Administration Building, "Old Library," 1902; Presi- 
dent's House, 1905; Heating Plant, 1906: Placement Office, 1914; Horticultural Green- 
house, 1915: Medical Building, 1916; Oglebay Hall, 1918; Woman's Hall, 1919; Plant 
Pathology Greenhouse, 1920; Law Building, 1923; old Cafeteria, in 1954, to house 
Department of Speech scenic shops and Buildings and Grounds tin and gardening 
shops, 1924; Mountaineer Field. 1925: Hall of Chemistrv, 1925; Elizabeth Moore Hall, 
1928; Field House, 1929; Universitv Library, 1931; Deah'l Hall, to 1948 the "University 
Rural High School," 1933; Wings 'to Woman's Hall, 1935; Men's Hall, 1935; Oglebav 
Annexes, 1933 and 1937; Alexander Wade School, 1939; Reynolds Hall, formerlv 
'Commencement Hall" completed in 1893, 1940; Mineral Industries Building, 1942; 
University Health Center, 1942; Terrace Hall, 1942; Home Management House, 1942; 
Forestry Building, 1946; U.S. Bureau of Mines, formerly "Clay Laboratory," 1946; 
Department of Mines Stoker Laboratory, 1946; new Cafeteria, 1947; Mountainlair, 1948; 
Armstrong Hall, 1950; Brooks Hall, 1951; Physics Building, 1952; and the Music 
Building, 1954. The University acquired the nearby Krepps and Dille farms, now 
known as the Evansdale Campus, (260 acres) in 1948. 

The farms, with dates of acquisition, are: Dairy Husbandry Farm 175 acres (1899) 
and 29.5 acres (1941); Horticulture Farm, 62.5 acres (1916); Animal Husbandry Farm. 
321 acres (1916) and 262.5 acres (1941), including a portion for poultry husbandry; 
Agronomy Farm, 102 acres (1916) (6 acres donated to College of Engineering for 
aeroplane hangar in 1943, 15.7 acres transferred to City of Morgantown (1946) for 
runway extension in exchange for 52.3 acres at County Farm); total acreage of 
Agronomy Farm, 132.6 (1947); and Poultry Husbandry Farm, 20 acres (1916), all near 
Morgantown; University Experiment Farm at Kearneysville, Jefferson Countv. 158 
acres (1930) ; Reymann Memorial Farms at Wardensville, Hardy County, 930 acrer, 
(1917) and 57 acres (1943); Reedsville Experiment Farm, Preston County, 457 acres 
(1944); Ohio Valley branch, Mason County, 150 acres (1945); Tygart Valley Farm 
(Forestry), Randolph County, 495 acres (1949) ; Camp Russell Love Morris (Engineer- 
ing), Preston County, 53i/ 2 acres (1950). 

The agricultural extension centers, with dates of establishment, are State 4-H 
Camp at Jackson's Mill, Lewis County (1921). and the Recreation Center at Oglebav 
Park, Ohio County (1926). 

Approximately 50 acres of mostly wooded land along the west side of the Star 
City Boulevard was set aside in 1948 for growing trees, wildflowers, and other plants, 
and for their display for students of botany, forestry, horticulture, etc., as well as for 
the general public. Footpaths have been constructed to provide access to various 
parts of the Arboretum. 



16 GF.NERAL INFORMATION 



FUNDS 

Funds for maintaining the University, the Agricultural Experiment Station, the 
Engineering Experiment Station, the Mining and Industrial Extension Division and 
the Agricultural Extension Service are derived from the following sources: (1) interest 
on the land-grant endowment of $115,300; (2) Federal Morrill-Nelson and Bankhead- 
Jones funds; (3) biennial appropriations by the Legislature; (4) fees and tuitions of 
students; (5) Federal Purnell fund; (6) Federal Hatch fund; (7) Federal Adams fund; 
(8) Federal Bankhead-Jones research fund; (9) Agricultural Extension Consolidated; 
(10) Federal Clarke-McNary fund; (11) Federal Research and Marketing fund; (12) 
tuition of high-school students paid by Monongalia County Board of Education; (13) 
income derived from sale of farm and dairy products as well as income from athletics, 
dormitories, dining halls, book store, student activities, etc.; (14) grants by Federal 
agencies for special research and extension projects; (15) contribution bv private 
benefactors for the support of scholarships, loan funds, and prizes. 

GOVERNMENT AND ORGANIZATION 

Direction of educational, administrative, financial, and business affairs of the 
University is vested in the Board of Governors. The board is bipartisan and consists 
of nine members who are appointed by the Governor with staggered terms of service. 

The University year is divided into two semesters of approximately eighteen 
weeks each and a Summer Session of two terms of six weeks each. 

Acting in an advisory capacity to the President and assisting him in carrying out 
established University policies is a Council of Administration, composed of the Presi- 
dent, the Registrar, and the deans and directors of all colleges and schools, as well 
as other administrative officers who may be called to take part in the deliberations of 
the Council. 

The University Senate, a legislative body with jurisdiction over all academic 
matters that concern the entire University and all matters that concern more than 
one college or division, is composed of the President, the Registrar, all professors, 
associate professors, and assistant professors in all colleges, schools, and divisions, 
and all heads of departments. 

The Graduate Faculty, composed of all members who teach courses on the 
graduate level, sets the specific requirements and standards of quality for admission 
to candidacy for graduate degrees and for the award of graduate degrees. 

The Committee on Student Affairs acts as an integral part of the whole organiza- 
tion of the University. Its program is bound up with that of the University as a 
whole, designed to serve the larger academic and social objectives of modern education, 
lor a list of members see page 6. 

Colleges and Schools 

Organization of the University, together with dates of establishment of the various 
colleges, etc., follows: 

Colleges: College of Arts and Sciences, 1895; College of Law, 1895; College of 
Engineering and Mechanic Arts, 1895; College of Agriculture, 1895; College of Edu- 
cation, 1927; College of Pharmacv, 1936; College of Commerce, 1952. 

Schools: School of Music, 1897; the Summer Quarter, 1898-1900, Summer School, 
1902-1931, and Summer Session, 1932; School of Medicine, 1912; School of Mines, 1926; 
Graduate School, 1930; School of Physical Education and Athletics, 1937; School of 
Journalism, 1939; School of Dentistry, 1953. 

Divisions: Division of Military Science and Tactics, 1911, Division of Military 
and Air Science and Tactics, 1949; Division of Forestry, 1937; Division of Home 
Economics, 1937. 

Experiment Stations and Research Bureaus: Agricultural Experiment Station, 1888; 
Engineering Experiment Station, 1921; Government Research Bureau, 1931-1935, 1949; 
Business Research Bureau, 1949. 

Extension Service: Agricultural Extension, 1912; Mining and Industrial Extension, 
1914; Extension in Education, 1915; Liberal Arts Extension, 1916; University Extension, 
1930. 

The College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics; the College of Arts 
and Sciences; the College of Engineering and Mechanic Arts; the College of Pharmacy; 



WEST VIRGINIA UN1VERSI I V 17 



the School of Mines; the School of Music; and the School of Physical Education and 
Athletics are all degree-granting units admitting freshmen. The College of Education, 
the College of Law, the School of Journalism, the School of Medicine, and the School 
of Dentistry are professional colleges and schools requiring from two to three years of 
academic training as a foundation for professional work. All graduate instruction is 
administered by the Graduate School and the Graduate Faculty. 

A full description of the organization and offerings of the colleges and schools of 
the University is found in Part II of this Catalog. 

Summer Session 



in 



The fifty-seventh Summer Session of the University will be held from June 
August 26, 1955. The session will be made up of two terms of six weeks each. 

University High School will be in session the first nine weeks for secondary-school 
student teaching, practice supervision, and observation. The University Laboratory 
Elementary School also will be in session during the first six weeks for elementary school 
observation and practice supervision. 

Requirements for admission and character of the work offered are the same for 
the Summer Session as for the regular academic year. 

Credit may be obtained towards the Bachelor's and Master's Degrees in most of 
the departments and toward the Doctorate in some departments. Offerings are varied 
from summer to summer so that students may complete the work for the Master's 
Degree by attending summer sessions only. 

For complete description of courses, see the Summer Session Bulletin. 

Evening Education 

The University offers a program of evening classes for the benefit of those who 
wish to continue their education beyond the high-school level and who are unable 
to attend the usual day classes. 

All courses are taught by resident faculty members and carry full college residence 
credit. Many of these courses may be counted toward advanced degrees. 

Davision of Military Science and Tactics and Air Science 

Requirements 

West Virginia University, a beneficiary of the act of Congress of 1862, offers in 
time of peace, a four-year course of instruction in military and air science and tactics. 
Successful completion of the entire course leads to a commission as Second Lieutenant 
in the United States Army Reserve, or United States Air Force Reserve. Distinguished 
military graduates of West Virginia University may apply for and be offered com- 
missions as Second Lieutenants in the Regular Army or Regular Air Force, under 
conditions prescribed by law. 

The course comprises two years of basic (Military Science 1, 2, or Air Science 1, 
2; Military Science 3, 4, or Air Science 3, 4), two years of advanced training (Military 
Science 105, 106, 107 and 108, or Air Science 105, 106, 107 and 108), and Summer Camp 
of six weeks duration for Military Science students and four weeks Summer Training 
for Air Science students during the summer following the junior year. The Army 
Summer Camp and Air Force Summer Training is conducted at government expense, 
and eligible students are paid $78 monthly in addition to traveling expenses at the 
rate of 5 cents per mile. 

All male students not specifically exempt by provisions of the appropriate para- 
graph below are required by chapter eighteen, article eleven, of the official code of 
West Virginia, and by orders of the Board of Governors of the University, to complete 
satisfactorily the entire basic course as prerequisite to graduation from the University. 

Within deferment quotas established by Public Law 758, 80th Congress, qualified 
and selected enrolled students are offered the opportunity of being deferred by the 
Professor of Military Science and Tactics or Professor of Air Science from military 
service under the Selective Service Act of 1948 and Selective Service Extension Act 
of 1950, as amended by the Universal Military Training and Service Act, November, 
1951, as amended, until completion of their military courses, and receipt of their 
Baccalaureate Degree. Such deferment is subject to cancellation should the studeni 



18 GENERAL INFORMATION 



not be selected for the advanced course, fail to remain in good standing, or to develop 
the qualities expected of an officer. 

Curriculum 

Basic instruction is given for three hours per week throughout the two semesters 
of each school year. Two hours' credit is allowed for each semester's work. 

The third and fourth years of instruction in Military Science and Air Science, 
corresponding to the junior and senior years of the student, comprise the advanced 
course and are entirely elective on part of the student and selective on part of the 
Professor of Military Science and Tactics and Professor of Air Science. Application 
for advanced training should be made at the beginning of the second semester of the 
student's sophomore year. 

Enrollment in the advanced courses Army ROTC or Air Force ROTC is elective 
on the part of those students who may be selected by the President of the University 
and the Professor of Military Science and Tactics or the Professor of Air Science, under 
regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Army or the Secretary of the Air Force. 
Each student who shall have enrolled in either advanced course shall complete that 
course and, if tendered, accept a commission in a reserve component of the Army or 
Air Force upon completion of the course as a prerequisite for his graduation from the 
University, unless he is excused from this requirement by the authority of the 
Secretary of the Army or the Secretary of the Air Force. 

All Army advanced course military science students follow the same curriculum 
on the basis of five hours per week. Assignment to branch of Army ROTC students is 
made by the Department of the Army during the fourth year of instruction based 
upon the preferences of the student, his personal qualifications, civilian occupational 
and military experience, academic curriculum pursued, and the needs of the Army. 
Three hours' credit is allowed for each semester completed. 

Advanced Air Science students follow a common course of instruction for all 
students on the basis of five hours per week. Three hours' credit is allowed for each 
semester completed. 

Students with twelve months or more of previous honorable active service are 
eligible to apply for enrollment in the advanced course immediately upon entrance 
into the University for the fall semester of their junior year. Students with less than 
twelve months service, but more than six, will be eligible to apply for enrollment in 
the advanced course only upon completion of Military Science 3 and 4, or Air Science 
3 and 4. 

Allowances 

Commutation of subsistence, in the amount of the current value of the field 
ration ($0.90 per day during the Fiscal Year 1955), will be paid monthly to each 
student taking the advanced course. In addition, uniforms, equipment, and textbooks 
are furnished all military and air science students by the government. 

Military Deposit 

Each student is financially responsible for all government property he is issued. 
A deposit of $10 will be given to the Comptroller, at time of registration to cover any 
loss or damage to Government property while in his possession. This deposit, less a 
nominal administrative charge, will be refunded upon return of the undamaged 
property. 

Exemptions 

The following students will not be required to enroll in the Division of Military 
and Air Science and Tactics but may elect to do so with the approval of the Professor 
of Military Science and Tactics or the Professor of Air Science: 

(1) Those who are not citizens of the United States. 

(2) Those who, at time of entrance, are more than 23 years of age, and former 
students over that age who re-enter the University after an absence of three 
years. 

(3) Graduate students. 

(4) Students who are taking only the short course, the special interim courses, or 
extension work. 

(5) Students who at time of matriculation have successfully completed not less 
than 58 hours of work, and all who have completed the two-year basic Arm\ 



WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY 19 



ROTC or Air Force ROTC course at an institution maintaining a senior 
division unit. Those who have satisfactorily completed one, two, or three 
semesters in a senior division unit will he allowed comparable credit. 
(6) Students who are unable to perform military duty for physical reasons. 
Exemptions will be determined by the adviser from the student's records and 
from recommendations of the Director of the Student Health Service. 

Students with one year or more previous honorable active service are exempted 
from taking basic military training (i.e., Military or Air Science 1, 2, 3, 4). Students 
with more than six months but less than one vear's service are exempted from taking 
the first year of basic military training (i.e., Military or Air Science 1, 2). Note cur- 
riculum in connection with advanced course work. 

Organization 

The Division of Military and Air Science and Tactics and the conduct of military 
science and air science instruction is the responsibility of the Professor of Military 
Science and Tactics, and Professor of Air Science who, together with their militarv 
staffs, are officers and non-commissioned officers of the Army and Air Force, appointed 
by the Department of the Army and Department of the Air Force for duty at West 
Virginia University. 

Reserve Officers Training Corps Bands 

There is an Army ROTC band and an Air Force ROTC Band. Membership is 
restricted respectivelv to basic Army and Air Force ROTC students. Assignment to 
one of the bands is determined by audition before the Director of the Band. 

Library 

The Library of the University originated in the collection of books owned by 
Monongalia Academy when it was transformed into West Virginia University. 

The Library's function is to provide books and related materials for teaching, 
research, and cultural purposes. It endeavors to maintain well-balanced collections in 
all subject fields included in the curricula of the University. Although primarily 
intended to supply the needs of the faculty and students of the University, the collec- 
tions are available to any resident of West Virginia through the Library Extension 
Service Department, which also borrows books from other libraries for the use of 
Faculty members and properly accredited graduate students, and makes loans to other 
institutions. Facilities are also available for the reproduction of material by microfilm 
and photostat. 

The Library contains over 283,000 volumes and some 50,000 maps, besides several 
million pieces consisting of manuscripts, books, papers, and county court records 
relating to West Virginia. Over 1,900 periodicals are received currently. The law 
Library, housed in the College of Law, has over 54,000 additional volumes. 

The Audio-Visual Aids Department has about 1,200 educational motion-picture 
films available to members of the University and to groups throughout the the state, 400 
film strips, and a collection of musical and speech recordings. 

During regular sessions, except on holidays and vacations, the Library is open from 
7:55 a.m. to 10:00 p.m., Monday through Friday; from 7:55 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on 
Saturday; and from 2:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Sunday. During the Summer Session 
the weekday hours are from 7:55 a.m. to 9:00 p.m., and only the Reserve Collection is 
available on Sunday from 2:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. During periods when the Univer- 
sity is not in session, the hours are from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Fridav; 
9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon on Saturday; closed all day Sundays and holidays. 



University Extenison 



s * 



The work of this division is under the general supervision of the Director of Uni- 
versity Extension. The work given in extension courses corresponds in every particular 
to that given in the same courses on campus. Students taking extension coyxses for 
credit must satisfy all requirements for admission to the University and, before register- 
ing, must file with the Registrar of the University complete official transcripts of record. 

The maximum undergraduate credit that may be counted toward any degree for 
extension work conducted by the University is 48 semester hours. The maximum 
undergraduate credit that may be counted towards a degree for extension work taken 



20 GENERAL INFORMATION 



in other institutions is 30 semester hours. No more than 15 hours of work taken in 
graduate extension courses may be couted towards any degree, and of these only 8 
semester hours may be in one field. Education majors are limited to 12 semester 
hours that m;i\ be counted toward the completion of the Master's Degree. For other 
regulations on graduate extension for Education majors see the College of Education 
Announcements or the Education section of the University Catalog. 

No University extension courses may be offered for credit without the approval 
of the Director of University Extension. Library and laboratory facilities for each 
course must be approved by the Director and, in case of courses for graduate credit, 
by the Dean of the Graduate School. Reference books for the use of extension stu- 
dents may be borrowed from the University Library upon the order of the Director of 
University Extension, subject to the approval of the Library Committee. Postal 
charges must be paid by the individual or groups for whom the books are borrowed. 

A fee of $8 per semester hour is charged for each extension course offered. 

For further information write to the Director of University Extension. 

Guided Reading Course— Correspondence 

The Extension Division of West Virginia University offers six reading courses 
through correspondence. While these courses are offered in cooperation with the 
West Virginia Federation of Women's Clubs, any adult may enroll for any of these 
courses by applying to the Director of University Extension. The fee is SI per course. 
The reader sends in short reports on the books he reads in each course. When the 
course has been satisfactorily completed, a progress card from West Virginia University 
Extension Division is awarded. These courses carry no University credit but arc 
designed to provide adults with some of the best reading materials in the areas 
covered through this program. At present the courses include: 

1. World Affairs 

2. Modern America 

3. Psychology for Everyday Living 

4. Happy Family Relationships 

5. Novel and Biography 

6. Ideas in Conflict 

University Book Store 

The Book Store, located on the ground floor of the Law Building, is owned and 
operated by the State. The objective of the Book Store is to supply the student with 
everything required of him in connection with his University work at the lowest 
practical cost to him. 

The Book Store (1) sells new and used textbooks; trade books (general and non- 
technical); general school supply and stationery items; office supplies; medical and 
engineering instruments and supplies; physical education equipment; University 
stamped and seal items such as stationery, T-shirts, jackets, sweat shirts, book ends, 
souvenir and gift merchandise; (2) buys used books from students for cash; (3) main- 
tains a mail-order service for extension students and alumni. Orders for books or 
supplies will be filled when prepaid, or shipped COD. 

Cafeteria 

The Cafeteria is open for three meals daily except Saturday and Sunday. Dinner is 
not served on Saturday except on special occasions such as Homecoming Weekend and 
Greater West Virginia University Weekend. Only the noon meal is served on Sunday. 

The Cafeteria observes all University holidays, and opens and closes with the 
I niversity schedule. 

ASSOCIATED INSTITUTIONS 

West Virginia Academy of Science 

Organized in 1924 to bring about closer affiliation among scientists of the state and 
to encourage the pursuit of scientific work throughout the commonwealth, the West 
Virginia Academy of Science is a body of nearly five hundred men and women who 
are interested in the service of science in development of the state. Members arc 



WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY 21 



Widely distributed throughout West Virginia and adjoining states and are representa- 
tive of colleges, high schools, and industries. A Collegiate Academy and a Junior 
Academv are sponsored by the Senior Academy. Annual meetings, held at the various 
institutions of higher learning, are divided into sections on biology, chemistry, geology 
and mining, mathematics and physics, education, psychology and social sciences. The 
Proceedings of the annual meetings are published under the auspices of the University 
and the Academy. 

West Virginia Geological and Economic Survey 

The West Virginia Geological and Economic Survey, situated at West Virginia 
University, is governed by its own commission and receives separate appropriations. 

The Geological Survey was founded by an Act of the Legislature in 1897 and has 
functioned consistently since that date. It is recognized as one of the leading state 
surveys. 

One of the major purposes of the Survey is to have members of its staff, specialists 
in their field, investigate all natural resources, and especially mineral resources, of the 
state and make results of the investigations available to the public in the form of 
written reports and maps. 

Accomplishments of the Survey include complete topographic mapping on 1-mile- 
to-the-inch quadrangles; complete geologic mapping of the state by counties, and a 
state geologic map; complete mapping of the soils of the state by counties; and the 
state relief map (scale 1 inch equals 4 miles). 

Numerous special reports also have been made on coal, oil, gas, clays, limestones 
and cement, iron ores and building stone, mineral springs, manganese, deep-well 
records, salt brines, rock salt, caverns and forest and wood industries. 

The professional staff of the Survey is composed of eight geologists, a petroleum 
engineer, two chemists, and a spectroscopist. There is close cooperation between the 
survey and the Department of Geology of the University. Two geologists from the 
U.S. Geological Survey are assigned here for cooperative studies on ground waters. 
The large collection of well cuttings on file brings many petroleum geologists here 
to study them. 

Government of the Survey is vested in the Geological Survey Commission, com- 
posed of the Governor of West Virginia, the State Treasurer, the Commissionei of 
Agriculture, the President of West Virginia University, and the Director of the 
Agricultural Experiment Station. 

West Virginia Biological Survey 

The West Virginia Biological Survey is an organization of voluntary workers whose 
purpose is the collection of information of every kind about the plants and animals 
of the state. 

The executive committee consists of a biologist from each of the colleges of the 
state with a chairman, secretary, and curator. There are no dues, and membership is 
open to all persons interested in the work of the Survey. 

The repository for plant and animal collections is in Brooks Hall, West Virginia 
University, Morgan town, and Marshall College, Huntington. Under direction of the 
Survey a series of publications dealing with biology of the state is being published. 

The Survey, in cooperation with Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, 
during several summers has maintained one or more field collectors whose work has 
taken them into all parts of West Virginia. An increase in knowledge of biological 
conditions in the state has resulted from this work. 

State Road Commission 

The Materials Laboratory of the State Road Commission is housed in Mechanical 
Hall of the University. Its work includes testing of all materials used by the Commis- 
sion and also research on problems of road construction and maintenance in West 
Virginia. 



22 GENERAL INFORMATION 



UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS 

The following publications are issued regularly at the University: 

1. The West Virginia University Bulletin, issued monthly during the year. The 
series includes the Catalog of the University and the Announcements of the various 
colleges and schools as well as other occasional publications. 

2. The bulletins and circulars of the Agricultural Experiment Station. 

3. The circulars of the Agricultural Extension Service, including Farm Women's 
Club leaflets, 4-H Suggestions, Treasures of the Trail, and special pamphlets. 

4. Agricultural News Service bulletins published weekly by the College of 
Agriculture. 

5. The bulletins of the Engineering Experiment Station and of the School of 
Mines. 

6. The West Virginia Law Review, official publication of the West Virginia Bar 
Association, edited by the faculty of the College of Law. 

7. Miscellaneous publications under the title of Philological Papers or Biological 
Studies. 

8. The Student Directory, annual directory of the student body, published by 
the University Book Store. 

9. The annual Proceedings of the West Virginia Academy of Science. 

10. The West Virginia Fourth Estatesman, a quarterly publication edited by the 
faculty of the School of Journalism. 

UNIVERSITY LIFE 

STUDENT WELFARE 
Director of Student Affairs 

The activities of student welfare are under the administration of the Director of 
Student Affairs. The Director's office is on the second floor of the Administration 
Building. 

Dean of Women 

All interests of women students in the University are in charge of a special 
executive officer of the University, the Dean of Women. The Dean's office is on the 
main floor of Elizabeth Moore Hall. 

Eligibility for Activities 

To be eligible to represent the University in public appearances, a student must 
be enrolled in the University and must meet the eligibility requirements of the 
department or school in which the activity originates. The records of those students 
whose status is questionable should be checked at the Registrar's Office before partici- 
pation. This checking should be done by the department or school in question. 

To hold an elective or appointive office in any duly recommended student organi- 
zation, a student must be enrolled in the University for at least 12 semester hours and, 
if in other than his or her first semester in residence, must have maintained a minimum 
average of "C" the last previous semester in the University. 

The rules and the policies of the Southern Conference govern participation in 
intercollegiate athletics. 

Student Government 

University Student Government was reorganized in 1952 under a new constitution 
providing for three separate departments of governmental activity: the Student 
Legislature, the Student Executive Council, and the Student Court. 

The Legislature, composed of elected representatives from all colleges and schools, 
determines policy and exercises control over all student activities proposed by the 
Executive Council, the administrative body which includes the president and vice 
president of the student body, and the president and vice president of each class. 
The Court, composed of seven students, handles constitutional revisions and contro 
versial issues of the Legislature and Executive Council. 



UNIVERSITY LIFE 23 



Student Government sponsors many educational and entertaining activities, and 
coordinates the work of its committee system and of various campus organizations. 
Besides providing valuable experience in democratic self-government, Student Govern- 
ment represents the student body with the faculty, administration, and off-campus 
groups. 

Associated Women Students 

All women students of the University are members of Associated Women Students. 
The purpose of this association is to regulate all matters pertaining to the student life 
of its members: to further in every way a spirit of friendliness and unity among the 
women of the University; to increase their sense of responsibility; and to be a medium 
for maintaining high scholastic and social standards. 

Responsibility for directing the work of the Association rests with the Executive 
Council, which is composed of the following members: a president, two vice-presidents, 
a secretary, a treasurer, and a representative from each class. The officers are elected 
annually bv the Association. To be eligible for membership on the Executive Council, 
a woman must have no less than a "C" average in all her work. 

In 1921 the Association was admitted to active membership in the intercollegiate 
Association of Student Government for Women Students. 

MOUNTAINLAIR 

Mountainlair, the student center, was opened on May 14, 1948, to provide members 
of the University with a general recreational center. 

Mountainlair is a remodeled Navy recreation building, situated at the northeast 
end of Mountaineer Field. It contains a. large snack bar, four bowling alleys, a lounge 
with newspapers and magazines, an activities or meeting room, office space, and a 
huge ballroom used for such activities as table tennis, badminton, shuffileboard, dances, 
and special student functions. A smaller upstairs ballroom is used for small dances, 
movies, style shows, etc. 

The Mountainlair Swimming Pool was opened in August, 1951. The pool is 
42 by 75 feet, the regulation intercollegiate size. Adequate recreational swimming 
hours are provided for all persons having a Mountainlair identification card. 

The Mountainlair staff devotes its full time to making a pleasing atmosphere for 
students' recreation and to setting up an adequate program designed to fit many 
individual needs of students on campus. The activities at Mountainlair are planned 
by the students with the coordination of a Social Director. 

The building is open from 7:30 a.m. to 10.30 p.m. Monday through Thursday, 
7:30 a.m. to 11:30 p.m. Friday and Saturday, and 2:00 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. Sunday. 

LIVING ACCOMMODATIONS 

The University maintains three dormitories, one for men and two for women. 
For information as to accommodations and rates, address the office of the Director 
of Residence Halls. Cost of room and board will be determined later. 
The following rules are in effect: 

No student will be permitted to live in other quarters until after Men's 
Hall and dormitories for women are fully occupied. 

In assignment of rooms in these buildings all freshmen shall be required 
to take rooms therein, no freshman being allowed to live outside the dormi- 
tories if there is room in them.* In enforcing the above rules the following 
exceptions shall be made: 

(1) When the parents or legal guardians of students reside in Mor- 
gantown or within commuting distance of the University, these rules shall 
not apply. 

(2) When the home of the student is within such distance that it is 
entirely practicable for him to live in his home and reach the University 
by car or otherwise for all his classes, these rules shall not apply. 

A student who does not claim exemption for the fall semester to live 
with relatives, cannot claim exemption for the second semester unless the 
parents in the meantime have moved to Morgantown. 

*In dormitories for women, rooms are assigned to freshmen, sophomores, 
juniors, and seniors. 



24 GENERAL INFORMATION 



(3) When students above the rank of freshman reside in approved 
sorority or fraternity houses under the supervision of the Director of Student 
Affairs and the Dean of Women, these rules shall not apply. 

(4) When conditions of employment (such as firemen in various buildings 
and homes, employment on dairy and experimental farms, etc.) require resi- 
dence on the premises, these rules shall not apply. Students so employed 
should not request dormitory reservations. 

When space is needed for underclass women, no senior sorority woman will be 
permitted to live in Woman's Hall if there is room for her in her sorority house. 

Because of the shortage of dormitory space, rooms are assigned only to students 
whose homes are in West Virginia. Assignments are for the entire academic year. 
Students cannot be released at the end of the first semester to live elsewhere. 

More detailed information may be found in the Residence Halls Bulletin, a copy 
of which will be furnished by the office of the Director of Residence Halls. 

Board and lodging for women graduate stduents is available in private dwellings 
in Morgan town. Board and lodging for men also is available in private dwellings. For 
information concerning rooms in homes on the approved list, men should address the 
Office of Off-Campus Housing, "West Virginia University, Morgantown. Women should 
communicate with the office of the Dean of Women, West Virginia University, 
Morgantown. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS 
Service Program for Men and Women 

Two hours of physical education for men, P.E. 1 and 2, to be taken during the 
first vear in residence; and four hours of physical education for women elected from 
P.E. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18, to be taken during the first 
and second year in residence, are required for graduation of students presenting fewer 
than 58 hours unless previous credit has been allowed. Upper division women students 
who wish to elect a Physical Education course or who have not completed the Phvsical 
Education requirement, should select from P.E. 101 and 102. 

Each student who is required to register for physical education is given a complete 
medical and physical examination at the beginning of the University school year to 
determine his fitness for active participation in University activities of any description. 
See Part II for more extended information on the course offerings of these departments. 

Intramurals 

A broad intramural sports program for men and women is provided by the 
School of Physical Education and Athletics. It is the aim to encourage all students of 
the University to participate in organized athletic sports and wholesome active 
recreation. Competition is promoted between student groups and individuals. Such 
natural groupings as classes, fraternities, sororities, dormitories, and other non-fraternity 
units form the basis for activities in competitive sports. 

The following activities are conducted for men in the Intramural program: 
speedball, touch football, tennis, volleyball, handball, basketball, swimming, relays, 
golf, bowling, basketball free throwing, softball, horseshoes, and outdoor track. Other 
activities may be organized when there is sufficient interest on the part of students 
and when facilities permit. Leagues are organized to accommodate fraternities, dor- 
mitories, and nonfraternity groups. 

The following activities are conducted for women: horseshoes, volleyball, bad- 
minton, swimming, basketball free throwing, bowling, softball, archery, and tennis. 
Interclass tournaments for Physical Education majors are held in the following activi- 
ties: volleyball, badminton, basketball, swimming, tennis, and softball. As the demand 
for more activities develops, the facilities will be increased and the program broadened. 

Intercollegiate Activities 

Activities of the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics are administered by the 
Director of Intercollegiate Athletics and by the Athletic Council. The council is 
composed of eight members: four faculty, two alumni, one student, and one member 
of the Board of Governors (ex officio). The Dean of the School of Physical Education 
and Athletics serves as a member, and the Director of Athletics is the executive officei 



UNIVERSITY LIFE 25 



Instruction and training are given each year in the seasonal sports such as football, 
cross-country, basketball, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, rifle, and golf. Matters 
concerning athletic eligibility regulations are decided by the Athletic Council, and 
scholastic eligibility regulations are established by the faculty of the University. 

THE UNIVERSITY HEALTH SERVICE 

The University Health Service, which is a part of the organization of the School 
of Medicine, is maintained to provide medical care to students of the University 
and to supervise general health conditions on campus. The staff includes four full- 
time physicians, six nurses, laboratory technicians, and clerical personnel. The Uni- 
versity Pharmacy, housed in the Health Center, is managed by the College of Pharmacy. 
The Departments of Pathology and Bacteriology cooperate in the laboratory examina- 
tion of diagnostic materials. 

The Health Service occupies a well-designed University Health Center constructed 
in 1942. This three-story building is centrally located on campus, fronting on College 
Avenue adjacent to Reynolds Hall. It is built of brick and concrete and is fireproof 
throughout. On the first floor are the treatment rooms, offices, and pharmacy. The 
second floor is occupied by laboratory and X-ray departments, together with the 
Department of Pathology. The third floor contains a well-equipped infirmary. 

The Health Service is in operation from 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. daily except 
Saturday and Sundays. Saturday hours are 8:00 A.M. to noon. Physicians are in 
attendance from 9:00 A.M. to 12:00 M. and 2:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M. A nurse is present 
at all times in the Infirmary, and a University physician can always be reached by 
calling the Health Service, Extension 323 on the University exchange. 

Each regularly enrolled University student pays a fee which provides for medical 
consultation and advice from University physicians. Moderate additional charges 
are made for room calls, X-rays, laboratory tests, minor operations, treatment of 
fractures, and drugs furnished by the Health Service or Pharmacy. 

On his first enrollment in the University a student receives a complete physical 
examination which includes a blood test and urinalysis. The Health Service also 
gives special physical examinations to students in competitive athletics, to University 
food handlers, to employees of the Buildings and Grounds department, and to other 
groups as occasion may arise. 

University Infirmary 

Students who need bed care for medical illness are hospitalized in the University 
Infirmary. The Infirmary is open only to full-time students of the University. It is 
the policy of the Health Department to have all students requiring such care in the 
Infirmary, and they will not ordinarily receive continued care elsewhere. Students 
hospitalized in the Infirmary are under the care of Health Service physicians, although 
other qualified physicians may be seen in consultation when necessary. Patients will 
be admitted and discharged on the order of Health Service physicians. 

Upon admission to the Infirmary the student receives two days of hospitalization 
without charge except for laboratory, X-ray, special medications, and private duty 
nurse fees. No additional charge is made for general nursing care, dressings, routine 
medications as commonly supplied by the Health Service, and food as ordered by the 
physician in charge. Laboratory examinations, X-rays, penicillin, and similar medica- 
tion will be charged at the usual Health Service rate to students. Special nurses, 
when necessary, are at the expense of the student. 

A student may not receive more than thirty days hospitalization for any one 
illness. Patients are to leave when discharged by the University physician. When it 
becomes evident that a student's illness will be so prolonged as to prevent his com- 
pleting work of the current semester, he may be discharged from the Infirmary when 
the attending physician or the Director of the Health Service considers that he may 
be moved without undue danger to his health. The services as indicated above are 
subject to the availability of space in the Infirmary. Twenty-two beds are at present 
ready for use. 

Speech and Hearing Rehabilitation Clinic 

The Speech and Hearing Rehabilitation Clinic, which is operated under the direc- 
tion of the Department of Speech, offers its services to all students of the University in 



26 GENERAL INFORMATION 



need of treatment for various types of speech disorders such as stuttering, cleft palate, 
aphasia, spasticity, deafness, hard-of-hearing, etc. All work is in charge of a profes- 
sionally trained and fully qualified speech clinician who has been certified for this 
type of work by the American Speech and Hearing Association. The clinic is located 
in the specially designed set of rooms which permit private as well as class instruction, 
the use of soundproof cubicles, modern equipment for diagnosis and therapy, and 
opportunities for supervised and directed help in overcoming speech handicaps. 

UNIVERSITY ACTIVITIES 

Social 

Student social life in the University is a carefully planned and supervised part 
of a student's life on campus. It is guided in such a manner as to offer a wholesome 
type of pleasure without curbing the institution's main purpose— education of the 
student body. 

All social life is under general supervision of the Committee on Social Affairs. The 
committee has supervision of every social function given by the University or by an 
organization within it, including fraternities, sororities, and other student societies. 

The social program is highlighted during the year by Homecoming Weekend, 
Mountaineer Weekend, and Graduation Week. The Homecoming Parade held during 
Homecoming Weekend is fast becoming an annual tradition. Homecoming Dance, 
of course, is the climax of the celebration. Mountaineer shenanigans on a special fall 
weekend, set aside by students, is the most newly established annual affair. Mountaineer 
garb, in its truest fashion, prevails at all activities for the two-day program, including 
classes on Saturday mornings. Mountaineer music, hayseed hoedowns, simulated 
Hatfield-McCoy fueds, and other attractions provide everyone with a gala time. 

The outstanding social event of Graduation Week is the Senior Ball which brings 
the undergraduate's social life to a climactic end. 

Other major dances include the Military Ball, Engineers' Ball, and Gold-diggers 
Ball. 

Aside from these major social attractions, there are many others scheduled for 
weekends throughout the year. A number of these activities are sponsored by individual 
organizations; some have a limited attendance and others are all-campus affairs. 

SOCIAL CENTER FOR WOMEN 

On the upper campus, opposite Reynolds Hall, is Elizabeth Moore Hall, named 
after the preceptress at the former Woodburn Female Seminary. The building -provides 
for social, recreational, and physical education facilities for women students. The 
building is so arranged that facilities for social gatherings constitute a separate unit. 

Cultural 

The University through the Committee on Convocations and Public Exercises 
provides appropriate and desirable programs for students. The convocations form 
the basis of the cultural program, but there are others sponsored by various divisions 
of the University and community. 

Convocations consist of addresses by distinguished speakers, and musical and othei 
entertainment features of special merit. 

During the year students have an opportunity to attend their own legitimate 
theatre in which plays are presented by the Speech Department. University Radio 
Theatre is also an activity of the Speech Department. 

The University-Community Symphony Concert, individual recitals, and glee club 
concerts are sponsored by the School of Music. 

The Community Concert Series is another fine opportunity afforded to students. 

A broad student fellowship program is available at the many churches in the 
community and a special week is set aside annually as Life Week to emphasize the 
religious phase of student life. 

Greater West Virginia University Weekend makes a number of cultural activities 
available to students and their visiting parents. A modern dance recital, music recitals, 
religious services, and educational scientific exhibits are of the highest value. 



UNIVERSITY LIFE 27 



FORENSIC ACTIVITIES 

The University maintains a complete forensic program under sponsorship and 
direction of the Department of Speech. Intramural and intercollegiate activities in 
debate, oratory, and extemporaneous speaking are included. Speech tournaments, 
trips, and tours as well as campus contests make up the program. Participation may 
lead to membership in Delta Sigma Rho, national honorary forensic fraternity, and 
is open to any regularly enrolled student in the University. 

UNIVERSITY PLAYERS 

The University Players, sponsored by the Department of Speech, presents a full 
program of major productions, open to the public, each year. In recent years such 
plays as Goodbye, My Fancy; Our Town; Midsummer Night's Dream; and Room Service 
have been given. A program of one act plays performed in the studio theatre atmosphere 
is produced each year by students enrolled in theatre courses. Tryouts for casts of all 
plays are open to any regularly enrolled student in the University. Membership in 
Alpha Psi Omega, national honorary dramatic fraternity, may be earned by superior 
work in such productions. 

UNIVERSITY BROADCASTING 

Broadcasting of radio programs to the people of West Virginia was established at 
the University in May 1938, when Station WMMN, Fairmont, began a series of non- 
commercial programs originating on the campus. All are of an educational, informa- 
tive, or entertaining nature. In addition to these programs, special events have been 
carried from time to time over numerous West Virginia stations; athletic events have 
been broadcast regularly by a group of West Virginia stations as well as by stations 
in other states. 

The University is prepared to open its doors to all West Virginia stations that 
wish to broadcast special campus events. 

University Radio Theatre. The University's broadcasting facilities are housed in 
the Administration Building and their use is under the supervision of the Department 
of Speech. Facilities include a complete studio and control room fully equipped for 
broadcasting except for the lack of a transmitter. At present the University has no 
permit for a transmitter. However, the Department of Speech produces fifteen-minute 
and half-hour tape-recorded broadcasts participated in by students and faculty for 
release to radio stations throughout the State. 

RELIGIOUS FOUNDATIONS AND ASSOCIATIONS 

Foundations 

As at most state university centers, various state and national church boards have 
established foundations at West Virginia University for the religious education and 
nurture of students. The churches of Morgantown extend a warm welcome to students 
of all faiths. The physical plant and equipment of each church is available for 
social, educational, and recreational activities of students. 

The Baptist Student Fellowship headquarters are at the Baptist Student Center, 
640 N. High Street, under the direction of the Rev. Elmer E. Dierks, student 
pastor. The program includes participation in Bible School, worship services of the 
church, B.S.F., and service in mission churches in nearby districts. Student activities 
are democratically organized and depend in large measure on student initiative and 
leadership. 

Newman Hall, 1481 University Avenue, is the social and regilious center estab- 
lished by the West Virginia Diocese of the Roman Catholic Church for students of 
that and other faiths. Rev. Eugene Schmitt is the resident chaplain. Newman Hall 
is a beautiful building of English collegiate architecture immediately adjacent to the 
campus. It is equipped with dormitory facilities for twenty students and also includes 
a chapel, dining room, lounge, game room, and library. 

The Disciple Student Foundation provides a program for Christian Church stu- 
dents attending West Virginia University. The Foundation is sponsored by the Depart- 
ment of Religious Education of the United Christian Missionary Society (Indianapolis, 
Ind.) , the West Virginia Christian Missionary Society (Huntington, W.Va.), and the 



28 GENERAL INFORMATION 



First Christian Church of Morgantown. These three agencies function through a 
Student Work Advisory Committee. The First Christian Church is the center for 
Foundation activities and is located at 447 Spruce Street. The Rev. Benton Roy Hanan 
is director of the Foundation and pastor of the Church. 

Trinity Church, Spruce Street, is the center for student work sponsored by the 
Diocese of West Virginia of the Protestant Episcopal Church. This work is under the 
direction of the rector, Rev. Edwin G. Bennett. The program includes corporate 
student worship services and meetings of the Canterbury Club, which is one of the 
National Association of Canterbury Clubs, for discussion and fellowship. Canterbury 
Club meets in Strider Hall, which is located on the ground floor of Trinity Church. 

The Hillel Foundation at West Virginia University, 1420 University Avenue, repre- 
sents the combined efforts of the West Virginia B'nai B'rith Lodges and of the National 
B'nai B'rith Hillel Foundation to bring the University's students together in religious, 
cultural, and social activities. Promnient lecturers and speakers are features at regular 
intervals by the Foundation for the members of the group and for the general student 
body. 

St. Paul's Lutheran Church is the center of Lutheran student activities sponsored 
by the Student Service Commission of the National Lutheran Council, the Synod of 
West Virginia, and St. Paul's Lutheran Church. This work is under the direction 
of the Rev. W. Roy Hashinger, local pastor. The program includes regular services 
of the church and activities of the Lutheran Student Association. 

Wesley Foundation is housed in the Methodist Student Center at 503 High Street 
and provides a worship and activities center for Methodist students in the University. 
Complete facilities for recreation, feeding, drama, and various religious meetings are 
provided as an integral unit of Wesley Methodist Church. The students are organized 
into a working cabinet, and carry forward a religious education program consisting of 
worship, study, fellowship, community service, mining camp missions, and other ex- 
tension activities. The program is under the direction of Dr. Thomas LeRoy Hooper, 
pastor of Wesley Church, and Roy E. Oldham, Director of the Youth Center. The 
Foundation sponsors Kappa Phi, Methodist women's sorority, and Sigma Theta Epsilon. 
Methodist men's fraternity. 

The Westminster Foundation of West Virginia represents the cooperative efforts 
of the Boards of Christian Education and National Missions of the Presbyterian 
Church, U.S.A., the Synod of "West Virginia of the Presbyterian Church, U.S., and the 
Presbytery of Winchester, to make the Christian religion a vital factor in the experi- 
ences of students and in the relationships which these students sustain while in the 
University; and also, through guided Christian activities in the mine-camp communi- 
ties surrounding Morgantown, to train among educated men and women future 
Christian statesmen. The Rev. Wm. C. Swartz, 331 Forest Avenue, is the student pastor 
and director. 

Other churches, while not having special buildings or workers for University 
students, make definite contributions in ministering to the religious and social needs 
of University students who belong to their particular faiths. It should be stated in 
this connection that college students are welcome in all of our churches regardless of 
what their church affiliations mav be. 



ASSOCIATIONS 

The Young Men's Christian Association of West Virginia University is a non- 
sectarian fellowship of students and faculty united in the desire to encourage personal 
and social development in the light of religious principles. The Young Women's 
Christian Association is a nonsectarian fellowship of women of the University organized 
for the purpose of promoting and directing widely varied activities through a religious 
motive. Both Associations are affiliated with their national and international bodies 
and with the World Student Christian Federation. 

Student officers, student cabinets, boards composed of students, faculty, and towns- 
people, and an executive secretary direct the activities. The various committees, 
interest groups, and commissions provide not only their immediate ends, but also op- 
portunity for fellowship and leadership training. The Y.M.C.A. office is located on the 
third floor of the Administration Building and the Y.W.C.A. office is located on the 
second floor of Elizabeth Moore Hall. Mrs. JoAnn Richardson is executive director 
of the Y.W.C.A. 



UNIVERSITY LIFE 29 



MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS 

The Unixtersity-Community Symphony Orchestra 

The University-Community Symphony Orchestra is open to all students, faculty 
members, and citizens of the community who are proficient in the playing of an 
orchestral instrument. The repertoire is that of the standard symphony orchestra, 
with special emphasis on contemporary American music. 

The functions of the orchestra are to provide the University and community an 
opportunity to hear symphonic music, to enable the student to gain orchestral experi- 
ence, and to serve as a laboratory for student composers, orchestrators, and conductors. 
Four or five concerts are given each year on campus, and additional programs are 
presented in other cities in West Virginia and Pennsylvania. 

Women's Glee Club 

The Women's Glee Club is open to all University women who can sing a part 
acceptably. The organization affords an opportunity for women students to become 
acquainted with the best in choral literature, both classic and contemporary, it 
performs for various University functions in addition to presenting concerts both on 
and off campus. 

Men's Glee Club 

The Men's Glee Club is open to all University men who can satisfactorily sing a 
part. Concerts are given several times through the school vear on campus as well as 
out of town. 

University-Community Mixed Chorus 

The University-Community Mixed Chorus is open to all University students who 
can satisfactorily sing a part. Concerts are given several times through the school year. 
This organization offers opportunity for the study of much choral literature. 

The University Bands 

The University Bands are composed of students drawn from all classes of the 
various colleges arid schools of the University. The Mountaineer Marching Band 
provides music and pageantry for athletic events, parades, and the like. The Concert 
Band gives several concerts each year in Morgantown and in nearby cities. 

After completing two years in the band, especially qualified bandsmen may 
continue service in the band upon invitation and receive allowances in the form of 
remission of fees amounting to S30 per semester. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

The Daily Athenaeum, University student newspaper, is published daily Tuesday 
through Saturday, by students of the School of Journalism. Heads of the editorial 
and business staffs are appointed by the University Committee on Student Publications 
from a list of eligible students certified bv the Director of the School of Journalism. 

The Monticola, student yearbook of the University, is published by upper- 
dassmen. The editorial and managerial staff is appointed by the University Committee 
on Student Publications. 

Mountain Guide, formerly called the Freshman Handbook, is published annual 1\ 
under the direction of the University Office of Publications and is distributed to each 
member of the entering class and to transfer students. 

All student publications of general campus circulation are under the supervision 
of the University Committee on Student Publications. 

GIFTS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND LOAN FUNDS 

Several individual, as well as national, patriotic, educational, fraternal, and 
religious organizations, have established scholarships, loan funds, prizes, trophies, and 
medals for students in the University. 

Gifts 

Carnegie Corporation Music Collection. Thanks to the generosity of the Trustees 
of the Carnegie Corporation of New York, West Virginia University in 1936 received 



30 GENERAL INFORMATION 



as a gift, designed to stimulate and develop an interest in music culturally on the part 
of the entire student body a Music Collection that cost the corporation $2,500. The 
set includes: 

An electric phonograph of special design for use in small rooms and auditoriums; 
approximately nine hundred records, chosen as an anthology of recorded music, 
ancient and modern, from oriental and occidental countries; an oak cabinet with ap- 
proximately seventy-five buckram albums in which to keep the records; a duplicate set 
of printed three-inch by five-inch indexes of all records in the set, classified by 
composers, titles, mediums, forms, etc.; bound copies of full scores, when published 
in miniature, also bound vocal scores of operas and oratorios, which are included for all 
completely recorded works in the set; lastly, a selection of about one hundred books on 
musical subjects, historical and biographical, and works of reference. 

This Music Collection is attractively housed in the Library and its use is adminis- 
tered under regulations designed to make it of greatest possible value to the students 
of the University. 

Grants 

Frederick Gardner Cottrell Grant. The Research Corporation granted $1900 to 
West Virginia University Department of Chemistry for the support of a research 
project entitled, "The Chemistry of Organoboronic Acids and Their Derivatives." 

Scholarships 

American Bankers Association Foundation for Education in Economics Loan 
Scholarships. The American Bankers Association Foundation for Education in Eco- 
nomics has assigned to West Virginia University three scholarships of $250 each. 
These scholarships will be "awarded only to deserving students of integrity, intelligence, 
character, competency, and aptitude, whose means of support are dependent wholly 
or in part on their own labor, to enable them to continue the study of courses in 
banking and economics in classes of junior grade or above. Scholarship of the highest 
rank will not be a definite requirement for a loan scholarship award; however, the 
Foundation desires to encourage students who will become leaders in professional or 
business life and does not wish loan scholarships granted to mediocre or inferior 
students." The holders of these scholarships are eligible for one reappointment. The 
loan is without interest until the first day of the second January after the recipient 
leaves the University. Beginning on that date interest accrues at the rate of 5 per 
cent per year, and repayment of both principal and interest in sums of no less than 
$10 monthly must likewise then begin. 

The Board of Governors Scholarships. On April 5, 1945, the Board of Governors of 
West Virginia University authorized the establishment of twenty-five scholarships to 
be awarded annually to high-school graduates. The first awards were made for the 
academic year 1946-47. The scholarships entitle recipients to remission of all fees, 
except those payable to state special funds and those chargeable to Special Services. 
Awards are made on the basis of (1) scholastic attainment, (2) citizenship, loyalty, 
and personality, (3) character and leadership, and (4) extra-curricular abilities. 
Applications for these scholarships are made through the Board of Governors' Scholar- 
ship Committee and scholarships are awarded on recommendation of the committee 
and on approval by the Board of Governors. Scholarships remain in effect for four 
academic years unless revoked for disciplinary reasons, for failure to maintain 
scholastic standard, or because of withdrawal from the University. 

Scholarships in Music. In July, 1950, The Board of Governors established five 
annual scholarships in music. Each scholarship includes four academic years and 
entitles the recipient to the remission of all fees (including contingent and tuition fees, 
special fee of $35.00, and special instrument practice fee) , except those payable to 
State Special Funds and those chargeable to Special Services. Those eligible to take 
part in the contests will be West Virginia high school seniors who give promise of 
becoming eligible for regular enrollment in the School of Music of West Virginia 
University as candidates for a degree in applied music. Preliminary and final contests 
will be held in Morgantown on the campus of West Virginia University and the dates 
will be announced. 

Victor E. Albright Scholarship. This scholarship is worth $200 per year and is to 
be awarded "to a boy or girl of good character, of fair health, who was born and reared 



UNIVERSITY LIFE 31 



in Preston county and who graduated from a high school of Preston county in the 
year in which the scholarship is given." 

Wt it Virginia Interscholastic Forensics Scholarships. In February, 1950, there 
were established five West \ irginia University scholarships, two in debate, and one 
each in oratory, extempore, and interpretative reading, to be awarded annually to 
graduates of West Virginia high schools. These scholarships entitle the recipients 
to the remission of all fees, except those payable to the State Special Funds and those 
chargeable to Special Services. Awards will be made by the University Speech De- 
partment at the finals of the West Virginia Interscholastic Forensics Program on a 
date to be announced. Each scholarship shall remain in effect for four academic 
years unless revoked for disciplinary reasons, for failure to maintain scholastic standard, 
or withdrawal from the University. 

Woman's Music Club of Morgantown Scholarship. This scholarship was estab- 
lished in 1950 to be awarded to a talented freshman in the University School of Music. 
Recommendations for the recipient of this scholarship shall be the responsibility of 
the Director and faculty of the School of Music. 

The P. A. and Ethel N. George Pharmacy Scholarship. Established in September, 
1950, by Mr. Charles A. George of Ronce\erte, West Virginia, this scholarship of 
S50.00 per semester is available to a student in the College of Pharmacy from either 
Greenbrier or Monroe counties who needs financial assistance to complete his phar- 
maceutical education at West Virginia University. Applications should be made to 
the Dean of the College of Pharmacy and the recipient must maintain at least a "C" 
average to continue on the scholarship. 

Harrison County Alumni Chapter Scholarships. This scholarship, established in 
1950, provides tuition fees to an outstanding Harrison County high school graduate. 
Selection is made by the Harrison County Alumni Chapter. 

Carlcton C. Pierce Scholarships. General Carleton C. Pierce established in June, 
1950, three scholarships to be awarded as follows: S100 to '"top man" and S50 to 
"second man" in the West Virginia University football team and S50 to the "top man" 
on the West Virginia Freshman football team, all of which shall be for the best 
academic work, as well as game participation. Recommendations for the recipients 
of these scholarships is the responsibility of the West Virginia University Varsity and 
Freshman coaching staffs. 

The Elizabeth Davis Richards Scholarship in English and Poetry. In memory of 
Elizabeth Davis Richards, well-known West Virginia authoress and patron of the 
English Club, an annual scholarship in the amount of $50 was established bv Del Roy 
Richards of Morgantown in December, 1936, to be awarded to some worthy upper- 
division or graduate student in the Department of English. 

The John Barton Paxne Scholarship. The Hon. John Barton Payne, native of 
Taylor county and late president of the American Red Cross, bequeathed to the 
University the sum of S12.000, the income from which is to be used to aid two voting 
men— one a native of Taylor county, the other a native of Preston county— to attend 
the University. Financial need and scholastic merit are prime considerations in making 
the award. 

The Junior League Scholarship. This scholarship, providing S150 a year for a 
graduate Social Work student, was established in 1942. It is jointly supported by the 
five leagues of the state. Applicants must be residents of West Virginia, and all 
applications must be addressed to the head of the Department of Social Work. 

The Board of Governors Foreign Student Scholarships. These two scholarships 
are available to foreign students, graduate or undergraduate. They entitle recipients 
to remission of all fees, except those payable to State Special Funds and those charge- 
able to Special Services, and are awarded at the discretion of the President, usually to 
supplment campus or civic awards, or in case of emergency. 

West Virginia Federation of Women's Clubs Pan-American Scholarships. The 
winner of this scholarship is remitted tuition fees by the Board of Governors and 
receives room, board, books, and other incidentals from the federation. 

The West Virginia Federation of Women's Clubs Scholarship. This scholar- 
ship provides S150 a year and is awarded to a full-time student in the Depart- 
ment of Social Work. The recipient, selected by the head of the department, must 
be a resident of West Virginia. 

The Morgantown Service League Scholarship. This scholarship provides S150 
a year for a full-time student in the Department of Social Work. The student 
must be a resident of the state and approved by the head of the department. 



32 GENERAL INFORMATION 



The State Department of Public Assistance Scholarships. These Social Work 
scholarships, ranging from small sums up to S125 a month or more, are available to 
selected employees of the Department who hold an undergraduate degree from an 
accredited college or university. Application for these scholarships must be made 
to the chief of the Division of Social Services or to the chief of the Division of 
Child Welfare of the State Department of Public Assistance, Charleston. Such 
students must also be approved by the head of the Department of Social Work. 

The pharmacists of West Virginia, individually and collectively, have pro- 
vided a number of scholarships in the amount of $150 per year for capable high- 
school graduates needing financial assistance to assist in their pharmaceutical educ- 
ation. The final selections of these scholarships are made by a committee of the 
West Virginia State Pharmaceutical Association. Additional information may be 
obtained from the Dean of the College of Pharmacy. 

The American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education. This foundation, 
in order to stimulate an interest for pharmacy as a profession among capable 
high-school graduates, has assigned several scholarships to the College of Pharmacy. 
Each scholarship or grant covers tuition fees for one year. Selections for the 
awards are made by the faculty of the College and are awarded on the basis of 
scholarship and financial need. The holder may be eligible for reappointment. 
Additional information may be obtained from the Dean of the College. 

The School of Journalism Scholarships. Six scholarships in Journalism of 
$100 each are awarded annually to pre-journalism freshmen and sophomores and 
to professional juniors and seniors on the basis of ability, scholastic achievement, 
and promise for a successful journalistic career. Scholarship holders are eligible 
for reappointment. These scholarships were . established in 1945. Two of them are 
known as the Daily Mail Scholarships and were established by Walter E. Clark 
and Fred M. Stanton of the Charleston Daily Mail. Two are known as the Lewis 
Baker Scholarships and were established by Mrs. Guy Despard Goff of New York City 
in memory of Lewis Baker, her father, who was a newspaper executive in Wheel- 
ing. The other two are known as the Ogden Scholarships and were established by 
the News Publishing Company of Wheeling in honor of the late H. C. Ogden, 
publisher and alumnus. These scholarships are awarded upon the recommendation 
of the School of Journalism. The Press Club of Charleston, W. Va., also provides 
one journalism scholarship every year with a value of $200. Eligibility require- 
ments are the same as for the other journalism scholarships. 

The R. M. Davis Scholarship in Political Science. R. M. Davis, Morgantown, 
West Virginia, coal operator, has given to the University the sum of $5,000 to 
establish a scholarship in the Department of Political Science. The scholarship, 
with an average annual value of between $300 and $500, will be granted to an 
undergraduate or graduate student registered in the Department of Political Science 
whose speciality is international relations. The staff of the Department will select the 
winner. Scholastic standing and qualities of leadership will be given primary con- 
sideration in awarding the scholarship. Any West Virginia University student 
whose major is in Political Science and who is interested in being considered for 
this scholarship should write directly to the head of the Department of Political 
Science. 

The West Virginia Coal Association Scholarships. The sum of $5,000 per year 
lor each of five years beginning in 1947 was given by the West Virginia Coal 
Association to establish eight scholarships in coal mining engineering. Each scholar- 
ship is for $625 per annum. 

The Central Appalachian Section of the American Institute of Mining and 
Metallurgical Engineers has awarded three scholarships to boys in Kentucky, West 
Virginia, and Virginia. These boys are eligible to attend any school in the area 
giving mining engineering. 

The Lakin Roberts Memorial Scholarship. This scholarship is open to grad- 
uate students in Education and is worth $200 per year. (Inoperative during the 
current academic year) . 

The Kelley's Creek Colliery Company Scholarship. This scholarship was estab- 
lished in 1948 by the Kelley's Creek Colliery Company. The winner is determined 
by competitive examination conducted by the University and continues on the scholar- 
ship for four years if a satisfactory average is maintained. The scholarship is 
valued at $160 per year. 



UNIVERSITY LIFE 33 



The Red Jacket Coal Corporation Scholarships. In 1948 the Red Jacket Coal 
Corporation created two undergraduate scholarships in the School of Mines, can \ 
ing an annual value of $600 each. Winners are selected by competitive examin- 
ation conducted by the School of Mines. (Inactive during the current year.) 

The West J'iiginia Moose Association Scholarship. This scholarship was estab- 
lished in 1946 by the West Virginia Moose Association. It pays for the tuition, 
books, room, and board for four years in any undergraduate college on this campus 
that the high-ranking male student of Mooseheart, Illinois, may elect. 

Science Talent Search Scholarship. The University Board of Governors and 
the West Virginia Academy of Science established the Science Talent Search Scholar- 
ship beginning with the school year 1949-50. The scholarship entitles the recipient 
to remission of all fees, except those payable to State Funds and those charge- 
able to Special Services. The recipient is selected by and under the rules of the 
West Virginia Academ\ of Science which awards in cash an amount not less than the 
total of the fees remitted by West Virginia University. 

Kanawha Vallex Mining Institute Scholarships. Two scholarships, valued at S600 
per year, were established by the Kanawha Valley Mining Institute, Inc., of Montgom- 
ery, West Virginia, in 1948 and 1949, respectively. Selection is made by the Kanawha 
Valley Mining Institute with the approval of the School of Mines of West Virginia 
University. 

McDowell Club Scholarship. One scholarship valued at S100 is awarded annually 
by the campus student organization known as the McDowell Club. Selection is made 
by competitive examination under the direction of the County Superintendent of 
Schools. 

Sophia and Clora Benedum Scholarship Fund. The will of the late Clora Benedum, 
of Bridgeport, West Virginia, who passed away in January, 1949, established a SI 0,000 
trust fund to be known as the Sophia and Clora Benedum Scholarship Fund. The 
provision of the will concerning the fund states that "income is to be used in assisting 
graduates of Bridgeport High School in attending West Virginia University." The 
scholarships are administered by the University Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and 
Loan Funds. 

The Charleston Press Club Scholarship. This scholarship was established in 1951 
by the Press Club of Charleston, West Virginia. It has a value of $200 per year, but 
may be awarded only in the amount of $100 each semester. Recipient must be a 
sophomore, a junior, or a senior in the School of Journalism and must be a resident 
of West Virginia. Ability, scholastic standing, promise for a journalistic career, and 
financial need are considered chiefly in making awards. 

Logan Woman's Council Scholarship. This scholarship was established in 1951 
by the Logan Woman's Council of Logan, West Virginia. It has a value of $1,000 
per year, but may be awarded only in the amount of $500 each semester. This 
scholarship is available from time to time to a worthy student enrolled in the Univer- 
sity. Selection is made by the University Scholarship Committee. 

West Virginia Division of the United Daughters of the Confederacy Scholarship. 
This scholarship was established in 1950 by the West Virginia Division of the United 
Daughters of the Confederacy. It has a value of $100 per year. Selection is made by 
the United Daughters of the Confederacy. 

The Patrick Duffy Koontz Scholarships. The late Patrick Duffy Koontz, Esq., and 
Arthur Burke Koontz, Esq., have donated to the University certain securities, the 
income from which is to be used for the purpose of establishing scholarships in the 
College of Law for worthy students from West Virginia. The value of each scholarship 
award is $250. The first of these awards was made during the academic year 1949-50. 
These scholarships are to be awarded to such second- or third-year students, as in the 
judgment of a committee of the faculty of the College of Law appointed by the 
President, shall have shown outstanding promise with respect to the following qualities: 
(1) scholastic ability and attainments; (2) moral force of character and leadership. 

The Guy Farmer Scholarship. Guy Farmer, Esq., has made a donation to the 
University for the purpose of establishing scholarship awards to such members of the 
Student Board of Editors of the West Virginia Law Review as, in the judgment of 
the faculty of the College of Law, shall have made outstanding contributions to the 
Law Review. The value of each of the awards is $50. No more than one award will 
be made in any one year. 

The Presser Foundation Scholarship in Music. The Presser Foundation of Phila- 
delphia, Pa., in November, 1952, established a scholarship in the University for the 



34 GENERAL INFORMATION 



aid of a student in the School of Music. The annual value of the scholarship is $250. 
and selection of the recipient is made by the Director of the School of Music. Only 
students of good character and satisfactory standing, who could not carry on their 
studies without financial help provided by the Foundation, may receive this scholar- 
ship. Preference is given to those who expect to become teachers. Inquiries on appli- 
cation details should go to the Director of the School of Music. 

The Charles B. Jolliffe Scholarship. The Radio Corporation of America in May, 
1952, established the Charles B Jolliffe Scholarship in honor of Dr. Charles B. Jolliffe, 
a distinguished graduate of the University and present Vice-president and Technical 
Director of the Radio Corporation of America. The scholarship is valued at $800. per 
year, and is awarded to an outstanding undergraduate student in the University who 
has elected to major in Chemistry, Mathematics, or Physics. Application details may 
be secured from the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences. 

The Education Foundation of West Virginia, Inc., Scholarships. In March, 1952, 
the Education Foundation of West Virginia, Inc., established two scholarships in the 
University for the aid of graduate students who are working toward doctoral degrees 
and whose dissertations will be written on some West Virginia subject. Need for 
financial assistance is a condition of scholarship awards. Each grant is for $500. 
Application details are available from the Dean of the Graduate School. 

The Semet-Solvay Scholarship. The Semet-Solvay Division, Allied Chemical and 
Dye Corporation of Bluefield, W. Va.„ in March, 1952, established the Semet-Solvay 
Scholarship in Mining Engineering. This scholarship is awarded to an outstanding 
high school graduate who is a resident of West Virginia and who will pursue a course 
in coal mining engineering and will accept employment in the coal mining industry 
upon graduation. The scholarship pays $600. per year, and is renewable from year 
to year upon the basis of satisfactory academic work during the previous year. Applica- 
tion inquiries should be sent to the Director of the School of Mines. 

The West Virginia University All-Ca?npus Foreign Student Scholarship. In 
January, 1951, the All-Campus Foreign Student Committee, representing several campus 
organizations, established a one-year scholarship for the support of a foreign student 
in the university. Board, room, and incidental expenses are paid annually by the 
Student Committee, with a remission of tuition and fees being provided by the 
University. 

The Woman's Music Club of Morgantown Scholarship. In the fall of 1950 the 
Woman's Music Club of Morgantown established an annual scholarship of $154. for 
the aid of a "talented freshman" in the School of Music. Selection is made by the 
Director and faculty of the School of Music. 

The National Society of Colonial Dames of America Scholarship. The National 
Society of Colonial Dames of America, Resident in the State of West Virginia, in March, 
1952, established an annual scholarship for the aid of a worthy graduate student for 
work in the field of Early American History. The annual value of the scholarship is 
$150. and selection is made by the Head and the staff of the department of History. 

The West Virginia Association of Small Loan Companies Scholarship. The West 
Virginia Association of Small Loan Companies in 1946 established an annual scholarship 
of $150. for the aid of an outstanding and needy student in the University who is a 
resident of West Virginia. In 1952 the Association made specific designation of this 
scholarship for the use by an outstanding student enrolled in the new College of 
Commerce. Selection is based on character, academic achievement, and general campus 
activities. 

The Frank Bliss Ensloiv Legal Scholarship. The late Mrs. Frank Bliss Enslow of 
Huntington, W.Va., provided in her will a trust fund in support of the Frank Bliss 
Enslow Legal Scholarship in West Virginia University. This annual scholarship award 
is restricted to students enrolled in the College of Law, and selection is made on the 
basis of ability, character, financial status, and scholastic qualifications. Recipients 
must be residents of West Virginia and preference will be given applicants from Cabell 
County, West Virginia. The amount of the scholarship award will be determined 
from year to year. 

American Viscose Corporation Scholarship. The American Viscose Corporation 
of Marcus Hook, Pennsylvania, in the fall of 1953 established an undergraduate 
scholarship for a student of junior or senior standing who is majoring in Chemistrv 
or Chemical Engineering. The annual money value of the grant is $500.00 

Carbide and Carbon Corporation Scholarship. Beginning in September 1953, the 
Carbide and Carbon Chemicals Company of South Charleston, W.Va., (a division of 



UNIVERSITY LIFE 35 



Union Carbide and Carbon Corporation) establisbed an annual scholarship in the 
University for an outstanding student in the field of Engineering. The annual grant 
of 5200.00, is awarded to a student in his senior year of study in Chemical Engineering 
or Mechanical Engineering. 

University Band Drum Major Scholarship. The University Board of Governors 
in January 1953 established a Drum Major Scholarship in the University Band, to be 
awarded on an annual basis, which scholarship shall entitle the recipient to the remis- 
sion of all fees, except those payable to State Special Funds and those chargeable to 
Special Services. Selection of the recipient is made by the Band Director and the 
Director of the School of Music. 

General Electric Company Scholarship. The General Electric Company in 1952 
awarded a scholarship grant of S500.00, for use by an outstanding University student 
in Engineering. This award is made by the General Electric Company intermittently 
on a competitive basis, and specific details of the competition may be secured from the 
Dean of the Engineering School. 

Earhart Foundation Grant. In July 1953, the Earhart Foundation established a 
grant of S4,500.00, in West Virginia University for the advancement of a graduate 
research project in the area of Political Science. 

Eleanor Brock Hardman Memorial Scholarship. A scholarship has been estab- 
lished in memory of Eleanor Brock Hardman, distinguished Morgantown singer and 
pianist. This scholarship will have a value of SI 54 for one year, and will be awarded 
to a pianist or a singer. It will be awarded in the same manner as the other scholar- 
ships in music. 

Friends and former students of Mrs. Hardman have contributed sufficient funds 
to permit the awarding of the scholarship for at least two years. Contributions are 
still being received. For further information address the Director of the School of 
Music. 

State High School Drama Festival Scholarships. In January 1953 the University 
Board of Governors created the State High School Drama Festival Scholarships. Three 
grants are awarded annually to graduates of West Virginia high schools who are 
declared outstanding winners at the finals of the State High School Drama Festival. 
Recipients receive remission of all fees except those payable to Special Funds and 
those chargeable to Special Services for four years. Awards will be made by the Uni- 
versity Department of Speech each vear, and the scholarships shall remain in effect 
for four academic years unless revoked for disciplinary reasons, for failure to main- 
tain scholastic standards, withdrawal from the University, or transfer from the College 
of Arts and Sciences. 

The Andrew Delmar Hopkins Scholarship in Entomology. This scholarship was 
established in 1954 in memory of Dr. Andrew Delmar Hopkins, internationally known 
Entomologist, who was for many years Entomologist and Director of the West Virginia 
Agricultural Experiment Station. The scholarship is for S200.00 per year and is 
awarded to worthy seniors or graduate students with an interest in Entomology, who 
have demonstrated originality and research ability. The award will be made by the 
University Committee on Prizes, Scholarships and Loan Funds, with the advice of the 
Head of the Department of Entomology. 

Westinghouse Achievement Scholarship. The Westinghouse Educational Founda- 
tion of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, in March 1954 established a Westinghouse Achieve- 
ment Scholarship of S500 per year for use by a senior student in Engineering. A 
scholar is chosen each year by the College of Engineering faculty from the list of 
students enrolled in electrical, mechanical, or chemical engineering. Selection is 
based on "high achievement in academic work and demonstrated qualities of leader- 
ship." 

Armco Foundation Scholarships. The Armco Foundation of the Armco Steel Cor- 
poration located in Middletown, Ohio, in May 1954 established two scholarships in 
the field of Mining Engineering. Each grant provides S250 per academic year, one for a 
junior and one for a senior in the School of Mines. Selection of scholars is based on 
academic record, character, and personal leadership qualities. Inquiries about the 
giants should go to G. R. Spindler, Director of the School of Mines. 

Lorado Coal Mining Company Scholarship. The Lorado Coal Mining Compam. 
beginning in the fall of 1954, provided scholarship grants for two students in the 
field of Mining Engineering in the amount of S500 each per academic year. Selection 
of recipients is made by the Lorado Company with approval of the University. 



36 GENERAL INFORMATION 



Phymosia Garden Club Scholarship. In September 1954 the Phymosia Garden 
Club of Beckley, W.Va., started a special scholarship in the University in support of 
conservation education and related to the Division of Forestry. A scholar is named 
annually by the Club itself and awarded a grant of $100. 

The Sears-Roebuck Foundation Agricultural Scholarships. A grant to the College 
of Agriculture of $2250 from the Sears-Roebuck Foundation of Chicago makes possible 
the awarding of scholarships each year to upwards of ten needy, deserving boys en- 
rolling as freshmen in Agriculture and Forestry and one sophomore in these fields. 
Individual freshmen scholarships amount to $200 per year. The sophomore scholar- 
ship amounts to $250 per year. The selection of the recipient of each of the scholar- 
ships is made by the Committee on Student Aid and Grants of the College of Agricul- 
ture, Forestry and Home Economics. 

The Sears-Roebuck Foundation Home Economics Scholarships. A grant of $600 
to the College of Agriculture (Division of Home Economics) from the Sears-Roebuck 
Foundation of Chicago to three deserving girls enrolling as freshmen in Home 
Economics. Individual scholarships amount to $200 per year. The selection of the 
recipients of each of the scholarships is made by the Committee on Student Aid and 
Grants of the College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics. 

The Kroger Company Scholarships. The Kroger Company will give four scholar- 
ships of $200 each, to be divided between Agriculture and Forestry (two) and Home 
Economics (two). Awards on the basis of scholarship and leadership in school, 
church, F.F.A., F.H.A., 4-H, and other youth activities will be made by the Committee 
on Student Aid and Grants of the College of Agriculture, Forestry and Home Economics. 

The Standard Oil Company of New Jersey Scholarships. In 1947 the Standard 
Oil Company of New Jersey provided a four-year scholarship of $100 per year to 
a boy in 4-H work in West Virginia. Selection of recipients is made by the Com- 
mittee on Student Aid and Grants, the State Director of Extension, the State Club 
Leader, and the Dean of the College of Agriculture. Selection is made on the basis 
of need, merit, and ability. 

The KDKA Agricultural Scholarship. To recognize outstanding leadership, to 
encourage use of radio in disseminating agricultural information, and to help train 
students in broadcast techniques, Station KDKA, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, has estab- 
lished this scholarship amounting to $100, for one junior or senior agricultural student 
to be chosen each year by the Committee on Student Aid and Grants of the College 
of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics. 

Rachel Colwell Scholarship. This scholarship was established and is supported by 
Phi Upsilon Omicron, professional home economics organization. Alumni and active 
chapters cooperate in providing a tuition scholarship to an entering freshman who 
proposes to major in home economics at West Virginia University. Selection is based 
upon the candidate's high-school record, including experiences in such organizations 
as 4-H and F.H.A. Blanks upon which applications may be made are available through 
the Division of Home Economics, West Virginia University. 

The West Virginia Farm Women's Council Scholarships (State). These scholar- 
ships of $100 each are available to three freshman girls enrolled in the Division of 
Home Economics. Selection will be made by a committee composed of a representa- 
tive from each of the following groups: Farm Women's Council, Division of Home 
Economics, and Agricultural Extension Service. Application forms may be obtained 
from the Student Aid and Grants Committee of the College of Agriculture, Forestry 
and Home Economics, or the Division of Home Economics. 

The West Virginia Farm Women's Council Scholarship (Foreign). This scholar- 
ship, established in 1949 for the purpose of promoting better understanding between 
rural people of this country and rural people of foreign countries, provides for books, 
board, and other necessary living expenses of a foreign student enrolled in the College 
of Agriculture, Forestry and Home Economics, with a major in Home Economics. 

The West Virginia Dairy Products Association Scholarships. The West Virginia 
Dairy Products Association offers three $250 scholarships this year. Applicants for 
these scholarships must be West Virginia University sophomores majoring in dairy 
manufacturing. They must be approved by the Committee on Student Aid and 
Grants of the College of Agriculture, by the Dean of the College of Agriculture, by 
the head of the Dairy Department, and by the Chairman of the Scholarship Committee 
of the West Virginia Dairy Products Association. 

Danforth Foundation Agricultural Leadership Training Scholarship. A $50 
scholarship at the American Youth Foundation Leadership Training Camp, Shelby 



UNIVERSITY LIFE 37 



Michigan. This award is made to an outstanding agricultural freshman. The award 
is made jointly by the Danforth Foundation and Ralston Purina Company, St. Louis, 
Missouri. Selection of recipient is made by the Student Aid and Grants Committee 
of the College of Agriculture, Forestry and Home Economics. 

The Borden Agricultural Scholarship Award. This award is in the amount of 
$300 annually, established 1954-55 for an initial five-year period. It is made to the 
senior student in agriculture, who has achieved the highest average grade in all 
college work preceding the senior year, and who has included in his curriculum two 
or more dairy courses. The award is supported by the Borden Company Foundation. 

The Borden Home Economics Scholarship Award. This award is in the amount 
of $300 annually, established 1954-55 for an initial five-year period. It is made to 
that senior student majoring in home economics, who has achieved the highest average 
grade in all college work preceding the senior year, and who has included in her 
curriculum two or more courses in foods and nutrition. The award is supported by 
the Borden Company Foundation, Inc. 

Coal Division, American Institute of Alining and Metallurgical Engineers Scholar- 
ship. This scholarship was established in the University for outstanding students in 
the School of Mines. The scholarship is valued at $400 per year and may be awarded 
annually for a period of four years. Awards are made by the American Institute of 
Mining and Metallurgical Engineers Scholarship Committee and all inquiries should 
be addressed to Mr. G. R. Spindler. Director of the School of Mines. 

Fellowships 

Bituminous Coal Research, Inc., Fellowship. A fund of $10,000 per year for a 
fellow and an assistant, and also for current expense and overhead, to study causes 
of acid formation in mine-drainage waters and to supply means of reducing, elim- 
inating, or utilizing such acidity. 

International Nickel Company Fellowship. A fund of $1200 per year for a fellow, 
plus $480 a year for supplies and overhead, for studies of heat transfer through metal 
walls. 

The Edward Orton, Jr. Ceramic Foundation Fellowship. In October, 1950, the 
Edward Orton, Jr. Ceramic Foundation of Columbus, Ohio, established a fellowship 
of $1200 for research fundamental in character and primarily applicable to those 
branches of the ceramic industry making kiln fired wares. Candidates for this 
fellowship must have completed either a recognized course in ceramic engineering or 
technology or shall have acquired basic fundamental ceramic knowledge following 
the completion of a recognized course in engineering or the sciences. Applications 
should be submitted to the Director of the Engineering Experiment Station. 

The Weirton Steel Company Fellowship. The Weirton Steel Company in Novem- 
ber, 1952, established the Weirton Steel Company Fellowship in the University for the 
purpose of training a student in research methods as well as developing him in a 
graduate program. The value of the fellowship is $2300. and the program is under 
the direction of the Engineering Experiment Station. Application details may be 
secured from the Director of the Station. 

The Fairmont Junior League and Marion County Society of Crippled Children 
and Adults Fellowship. The Fairmont Junior League and the Marion County Society 
of Crippled Children and Adults established this fellowship at the University in 
September, 1953, for the purpose of promoting and operating a Speech Correction 
Clinic in the city of Fairmont. The University, through its Department of Speech, 
is to choose the Clinician who will operate the Clinic each Saturday of the academic 
year from 9 a.m. until 5 p.m. The value of the fellowship is $1200 plus tuition fees 
Applicants should be graduates of an accredited college or university and be able to 
qualify for clinical services in speech correction. Applications should be made 
directly to the Head of the Department of Speech. 

Danforth Summer Fellowship in Agriculture. This fellowship is for four weeks 
duration. Two weeks in and near St. Louis and two weeks at Camp Miniwanca, Shelby. 
Michigan. A junior agricultural student who is selected from the University receives 
approximately $200 to cover travel and training expenses. This fellowship is spon- 
sored jointly by the Danforth Foundation and Ralston Purina Company, St. Louis, 
Missouri. Selection of recipient is made by the Student Aid and Grants Committee 
of the College of Agriculture, Forestry and Home Economics. 

Danforth Fellowships in Home Economics. A four weeks summer scholarship is 
awarded annually to a member of the incoming senior class in Home Economics. The 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



award covers expenses for two weeks of professional trips in and near St. Louis, 
Missouri, and two weeks of Leadership Training at the American Youth Foundation 
Camp on Lake Michigan. 

A two weeks scholarship at the American Youth Foundation Camp on Lake 
Michigan. Available to incoming sophomores in Home Economics. 

These awards are made jointly by the Dnaforth Foundation and Ralston Purina 
Company, St. Louis, Missouri. Selection of candidates is made by the staff of the 
Division of Home Economics. 

Loan Funds 

The following loan funds are administered through the office of the Director of 
Student Affairs, with the cooperation of advisory committees, University officials and 
alumni. Applications may be filed with Joseph C. Gluck, 205 Administration Building. 

The John B. Finley Fund. A fund of $1,000 was contributed to the University by 
the trustees of the estate of the Hon. John B. Finley of Pittsburgh, Pa., in accordance 
with his last will and testament, to be used as loans to deserving students in the 
School of Medicine. 

The Theodore Smith Fund. On April 19, 1930, Theodore Smith was drowned in 
the Monongahela River. His tragic death disclosed the fact that he was being financed 
through the University by the late Hon. James Elwood Jones. He had taken out a life 
insurance policy of $2,000 with Mr. Jones as beneficiary. In deference to the memory 
of Theodore Smith, Mr. Jones turned the $2,000 over to the University for the 
establishment of the Theodore Smith Fund. 

The Baltimore and Ohio Railroad Fund. A special fund for small loans to 
students in the College of Agriculture has been established by the Baltimore and Ohio 
Railroad. 

The Chauncey Watson Boucher Fund. This fund was established in 1936 by 
former President C. S. Boucher in memory of his father. Seniors from West Virginia 
may borrow only for the payment of Universitv fees. Loans must be repaid within 
two years and are without interest. 

The Charles E. Lawall Fund. Established in 1939 for small loans to worthy 
students; available to students whose scholastic record has been satisfactory; interest 
payable only for periods in excess of time for which the loan is granted. 

Alfred Walker Fund. This is a special fund for loans to Pharmacy students, 
established in 1938 by Dean J. Lester Hayman in honor of the memory of Alfred 
Walker of Sutton, first president of the West Virginia Pharmaceutical Association 
and, for many years, secretary of the State Pharmaceutical Association. 

The John W. Davis Fund, established for the making of loans to outstanding law 
students, aids worthy students each year. 

The P. C. Thomas Fund. In May 1943 the P. C. Thomas loan fund was estab- 
lished in memory of the late P. C. Thomas of the Koppers Coal Company. The 
initial contribution made by the employees of the Company was $520. 

The Kellogg Foundation Fund. The Kellogg Foundation in 1942 allotted $5,000 
to West Virginia University for loans to students of medicine. Loans may not exceed 
$150 during any academic year. The total loan to one student may not exceed $250. 
Interest is charged at the rate of 2 per cent. Students may not borrow until after 
the successful completion of one term in the School of Medicine. 

The Leon Leonian Memorial Fund. Established in July 1945 in honor of the 
memory of Dr. Leon H. Leonian. Small loans are made to students for a short period 
without interest. 

The Loyalty Permanent Endowment Loan Fund of the W.V.U. Alumni Association. 
This fund was established some years ago by contributions of alumni and other 
friends of the University. It is a permanent trust fund, the income of which is 
available to worthy students. 

West Virginia State Conference of Social Work Fund. In 1940 the State Con- 
ference of Social Work established a student loan fund for the department of Social 
Work, such fund to be granted, without interest, to eligible full-time graduate Social 
Work students who are residents of West Virginia. 

Howard T. Phillips Loan Fund. The late Dr. Howard T. Phillips of Wheeling 
set aside in his will a grant of approximately $1,000 for loans to medical students at 
West Virginia University. The fund was set in motion in the fall of 1949. Dr. Phillips 
stipulated that loans from this fund should be made to "students who are deserving 
as well as needy and who are enrolled in the Medical School." 



UNIVERSITY LIFE 39 



Fred G. and Nannie D. Wood Loan Fund. In November, 1949, the Fred G. and 
Nannie D. Wood Loan Fund was created by an initial gift of $1,000 from Fred G. 
Wood, retired Raleigh County coal operator now living at Daytona Beach, Florida. The 
fund provisions state loans shall be made to assist students to receive training in 
the engineering of coal mines, and that "preference shall be given to students from fam- 
ilies engaged in coal mining, or who have grown up in coal mining communities." 

The Revolving Emergency Loan Fund. A fund to meet emergencies of University 
students was established in October, 1931. The principal of this fund amounts to 
about $3,000. H. E. Stone was founder of the fund. Loans are made in small amounts 
and for short periods of time. 

Service Clubs Loan Fund of West Virginia University, Inc. In 1950 the West 
Virginia Kiwanis District established a non-restricted loan fund for needy University 
students. This loan fund is administered through the Office of the Director of 
Student Affairs. Any student who is in good standing in the University and is in 
need of some financial help may receive a loan. The fund is operated in a non-profit 
basis and the low rate of interest charged is to go toward the building up of the total 
amount that will be available for the student loans. 

Social Work Alumni Loan Fund. This fund, totaling $100 at present, was estab- 
lished in 1951 for the benefit of undergraduate or graduate students in the Department 
of Social Work, irrespective of residence. Loans are made by the Director of Student 
Affairs with the approval of the Head of the Department of Social Work. No interest 
is required, and loans are to be repaid within two years after the student has completed 
his current degree objective. 

John M. Crawford and David B. Crawford Loan Fund. In November, 1951, the 
Parkersburg Rig and Reel Company, Parkersburg, West Virginia, established the 
John M. Crawford and David B. Crawford Loan Fund with an initial gift of $5,000. 
The purpose of this fund is to assist accredited students who are seeking a degree in 
engineering or geology and who have financial need. Loans are available to students 
who are graduates of West Virginia high schools, and seeking a degree in engineering, 
preferably petroleum engineering or geology. 

Lily Belle Sefton Deatrick Student Loan Fund. Established in 1947 by the Campus 
Club in memory of Lilly Bell Sefton Deatrick. Small loans are made to students with- 
out interest until after graduation. The fund is administered by the Dean of the 
College of Arts and Sciences and the head of the Department of Chemistry. 

P. I. Reed— Journalism Alumni Loan Fund. This fund was started in 1949 by 
members of the Journalism Class of 1940 to provide small emergency loans to Univer- 
sity students majoring in Journalism. The fund was raised through contributions of 
Journalism alumni of various classes. Loans should be repaid in one to three months. 
The fund honors Dr. P. I. Reed, Director of the School of Journalism since it was 
formed in 1939, and former head of the Department of Journalism. 

Elizabeth McAllister Crawford and John McLenaghan Crawford Fund. In October, 
1950, the Consolidated Natural Gas System Educational Foundation established the 
Elizabeth McAllister Crawford and John McLenaghan Crawford Loan Fund with an 
initial gift of $10,000. The purpose of this fund is to assist students who are without 
other resources from which their educational needs may be met. To be eligible for 
this aid, a student must be a graduate of a West Virginia high school, enrolled in a 
course leading to a degree, and must have completed at least the first semester of the 
freshman year. 

Maud George Memorial Fund. In Spetember, 1950, Mr. Charles A. George of 
Ronceverte, West Virginia, in memory of his aunt, established the Maud George 
Memorial Loan Fund, in the amount of $50 per semester or $100 per academic year, 
during his lifetime, for a man or woman student from either Greenbrier or Monore 
counties, West Virginia, who is enrolled in Agriculture, Home Economics, or the 
Forestry Division. Application should be made to the Dean of the College of 
Agriculture. 

The Senior Class Loan Fund. A gift of $100 was given by the 1949 Senior Class 
to be used for aid to seniors in the University needing financial assistance. The Senior 
Class of 1950 supplemented this fund with their gift of an additional $100. Small 
loans are made without interest. 

The Central West Virginia Coal Mining Institute Scholarship Loan Fund. In 
April, 1952, the Central West Virginia Coal Mining Institute established a scholarship 
loan fund of $6,000 for the purpose of aiding young men in the study of coal mining 
engineering in the School of Mines at West Virginia University. A subsequent alloca 



40 GENERAL INFORMATION 



tion in February, 1953, raised the total of $10,000. The fund is restricted to residents 
of the six counties covered by the Central West Virginia Coal Mining Institute 
(Harrison, Taylor, Barbour, Upshur, Randolph, and Tucker), or to persons residing 
outside that area whose principal family employment is within the area. It is further 
required that the father or guardian of the applicant be a regular employee in the 
coal mining industry within the six counties named. Scholarship loans of S500 per 
year will be made fo recipients for a maximum of four years, with repayments to be 
made after graduation. All inquiries about this fund should be sent to the Director 
of the School of Mines. 

The Monongahela Valley Coal Mining Institute Loan Fund. In December, 1952, 
the Monongahela Valley Coal Mining Institute established a loan fund of $1,000 in 
West Virginia University to aid worthy students in the field of coal mining engineering 
who are residents of Monongalia County, West Virginia. Loans may be made to 
students beyond their first semester in Mining Engineering on a short-time basis 
without interest. 

Robert H. Pritchard Journalism Loan Fund. In September, 1952, Dr. and Mrs. 
Frank V. Rueckl of Winnemucca, Nevada, established a loan fund in the University in 
memory of Mrs. Rueckl's father, Robert H. Pritchard, a former member of the Univer- 
sity Board of Governors and prominent newspaper owner and editor in Weston, W.Va. 
This fund of SI, 000 is open to use by Journalism students who are residents of West 
Virginia. Loans up to SI 00 per year may be obtained by a student over four years. 

Raleigh County Alumni Association Loan Fund. In November, 1953, the Raleigh 
County Alumni Association established the loan fund in the University for the aid of 
students enrolled from Raleigh County. The initial gift to the fund was S475.00. Any 
regularly enrolled student who has permanent residence in Raleigh County, West 
Virginia, may secure aid from the fund when available. 

Claude Worthington Benedum Scholarship Loan Fund. The Claude Worthington 
Benedum Foundation in 1952 established this scholarship loan fund in the University 
with an original gift of $5,000.00 An additional gift of $5,000.00 was made to the 
fund in 1953. Deserving students from West Virginia who are in need of financial 
assistance to complete their educations are eligible for aid from this fund. 

Campus Club Loan Fund For Women. Beginning in 1918, the Campus Club 
established an emergency loan fund for the aid of women students enrolled in the 
University. Small loans for emergency needs are made to women students. Applications 
and loan details may be secured from the Director of Student Affairs, 205 Adminis- 
tration Building. 

Faculty Emergency Loan Fund. An emergency loan fund for faculty members of 
the University was established in October of 1954 by an initial gift of $1,000 from the 
Tidy House Products Company in Shenandoah, Iowa. A. W. Ramsey, general manager 
of the Company and University graduate, was responsible for the grant which is 
designed to provide small emergency loads for faculty members at a minimum cost. 
Requests are handled by the Faculty Loan Committee through the Director of 
Student Affairs. 

PRIZES, TROPHIES, AND MEDALS 
Prizes 

Awards for prizes in the University are made in accordance with the following rules: 

No composition, in whole or in part, shall be submitted in competition for two 
prizes. 

Only students pursuing courses leading to baccalaureate degrees are eligible for 
any prize, except for the James F. Brown prize. 

No student shall be eligible to enter any contest who has not been a resident 
student in this University for at least one semester preceding the semester in which 
the contest is to be held, and who, unless he be a competitor for the James F. Brown 
prize, is not a resident student in good standing in the University in the semester in 
which the contest is held. 

No successful contestant may become for a second time a competitor for the same 
prize. 

If in any contest the judges find no manuscript of sufficient merit, there shall be 
no award for the prize that year. 

Students intending to compete in any essay-writing contest must notify the chair- 
man of the Committee on Prizes not later than March 15. Three typewritten copies of 



UNIVERSITY LIFE 41 



each essay must be in the hands of the chairman of the committee not later than 
May 15. 

The conditions upon which the awards in the several contests are made may be 
learned upon application to the office of the Director of Student Affairs. 

The Tax Commission Prize. The honorable members of the State Tax Commission 
of 1902, namely, W. P. Hubbard, Henry G. Davis, John K. Thompson, L. J. Williams, 
and J. H. Holt, gave the sum of $1,350, later increased by unawarded sums to $1,500, 
the income of which is to be used annually as a prize for the "best original work bear- 
ing on matters of taxation in West Virginia." The conditions of the competition are 
determined by the Council of Administration. The amount of the prize at present 
is S50. 

The James F. Brown Prize. The Hon. James F. Brown, an alumnus of the Univer- 
sity, "with a desire to stimulate the young men of the State to fuller consideration of 
the 'inalienable right' of mankind, and especially those guaranteed by the Constitution 
of the State and the United States," has contributed $5,000 to the University, the 
income of which is to be "used as a prize for the best essay or paper each year on the 
subject of the individual liberties of the citizen as guaranteed by the Constitution." 
The income may be given as a single prize, or it may be divided into a first and second 
prize. For the present the award will be made as a single prize, $200 in amount. Any 
regularly enrolled student in any school or college of the University or any student 
within one year after receiving an undergraduate degree may compete for this prize. 
Graduates of the College of Law or the School of Medicine or holders of any post- 
graduate degree are not eligible to compete for this prize. 

The West Virginia State Pharmaceutical Association Prize. The West Virginia 
State Pharmaceutical Association offers to the student making me best set of drawings 
in Pharmacy 112 a two-year, paid-up membership in the American Pharmaceutical 
Association. 

The Waitman Barbe Memorial Prize. The English Club of West Virginia Univer- 
sity offers an annual prize of S25 in memory of Waitman Barbe, poet, scholar, and 
adviser of the English Club during his long term of service on the faculty. The prize 
is awarded to some student regularly enrolled as a junior or senior in West Virginia 
University, for creative work in the field of literature, either in prose or poetry or 
both. The minimum length of such compositions must be four thousand words in 
prose or one hundred lines in poetry. 

Chi Omega Sorority Prize. The Chi Omego sorority offers an annual S15 prize to 
the Sociology major with the highest academic ranking. All work done at West Virginia 
University is taken into account and no student is eligible to compete for the prize 
unless his junior and senior years have been spent at West Virginia University. The 
prize is awarded at the annual Commencement. 

Phi Lambda Upsilon Fraternity Prize. Phi Lambda Upsilon, honorary chemical 
f raternity, offers annually the Alexander Reed Whitehill award to the student re- 
ceiving the highest grade in chemistry during the freshman year. The award consists 
of an engraved ornament. 

Tau Beta Pi, honorary Engineering fraternity, each year offers an engraved cup 
to the sophomore engineer who during his freshman year maintained the highest 
average in his class. 

The Rufus A. West Award for Engmeering Students. The late Rufus A. West, a 
former instructor of the University, because of his interest in the College of Engineering 
and in the young men who have been and are students there and with the further idea 
of promoting sound scholarship, bequeathed $10,000, the income of which is to be 
used as an award to the member of the graduating class of the College of Engineering 
in June who has maintained the highest scholarship as measured by his grade-point 
average. The first date for the presentation of this award was June, 1953. 

The LaVerne B. Davis Home Economics Award. This award ($25.00) was estab- 
lished and is supported by Mr. and Mrs. Richard Earle Davis. The award is presented 
annually at commencement time to the graduating senior in the Division of Home 
Economics who has maintained the highest scholastic average during four years of 
residency. 

The Nathan Burkan Memorial Prize. The American Society of Composers, Authors, 
and Publishers has established the Nathan Burkan Memorial Competition, open to the 
leading universities and colleges of the country that offer a course in law. A prize of 
$100 is available in each institution, to be awarded to the student in the graduating 
class in Law who prepares the best paper on the subject of "Copyright Law." 



42 GENERAL INFORMATION 



The Intercollegiate Peace Association of America provides $100 in cash prizes to be 
awarded as follows: $50 for first prize; $30 for second prize; and $20 for third prize 
in the anual Intercollegiate Peace Oratorical Contest. This contest is held under the 
auspices of the Department of Speech of the University and each institution of higher 
learning in the state is entitled to send one representative. 

The Sigma Xi Award. Sigma Xi, the national honorary scientific research society, 
annually gives an award to the senior student majoring in science who shows most 
promise in research. The award consists of election to associate membership in Sigma 
Xi, with the initiation fee and Associate's key donated by the West Virginia Chapter. 

West Virginia Oil and Natural Gas Association Prize for Students in the School of 
Mines. In order to stimulate interest on the part of oil and natural gas engineering 
students in their profession, the West Virginia Oil and Natural Gas Association offers a 
prize of $25 each year to a member of the graduating class of the School of Mines. The 
student must be enrolled in the oil and natural gas option, and his scholarship must 
be the highest in that group as measured by his grade-point average. 

West Virginia Coal Mining Institute Prize for Students in the School of Mines. 
In order to stimulate interest on the part of mining engineering students in their 
profession, the West Virginia Coal Mining Institute offers a prize of S25 each year 
to the members of the graduating class of the School of Mines. The student must 
be enrolled in the coal mining option, and his scholarship must be the highest of that 
group as measured by his grade-point average. 

The Charles E. Lawall Award. This award was created in 1952 through the gener- 
osity of D. L. McElroy of Pittsburgh, Pa., and will be given in the first semester of each 
school year to the senior student maintaining the best scholastic average in the first one 
hundred hours of the required curriculum. Students in the coal mining option and 
the oil and gas option are eligible. This award carries a cash payment of S50.00. 

The James Winter Memorial Award. This, award pays tuition for one year. The 
donor desired anonymity. The award is given to the senior making the highest 
average in his first three years in Chemical Engineering. 

The Merck Award. Merck and Company, Inc., manufacturing chemists of Rahway, 
N.J., offers an award consisting of the current edition of The Merck Index, the Merck 
Manual of Therapeutics and Materia Medica, and Reagent Chemicals and Standards 
to the graduating senior who attains the highest grade in Pharmacy 113. 

The Wall Street Journal Student Achievement Award. This award, an engraved 
plaque, is awarded annually to the senior student in the College of Commerce who i^ 
selected by a faculty committee of that College. 

Charles M. Love Law Scholarship Awards. The Charles M. Love Law Scholarship 
Awards were established in June 1954 by a gift from Charles M. Love of Charleston. 
The purpose of these awards is to recognize outstanding contributions made to the 
West Virginia Law Review by students enrolled in the College of Law. Awards are 
made from time to time by the Law faculty. 

Trophies 

Alpha Epsilon Delta Prize. The Alpha of West Virginia chapter of Alpha 
Epsilon Delta offers each year a silver cup to the freshman premedical student who 
has made the best scholastic record for the year in chemistry and zoology. 

The Louis D. Corson Inter fraternity Scholarship Trophy. This trophy is awarded 
at the end of the University year to the fraternity having the highest average scholar- 
ship standing for that year and is to remain in possession of that fraternity during the 
following year. The cup becomes permanent property of the fraternity that wins it 
three times. 

The School of Phyiscal Education and Athletics offers two trophies to the fraterni- 
ties scoring the highest and second-highest number of points in the all-year athletic 
competition for fraternities. 

Pan-Hellenic Association Scholarship Cups. The Pan-Hellenic Association offers 
two scholarship cups. Any sorority which is a member of the Women's Pan-Hellenic 
Council may compete for the cup, and it is awarded each year to the group having 
the highest average. The women's sorority which has maintained the highest average 
for three consecutive years is given permanent possession of the cup. The Pan-Hellenic 
Association also offers a cup each year to the pledge group which maintains the 
highest average. 



UNIVERSITY LIFE 43 



Rho Chi Awards. In order to stimulate superior scholastic ability among students 
in the College of Pharmacy, Alpha Mu Chapter of Rho Chi, honorary society, offers 
the following awards: 

An appropriate engraved trophy to the student attaining the highest scholastic 
record the first year of enrollment in the College. 

The current edition of the United States Dispensartory to the student attaining 
the highest scholastic record during the sophomore year. 

James C. Borden, Jr. Memorial Trophy. The West Virginia University Mountaineer 
Rifle Club and the Gamma Pi Chapter of Sigma Nu Fraternity award each year a 
bronze trophy to the outstanding rifleman on the Varsity Rifle Team. The winner's 
name is inscribed on a plate on the base of the trophy which remains on permanent 
display in the Armory. 

Lt. James E. Marshall Memorial Award. The Beta Psi Chapter of Beta Theta Pi 
awards each year a bronze trophy to the most outstanding West Virginia University 
R.O.T.C. senior infantry student. The winner's name is inscribed on a plate at the 
base of the trophv which remains on permanent display in the Armory. A small 
metal emblem attesting to the honor is presented to the recipient. 

Medals 

The Lehn and Fink Medal. Through the generosity of Lehn and Fink, manufac- 
turing chemists of New York City, the College of Pharmacy awards a gold medal each 
year to the senior Pharmacy student who, in the opinion of the faculty of the College 
of Pharmacy, attains the highest scholarship. The medal is appropriately engraved. 

Prizes in Public Speaking. In each of the four events (debate, oration, extempore 
speaking, and poetry reading) in the West Virginia Interscholastic Public Speaking 
Contest a gold medal is awarded to the winner of first place; a silver medal to the 
winner of second place; and a bronze medal to all other speakers who participate in 
the semi-finals at the University. Each high school represented by a winner of first 
place is presented with a beautiful wall plaque with the escutcheon of the University 
mounted upon it. 

The Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key Award. Beta Rho Chapter of Alpha Kappa 
Psi, a professional fraternity of commerce, awards annually the Alpha Kappa Psi 
Scholarship Key to the male' senior in the College of Commerce who has attained the 
highest scholastic average for a minimum of six semesters of collegiate work in this 
University. 

West Virginia Reserve Officers Association Awards. The West Virginia Reserve 
Officers Association awards medals each year to the outstanding advanced course 
Army ROTC student and the outstanding basic course Army ROTC student. 

Armed Forces Communications Association Award. The Armed Forces Communi- 
cations Association awards a medal each year to the outstanding senior Signal Corps 
Army ROTC student majoring in electronics. 

HONOR SOCIETIES 

Alpha Epsilon Delta (Premedical). The Alpha of West Virginia chapter of Alpha 
Epsilon Delta was established at West Virginia University in 1930. The chief object 
of the society is promotion of high scholarship among premedical students. Juniors 
and seniors of high scholarship and character are eligible for membership. 

Alpha Psi Omega (Dramatics). Pi chapter of Alpha Psi Omega was formed at 
West Virginia University in 1926. Recognition is given as a reward to students dis- 
tinguishing themselves in dramatic productions, both by playing roles and by per- 
forming other outstanding duties on the technical and business side of productions. 

Alpha Zeta (Agriculture) . The West Virginia chapter of Alpha Zeta, the national 
agricultural honor fraternity, was instituted in the College of Agriculture in 1921. 
Sophomores and upperclassmen who maintain high standing in scholarship and rank 
among the upper two-fifths of their respective classes are eligible to membership. 

Chi Epsilon (Civil Eng'g). Chi Epsilon, the recognition society in the field of civil 
engineering fosters the development and exercise of fundamentally sound traits of char- 
acter and technical ability among engineers which will work towards a higher standard 
of service offered to humanity by the profession. The West Virginia chapter was formed 
in 1949. Membership is open to outstanding members of the junior and senior classes. 

Delta Nu Tau (Pre-Law) . 



44 GENERAL INFORMATION 



Epsilon Lambda Sigma (Accounting). This is a local honorary society for out- 
standing students in Accounting with high scholastic average. The purpose of Epsilon 
Lambda Sigma is to promote the moral, intellectual, and social developments of its 
members; to encourage individual research; and to foster interest in the field of 
accounting at West Virginia University. 

Eta Kappa Nu (Elec. Eng'g) . Eta Kappa Nu, an Electrical Engineering honorary 
society installed at West Virginia University in 1946, is open to students in the upper 
fourth of the junior class and in the upper third of the senior class. 

Kappa Delta Pi (Education) . Kappa Delta Pi, national honorary educational 
society installed Alpha Upsilon chapter at West Virginia University on July 21, 1927. 
Election to this fraternity is conditional upon high scholarship and desirable personal 
and professional qualities. 

Kappa Tau Alpha (Journalism). This is a national journalistic honor society with 
special emphasis on high scholarship and the best professional ideals. There are 
chapters in twenty-two universities. The West Virginia chapter was established in 1930. 

Mortar Board (Student Leadership— Women). Laurel Chapter of Mortar Board 
national women's honorary, was instituted at West Virginia University in 1924. The 
purpose of Mortar Board is: "to provide for the cooperation between the senior honor 
societies for women, to promote college loyalty, to advance the spirit of scholarship, to 
recognize and encourage leadership, and to stimulate and develop a finer type of 
college women." Qualifications for membership are service, scholarship and leader- 
ship. New members are elected to Mortar Board in the spring from women who will 
have completed their junior year by the opening of the fall term. A scholarship 
standard must be met by each candidate. 

Li-toon-awa. Li-toon-awa is the honorary for sophomore women who are chosen 
in the spring of their freshman year on the basis of outstanding achievement in 
scholarship, activities, leadership, and service to the University. 

The primary purpose of the organization is that of guiding freshman women and 
assisting them in adjustment to college life and its problems. During the school term 
Li-toon-awa serves two teas in honor of these freshman women, one during Freshman 
Week and the other in the spring. Working throughout the year, Li-toon-awa elects 
and serves a project to complete the purpose of the organization. 

Omicron Nu (Home Economics). On October 16, 1951, Omicron Nu, national 
honor society in Home Economics, was established at West Virginia University. The 
society has as its purpose "the promotion of scholarship, leadership, and research, 
and the advancement of home economics throughout the world." Membership in 
Omicron Nu is based upon high scholarship and promise of future achievement. Only 
persons from the highest 20 per cent of the class are eligible for membership. Election 
is not permitted earlier than the fifth semester of the college course. 

Order of the Coif (Law). A chapter of the Order of the Coif, national law- 
school honor society, was installed in 1925. Its members are selected by the law faculty 
from 10 per cent of the senior class in the College of Law ranking highest in scholarship. 

Phi Beta Kappa (Scholarship). The Alpha of West Virginia chapter of the Phi 
Beta Kappa Society is established at the University. Stated meetings or public exer- 
cises of the society are held twice annually; the anniversary meeting on December 5, 
and the annual meeting during Commencement Week. The honor of membership ma\ 
be conferred upon candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts, the Degree of Bachelor 
of Science (if they also meet the requirements for the former) , or for the Degree of 
Doctor of Philosophy who have maintained a high scholarship rank during their 
college courses; also, upon outstanding alumni of the University, and persons attaining 
national or international reputations in letters, science, or education. 

Phi Epsilon Phi (Botany). Phi Epsilon Phi, botanical honor fraternity, was 
founded at West Virginia University in 1929. The fraternity has for its purpose 
promotion of high scholarship, inciting of interest in botanical research, and en- 
couragement of professional ideals. Seniors and graduate students who are engaged 
in botanical work and who have attained a high standard of scholarship and character 
are eligible for membership. 

Phi Lambda Upsilon (Chemistry) . The Tau chapter of Phi Lambda Upsilon, 
national chemical honor fraternity, was established at the University in 1924. The 
chief object of the society is promotion and protection of high scholarship and 
original investigation of all branches of pure and applied chemistry. Seniors and 
juniors who have attained a high standard of scholarship and character are eligible. 



UNIVERSITY LIFE 45 



Pi Delta Phi. The Alpha Omicron chapter of Pi Delta Phi, national French honor 
lociety, was established at the University in 1950. The society has for its aims the 
recognition of merit in the study of French language, literature and civilization and 
the fostering of French culture. Membership is open to outstanding students of high 
scholarship, majoring or minoring in French language and literature, who have com- 
pleted at least one upper division course in French. 

Pi Tau Sigma (Mechanical Eng'g). The West Virginia Pi Gamma chapter of Pi 
Tau Sigma was installed at West Virginia University on March 31, 1942. This is an 
honorary mechanical engineering fraternity with chapters in thirty-five universities. 
Seniors and juniors in Mechanical Engineering who have attained high scholarship 
rank are eligible for membership. 

Psi Chi (Psychology). West Virginia chapter of Psi Chi, national recognition 
society in the field of psychology, was formed November 15. 1958. Membership is open 
to psychology majors and minors who have a high scholastic average. The purpose of 
the society Is primarily to advance the science of psychology and is further concerned 
with stimulating scholarship of the individual members in all academic fields. 

Rho Chi (Pharmaceutical). Rho Chi, National Honorary Pharmaceutical Society, 
installed Alpha Mu chapter at West Virginia University, January 28, 1949. The object 
of the Society is "the promotion of scholarship and friendship and recognition of high 
attainments in the pharmaceutical sciences." A student elected to membership must 
have completed 75 hours of scholastic work, attained a scholastic average of "B" or 
better, shown capacity for achievement in the science and art of pharmacy and the 
allied sciences as evidenced by strength of character, personality, and leadership; and 
be approved by the Dean of the College of Pharmacy. 

Scabbard & Blade (Military) . C Company, Second Regiment, West Virginia Uni- 
versity, the National Society of Scabbard and Blade, was installed on May 21, 1916. 
The Society believes that military service is an obligation of citizenship and that the 
greater opportunities afforded college men for the study of military science place 
upon them certain responsibilities as citizens. The purpose is to create and unite in 
closer relationship the military departments of American universities and colleges; to 
preserve and develop the essential qualities of good efficient officers; to prepare them- 
selves as educated men to take a more active part and to have a greater influence in 
military affairs of the communities in which they may reside; and above all to spread 
intelligent information concerning military requirements of our country. Advanced 
Course R.O.T.C. and A.R.O.T.C. students who maintain high standing in scholarship, 
leadership, character, and efficiency are eligible for membership. 

Sigma Gamma Epsilon (Earth Sciences). Upsilon chapter was established at West 
Virginia University in 1927. The fraternity has for its objects the social, scholastic, and 
scientific advancement of its members; extension of relations of friendship and assist- 
ance between the universities and scientific schools with recognized standing in the 
United States and Canada; and upbuilding of a national college societv devoted to ad- 
vancement of geology, mining, metallurgy, and ceramics. Seniors and juniors in the 
courses indicated, who have attained high scholarship rank, are eligible for membership. 

Sigma Pi Sigma (Physics) . Theta chapter of Sigma Pi Sigma, national physics 
honor society, was installed in the University in 1929. The formal statement of objects 
of the society is: "To reward high scholarship and promote interest in the advanced 
study of physics, to stimulate individual research, and to enable its members to keep 
pace with the progress of science." A student elected to membership must be taking 
some course in physics at the time of his election. Graduate students who are taking 
advanced work in phvsics and related subjects are eligible for membership. 

Sigma Xi (Scientific Research). The Society of the Sigma Xi is a national honorary 
societv devoted to advancement of research in pure and applied science. Membership 
mav be conferred upon faculty members and students who show outstanding abilitv 
in some field of scientific research. 

Sphi?ix (Senior Men's Honorary). Sphinx, Senior Men's Scholarship Society, was 
established at West Virginia University in 1909. Its purpose is to accord suitable 
recognition to students of high standing in scholarship. The local chapter acts as a 
sponsor and preserver of all such college traditions as it may find worthy: and to act 
for the inspiration, betterment, and guidance of the Freshman Class. 

Tau Beta Pi (Engineering). The West Virginia Alpha chapter of the national 
engineering honor association of Tau Beta Pi was established in the College of Engi- 
neering in 1922. Students who rank in scholarship among the upper one-eighth of 
their class are eligible to election in their third year and all who rank among the 



46 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



upper one-fourth of the class are likewise eligible in their fourth year. These together 
with alumni and honorary members constitute the chapter. 

Xi Sigma Pi (Forestry). Xi Sigma Pi, forestry honor society, was established at 
West Virginia University on May 16, 1950. The objects of Xi Sigma Pi are "to secure 
and maintain a high standard of scholarship in forest education, to work for the 
upbuilding of the profesison of forestry and to promote fraternal relations among 
earnest workers engaged in forest activities." 



OTHER UNIVERSITY ORGANIZATIONS 

There are in the University various fraternities, sororities, societies and clubs 
devoted chiefly to social, educational, and athletic interests of students. Some of the 
more important of these organizations are: 



Social Fraternities 

Alpha Gamma Rho 
Alpha Phi Delta 
Alpha Sigma Phi 
Beta Theta Pi 
Delta Tau Delta 
Kappa Alpha 
Kappa Sigma 
Lambda Chi Alpha 
Phi Delta Theta 
Phi Kappa Psi 

Social Sororities 

Alpha Delta Pi 
Alpha Phi 
Alpha Xi Delta 
Chi Omega 
Delta Delta Delta 



Phi Kappa Sigma 
Phi Sigma Delta 
Phi Sigma Kappa 
Pi Kappa Alpha 
Pi Lambda Phi 
Sigma Chi 
Sigma Nu 
Sigma Phi Epsilon 
Tau Kappa Epsilon 
Theta Chi 



Delta Gamma 
Kappa Delta 
Kappa Kappa Gamma 
Pi Beta Phi 



Professional Honorary Societies 

Alpha Kappa Psi (Economics) 
Alpha Tau Alpha (Vo-Ag) 
Delta Sigma Rho (Debate) 
Kappa Phi (Methodist Women) 
Mu Phi Epsilon (Music, Women) 
Phi Alpha Delta (Law) 
Phi Beta Pi (Medical) 

Honor and Recognition Societies 

Alpha Epsilon Delta (Pre-Medical) 
Alpha Psi Omega (Dramatics) 
Alpha Zeta (Agriculture) 
Chi Epsilon (Civil Eng'g) 
Chimes (Junior Women) 
Delta Nu Tau (Pre-Law) 
Epsilon Lambda Sigma (Accounting) 
Eta Kappa Nu (Elec. Eng'g) 
Kappa Delta Pi (Education) 
Kappa Kappa Psi (Band) 
Kappa Tau Alpha (Journalism) 
Li-Toon-Awa (Sophomore Women) 
Mortar Board (Senior Women) 
Mountain (Men's Honorary) 
Omicron Nu (Home Economics) 



Phi Chi (Medical) 

Phi Delta Phi (Law) 

Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia (Music, Men) 

Phi Upsilon Omicron (Home Economics) 

Sigma Theta Epsilon (Methodist Men) 

Theta Sigma Phi (Journalism, Women) 



Phi Alpha Theta (History) 

Phi Epsilon Phi (Botany) 

Phi Lambda Upsilon (Chemistry) 

Philosophical Society (Philosophy) 

Pi Delta Pi (French) 

Pi Tau Sigma (Mechanical Eng'g) 

Psi Chi (Psychology) 

Rho Chi (Pharmaceutical) 

Scabbard & Blade (R.O.T.C.) 

Sigma Gamma Epsilon (Earth Science) 

Sigma Pi Sigma (Physics) 

Sphinx (Senior Men) 

Tau Beta Pi (Engineering) 

Xi Sigma Pi (Forestry) 



UNIVERSITY LIFE 



47 



National and Local Student Organizations 



Agriculture Council 

Air R.O.T.C. Drill Team 

Army R.O.T.C. Drill Team 

Arnold Air Society 

Associated Women Students 

Beta Gamma Sigma 

Block and Bridle Club 

Canterbury Club 

Dei deutsche Yerein 

Dolphin Swimming Honorary 

English Club 

Fi Batar Cappar 

Forestry Club 

General Engineering Society 

Geology Club 

Hillel 

Home Economics Club 

Horitculture Club 

II Circolo Italiano 

Independent Men's Association 

Independent Party 

Inter-Varsity Christian Fellowship 

Journaliers 

La Tertulia 

McDowell Club 

Men's Glee Club 

Student Branches of the following: 
American Chemical Society 
American Institute of Chemical 

Engineers 
American Institute of Electrical 
Engineers 

Newman Club 

Orchesis 

Panhellenic Council 

Philosophical Society 

Physical Education Club 

Press Club 

Recreation Majors Club 

Sociology and Social Work Club 

Student Council 

Student Marketing Club 



Mountaineer Poultry Club 

Mountaineer Rifle Club 

Men's Hall Council 

Music Educator's National Conference 

Collegiate Academy of Science 

Collegiate F.F.A. Chapter 

Cosmopolitan Club 

Council of Fraternity Presidents 

Dairy Science Club 

University Dames Club 

University 4-H Club 

University Religious Council 

University Young Democrats 

Wesley Foundation Cabinet 

Westminster Foundation 

West Virginia Industrial Arts Club 

Woman's Hall Center 

Woman's Hall North 

Woman's Hall South 

Women's Glee Club 

Women's Recreation Association 

Writer's Forum 

Young Men's Christian Association 

Young Republican Club 

Young Women's Christian Association 

Student Party 

Terrace Hall 

Circle K Club 

American Institute of Mining and 

Metallurgical Engineers 
American Pharmaceutical Association 
American Society of Agricultural 

Engineers 
American Society of Civil Engineers 
American Society of Mechanical 

Engineers 
Institute of Aeronautical Sciences 
Society for the Advancement of 

Management 
Society of WVU Mining Engineers 



Fraternity Advisers 

Alpha Gamma Rho, Clark Butler; Alpha Phi Delta, P. Simonette; Alpha Sigma 
Phi, Marlyn E. Lugar; Beta Theta Pi, Charles D. Thomas; Delta Tau Delta, Charles 
E. Roberts; Kappa Alpha, Dana Wells; Kappa Sigma, Paul R. Jones; Lambda Chi 
Alpha, William Robert Summers, Jr.; Phi Delta Theta, Festus P. Summers; Phi Kappa 
Psi, Kenneth Wood; Phi Kappa Sigma, Ralph White; Phi Sigma Delta, Victor J. Lemke: 
Phi Sigma Kappa, Donovan H. Bond; Pi Kappa Alpha, C. R. Ball; Pi Lamba Phi, 
(name to be announced); Sigma Chi, Allen Goodspeed; Sigma Nu, Russell H. Gist; 
Sigma Phi Epsilon, H. G. Wheat; Tau Kappa Epsilon, Ray O. Duncan: Theta Chi, 
K. C. Westover. 



Sorority Supervision 

Supervision of all sororities on campus is vested in the office of the Dean of 
Women. 



48 GENERAL INFORMATION 



Faculty Organizations 

American Association of University Professors. The West Virginia University 
chapter of the American Association of University Professors now has a membership 
of approximately one hundred and fifty. The present officers are J. G. Leach, president; 
William D. Barns, vice-president; (Mrs.) Susan M. Holden, secretary. 

Faculty Club. The Faculty Club of the University, organized on March 10, 1921, 
is composed of teaching, research, and extension staffs of the University. Members of 
the various departments of the State of "West Virginia working with the University also 
are eligible. The purpose of the club is to promote friendliness, fellowship and good 
will among its members and to encourage closer ties between faculty members of 
different colleges, schools and departments. A program of social activities is conducted 
throughout the fall and winter semesters. The Faculty Club has offices and social rooms 
in the Glasscock Annex. 

West Virgi?iia Alumni Association of Johns Hopkins. The West Virginia Alumni 
Association of Johns Hopkins, founded in 1913, holds annual meetings on February 22, 
anniversary of the establishment of The Johns Hopkins University. Graduates and 
former students of Johns Hopkins are eligible for membership. Dr. Friend E. Clark 
is President; Dr. Oliver P. Chitwood, vice-president, and Dr. A. M. Reese is secretary. 

Wisconsin Alumni Club. Graduates and former students of the University of 
Wisconsin are eligible to membership in this organization. It holds social meetings 
at which speakers from that university are heard. Dr. E. O. Roberts is the present 
president of the club, organized in 1937. 

DISCIPLINE 

Rules and regulations which students are required to observe are few, simple, and 
reasonable: civil and orderly conduct; reasonable diligence in performance of the 
work prescribed; and abstinence from vices. 

All matters of discipline are in charge of the Director of Student Affairs and the 
Committee on Discipline. No student may be expelled without approval of the 
President of the University. 

Student Marriages 

If any student under the age of twenty-one years, who has not been previously 
married, intends to marry within the school year, he or she must obtain the consent 
of the parents* or guardian before such marriage shall be solemnized, in accordance 
with provisions of section 8, chapter 48, revised Official Code of West Virginia, 1931. 

In order to insure obedience to both the letter and the spirit of this statute and 
the policy of the University such student must, not less than one week before said 
marriage, show satisfactory evidence to the office of the Director of Student Affairs 
that consent of the parents or guardian as required by the statute has been obtained. 

In the event that such student does not make such showing to the office of the 
Director of Student Affairs, regardless of where the marriage ceremony is performed 
he or she may be suspended, and may only be reinstated upon showing satisfactorv 
reason to the Council of Administration why he or she failed to comply with this 
regulation. 

Where both parties to the marriage are students and one has not complied with 
the above rule, both may be suspended as provided above. 

EMPLOYMENT AND PLACEMENT SERVICE 
Student Employment 

Students desiring part-time work may register with Miss Cornelia Ladwig, Place 
ment Adviser. 

Until successful completion of one semester's University curricular work, freshmen 
should not attempt outside work unless absolutely necessary. Only the exceptional 
student can do so without danger to his scholastic status. 

lOr of the parent living-, or, if the parents be living separate and apart 
of the one to whom was accorded the custody of such person. 



ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 49 

The Senior and Alumni Placement Service 

The purposes of the University Placement Office are to assist those who are un- 
certain as to what occupation they wish to pursue and to assist in finding positions for 
those who have chosen a career. This is a service of the University designed to help 
students in selecting a vocation and to give them a greater scope of choice in their 
fields of interest. It does not end with placement of the student on his first job, but 
mav be referred to at any time in the future. 

The Placement Office, located on Hunt Street across from the Physics Building, 
registers candidates for positions, interviews registrants, analyzes the changing markets 
for graduates, aids students with regard to the techniques of the employment interview, 
assists alumni seeking promotion or change of position, cooperates with all individuals 
and agencies interested in placement, and engages in continuous research in the 
interest of improving these services. A meeting place is provided by this office for 
students seeking jobs, employers on recruiting tours, and faculty members whose com- 
ments are sought bv emplovers. Interviews and pre-interview meetings are scheduled 
by this office for visiting company representatives. 

A vocational library is maintained to assist any student having difficulty in deciding 
upon a career as well as to enable those graduating to review the kinds of opportunities 
available in their fields. 

(The Placement Office cannot furnish credentials to commercial agencies). 

The Pharmacists' Register 

A pharmacists' register for the benefit of both the employer and employee has beer 
established by the College of Pharmacy. No charge is made for services rendered. 

ADMISSION, REGISTRATION, FEES, RE-ADMISSION 

ADMISSION TO UNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 

Candidates for admission to the University must be at least sixteen years of age. 
They may be admitted either by examination or on the basis of official transcripts of 
record. Transcripts of secondary-school record must be sent by the principal directlv 
to the Registrar of the Universitv immediately after the student's graduation; 2 tran- 
scripts of college or university record must be sent by the registrar of the other 
institution directlv to the Registrar of the University immediately after the student 
has completed his work in that institution. Transcripts must be received by the 
Registrar of the University at least three weeks prior to the beginning of the term 
or semester in which the applicant is interested. The transcripts received in support 
of applications for admission become the property of the University and are per- 
manently filed in the office of the Registrar. 

Applicants for admission who do not have transcripts from accredited secondary 
schools on file in the office of the Registrar of the University or who do not have 
official transcripts from colleges or universities previously attended on file in the 
office of the Registrar of the University, may, at the discretion of the Committee on 
Admissions, be permitted to register provisionally. If satisfactory transcripts cannot 
be obtained, the registration will be cancelled and the fees paid by the applicant will 
be returned in accordance with the University refund schedule. A provisional 
registration will not ordinarily be continued for a period longer than one week. 

Conditional Admission. Students must make up all deficiencies before they can 
be classified as sophomores. 

Credit Accepted from a Junior College 

The maximum credit accepted from a junior college accredited by the North 
Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools or other regional accrediting 
association will not exceed seventy-two (72) semester hours, and credit will be allowed 
for lower division courses only. No credit will be allowed for courses completed in 
a junior college subsequent to attainment of junior or higher rank by the student at 
the University. 

2ln accrediting West Virginia secondary schools the University follows the 
classification made by the State Supervisor of High Schools. 



50 GENERAL INFORMATION 



Entrance Unit Defined 

Requirements for admission to colleges, schools, and divisions of the University 
are stated in terms of units. 

A unit in any subject represents the amount of work that may be done in a 
standard high school in a year of thirty-six weeks, with five recitation periods per 
week, of no less than forty minutes each. In courses in which laboratory work is 
required, from two to three periods of laboratory work are considered the equivalent 
of one period of recitation according to the amount of outside preparation required 
in connection with such work. 

Graduates of accredited schools may receive credit for work certified with the 
understanding, however, that no student may enter any college, school or division until 
he has credit for 15 units, i.e., the w T ork of the standard four-year college preparatory 
course. 

Prescribed and Elective Units 

A. Fifteen units of high-school work are required for admission to the University. 

B. The following groups are required: 

(1) Four units in English 3 

(2) Three units in a second subject 

(3) Two units in each of two other subjects 

C. The work in "A" must include the following: 

For admission to all colleges and schools, 1 unit in elementary algebra. 

For admission to the College of Agriculture, in the case of students who 
elect agriculture or forestry as their major field of study— 1 unit in elementary 
algebra and 1 unit in plane geometry. 

For admission to Agricultural Engineering— 1 unit in elementary algebra, 
Y2 unit in intermediate algebra, 1 unit in plane geometry, and ^ unit in 
solid geometry. 

For admission to the College of Arts and Sciences, in the case of students 
who intend to elect chemistry, geology, mathematics, physics, predental or 
premedical studies as their major field of study— 1 unit of elementary algebra 
and 1 unit in plane geometry. 

For admission to the College of Engineering or the School of Mines— 1% 
units in algebra, 1 unit in plane geometry, and ^ unit in solid geometry. 

For admission to the College of Pharmacy— 1 unit in elementary algebra, 
1 unit in history, and 1 unit in science. 

D. Work in the following subjects not to exceed the number of units placed 
after each subject will be accepted: 

Subject Units Subject Units 

English 4 Mathematics, General 1 

Journalism 1 Algebra 2 

Speech 1 Plane geometry 1 

Foreign Languages 4 Solid geometry 1/2 

French 3 Trigonometry 1/2 

German 3 History and Social Science 5 

Greek 3 History 3 

Italian 3 Social Science 3 

Latin 4 Drawing 

Spanish 3 Free-hand drawing 1 

Education 2 Mechanical drawing 1 

SA student may enter the University with 3 units in English and satisfy ad- 
mission requirements by making- a satisfactory grade on the English Placement 
Test, or by successfully completing English 0, or English 1. 

In the College of Engineering, the School of Mines, and the Department of 
Agricultural Engineering, a student may enter with only 3 units in English 
if he also presents for entrance 2 units in one foreign language. 

■iOne unit of Latin will be accepted. No less than 2 units of either French, Ger- 
man, Greek, Italian, or Spanish will be accepted unless sufficient additional work 
in that language is taken in college to complete a minimum of 2 units. 

5A group of 3 units may be formed by combining 2 units of history with one 
unit of social science, or by combining one unit of history with two units of social 
science. 



ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 51 

Subject Units Subject Units 

Music 2 Vocational subjects (not to exceed 

Sciences 5 units) 

Biology 7 1 Agriculture 4 

Botany" 1 Home economics 3 

Chemistry 1 Industrial training 3 

General Science 1 Bookkeeping or bookkeeping and 

Geologv 1 commercial arithmetic 2 

Physical geography 1 Commercial arithmetic (alone) . . i/ 2 

Physics 1 Shorthand 2 

Physiology i/ 2 Typing 1 

Zoology 1 Aeronautics 1 

Commercial geography i/ 2 Art 1 

Commercial law 1/2 Hygiene 1 

Physical education 1 

Advanced Standing Examination 

Application for advanced standing on work of college grade for which college 
credit cannot be established on the basis of official transcript of record, should be made 
to the Registrar of the University not later than two weeks after the applicant's 
matriculation. Upon payment of the proper fee the Registrar will issue an examina- 
tion permit. After examination, the department will report to the Registrar the 
University courses, if anv, for which the applicant is entitled to credit. 

Special Requirements for Admission 
the college of commerce 

Applicants seeking admission to the College of Commerce for the purpose of 
obtaining a degree must have earned at least 58 semester hours of required and 
approved elective courses in the lower-division curriculum at a grade average of not 
less than "C." 

THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

Requirements for admission to the College of Education shall be the completion 
of 58 semester hours of approved college work, with an average of at least 2 grade 
points per credit hour. Candidates for a Bachelor's Degree in Education register for 
their first two years of work in the College of Arts and Sciences. Freshmen and 
sophomores who expect to enter the College of Education will indicate their intention 
when they register. Their studies will be directed by advisers for pre-education students. 
Such students should so order their courses of study as to satisfy requirements for junior 
standing and should be fulfilling requirements for the certification of teachers. 

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND SCHOOL OF MINES 

Applicants deficient in Solid Geometry may be admitted provided they present 
thirty semester hours, with a grade of "C" or higher, of transfer credit applicable 
toward their degrees. 

THE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 

A candidate seeking admission to the School of Journalism with the view of 
obtaining a degree must have satisfied requirements for matriculation in one of the 
University undergraduate colleges and must have earned at least 58 semester hours 
of college credit. A student deficient in the physical education service program and mili- 
tary science will be required to take these subjects as soon as possible. During his 
freshman and sophomore years he should have completed satisfactorily all or most 
courses specified for prejournalism majors. A prejournalism student not maintaining 
at least a "C" average during his first two years in all college subjects is strongly 
advised not to enroll in the professional school. 

•3A group of 2 or 3 units in science may be made by combining- one unit each 
of any 2 or 3 of the following: biology, botany, chemistry, geology, physics, and 
zoology. 

"If a student presents one unit in biology for admission, he may have credir 
for no more than y 2 unit in either botany or zoology. 



52 GENERAL INFORMATION 



THE COLLEGE OF LAW 

All candidates lor the Degree of Bachelor of Laws must present three-fourths ol 
the number of hours required for a baccalaureate degree from an institution of 
approved standing of which hours not more than 10 per cent may be in non-theory 
courses. All work taken after June 1, 1947, must carry an over-all average of at least 
2.3 grade points, or the equivalent. In computing such over-all average, 2 grade 
points will be deducted for each hour of "F." Work taken before June 1, 1947, will be 
acceptable provided it carries an average grade of "C," or one grade point per credit 
hour, or the equivalent. Non-theory courses in military science and physical educa 
tion will not be counted either in computing hours of credit or grade points. 

Any degree from an institution of approved standing will be regarded as satisfying 
the requirements for admission provided that, in the opinion of the Scholarship Com- 
mittee of the College of Law, the degree satisfies the entrance requirements of the 
Association of American Law Schools. 

Every applicant for admission must request the proper registrars to send directly 
to the secretary of the College of Law, before registration, a complete transcript of his 
record in each institution which he has attended after completion of his secondary 
education. Evaluation of all credentials is made by the Registrar of the University. 

No applicant will be admitted who previously shall have attended another law 
school and who shall be ineligible to return to that school in good standing. 

Applicants for admission to advanced standing must satisfy ordinary requirements 
for admission to the first-year class, must have successfully pursued the study of law 
in a school which is a member of the Association of American Law Schools and must 
have received credit for courses equivalent to those required of students in the 
College of Law. The extent of credit allowed for work done elsewhere is determined 
by the Scholarship Committee. A student will not be allowed credit for work carried 
in another law school, however, unless the student receives thereon a grade of "C" ot 
its equivalent. 

Any applicant for advanced standing may also, at the discretion of the faculty, 
be required to pass examinations in any or all courses presented for credit. 

THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

In addition to high-school requirements, the applicant for admission to the 
School of Medicine must have credit for at least three years of work in a college of 
recognized standing. This must include 90 hours of credit exclusive of military 
science and physical education. 

The 90 hours of credit include the following subjects and hours: English compo- 
sition, 6 hours; physics, 8 hours; biological sciences, 12 hours (mainly zoology and 
comparative anatomy); chemistry, 20 hours (including 6 hours organic) ; psychology, 
3 hours; a modern foreign language, 12 hours (German or French preferred); Latin, 6 
hours recommended if no high-school Latin has been taken. 

Selection of Studejits. The number of students the Medical School can accommo- 
date is strictly limited. Applications for admission are considered by the Committee 
on Admission of the School of Medicine, which selects those with the highest qualifica- 
tions of scholarship and personal fitness. An important factor is the score of the 
applicant in the Medical College Admissions Test sponsored by the Association of 
American Medical Colleges and given at suitable times. Students should consult pre 
medical advisors about this test or should write to Educational Testing Service, P.O. 
592, Princeton, New Jersey. Applications for admission may be made as much as a 
year in advance of the opening date. Only bona fide residents of West Virginia may be 
considered for admission. 

Further details concerning entrance requirements to the School of Medicine may 
be obtained by writing to the Dean of the School of Medicine or to the Registrar of 
the University. A full statement concerning suggested premedical courses is to be 
found in Part II of this Catalog (page 125). 

THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC 

Students who meet University entrance requirements are admitted to the School 
of Music either by examination or on certificate from an accredited secondary school. 
Students majoring in Music will be expected to have acquired previously a background 
in the fundamentals of music and a fair ability in music reading. All students will 



ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION. FEES 



be examined at least twice a year, in January and in May, to determine the progress 
made. 

Students transferring to the School of Music from other colleges and schools will 
be required to present a minimum average of 2.0. Exceptions max be made in the 
case of first semester freshmen. 

In the School of Music special provision may be made to permit talented 
individuals to take work in Applied Music without credit. 

Advanced standing in applied music is given only by examination. Persons 
desiring such standing should enroll at the beginning of the semester, and after 
thev have become thoroughly familiar with the requirements for each semester's 
work, thev max apply to the Registrar of the University for a special examination in 
which thev may prove their ability to meet the requirements as outlined. 

THE COLLEGE OF PHARMACY 

Students may be admitted to the College of Pharmacy either on transcript from an 
accredited secondary school, or as transfei students from other divisions of the Uni- 
versity and from other colleges or universities. The number of students that can be 
admitted is definitely limited. Experience has shown that the successful applicants 
have been those who rank within the upper one-third of their high-school graduating 
class, in the case of those entering directly from high school, or who had an average 
of "B" or better in the case of those transferring to the College of Pharmacy with 
college credit. 

Selection is made from the better-qualified students having applications and com- 
plete material on file bv June 1. Because of the limited facilities of the pharmacx 
laboratory courses, students admitted with advanced standing are accepted with the 
understanding that the best possible schedule will be arranged at the time of admission. 

Preference is given to residents of West Virginia. 

Careful consideration is given to those personal qualifications which have a bear- 
ing upon the fitness of the applicant for the study and practice of pharmao 

All applicants for admission to the College of Pharmacy are required to take a 
battery of tests which will be given on the campus the second Saturday in June just 
prior to the academic vear the applicant desires to enter Pharmacy. The testing 
program will begin at 8:00 a.m. and will conclude by 12:00 m. Qualified applicants 
will be given appointments for interxiews with members of the staff of the Registrar 
of the University and with members of the staff of the College of Pharmacy. 

Transcripts of secondary-school records must be sent by the principal directly to 
the Registrar of the University immediately after the student's graduation; tran- 
scripts of college or university record must be sent bv the registrar of the other 
institution directlv to the Registrar of the University immediately after the student 
has completed his work in that institution. The transcripts received in support of 
applications for admission become the property of the University and are permanentlx 
filed in the office of the Registrar. 

No student shall be permitted to complete the course in Pharmacy in less than 
three collegiate years in a college of pharmacy, regardless of the amount of credit 
offered for advanced standing. This is in accordance with the by-laws of the 
American Association of Colleges of Pharmac\. 

Special Students 

Persons who do not desire to become candidates tor a degree max, bx permission ol 
the Committee on Admissions and the dean of the college which thev desire to enter, 
be admitted as special students, subject to the folloxxing provisions: 

1. Special students must as a rule be twenty-one years of age. 

2. Special students must satisfy at least 9 units of the requirements for admission, 
including 2 units of English. 

3. Every application for admission as a special student must be presented in 
xvriting to the Committee on Admissions and must set forth fully the applicant's 
reason, together with a detailed statement of studies he desires to pursue. 

4. Special students are subject in all respects to the usual rules relating to regis- 
tration and scholarship. Thev may be assigned to classes for which they applv, it 
being understood, hoxvever, that admission to any class rests entirely with the instructor 
in charge, and further, that admission to any class when so granted does no' 
necessarily imply credit for prerequisites. 



54 GENERAL INFORMATION 



5. In the College of Law, students with less than the academic credit required of 
candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Laws will be admitted as special students 
only if: 

(a) They have credit for no less than two years of work of collegiate grade in an 
institution of approved standing; 

(b) They are at least twenty-three years of age; 

(c) There is good reason, acceptable to the Scholarship Committee, for thinking 
that their experience and training have specially equipped them to engage successfully 
in the study of law, despite the lack of the required college credit; and 

(d) The number of such special students admitted each year shall not exceed ten 
per cent of the average number of students admitted by the College of Law as 
beginning regular law students during the two preceding years. 

VETERANS OF WORLD WAR II OR KOREA 

The University recognizes that men and women from the Armed Forces who enter 
college require individual and personalized guidance in order to facilitate their 
entrance into the University and to aid their adjustment to University life. The 
Veterans' Coordinator is available for consultation and help in the solution of 
personal problems which may arise in the transition to civilian student life. 

Information regarding educational opportunities made possible at the University 
through provisions of the Service Men's Readjustment Act of 1944 (G.I. Bill of Rights), 
Public Law 550, and the Vocational Rehabilitation Program of the Veterans Adminis- 
tration (Public Law 16) may be obtained from the Veterans Coordinator by personal 
conference or by mail. 

Veterans may be admitted to the University by the Committee on Admissions 
by any of the following methods. 

1. Graduation from an accredited preparatory school. 

2. Presentation of 15 units of high-school work without graduation. 

3. Advanced standing from other accredited colleges or universities. 

4. Evidence of sufficient maturity and ability to do college work furnished 
by the use of United States Armed Forces Institute tests or American Council on 
Education tests. Training of any kind received in the service will be considered, 
and, if possible, evaluated for entrance or college credit. 

5. Veterans who present at least 9 units of entrance credit may be admitted 
as special students. 

An honorably discharged veteran of World War II who has successfully completed 
basic training in the Armed Forces of the United States shall be excused from any 
additional work in Basic Military and in the Physical Education Service Program upon 
submission of due proof thereof to the Registrar of the University. 

ADMISSION TO THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 

Applicants holding Bachelor's degrees from West Virginia University or from 
other accredited institutions may be admitted to the Graduate School. Applications 
for admission to the Graduate School must be filed with the Registrar of the University 
who will forward the applications to the Dean of the Graduate School. The applicant 
must request the registrar of the college or university previously attended to send an 
official Transcript directly to the Registrar of the University. The applications and 
transcripts should be received by the Registrar at least one month in advance of regis- 
tration. Application forms may be obtained from the Registrar of the University. 

Admission to the Graduate School does not constitute acceptance by the major 
department. It merely grants permission to seek admission to that department. 

The Dean of the Graduate School and the head of the Department in which the 
student desires to do his major work will advise him concerning departmental pre- 
requisites for candidacy for an advanced degree and major and minor advanced degree 
requirements. 

Undergraduate deficiencies, generally unsatisfactory background, or lack of ade- 
quate facilities in a given department may prevent acceptance by the department. In 
such instances, the student must either seek acceptance by another department or 
register as a " special" graduate student. A "special" graduate student is not a can- 
didate for an advanced degree. 



ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 55 



Eligible students who wish to further their education without reference to higher 
degrees may be admitted to the Graduate School and may elect courses for which thev 
can satisfy prerequisites. 

Graduate Degrees 

Graduate degrees offered by departments in the Univeristy which have been 
approved for graduate work are as follows: 
Master of Agriculture (M.Agr.) 
Master of Arts (A.M.) 
Master of Home Economics (M.H.E.) 
Master of Music (Mus.M.) 
Master of Science (M.S.) 

Master of Science in Chemical Engineering (M.S.Ch.E.) 
Master of Science in Civil Engineering (M.S.C.E.) 
Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (M.S.E.E.) 
Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering (M.S.M.E.) 
Master of Science in Engineering of Mines (M.S.E.M.) 
Master of Science (Home Economics Education) M.S. I'H.E.Ed.) 
Master of Science (Biochemistry) 
Master of Social Work (M.Soc.Wk.) 
Doctor of Philosophv (Th.D.) 
Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) 

Professional Degrees 

The following profesisonal degrees are conferred upon graduates of the College 
of Engineering and the School of Mines of West Virginia University on the basis of 

practical experience and study in absentia, the presentation of a thesis, and an oral 
final examination. 

Aeronautical Engineer (A.E.) Electrical Engineer (E.E.) 

Chemical Engineer (Ch.E.) Mechanical Engineer (M.E.) 

Civil Engineer (C.E.) Engineer of Mines (EM.) 

REGISTRATION 

Persons who are not registered as students in the University and who are not 
members of its administrative or teaching staffs shall not be admitted to regular 
attendance in University classes. 

All students are expected to register on days set apart for registration at the 
beginning of each semester or term of the Universitv. All freshmen are required to 
take intelligence, placement, medical, and physical tests. 

Immediately after completion of their registration, all students are expected to 
pay their fees at the office of the Comptroller in the Administration Building. 

Wkst Virginia Board of Education Regulation for Certification 
of Teachers 

One hundred semester hours of the one hundred twenty-eight required for cer- 
tification shall be completed in regularly scheduled campus courses. The twenty-eight 
hours of permissible nonresidence courses may be earned by extension, home study 
(correspondence), radio, television, special examinations and/or army service. Eighteen 
of the twenty-eight hours may be applied to a Second Class Elementary Certificate and 
twelve hours to a Third Class Elementary Certificate. Any teacher who may be 
penalized by the revised ruling because of credits earned before June 1, 1954, ma\ be 
certificated under present regulations. 

Visitors 

Full-time students who are presently registered in the University may attend classes 
as visitors, provided they obtain the written permission of their advisers and of the 
instructors in classes they desire to visit. Members of the administrative or teaching 
staffs, or other regular employees of the University, may attend classes as visitors, 



56 GENERAL INFORMATION 



provided they obtain the written permission of the heads of their departments and 
of the instructors in the classes which they desire to visit. 

No record is kept of the work and attendance of persons admitted to classes as 
visitors and no credit is given for their work in such classes. 

Persons eligible to attend classes in the University as visitors mav obtain the 
proper blanks from the Registrar. 

Auditors 

Students may enroll in courses without working for grade or for credit by register- 
ing as auditors and by paying full fees. Credit or audit status must be indicated at 
the time of registration. No change in status from audit to credit or from credit to 
audit will be made at any later date. 

Late Registration 

No student will be permitted to register in the University after the eighteenth da\ 
of a semester or the ninth day of either term of the Summer Session, without the 
special permission of the dean or director of the college or the school which he propose^ 
to enter. No student registering late will be permitted to enroll for more hours of 
work than the number of weeks in actual attendance without the permission of the 
Committee on Scholarship of the college or school concerned. 

Withdrawal from the University 

A student who desires to withdraw from the University must obtain a with- 
drawal card from the office of the Registrar 103 Ad. Withdrawal procedure will be 
explained to him when he obtains this card. 

Students who withdraw from the University without permission will receive at the 
end of the semester a grade of "FIW" (failure because of irregular withdrawal) in each 
of the subjects for which they are registered and will be indefinitely suspended from 
the University. 

Students who desire to drop part of their work may withdraw from classes in 
which they are enrolled with a grade of "W" at any time prior to the end of the 
second week following the date set for mid-semester reports. Withdrawal permits 
must be approved by the adviser and filed with the Registrar. If such withdrawal 
reduces the student's hours below the required minimum, the permit must be 
approved by the Scholarship Committee. Withdrawals after the above date will be 
permitted only in exceptional cases and must be approved by the Scholarship Com- 
mittee of the college or school in which the student is registered. 

Return of Books to the Library 

Students must present a signed statement from the Librarian that they have 
returned all books and paid all library fines incurred before they withdraw. No 
student will be allowed to graduate before paving all fines and returning all Librarv 
books. 

Re-entry after Withdrawal 

Students required to withdraw from one college or school of the University be- 
cause of failure in their work and permitted to transfer to another unit of the Univer- 
sity may not again register in the college or school in which they were originalh 
registered without the consent of the Scholarship Committee of that college or school. 

College Credit Defined 

A college credit or semester hour represents the amount of work done in one 
semester in one recitation hour with two preparation hours a week. From two to three 
hours of laboratory work are considered equivalent to one hour of recitation, according 
to the amount of outside work assigned in connection with the laboratorv hours. 

Adviser 

The college or school in which a student is enrolled shall have jurisdiction over 
the course of study of that student. Each student upon entering the University is 



ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 57 



assigned to an adviser, whose duty it is to assist the student in his registration, to keep 
a record of his work, and to report his registration and standing to the Registrar as 
required. The adviser approves the students program of studies, sees that all pre- 
scribed work is taken in proper sequence, approves the selection of elective courses, and 
assists the student generally in planning his course of study so that he may proceed 
systematically and without' conflicts. Changes in registration must always have the 
approval of 'the adviser. The student will look to his adviser for guidance in all 
matters pertaining to his work. 

Maximum and Minimum Work 

The maximum and minimum number of hours per semester as well as the 
maximum number of hours per year for which a student may register during the 
regular academic year of the University are as follows: 



Minimum Maximum 





Hours per 
Semester 
14 


Ho 

Se 


urs per 
mester 
20 


Arts and Sciences 


14 

12 


18 
18 






18 


Engineering and Mechanic Arts . . . 


12 

14 


20 
20 




14 


18 




14 


18 




. . .. 13 


16 


Medicine 


17 


20 




12 


20 




14 


20 


Pharmacy 

Physical Education and Athletics . . . 


14 

14 


20 
20 



Year 



56 



34 
36 



Work of the Summer Session is equivalent in character to that of the regular 
year. One hour's credit per week is a normal load for either term; but in order to 
facilitate scheduling of courses, undergraduate students may carry 7 hours if the 
periods are seventy-five minutes in length. 

A student desiring to do irregular work, more or less than the prescribed number 
of hours in any college, must obtain permission from the Committee on Scholarship 
in his college or school. This permission is not valid until it has been reported to 
the Registrar for record. 

Substitution for Required Courses 

A student who desires to substitute another course for any course prescribed in 
his curriculum or required for the degree toward which he is working, must obtain 
permission for such substitution from the Committee on Scholarship in his college 
or school, but there can be no substitution from group to group. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 

Candidates for degrees are eligible for graduation upon completion of the require- 
ments, in the college or school in which they are registered, which were in effect at the 
time of their first registration in that college or school, provided they apply for grad- 
uation within a period of seven years from the time of their first registration. Students 
who fail to complete the requirements for graduation within seven years from their 
first registration in the college or school in which thev are candidates for degrees, shall 
satisfy the requirements in effect at the time they apply for graduation. 

All University degrees are conferred by the Board of Governors upon recommenda- 
tion of the faculties of the various colleges and schools. Degrees are granted at the close 
of the semester or Summer Session term in which the students complete their work. 

Candidates for degrees to be conferred at the close of the second semester must 
be present in person to receive their degree unless excused by the deans or directors 
or their colleges or schools. 



58 GENERAL INFORMATION 



Baccalaureate Degrees 

credits and grade points required 

Less than 6 hours in an ancient or modern language will not be counted toward 
any University degree, diploma, or certificate unless work in the same language has 
been offered for entrance. 

Six hours of English composition and rhetoric (English 1 and 2) are required of 
all candidates for the Bachelor's Degree in all colleges and schools of the University. 

Eight hours of basic military or air science and tactics are required of all freshmen 
and sophomore men not specifically exempt. 8 

Enrollment in the advanced courses Army ROTC or Air Force ROTC is elective 
on the part of those students who may be selected by the President of the University 
and the Professor of Military Science and Tactics or the Professor of Air Science, 
under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Army or the Secretary 
of the Air Force. Each student who shall have been enrolled in either advanced 
course shall complete that course and, if tendered, accept a commission in a reserve 
component of the Army or the Air Force upon completion of the course as a prerequi- 
site for his graduation from the University, unless he is excused from this requirement 
l)\ the authority of the Secretary of the Army or the Secretary of the Air Force. 

Two hours of physical education for men (P.E. 1 and 2) , to be taken during the 
first year in residence, and four hours of physical education for women (P.E. 3-18, 
101-102), to be taken during the first and second years in residence, are required 
for graduation, except in the case of students entering with advanced standing amount- 
ing to 58 semester hours or more. 

Each undergraduate who began college work after June 1, 1952, must pass a 
proficiency examination in English, after the beginning of his junior year in order to 
qualify for graduation. He shall take the examination during the first semester of his 
junior year, and if not declared proficient, shall repeat the examination as many times 
as necessary. The examination shall be administered by the English Proficiency Board. 

Each baccalaureate degree is conditioned upon the completion of a specified 
number of semester hours of credit. For a tabular statement of the number of credit 
hours required for each degree, see the last column on page 60 under the caption 
"Classification of Students." 

All divisions of the University require minimum standards of scholastic quality. 
Grade points are computed only on grades earned at West Virginia University 
(including Potomac State College of West Virginia University). To be eligible for 
graduation, a student must have an average of "C" or an average of two grade 
points on all work for which he received grades (except "W" and "WP"). The 
College of Education, in addition to the general average of two grade points per credit 
hour in all subjects, requires an average of two grade points per hour of credit in 
Education and in each teaching field. 

It is the student's responsibility to keep informed on his grade point standing. 
This information may be obtained at any time from the dean or director of the 
college, school, or division in which the student is registered. 

GRADUATION WITH HONORS AND WITH HIGH HONORS 

Effective June 1, 1949, the University established the practice of awarding "Honors'' 
and "High Honors" to qualified students who are candidates for their initial bac- 
calaureate degrees. (Candidates from the College of Law are excluded.) The following 
regulations govern these awards: 

1. The computation of the average shall begin with the student's penultimate 
term or semester and continue in reverse chronological order until at least 54 semester 
hours have been counted. If, in order to total the required number of hours, it is 
necessary to include any part of a semester or term the work of the whole semester 
shall be included. 

2. No graduate shall be eligible for honors unless he shall have completed at 
least half of the semester hours required for his degree in West Virginia University. 

3. The senior year must be at the University. 

4. No graduate shall be eligible for honors if his grade point average for his final 
semester or term is less than 3.0. 

^See pages 17-18-19. 



ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 59 

5. Subject to the above conditions, all candidates for a baccalaureate degree whose 
average, as shown by the portion of the work used, is 3.6 or above, shall be graduated 
with "High Honors." All those whose average is less than 3.6 but 3.3 or above, shall 
be graduated with "Honors." 

6. Fitting recognition of graduation with honors shall be made on the candidate's 
diploma and on the commencement program. 

REQUIREMENTS AS TO RESIDENCE 

Students who come to the University from other colleges or universities are 
advised to make the transfer not later than the beginning of their third year and in 
no case will a student who matriculates in the University later than October 1 in an\ 
year be permitted to receive a degree at the next commencemnt. 

In special cases students who desire to leave the University at the close of their 
third year to enter another institution with the purpose of taking a combined course 
leading to two degrees or of preparing for graduate study may, upon application 
beforehand to the Committee on Scholarship of the college or school in which thev 
are registered, be permitted to do the work of the fourth year, or a part thereof, at 
such other institution and to receive the Bachelor's Degree from the University upon 
the presentation of the proper credits. 

Except in the College of Law, no student will be granted a Bachelor's Degree bv 
the University who has not done either a total of 90 hours or the last 30 hours of his 
work in actual residence at the University. 

No student mav receive the Degree of Bachelor of Laws without at least three 
semesters in residence at the College of Law and the successful completion of courses 
aggregating at least one-half of the total number of hours required for graduation. 

WORK DONE OUT OF RESIDENCE 

It is the policy of the University to discourage the taking of regular residence 
courses in absentia. In the cases of courses begun at the University and not com- 
pleted because of illness or for other acceptable reasons, however, permission to 
complete the work in absentia under the direction of the regular University instructors 
giving the courses may be granted by the Committee on Scholarship; but in such case 
credit should be given only upon a report of the grade of no less than "C" on final 
examination. 

This regulation does not apply to University extension courses. 

CREDIT IN CORRESPONDENCE WORK 

Credit up to a maximum of 30 semester hours for work completed bv correspond- 
ence in non-laboratory courses will be accepted by the University when such work is 
given by accredited colleges or universities that accept this work for credit toward their 
own degrees and whose residence work is accepted by West Virginia University. 

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 

The following table shows the number of semester hours required for classification 
as second-year, third-year, and fourth-year students and for graduation, according to 
the curricula in the several colleges, schools, and divisions. First-year students must 
satisfy the requirement for admission as set forth on pages 49 to 51 inclusive. 



60 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



COLLEGE AND DEGREE 

Agriculture, Forestry, and 
Home Economics 

B.S. (Bachelor of Science) 

B.S. in Agriculture (B.S.Agr) 

B.S. in Forestry (B.S.F.) 

B.S. in Home Economics (B.S.H.E.) 

Agriculture & Engineering 

BS. in Agr'l Eng'g (B.S.Agr.E.) 



HOURS REQUIRED TO CLASSIFY AS 

Second- Third- Fourth- Required 

Year Year Year for 

Student Student Student Degree 



26 

26 

30 
23 



30 



Arts and Sciences 

Associate in Arts (A. A.) 25 

Bachelor of Arts (A.B.) 

Regular 25 

Premedical 32 

Combined (Medicine) 9 32 

Combined (Law)io 25 

Bachelor of Science (B.S.) 

Geology 32 

Chemistry 34 

Combined (Medicine) " 32 

Social Work 25 



Commerce 

B.S. in Bus. Ad. (B.S.Bus.) 
B.S. in Ec. (B.S.Ec.) 



Education 12 

B.S. in Elem. Educ. (B.S.El.Ed.) 
B.S. in Secondary Educ. (B.S.Sec.Ed.) 



Engineeringi ■ 

Bachelor of Science 

B.S. in Aero. Eng'g (B.S.A.E.) . 
B.S. in Chem. Eng'g (B.S.Ch.E.) 
B.S. in Civil Eng'g (B.S.C.E.) . . 
B.S. in Elec. Eng'g (B.S.E.E.) . . 
B.S. in Mech. Eng'g (B.S.M.E.) . 



Jot RNALISM 

B.S. in Journalism (B.S.J.) 

Law 

Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) 

Medicine 

Bachelor of Science (B.S.) 
Medical Technician . . . 



MlNES 

B. S. in Eng'g of Mines (B.S.E.M.) 

Music 

Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.) 



27 
30 
30 
30 
30 
30 



21 



25 



30 



30 



64 

04 
70 
58 



72 



58 
58 

58 
58 

58 
58 
58 
58 



58 
58 



58 

58 



60 
72 
72 
72 
72 
72 



58 
50 

58 

72 
64 



100 

100 

110 

92 



112 



92 
96 
96 
96 

99 

103 

96 

92 



02 
92 



92 
92 



94 
112 
112 
112 
112 
112 



92 

100 
112 
102 



144 
144 
150 

128 



148 



64 

128 
128 
132 
124 

132 
136 
132 
128 



128 
132 



128 

128 



133 
148 
148 
154 
148 
154 



128 
81 

135 
154 
136 



"Fourth year in School of Medicine. 

mFourth year in College of Law. 

nThird and fourth years in School of Medicine. 

i2For the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Education, at least 10 hours of the 
residence work must be in Education. 

i 'Students matriculating with 58 or more hours of credit may graduate with 
1 4 S hours, since physical education is not required of these students. 



Second- 
Year 
Student 


Third- 
Year 
Student 


Fourth- 
Year 
Student 


Required 

for 
Degree 


30 
30 


70 
70 


108 
108 


142 
144 


28 


58 


92 


128 


28 


58 


94 


130 



ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 61 

HOURS REQUIRED TO CLASSIFY AS 

COLLEGE AND DEGREE 

Pharmacy 

B.S. in Pharmacy (B.S.Phar.) 

Retail Pharmacy 

Industrial Pharmacy 

Physical Education and Athletics 
Bachelor of Science in Physical 

Education (B.S.P.E.) 

Bachelor of Science in Recreation 

(B.S.Rec.) 

EXAMINATIONS AND REPORTS 

Courses 

As a rule courses extend through one semester onl\ 14 

Examinations 

mid-semester and final examinations 

In practically all courses offered in the University, the student receives both a 
preliminary or mid-semester grade and a final grade. The mid-semester standing of a 
student is based on the daily recitation grades and a special test given during one or 
more regular recitation periods. Mid-semester grades are not entered on the Registrar's 
records. The final grade is based on the class standing for the entire semester and on a 
written final examination to which a special period of two or three hours is devoted, 
except that the manner of determining the final grade of seniors and graduate students 
provisionally approved for graduation at the end of the semester or term is left with 
the head of the department. Any student not satisfied with his grade, however, has 
the right to take the examination with his class if he so desires. 

EXAMINATION PERIODS 

Mid-semester examinations are held during the week immediately preceding the 
day of the mid-semester reports as set forth in the University Calendar. Final examina- 
tions are held during the last week of each semester of the academic vear, and during 
the last two davs of each term of the Summer Session. 

ABSENCE FROM EXAMINATION 



( u 



Students are required to take all regular examinations. If a student attends .i 
urse throughout the semester and is absent from examination without permission, 
the instructor shall count the examination as zero and report the final grade as "F." 
If, in the opinion of the instructor, absence of the student was for satisfactory reason, 
the fact will be recorded on the student's class ticket, the grade "I" will be returned, 
and the student ma\, upon application to the instructor, take the examination at a 
later date. 

INCOMPLETES AND FAILURES 

If the final grade of a student in any course is "F," the student must take the 
course again if he desires to receive credit for it The grade of "I" is given when an 

i4ln the College of Law all courses extend either the entire year or through 
one semester. No credit will be given for less than an entire course except 
by special order of the Committee on Scholarship. Grades given at the end 
of the first semester in courses extending throughout the year are merely in- 
dicative of the quality of work done by the student to that point and do not 
give credit for the part of the course so far pursued. Such first-semester grades 
may be considered in determining the final grade. 



62 GENERAL INFORMATION 



instructor believes that the course work is unavoidably incomplete or that a supple- 
mentary examination is justifiable. The grade of "I" can be removed by examination 
or completion of the work of the course. A grade of "I," not removed within the 
following semester or the next semester in which the student is in residence, bcomes 
a failure unless special permission is granted by the appropriate Scholarship Com- 
mittee to postpone removal. 

Reports 

Mid-semester grades are reported to students' advisers and to deans or directors 
but are not recorded in the office of the Registrar. 

Final grades are reported by instructors directly to the Registrar's office. Final 
grades must be in the hands of the Registrar within 48 hours after the closing hour 
of the examination. This rule also applies to the final grades of all students registered 
in other colleges or schools of the University who are enrolled in law courses. 

The final standing of all seniors provisionally approved for graduation shall be 
reported by their instructors to the deans or directors of their colleges or schools, and 
the final standing of all graduate students provisionally approved for graduation shall 
be reported to the Dean of the Graduate School not later than the last day of recita- 
tion of the second semester. For this purpose special report cards are supplied bv the 
Registrar. 

A report of each student's work is made at the close of the semester or Summer 
Session to the student himself and tc his parents or guardian. 

Scholastic Standing and Grade Points 
grading system 

A— excellent (given only to students of superior ability and attainment) 

B— good (given to those students who are well above the average but who are not 

in the highest group) 
C— fair (average students) 
D— poor but passing! 
F— failure 
I— incomplete 
FIW— failure because of irregular withdrawal 

W— all withdrawals prior to the end of the second week following the date set for 

mid-semester reports 
WP— withdrew passing subsequent to the end of the second week following the 

date set for mid-semester reports 
WF— withdrew failing subsequent to the end of the second week following the date 

set for mid-semester reports 
X— auditor, no grade and no credit 

GRADE POINTS 

The grade-point average is computed on all work for which the student has 
registered, except for the courses with grades of "W" and "WP," and is based on the 
following grade-point values: 



A 


B 


C 


D 


F 


FIW 


WF 


I 


X 


4 


3 


2 


1 


















Provided, however, that when a student receives a grade of "I" and later removes the 
incomplete grade, his average grade-point standing shall be calculated on the basis 
of the new grade. 

Students are permitted to re-register at West Virginia University in any course 
for which a grade of "D" has been received at West Virginia University. In such cases 
the second grade shall supersede the first, provided it is not lower than "D". 

i6Veterans of World War II or Korea may register for courses in which they 
have a grade of "C" or higher, but no credit will be given for the new listing. 



ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 63 

Absences 

Students shall attend all classes, including laboratory sessions,, for which they are 
registered, unless prevented from doing so by illness, injury, authorized University 
activities, or other reasons approved by their deans or directors. 

A student who must be absent from class for an extended period of time shall 
inform his adviser or his dean or director. 

Each college or school shall make suitable and effective provisions for handling 
absences. 

Probation and Suspension 

Any student whose mid-semester grades are below passing in courses amounting 
to more than half of the total number of semester hours for which he is registered 
shall be placed on probation for the remainder of the semester. The terms of proba- 
tion are determined by the respective scholarship committees. 

Any student whose grades at the end of any registration period are below passing 
in courses amounting to more than half the total number of semester hours for which 
he is registered shall be suspended from the University. A freshman subject to the 
operation of this rule at the end of his first registration period in residence shall be 
placed on probation for the succeeding registration period. 

A student who receives a grade of "FIW" (failure because of irregular withdrawal) 
shall, unless restored to probationary standing, be suspended from the University. The 
grade of "FIW" may be given, provided the student has been previously reported to 
his adviser and the dean or director of his college or school as having excessive 
absences, in either of the following cases: (1) the student's absences exceed 25 percent 
of the total number of class meetings, or (2) the student is absent from all the class 
meetings during the 14 calendar davs immediately preceding the period set for final 
examinations. 

All actions of the Committee on Scholarship and of the dean or instructor of the 
college or school that affect the standing of a student shall be reported by the dean 
or director to the Registrar. 

Duties of Instructors 

Each instructor shall be responsible for keeping an attendance record of students 
in his classes, and shall report an excessive number of absences to the student's dean 
or director and his adviser. 

Duties of Advisers 

All advisers, upon receipt of reports of excessive number of absences shall have 
conferences with the students concerned and shall make such recommendations and 
adjustments as are desirable and feasible. If the adviser does not find a satisfacton 
solution after a conference with the student, he shall report the case to the dean or 
director of his college or school. 

Duties of the Comittee on Scholarship 

The Committee on Scholarship shall have authority to proceed according to its 
best judgment in regard to delinquent students referred to it for its consideration. 

All orders of the committee shall become effective when approvd by the dean or 
director of the college. 

In the exercise of its authority the Committee shall not suspend a student during 
a semester except for wilful neglect and in cases w r here the student's class grades are 
so low that further class attendance would be a waste of time. No suspension shall 
become effective until approved by the dean of the college. 



(34 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



SEMESTER FEES IN THE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 
{See footnotes 17, 18, 19) 







R E G U L A 


R YEAR 






Full Time 


Part Time 
Per Credit Hour 




Resident 


Xon- 
Resident 


Resident 


Xon- 
Resident 


Agr., For., Home Ec. 
Arts and Sciences 
Commerce 
Engineering 
Journalism 
Mines 

Physical Education 
and Athletics 


S45.00* 


$220.00* 


$3.00 


SI 6.00 


Law 


$70.00* 


$245.00* 


$5.00 


$17.00 


Medicine 


$132.00* 


S350.00* 


$8.00 


$26.00 


Medical Technology 
(Jr. and Sr. Years) 


$70.00* 


S245.00* 


$5.00 


SI 7.00 


Music 


S80.00* 


S255.00* 


S5.00 


$19.00 


Pharmacy 


$70.00* 


$245.00* 


$5.00 


$17.00 



♦Includes Contingent Fee ($30); Student Activity Fee ($7); Health Service 
Fee ($3), Mountainlair Fee ($2), and Student Union Building Fee ($3.00). 



SUMMER SESSION FEES 

Resident Nonresident 

Health Service fee, one term SI. 00 31 .00 

Health Service fee, two terms 2.00 2.00 

Mountainlair fee, one term .75 .75 

Mountainlair fee, two terms 1.50 1.50 

Student Union Building Fee 1.00 1.00 

Tuition, per semester hour 4.00 8.00 

itA full-time student is one who is registered for 10 or more semester hours 
of work each semester of the regular academic year, or 4 or more semester hours 
of work during each term of the Summer Session. A full-time student during the 
regular academic year receives an Identification Card which entitles him to 
admission to all athletic events. A full-time student during the regular academic 
year or during the Summer Session is entitled to free medical consultation and 
advice from the University physician. A moderate charge is made for room calls, 
X-rays, special laboratory tests, drugs furnished by the University Pharmacy. 
minor operations, treatment of fractures and dislocations, and intravenous 
treatment. 

isNo person shall be considered eligible to register in the University as a 
resident student who has not been domiciled in the State of West Virginia for 
at least twelve consecutive months next preceding college registration. No non- 
resident student may establish domicile in this State, entitling him to reduction 
or exemptions of tuition, merely by his attendance as a full-time student at any 
institution of learning in the State. A minor student whose parents acquire a 
West Virginia domicile after the student's original registration will be deemed 
to have the domicile of his parents and become entitled to pay resident fees. More- 
over, any student who has originally paid non resident fees may become entitled 
to pay resident fees, if after an interim of non-attendance or otherwise he has 
established a valid legal domicile in this State at least twelve months prior to 
his registration in the University. In any event, the appointment of a guardian 
for a minor student temporarily resident in West Virginia, other than the 
designation of a natural guardian, shall not in and of itself operate to establish 
a West Virginia domicile for such student. 

19A part-time student is one who is registered for fewer than 10 semester 
hours per semester durine: the reerular academic year: or for fewer than 4 semes- 
rer hours per term during the Summer Session. 



ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 65 



FEES AND EXPENSES 

Subject to change without notice) 

Fees 



All tees are due and payable at the Comptroller's office on the day of registra- 
tion. 20 Students registering pay the fees shown in table on the opposite page. 

Remission of Fees 

No tuition or fees, except those payable to State Special Funds or those charged to 
Special Services, shall be charged or collected by the University from any student 
registered in the Graduate School while such student is employed by the University 
on a regular appointment. Any such student who has held a regular University 
appointment for the second semester shall also be entitled to exemption from these 
fees for the Summer Session immediately following his term of appointment. 

Special Fees 

Late-registration fee (non-refundable) 21 1 2.00 

Graduation fee 2 -' 10.00 

Professional Engineering degree (including $10 graduation fee) 25.00 

Student's record fee 2 ■ 1 .00 

Certificate in Home Economics 2.00 

Associate in Arts Degree 2.00 

Special extra fee for flight training: 

A.E. 171 100.00 

A.E. 172 100.00 

A.E. 173 100.00 

A.E. 175 100.00 

A.E. 176 100.00 

A.E. 177 100.00 

Change in registration fee (after 8th day) 1.00 

Fee for examination for entrance credit, per unit 1.00 

Fee for examination for advanced standing 3.00 

Fee for General Education Development tests (high-school level) 24 .... 15.00 

Social work certificate 2.00 

Fee for reinstatement of students dropped from the rolls 3.00 

Fee for examination of candidates for graduate degrees 25 1.00 

Student locker fee (men) 2.50 

Student locker fee (women) 2.00 

Diploma replacement fee 5.00 

Student Identification Card Replacement Fee 1.00 

Correspondence Course in Guided Reading (per course) 1 .00 

Fee for Extension Work 

A fee of $8 per semester hour is charged for each extension course offered. 

Special Fees in Medicine and Pharmacy 

Students in colleges and schools other than the College of Pharmacy and the 
School of Medicine who register for courses in the College of Pharmacy or the School 

20Students who have not paid their fees before the close of office hours of the 
second Saturday following - the opening- of a semester or a summer term, shall be 
dropped from the rolls of the University, and the Registrar shall notify their 
instructors that their class cards are to be withdrawn. 

-'iCharged when students register after registration dates announced in the- 
Tniversity Calendar, Part IV. 

22The graduation fee is payable by all students at the beginning of the semes- 
ter or term in which they expect to receive their degrees. 

250ne transcript of a student's record is furnished by the Registrar without 
charge. This fee is charged for furnishing an additional transcript. 

-4lf the applicant applies for admission to and registers in the University 
within twelve months of the date for his qualifying for the test, a ten dollar credit 
shall be established for him. 

25For graduate students not otherwise enrolled at time of final examination. 



66 GENERAL INFORMATION 



of Medicine shall be required to pay a fee of $4 per credit hour for such courses in 
additional to the fees charged in the colleges or schools in which they are registered. 

Regularly enrolled students in the College of Pharmacy are given the privilege 
of enrolling without additional fees in required Pharmacy courses offered in the 
School of Medicine. 

Regularly enrolled premedical students in the College of Arts and Sciences are 
given the privilege of registering for the following courses in the College of Pharmacy 
without additional charge: Pharmacy 2, Pharmacy 3, Pharmacy 9, Pharmacv 106, and 
Pharmacy 107. 

School of Music Fees 

1. Students registering for a degree in the School of Music: 

Resident students, $80 per semester. Non-resident students, $255 per semester. 

2. Special or part-time students registering in the School of Music: 

(a) Class courses— Special or part-time students registered in the School of 
Music for class courses shall pay $3 per credit-hour for these courses. 

(b) Applied Music— Special or part-time students registered in the School of 
Music for courses in applied music shall pay tuition fees as follows: 

LESSONS PER WEEK 

One Two 

Band and orchestra instruments $35 $55 

Piano 35 55 

Pipe-Organ 35 55 

Voice 35 55 

Instrument Classes $5 per semester 

Ensemble: 

1 . Acompanying $5 per semester 

2. Chamber music $5 per semester 

(c) Special Work in Another College or School— Special or part-time students 
registered in the School of Music who take special work in another college or 
school of the University shall pay music fees plus the regular rate per credit- 
hour for the work they are taking in another college or school. 

3. Students Registered in Other Schools and Colleges. 

(a) Class Courses— Students registered in other schools and colleges of the 
University may enroll for class courses in the School of Music without paying 
additional fees. 

(b) Applied Music— Students in other schools and colleges of the Universit\ 
who enroll for one or more courses in applied music shall pay the fees required 

in the school or college in which they are registered plus music fees as follows: 
for courses in voice, piano, pipe-organ or band and orchestra instruments, one 
lesson per week $20; two lessons $35. 

4. Piano and Pipe-organ Practice. 

(a) Piano for practice— One hour a day, $6 per semester; two hours, $10; 
three hours, S14; four hours, $18. 

(b) Pipe-organ practice— One hour a day, $10 per semester. 

(c) Band and orchestra instruments— Rental fee $2.50 per semester. 

Deposits 

The deposits required are as follows: breakage deposit in chemistry, $7 to 
$12; breakage deposit for students enrolled in medical technology course and in 
the School of Medicine, $10; for students enrolled in other colleges and schools 
of the University electing courses in medical technology or medicine, $5 for one 
laboratory course and $10 for more than one course; military science deposit, $10; 
breakage deposit in pharmacy, $10. 



ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 67 

Refunding of Fees 

\ student who withdraws regularly 2 * from the University may arrange for a 
refund of fees by submitting to the Comptroller approval by the Registrar of 
the refund. Semester fees will be returned in accordance with the following 
schedule: 

Amount of Refund 

During first and second weeks All fees less $2.50 

During the third and fourth weeks 80% of fees 

During the fifth and sixth weeks 609c of fees 

During the seventh and eighth weeks 40</r of fees 

Beginning the ninth week No refunds allowed 

Campus Parking Regulations, Fees and Charges 

Students are required to observe all rules and regulations of the University with 
respect to the parking of motor vehicles on the campus, the fees for parking permits, 
and the fines or charges imposed for the violation of such rules and regulations. A 
student who fails to pay any such fine or charge imposed on him during any semester 
or term will be denied the right to graduate or to reregister, as the case may be, as well 
as the right to obtain a transcript, until full payment is made. 

COST OF AN ACADEMIC YEAR'S WORK 

A student's textbooks will cost approximately S50 a year, and his registration 
fees S90 to S264 is he is a resident; or $440 to S700 if a nonresident. Students 
in engineering will use drawing instruments costing from SI 7 to S26. The lab- 
oratory breakage deposit required ranges from S7 to $12, a part of which is usually 
returned at the end of the year. In military and air science a S10 deposit is required 
to cover military equipment in the custody of the student, practically all of which 
is returned to the student when he accounts for his equipment. Board and room 
may be obtained at from approximately S459 to S549 a year. A student's laundrv 
will cost from S25 to S35 a year. Traveling expenses, clothing, and other mis- 
cellaneous items will depend largely upon the tastes and habits of the individual 
student. In general, however, it may be said that the legitimate cost of a 9-month 
term of residence at the University ranges from S700 to SI, 100 a year. 

-6To withdraw regularly a student must apply to the Registrar for permis- 
sion. The withdrawal permit must be approved by the student's adviser and the 
dean of the college and filed in the Registrar's office. 



Part II 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



ABBREVIATIONS 

The following abbreviations are used in the announcements of courses: 
f— a course given in the first semester. 
II— a course given in the second semester. 
I, II— a semester course given in each semester. 
I and II— a course given throughout the year. 

S— a course offered in the Summer Session. 
SI— a course given in first term of the Summer Session. 
SII— a course given in second term of the Summer Session, 
hr.— number of credit hours per course, 
cone— concurrent registration required. 
PR— prerequisite. 

PLAN FOR NUMBERING COURSES 

For convenience each course of study is designated by the name of the department 
in which it is given and by the number of that course. The plan of numbering is as 
follows: 

Courses 1 to 99— courses intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores. 

Courses 100 to 199— courses intended primarily for juniors and seniors. 

Courses 200 to 299— advanced courses for juniors, seniors, and graduates. 

Courses 300 to 399— courses open to graduate students only. 

SCHEDULES 

Before the opening of each semester, a schedule is printed announcing the courses 
that will be offered in the College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics; 
the College of Arts and Sciences; the College of Commerce; the College of Education; 
the School of Journalism; the Division of Military and Air Science and Tactics; the 
School of Music; and the School of Physical Education and Athletics. Schedules are 
prepared for the College of Engineering and the School of Mines, the College of Law, 
the College of Pharmacy, and the School of Medicine but are not printed. 



68 



The College of Agriculture 
Forestry, and Home Economics 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE, FORESTRY, 
AND HOME ECONOMICS 

Agricultural, forestry, and home economics work at West Virginia University 
is organized under the College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics. 
For the purpose of administration the College is divided into three branches: 

I. The Agricultural Experiment Station, organized for research and ex- 
perimental work. 
II. Resident instruction in agriculture, in forestry, and in home economics. 
III. Extension work in agriculture, forestrv, home economics, and boys' 
and girls' club work, given by the Agricultural Extension Service to citizens 
of the state who are not in residence at the College. 

The work of these divisions is closely interrelated. Although some members of 
the staff devote full time to college instruction, research, or extension work, many 
others divide their time among two or three of the divisions. 

History 

In 1897 the College of Agriculture was established as a distinct college in the 
University. The Agricultural Experiment Station, founded in 1888, became part of 
the College at the time the latter was instituted. The Agricultural Extension Service 
was added in 1913, and in 1914 the Department of Home Economics was transierred 
from the College of Arts and Sciences. Organization of the College was completed in 
1937 when a full four-year course in forestry was added. The name of the unit theu 
was changed to "The College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics." 

The West Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station 

The Experiment Station was established by the Roard of Regents in 1888 by 
authority of an Act of Congress known as the Hatch Act. Further support was given 
by Acts of Congress known as the Adams Act, the Purnell Act, the Bankhead-Jones 
Act, and the Research and Marketing Act of 1946. 

The objects and purposes of the Experiment Station as stated in the Hatch 
Act are: 

"to conduct original researches or verify experiments on the physiology of plants and 
animals: the diseases to which they are severally subject with the remedies for the 
same; the chemical composition of useful plants at the different stages of growth; 
the comparative advantages of rotative cropping as pursued under varying series of 
crops; the capacity of new plants or trees for acclimation; the analysis of soils and 
waters; the chemical composition of manures, natural or artificial, with experiments 
designed to test their comparative effects on crops of different kinds; the adoption 
and value of grasses and forage plants; the composition and digestibility of the dif- 
ferent kinds of foods for domestic animals; the scientific and economic questions in- 
volved in the production of butter and cheese; and such other researches and experi- 
ments bearing directly on the agricultural industry of the United States as may in 
each case be deemed advisable, having due regard to the varying conditions and needs 
of the respective states and territories." 

69 



70 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Under the Purnell Act the work of the Experiment Station is enlarged to include 
research in farm economics, rural sociology, and certain phases of home economics 
which relate to nutrition and the use of foods. The work of the Experiment Station 
also is supported by State appropriations. 

Besides the provision for expanding certain types of research authorized previously, 
the Bankhead- Jones Act provides specifically for research looking toward improvement 
of quality in agricultural products and by-products and in manufacture, and also for 
research relating to the conservation, development, and use of land and water 
resources for agricultural purposes. 

The Research and Marketing Act greatly enlarges the scope of the previous 
acts by providing for expansion of research in home economics, nutrition, market- 
ing, and production of agricultural products, and further provides for new researches 
in housing, farm structures, introduction of new plants and animals, and for enlarged 
cooperation with federal, state, and private agencies. 

At present, investigations are being conducted in the fields of agricultural bio- 
chemistry, agricultural economics and rural sociologv, agricultural engineering, 
agronomy and genetics, animal husbandry, dairying, forestry, home economics, hort- 
iculture, plant pathology, and entomology. These investigations are classified into 
133 research projects. 

Branch Agricultural Experiment Stations 

Branch experiment stations are maintained at Wardensville, Point Pleasant, 
Kearneys vi lie, and Reedsville. The Revmann Memorial Experimental Farms at War- 
densville. a gift received in 1917 from the estate of Lawrence A. Reymann, occupy 
987.5 acres of farm land on the Cacapon River in Hardy County. The farm is 
being operated on an experimental basis involving pasture improvement, erosion 
control, soil rebuilding, water conservation, crops, beef cattle, sheep, and poultry. 

The Ohio Valley branch experiment station of 150 acres at Point Pleasant on 
the Ohio River was acquired in 1945 from the War Assets Administration. It is 
operated as a unit for the experimental production of tobacco and truck and 
field crops of special interest to the farmers of the Ohio and Kanawha Valleys. 
From this Station, supervision extends to the area at Lakin formerly operated by the 
Experiment Station, but operated by West Virginia State College. 

The University Experiment Farm, a tract of 158 acres near Kearneysville, in 
the eastern fruit section, was established in 1930 as a branch experiment station 
for the study of problems relating to fruit production, including insect and disease 
control, as well as problems of general farming typical of the section. The insect 
investigations arc carried on in cooperation with the Federal Bureau of Economic 
Entomology. 

The Reedsville Experiment Farm in Preston County was acquired through trans- 
fer of the dairy farm of the Arthurdale Association by the Federal Housing Authority 
for the purpose of contributing to the welfare of the community and the people of 
West Virginia through demonstration and research. Work on this 457-acre farm 
consists of programs with potatoes, ornamentals, small fruits, corn and legumes 
in rotations, livestock, hillculture, and agricultural engineering. 

Bulletins and quarterly reports setting forth the results of experiments and in- 
vestigations conducted at the Station are published for gratuitous distribution and 
will be mailed to any citizen of the State who applies for them. 

Cooperative Extension Work 

By act of the Legislature in 1913. amended in 1915, the Agricultural Extension 
Service was created and established in the College of Agriculture for the purpose 
of promoting improvement and advancement of agriculture, home economics, and 
rural life among the people of the State. 

County Extension agents carry on a continuous program of demonstration 
coupled with all available means for disseminating information on problems re- 
lating to production techniques, marketing, and soil conservation. They demon- 
strate new and improved varieties of crops, methods of insect and disease con 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 71 



trol, methods of cultivation, proper fertilization, and use of labor-saving devices 
and techniques in harvesting. 

Farmers are assisted with the solution of problems relating to livestock breeding, 
diseases and their control, and feeding and marketing. Farmers also are helped 
with problems relating to management ot their farms, securing of credit, combin- 
ation of farm enterprises, and keeping of farm accounts. 

Receiving attention in the home phase of farm problems are those related to 
foods and nutrition, home management, housing, clothing, and family life. Attention 
also is given to the family and its constructive influence in community life and civic 
affairs; discussion guides and factual information are provided to help homemakers 
become better informed citizens, and to give them a better understanding of the effect 
of national and international affairs on their farms and their homes. 

All Extension workers have a deep unci est in uiial youth ot the state. Through 
4-H club work, young people are introduced to many improved practices in agri- 
culture and homemaking. This program emphasizes the tour-fold development of 
head, heart, health, and hand. 

The primary function of the Agricultural Extension Service is education. The 
chief purpose of Extension is to teach people to help themselves. The oiganization 
is financed jointly bv the federal, state, and county governments. 

In 1921 the Legislature established at Jackson's Mill, Lewis County, a State 
4-H Camp which has grown from 5 to 523 acies. Fifteen cottages erected by various 
counties together with the assembly hall, swimming pool, dining room, health center 
and other buildings and equipment, furnish facilities for a series of camps, conferences, 
and meetings running throughout the year, it is die pioneer development ol its 
kind in the world. 

The Agricultural Extension Service cooperates with Oglebay Institute in carry- 
ing out the educational program at Oglebay Park near Wheeling. By arrangement 
with the Wheeling Park Board, the facilities of this park are used by the Institute 
for camps, conferences, and fairs. The chief purpose of this type of program is to 
train and develop leadership in music, recreation and other forms of leisure-time 
activities, as well as in handicrafts and art. 

Short Courses and Special Schools 

In addition to the instrm on of collegiate grade offered, the College of Agri- 
culture, Forestry, and Home bionomics maintains a series of annual short courses 
with special schools for the benefit of adult residents in the state who wish to obtain, 
in brief periods, education in certain fields. The Department of Dairy Husbandry 
has sponsored milk and ice cream courses for dairv plant operators and workers. 
The Horticulture Extension School is held each year in the Eastern Panhandle. 
One-day schools are held at Romney and Wheeling. The annual sessions concern 
many production, disease-control, and marketing problems of the Panhandle fruit 
grower. 

Buildings and Equipment 

The administration offices and many of the laboratories and classrooms of the 
College are in Oglebay Hall. The building contains on the basement floor the 
creamery and dairy laboratories, four-chambered cold storage plant and ice machine, 
the mailing room, and laboratories for animal husbandry. The first floor is devoted 
to the Office of Administration of the College, the Experiment Station, and the 
Extension Service; the Department of Agronomy; the Division of Home Economics; 
and to agronomy and the home economics laboratories. The second floor houses the 
departments of Agricultural Education and Animal Husbandry as well as the Extension 
Service editorial offices and provides two recitation rooms, three home economics 
laboratories and a staff conference room. On the upper floor are situated the Depart- 
ment of Horticulture, and the Animal Pathology section of the Department of Animal 
Pathology. 

The Agricultural Editor's office is located in the basement of Woodburn Hall. 

The Extension Service also has several ollices in the Spruce Street Annex. 

In Oglebay Annex are situated the offices of the Department of Dairy Husbandry, 
and some of the laboratories of the Department of Agricultural Engineering. 



72 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



The Department of Plant Pathology, Bacteriology, and Entomology with offices, 
classrooms, and laboratories, occupies a section of Brooks Hall. 

The old Experiment Station building houses on the first floor the office and labora- 
tories of the Agricultural Biochemistry Department. The second floor is occupied by 
the soils laboratories and offices. 

Beaumont House Annex houses the offices and laboratories of the Department 
of Agricultural Economics and Rural Sociology. 

The Forestry building across Stadium Bridge houses in its two upper floors the 
Division of Forestry, and in its basement and first floor, the laboratories and office 
of the Department of Agricultural Engineering. 

The Home Management Houses are situated at 128 Willey Street, and 298 Prospect 
Street. The Nursery School is located at 549 Price Street. 

The College of Agriculture now has 990 acres of land lying at a short distance 
from the University buildings. This land is definitely organized into a series of five 
farms operated respectively as Animal Husbandry, Dairy Husbandry, Poultry Hus- 
bandry, Agronomy, and Horticulture units. Each of the farms is equipped with 
modern farm buildings and with special buildings for experimental, laboratory, and 
classroom work. The Animal Husbandry Farm contains a 40-acre woodlot which is 
used for instruction and experimentation in forestry. 

At Alvon, in Greenbrier County, the Division of Forestry maintains Camp 
Wood, devoted to field instruction in land surveying and timber estimating for 
students in the division who have passed two years of the professional forestry 
course. The camp, situated in the Monongahela National Forest, is equipped 
with permanent buildings for instruction and living accommodations. 

The Division of Forestry also has 498 acres of forest land in Randolph County 
which is being used for research anil educational training. In addition to this 
work, the tract is used by extension foresters to demonstrate sustained yield and 
iorest operation for the production of hardwood timber. 

During 1951, an agreement was completed between the University and the Island 
Creek Coal Company making the 3,000-acre Island Creek Experimental Forest avail- 
able for research in applied forestry. The experimental work conducted here is open 
to inspection by forestry students. 

Cooper's Rock State Forest, an area of 13,000 acres fronting on Cheat Lake, is 
less than ten miles from the institution. By agreement between the University and 
the Conservation Commission of West Virginia an 8 000-acre part of this forest has 
been set aside as the West Virginia University Forest, Division of the Cooper's Rock 
State Forest. This area is managed by the Division of Forestry for research and 
educational purposes. 

With its farm land, buildings, and equipment the College of Agriculture, 
Forestry, and Home Economics is enabled to offer thorough and complete training 
in moft branches of agriculture and forestrv which are applicable to West Vir- 
ginia conditions, and to provide adequate training in several fields in home economics. 

As part of me work in several of the courses offered in the College, visits 
are made to large farms, specialized farms or farming regions, and city markets. 
Student.s are expected to pay their own expenses, which are kept at a moderate 
figure. 

Student Activities 

Every student entering judging courses offered in the college has the oppor- 
tunity of competing for a place on livestock, meat, dairy cattle, dairy products, 
poultry, and fruit-judging teams. Qualified teams compete at regional, national, 
and international contests. 

Numerous organizations on the Campus are open to University students. Of 
special interest to students of agriculture, forestry, or home economics are the Agri- 
culture Council, Mountaineer Poultry Club, Mountaineer Collegiate Chapter of 
Future Farmers of America. Forestry Club, Dairy Science Club, Home Economics 
Club, University 4-H Club, Alpha Zeta, (agricultural honorary) , Phi Upsilon Omicron 
(home economics honorary), Alpha Tau Alpha (agricultural educational organization), 
and Block and Bridle Club. 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 73 



Revision of the Unity Rule of 1948 

"Students who are deficient by 15 or more grade points shall be placed on proba- 
tion. Students on probation shall report to the Scholarship Committee before regis- 
tering for the succeeding semester and shall obtain from the Scholarship Committee 
a statement of courses to be repeated and the total load that they may carry. In each 
successive semester thereafter, they shall be required to repeat one or more courses 
in which they have received a grade of "D" until they have made up the deficiency 
in grade points. Students whose deficiency in grade points exceeds 30 shall be 
suspended." 

FACULTY COMMITTEES 

Courses and Hours: Messrs. Childs, Longhouse, Percival, Yarney; Miss Roberts. 

Scholarship: Mrs. Muffly; Messrs. Brooks and Hill 

Student Placement and Farm Practice: Messrs. Henderson, Hyre and Pohlman. 

Library: ^Messrs. Reid, W. H. and Xybrotfn; Miss Brown. 

Faculty Executive: Messrs. Yarney, Clarke, J. H., Goodspeed, Leach and Luchok; 

Miss Dietrich. 
Student Aid and Grants: Messrs. Butler and Myers, G. S.; Miss Noer. 

STATION STAFF COMMITTEES 

Station Projects: Messrs. Dunbar, Tryon and Lewis. 

Station Publications: Messrs. Anderson, G. C, Burger and Lilly. 

flJoint Committee of the College and Experiment Station. 



Division of Agriculture 



The training offered in agriculture is adapted to fit the student for farm life 
or professional and business fields. Graduates may engage in farming as managers 
or as farm owners, in the teaching of agriculture in high schools or colleges, in 
extension work as county agents or specialists, in research work in experiment sta- 
tions or other organizations, or in many of the federal activities in aid of agriculture. 
They may engage in business related to farming, such as dairy manufacturing, meat 
processing, seeds and nursery stock, feeds and fertilizers, or marketing. 

For the use of students, the following laboratories are maintained in the 
college: agricultural chemistry, agronomy, soils, genetics, animal husbandry, animal 
pathology, dairy husbandry, entomology, agricultural economics, rural sociology, 
agricultural engineering, horticulture, nutrition, plant pathology, and poultry hus- 
bandry. 

The Dean of the College of Agriculture will act as adviser for all agriculture 
students and will assign students to other advisers whom he may designate. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 



The Division of Agriculture offers four-year courses leading to the following 
degrees: (1) Bachelor of Science in Agriculture, (2) Bachelor of Science, and (3) 
Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Engineering. The degree of Bachelor of Science 
in Agriculture, together with the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the College of Arts 
and Sciences, may be acquired in five years. Graduate work is discussed on page 84. 

For graduation, an average of 2 grade points per credit hour is required for all 
courses taken, whether passed or failed. 



74 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



The "semester hour" is the standard for computing the amount of work 
required for graduation. The "hour" represents the amount of work done in 
one semester (eighteen weeks) In one recitation with two preparation hours a 
week, or three hours, practice or laboratory work requiring no outside preparation. 

No student may register for less than 14 hours or more than 20 hours of work 
in anv one semester without special permission. 

Students who do not have sufficient farm experience will be required to take 
Agriculture 5, Farm Practice. 

Students who are not required to take military science must substitute elective 
credits. Fhst-year English (English 1 and 2 or their equivalent) must be completed 
before any ipper-division courses may be pursued for credit towards the degree. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE 

The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 
is designed to provide a broad and well-grounded training in the general field 
of agriculture so that the graduate may be prepared for occupations requiring such 
general knowledge, and may have the necessary foundation for such specialization as 
he mav elect to pursue. 

The requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture are: 

1. Constants, or courses required of all qualifying for this degree. 

2. Courses to be taken in the field of the student's major interest. 

3. Free electives sufficient to bring the total number of credits to 144 semester 
hours. 

4. A grade-point average of not less than two points per semester hour. 
All candidates for the degree must take the following courses: 
Biology: Biology 1 (4 hr.) and Biology 2 (4 hr.). 

Chemistry: them. I and 2 (8 hr.). 

English: Eng. 1 and 2 and Eng. 18 (3 hr.) . 

Economics: Agr. Econ. 102 (3 hr.). 

History: Hist. 2 (3 hr.). 

Mathematics: Math. 11 (3 hr.). 

Military: Military or Air Science 1. 2. 3. and 4 (men) (8 hr.). 

Physical Education: P.F.. 1 and 2 (men) (2 hr.); (women) (4 hr.). 

Physics: Physics 1 and 2 (8 hr.) (Agricultural Education students not included). 

Political Science: Pol. Sci. 101 (3 hr.) (Agricultural Education students not 
included) . 

In addition to the above constants, each student is required to lake the courses 
under the curriculum. At least 20 hours given in the department in which the 
student is majoring are required. 

After requirements have been met, electives may be chosen without restriction 
as to college or department, with the approval of the adviser. Required and elective 
hours taken in the College of Agriculture, however, must total at least 60. Provision 
is made for upper-division students who may wish to elect certain lower- division 
subjects such as languages. 

Students who wish to specialize may select majors in Agricultural Economics, 
Agricultural Mechanics. Agronomy and Genetics, Animal Husbandry, Dairy Husbandry, 
Dairy Manufacturing, Horticulture, Landscaping, Poultry Husbandry, and Agricultural 
Education. Students desiring a more general knowledge of agriculture, particularly 
those who expect to farm lor themselves or go into Extension work, may pursue a 
curriculum in General Agriculture. 

The following curricula indicate course requirements in each of the majors: 

CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 

This curriculum is designed principally to prepare students for advanced study 
in the field. Students who are interested in agricultural economics but plan to seek 
employment without graduate study are advised to major in General Agriculture and 
elect agricultural economics courses. 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 







FIRST 


YEAR 








SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. 




Hr. 


Second Sem 




Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


A. H. 11 




3 


Biol. 2 




4 


D. H. 11 


3 


Agr. Econ. 131 3 


•Biol. 1 




4 


•Chem 2 




4 


•Ag. Econ. 


102 3 


Agron. 1 4 


•Chem. 1 




4 


♦Eng. 2 




3 


•Math 11 


3 


•Eng. 18 3 


•Eng. 1 
•Mil. or Air 




3 


•Mil. or Air 


Sci 


2 2 


•Mil. or Air 


Sci. 3 2 


•Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 


Sci 


.1 2 


•P. E. 2 




1 


•Physics 1 


4 


•Physics 2 4 


•P. E. 1 




1 


P. H. 1 




4 


Electives 


4 


Electives 3 



17 



18 



19 



19 



First Sem. 

Agr. Econ. 

A. H. 101 
•Pol Sc. 101 

Electives 



HTRD 


YEAR 






FOURTH 


YEAR 




Hr. 
3 
3 
3 


Second Sem. 
•Ili^t. 2 

Rural Soc. 

Hon. 3 


Hr. 

3 

105 3 

3 


First Sem. 
Phil. 106 

Electives 


Hr. 

3 
15 


Second Sem. 
Agr. Econ. 200 
Agr. Econ 271 
Electives 


Hr. 

3 

2 

12 


9 


Electives 


9 











18 II 

'Constants required in all curricula. 



18 



17 



Select electives in accordance with the following outline. 

Group A. Elect 24 hr. from the following coun.es in agriculture. 

1. Elect not less than 2 hr. from: 
Agr. Econ. 206, 230. 

2. Eiect not less than 3 nor more than 6 hr. from: 
Ag. M. 20, 153, 170. 

3. Elect not less than 3 nor more rhnn 6 hr. from: 
Agron. 205, 210, 254; Genetics 111, 221, 224. 

4. Elect not less than 6 nor more than 12 hr. from: 

An. H. 141, 142. 143, 167, 222: P. H. 103; An. Path. 102; D. H. 12, 107, 123, 222. 

5. Elect not more than 3 hr. from: 
Hort. 102, 106, 206, 213. 

6. Elect not less than 4 nor more than 6 hr. from; 
Bact. 141; Entom. 102, 103; PL Path. 103, 106, 206. 

7. Elect not less than 3 hr. from: 
Forestry 183; Agr. Educ. 134. 

Group B. Elect 9 hr. from: 

Econ. Ill, 119, 235, 241, 125. 

Group C. Elect 3 hr. from: 

Psych. 1; Pol. Sci. 231; Sociol. 102, 229; Hist. 282. 

Free Electives: 11 hr. 



CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 

The State Board of Education has set up definite requirements applicable to all 
college graduates desiring to teach in West Virginia high schools. These requirements 
specify the kind and number of various science and agricultural courses as well as 
courses in professional education subjects, all of which are necessary to qualify 
graduates for certification. This curriculum is designed to prepare students for a 
teaching career in the field of vocational agriculture, with provisions for teaching 
biological science as a second field. To meet the state requirements for teaching 
vocational agriculture, a B.S. Degree in Agriculture is required. This curriculum 
satisfies the requirements for this degree. 



76 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



. 


FIRST 


YEAR 




SECOND 


YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


*Eng. 1 or 




*Eng. 2 or 




Dairy 11 3 


Agron. 1 


4 


Eng. 1 (Com 


■) 3 


Eng. 2 (Com. 


) 3 


Hist. 1 3 


•Hist. 2 


3 


A.H. 11 


3 


P.H. 1 


4 


*Eng. 18 or 


Eng. 5 or 6 


3 


♦Biol. 1 


4 


*Biol. 2 


4 


Eng. 21 (Com.) 3 


Soc. Sci. 2 


4 


•Chem. 1 


4 


*Chem. 2 


4 


Soc. Sci. 1 4 


Hort. 3 


3 


•Mil. or Air Sci 


.1 2 


*Mil or Air Sci. 


2 2 


•Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 


•Mil or Air Sci. 4 2 


*P.E. 1 


1 


*P.E. 2 


1 


•Math 11 3 








17 




18 


18 




19 


THIRD 


YEAR 




FOURTH YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


Agron. 2 


4 


Forestry 183 


3 


Ag. Ec. 104 3 


Educ. 114 


3 


Ag. Mech. 152 


3 


Educ. 106 


3 


Educ. 160 3 


Educ. 120 


2 


A.H. 101 


3 


Ag. Mech. 15: 


3 3 


Health Ed. 101 2 


Educ. 124 


4 


*Ag. Ec. 102 


3 


Bact. 141 


4 


Electives 10 


Educ. 276 


2 


Educ. 105 


3 


Electives 


5 




Ag. Ed. 118 


2 


Electives 


3 








Electives 


4 



19 18 18 17 

♦Constants required in all curricula. 

Note: Fifteen hours of electives must be in Agriculture. To meet requirements 
for a certificate, a student must complete: Music 10; Art 30; Animal or 
Plant Pathology; and a total of nine hours of Agricultural Mechanics. 

CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL MECHANICS 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 

This curriculum is intended for agricultural students who are interested in the 
production and primary processing of crops and livestock, in county agent and 
other extension work, in soil-conservation work, and in sales and other work 
which deals directly with farm people. To an increasing extent, the operations 
on the farm are being mechanized through use of power and machinery. Con- 
sequently, the student must have an acquaintance with machinery, power, elec- 
trical equipment, soil conservation, farm buildings, and other Agricultural Mech- 
anics subjects that relate to production and processing. Such training is in- 
cluded in this curriculum. 



- 


FIRST 


YEAR 






SECONE 


» YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


A. H. 11 


3 


•Biol. 2 


4 


•Ag. Econ. 


102 3 


Bact. 141 


4 


•Biol. 1 


4 


•Chem 2 


4 


•Math 11 


3 


D. H. 12 


3 


•Chem. 1 


4 


•Eng. 2 


3 


M. E. 20 


3 


•Eng. 18 


3 


•Eng. 1 


3 


•Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 


•Mil. or Air 


Sci. 3 2 


M. E. 11 


2 


•Mil. or Ah 


Sci. 1 2 


•P. E. 2 


1 


•Physics 1 


4 


•Mil. or Air 


Sci. 4 2 


•P. E. 1 


1 


P. H. 1 


4 


Electives 


3 


•Physics 2 


4 




17 




18 




18 




18 




THIRD 


YEAR 






FOURTH YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


Agr. Econ. 


104 3 


Agron. 1 


4 


Ag. M. 20 


2 


Ag. M 113 


3 


Agron. 2 


4 


Hort. 3 


3 


Ag. M 151 


3 


Ag. M 153 


3 


•Hist. 2 


3 


Hort 106 


2 


Ag. M. 170 


3 


Ag. M 159 


3 


PI. Path. ] 


[03 4 


M.E. 7 


1 


Ag. M 175 


3 


Ag. M 200 


2 


Electives 


5 


•Pol. Sc. 101 
Electives 


3 
5 


Electives 


6 


Electives 


8 



19 18 

•Constants required in all curricula. 



17 



19 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



77 



CURRICULUM IN AGRONOMY AND GENETICS 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 

This curriculum is suggested for students who plan to enter into work in some 
phase of Agronomy or Soil Conservation upon their graduation. Students intending 
to take graduate work to qualify for research or teaching positions in Agronomy or 
Genetics should elect the Agricultural Science Curriculum and elect at least 20 hours 
in the field of Agronomy and Genetics. 



FIRST 


YEAR 




SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. Hr. 
An. Husb. 11 3 
♦Biol. 1 4 
♦Chem. 1 4 
♦Eng. 1 3 
♦Mil.orAirSci. 1 2 
♦P. E. 1 1 


Second Sem. Hr. 
♦Biol. 2 4 
♦Chem 2 4 
♦Eng. 2 3 
Hort. 3 3 
♦Mil.orAirSci. 2 2 
♦P. E. 2 1 


First Sem. Hr. 
♦Ag. Econ. 102 3 
i in in )i 4 
♦Eng. 18 3 
♦Math 11 3 
♦Mil.orAirSci. 3 2 
♦Physics 1 4 


Second Sem. Hr. 
Agron. 1 4 
Bact. 141 4 

♦Mil.orAirSci. 4 2 
Speech 11 3 

♦Physics 2 4 


17 




17 


19 


17 


THIRD 


YEAR 




FOURTH YEAR 


First Sem. Hr. 
Ag. Econ. 104 3 
Agron. 2 4 
An. Husb. 101 3 
PI. Path. 103 4 
Eiectives 5 


Second Sem. 
Botany 161 
Entom. 102 

♦Hist. 2 
Eiectives 


Hr. 

4 

4 
3 

8 


First Sem. Hr. 
Ag. Econ. 206 3 
Agron. 210 3 
Genetics 221 3 

♦Pol. Sc. 101 3 
Eiectives 6 


Second Sem. Hr. 
Ag. Mech. 153 3 
Agron. 254 4 
Hort. 101 4 
Eiectives 7 



19 19 19 

Suggested Eiectives: 

Agricultural Economics 271 Forestry 183 

Agricultural Mechanics 151, 175 Genetics 220, 222 

Agronomy 205, 211, 215, 230, 231, 251, 252 Geology 1, 2 

Animal Husbandry 141, 162 Horticulture 2, 39, 206 

Dairy Husbandry 11 Plant Pathology 202 
Entomology 103 



18 



CURRICULUM IN ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 

The Animal Husbandry Curriculum is outlined to give students sufficient courses 
in the fundamental sciences, and adequate course work in other fields of agriculture 
to balance their knowledge of agriculture as a whole. The Animal Husbandry courses 
required and taken as eiectives will give students a good foundation to continue 
graduate work in their chosen major, or to be employed in special lines of work open 
to students majoring in this field. 



First Sem. 

♦Biol. 1 4 

♦Chem. 1 4 

♦Eng. 1 3 

Dairy 11 3 

♦Mil.orAirSci. 1 2 



FIRST YEAR 
Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem. 



♦P. E. 1 



♦Biol. 2 4 

♦Chem. 2 4 

♦Eng. 2 3 

Hort. 3 3 

♦Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 



1 *P. E. 2 



SECOND YEAR 



Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 



A. H. 11 3 

Chem. 31 4 

♦Math. 11 3 

♦Mil.orAirSci. 3 2 

♦Hist. 2 3 

Eiectives 3 



Agron. 1 4 

Bact. 141 4 

*Eng. 18 3 

♦Mil.orAirSci. 4 2 
P.H. 1 4 

Eiectives 2 



17 17 

'Constants required in all curricula. 



18 



19 



78 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 





THIRD 


YEAR 






FOURTH YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 




Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


*Agr. Econ 


102 3 


Agr. Econ. 


131 


3 


Agr. Econ. 104 3 


Agron. 254 


4 


A. H. 101 


3 


A. H. 138 




2 


An. Path. 102 3 


A. H. 222 


3 


A. H. 167 


3 


Etom. 102 




4 


Genetics 221 3 


Electives 


11 


Agron. 2 


4 


♦Physics 2 




4 


*Pol. Sci 101 3 






♦Physics 1 


4 


Electives 




5 


Electives 6 






Elective 


2 















19 18 

'Constants required in all curricula. 



18 



18 



Suggested Electives: An. Path. 206 (3 hr.); Hist. 182 (3 hr.); Ag. M. 175 (3 hr.); 
P. H. 103, 201 (3 hr.); A. H. 141 (3 hr.); A. H. 143 (2 hr.); Ag. Ed. 134 (2 hr.); 
A. H. 203 (3 hr.); A. H. 142 (3 hr.); A. H. 162 (3 hr.); A. H. 202 (2 hr.); Agron. 
210 (3 hr); Ag. M. 153 (3 hr.); PI. Path. 103 (4 hr.); D. H. 12 (3 hr.); Speech 11 
(either semester, 3 hr.); Forestry 183 (3 hr.); Biochemistry 220 (4 hr.) ; Zoology 
271, (4 hr.) . 



CURRICULUM IN DAIRY HUSBANDRY 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 

The curriculum in Dairy Husbandry is planned to give the student interested in 
dairy production a thorough training in this field. It is designed to train leaders 
in the dairy field. Students completing this curriculum should be qualified to operate 
successfully their own farm or to serve as herdsmen, farm managers, field men, county 
agricultural agents, milk sanitarians etc., or to continue in the educational field. 



First Sem. 

*Biol. 1 4 

*Chem. 1 4 

♦Eng. 1 3 

♦Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 

♦P. E. 1 1 

Agr. Elective 3 

17 



FIRST YEAR 
Hr. Second Sem. 



Hr. 

♦Biol. 2 4 

♦Chem. 2 4 

D. H. 12 3 

♦Eng. 2 3 

♦Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 
♦P. E. 2 1 

17 



First Sem. 
A. H. 11 
Chem. 31 
D. H. 11 

♦Math. 11 



SECOND YEAR 

Hr. Second Sem. 



3 
4 
3 
3 

♦Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 
♦Physics 1 4 

19 



Hr. 

Bact. 141 4 

♦Eng. 18 3 

♦Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 
♦Physics 2 4 

Electives 4 



17 



THIRD YEAR 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Sem. 



Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem. 



Agron. 2 4 

*Ag. Econ. 102 3 

A. H. 101 3 

An. Path. 102 3 
Genetics 111 

or 221 2-3 

►Pol. Sc. 101 3 



Agron. 1 
Agron. 254 
D. H. 123 
*Hist. 2 
Speech 11 
Electives 



Agr. Econ. 104 
D. H. 107 
D. H. 221 
Electives 



Hr. Second Sem. 
3 D. H. 222 
3 Electives 



10 



Hr. 

4 

15 



18-19 18 19 19 

•Constants required in all curricula. 

Suggested Electives: P. H. 1 (4 hr.) ; Hort. 3 (3 hr.); Agron. 210 (3 hr.); Agron. 
205 (2 hr.) ; A. H. 167 (3 hr.) ; A. H. 222 (3 hr.); Agr. Econ. 105 (3 hr.); 
Agr. Econ. 131 (3 hr.); Agr. Econ. 230 (2-3 hr.); Agr. Econ. 235 (2 hr.) ; 
Ag. M. 159 (3 hr.); Ag. M. 170 (3 hr.); Ag. M. 175 (3 hr.); Ag. M. 153 (3 hr.); 
Dairy Bact. 246 (4 hr.); D.H. 103 (3 hr.); D.H. 223 (3 hr.); Entom. 102 (4 hr.); 
Libr. Sci. 1 (2 hr.); Agr Biochem. 218 (3 hr.); Agr. Biochem. 220 (4 hr.). 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



79 



CURRICULUM IN DAIRY MANUFACTURING 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 

The curriculum given in Dairy Manufacturing is designed for those students 
planning to enter the dairy industry as plant men, fieldmen or technicians. 



FIRST 


YEAR 






SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem, 


Hr. 


First Sem. 




Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


*Biol. 1 4 


♦Biol. 2 


4 


Chem. 31 




4 


Bact. 141 4 


*Chem. 1 4 


♦Chem. 2 


4 


D. H. 11 




3 


♦Eng. 18 3 


*Eng. 1 3 


D. H. 12 


3 


♦Math. 11 




3 


♦Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 


•Mil. or AirSci. 1 2 


*Eng. 2 


3 


•Mil. or Air 


Sci. 


3 2 


♦Physics 2 4 


•P. E. 1 1 


•Mil. or Air 


Sci.2 2 


♦Physics 1 




4 


Electives 6 


Agr. elective 3 


*P. E. 2 


1 


Electives 




3 





17 



17 



19 



19 



THIRD 


YEAR 






FOURTH 


[ YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


Agr. Biochem. 




Agr. Econ. 235 


2 


D. H. 103 


3 


D. H. 104 


3 


218 


3 


Agr. M. 113 


3 


D. H. 107 


3 


D. H. 204 


4 


D. H. 102 


3 


D.H. 124 


2 


Electives 


11 


Electives 


11 


♦Ag. Econ. 102 


3 


D.H. 222 


4 










D. Bact. 246 


4 


♦Hist. 2 


3 










•Pol. Sc. 101 


3 


Speech 11 


3 










Electives 


2 


Electives 


2 











18 19 

"Constants required in all curricula. 



17 



18 



Suggested Electives: P. H. 1; Genetics 111; A. H. 167, 11, 101; Hort. 3; Chem. 105; 
Agron. 1; Agr. Econ. 104, 131; D. H. 221; Math. 4; Agr. Econ. 230; Agr. Biochem. 
220; Accounting 1; Accounting 2. 



CURRICULUM IN GENERAL AGRICULTURE 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 

The General Agriculture curriculum is designed to give the student expansive 
general training in the field of farming. It combines the fundamental sciences, basic 
arts, and practical applications of agriculture, and offers excellent instruction for those 
interested in extension work and other employment requiring a broad basic knowledge 
of the whole field of agriculture. 



FIRST YEAR 



First Sem. 



Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem. 



♦Biol. 1 4 

♦Chem. 1 4 

♦Eng. 1 3 

♦Mil. or AirSci. 1 2 

♦P. E. 1 1 

Agr. elective 3 



♦Biol. 2 4 

♦Chem. 2 4 

♦Eng. 2 3 

♦Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 

♦P. E. 2 1 

Agr. elective 4 



SECOND YEAR 



Hr. Second Sem. 



Chem. 31 4 

D.H. 11 3 

♦Hist. 2 3 

♦Math. 11 3 

♦Mil. or AirSci. 3 2 



Electives 



3 



Hr. 



Agron. 1 4 

♦Eng. 18 3 

Hort. 3 3 

P. H. 1 4 

♦Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 

Electives 3 



17 



18 



18 



19 



80 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 





THIRD 


YEAR 




FOURTH YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


*Ag. Econ. ] 


02 3 


Bact. 141 


4 


Agr. Econ. 


Agr. Econ. 




Agron. 2 


4 


Entom. 102 


4 


elective 3 


elective 


3 


A. H. 101 


3 


♦Physics 2 


4 


Agr. M. elective 3 


Ag. M. elective 


3 


* Physics 1 


4 


Speech 11 


3 


An. Path. 102 


Forestry 183 


3 


♦Pol. Sc. 101 


3 


Electives 


3 


or PI. Path. 

103 3-4 
Genetics 111 and 

112, or 221 3 
Electives 7-6 


Electives 


9 



17 18 

'Constants required in all curricula. 



19 



18 



CURRICULUM IN HORTICULTURE 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 

The Horticulture curriculum in production of fruits, vegetables, and flowers has 
been revised recently to meet the current needs of students who desire to have their 
own commercial enterprise or a sound professional training for rilling a position with 
an established organization. The low investment required for the production of 
small fruits, vegetables, bulb crops, and nursery stock presents unlimited opportuni- 
ties for young men with a thorough horticultural training. Small areas of tillable 
land in West Virginia demand use of the intensive type of horticultural crops if the 
greatest return is to be realized. Local marketing of horticultural crops is no problem 
in most of West Virginia, since the demand exceeds the supply. 

Certain courses offered in Horticulture are designed to interest nonagricultural 
students who desire to use the subject matter for improving their daily living or 
hobby interests. These courses deal with home grounds beautification in Horticulture 
39, home vegetable and fruit production in Horticulture 3, and propagation in Hor- 
ticulture 104. 



First Sem. 

♦Biol. 1 4 

♦Chem. 1 4 

♦Eng. 1 3 

Hort. 39 3 
♦Mil. or AirSci. 1 2 

♦P. E. 1 1 



FIRST YEAR 
Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem. 



SECOND YEAR 



♦Biol. 2 4 

♦Chem. 2 4 

♦Eng. 2 3 

♦Mil. or AirSci. 2 2 

♦P. E. 2 1 

Agr. Electives 4 



Hr. Second Sem. 



Chem. 31 4 

Hort. 102 4 

♦Math. 11 3 

♦Mil. or AirSci. 3 2 

♦Physics 1 4 

Electives 3 



Hr. 



Agron. 1 4 

Bact. 141 4 

♦Eng. 18 3 

Hort. 104 or 141 3 

♦Mil. or AirSci. 4 2 

♦Physics 2 4 



17 



18 



20 



20 



THIRD 


YEAR 






FOURTH 


[ YEAR 




First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


♦Ag. Econ. 102 3 


Entom. 102 


4 


Ag. M. 175 


3 


Ag. M. 113 


3 


Agron. 2 4 


♦Hist. 2 (or 




Botany 273 


4 


Agron. 210 


3 


PI. Path. 103 4 


52 & 53) 


3 


Genetics 221 


3 


Hort. 141, 104, 




♦Pol. Sc. 101 3 


Hort. 101 


4 


Hort. 213, 




212, or 232 


3 


Hort. 206 3 


Hort. 106 
PI. Path. 204 
205, or 206 
Electives 


2 

3 

2 


233, or 239 
Electives 


3 
4 


Electives 


8 



17 18 

•Constants required in all curricula. 



17 



17 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



HI 



Suggested Electivcs: Agr. Econ. 104, 131; Ag. M. 20, 151, 159, 170; Agron. 205, 211, 215, 
v "230, 231, 251; Art. 11, 12, 30; A. H. 11, 101; Geol. 1; Botany 274; Bus. Adm. 245, 
270; D. H. 11; Econ. Ill; Entom. 103; Forestry 183; Hort. 140; 238, 239; Languages; 
Libr. Sc. 1; Math. 4; PI. Path. 313: P. H. 1; Speech 11; Agr. Biochem. 103 

CURRICULUM IN LANDSCAPING 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 

The field of ornamental horticulture is broad, for it includes the work of nursery- 
men and landscape operators, as well as greenhousemen and florists, both in pro- 
duction and merchandising. There is a rapidly developing interest in this field in 
West Virginia. Because of this, opportunities for employment of graduates are 
increasing. 

Because of the breadth of the field, two different curricula are offered to fit 
the needs of the student, landscaping and production. Courses for the latter are 
listed under the Curriculum in Horticulture. The first two years are devoted to a 
broad, basic foundation as preparation for specialization during the junior and senior 
years. Emphasis is placed on a sound understanding of the basic principles involved. 
In addition to this, one twelve-week Summer Session is required, for those lacking 
experience, where practical aspects of garden construction and maintenance and 
nursery practices are emphasized. 

Students with a city background will fit into this field much more readily than 
in some other phases of agriculture. 





FIRST 


YEAR 




SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


*Biol. 1 


4 


♦Biol. 2 


4 


Art 11 


3 


Bact. 141 4 


♦Chem. 1 


4 


♦Chern. 2 


4 


Chem. 31 


4 


Hort. 101 4 


*Eng. 1 


3 


*Eng. 2 


3 


Hort. 102 


4 


Hort. 140 3 


Hort. 39 


3 


•Mil. or Air Sci. 


2 2 


*Math. 11 


3 


♦Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 


*Mil.or AirSci. 1 2 


♦P. E. 2 


1 


M. E. 20 


3 


Electives 7 


*P. E. 1 


1 


Elective 


4 


•Mil. or AirSci. 


3 2 






17 




18 




19 


20 




THIRD 


YEAR 




FOURTH YEAR 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


*Ag. Econ. 


102 3 


Ag. M. elective 3 


Botany 273 


4 


♦Physics 2 4 


Hort. 239 


4 


♦Eng. 18 


3 


Genetics 221 


3 


PI. Path. 205 3 


PI. Path. 


103 4 


Entom. 102 


4 


♦Physics 1 


4 


Hort. 238 3 


Agron. 2 


4 


♦Hist. 2 (or 




*Pol. Sci. 101 


3 


Electives 6 


Electives 


3 


52 and 53) 
Hort. 104 
Hort. 150 


3 
3 
3 


Electives 


3 





18 19 

'Constants required in all curricula. 



17 



16 



Suggested Electives: Agr. Econ. 104, 131; Ag. M. 113, 151, 159, 170, 175; Agron. 1, 211, 
215, 230, 251; Art 12, 30; A. H. 11, 104, 101; Geol. 1; Botany 274; Bus. Adm. 245, 
270; D. H. 11; Econ. Ill; Entom. 103; Forestry 183; Hort. 106, 141, 206; Libr. Sci. 
1; PI. Path. 313; P.H. 1; Speech 11; Languages. 



CURRICULUM IN POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 

The curriculum in Poultry Husbandry is designed to give the student a thorough 
knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising, poultry improvement work, 
management of a poultry breeding farm, and as a basis for graduate training for 
teaching and research in Poultry Husbandry. Students may select elective courses to 
meet their special needs. 



82 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 







FIRST 


YEAR 






SFCOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. 




Hr. 


Second Sem 




Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


•Biol. 1 




4 


♦Biol. 2 




4 


Chem. 31 4 


Bact. 141 4 


♦Chem. 1 




4 


•Chem. 2 




4 


♦Ag. Econ. 102 3 


♦Eng. 18 3 


*Eng. 1 




3 


•Eng. 2 




3 


♦Maih. 11 3 


♦Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 


♦Mil. or Air 


Sci 


.1 2 


♦Mil. or Air 


Sci, 


2 2 


•Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 


♦Physics 2 4 


•P. E. 1 




1 


♦P. E. 2 




1 


♦Physics 1 4 


Electives 4 


Agr. elective 


4 


P. H. 1 




4 


Electives 3 





18 



18 



19 



17 



THIRD 


YEAR 






FOURTH 


YEAR 




First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


An. Path. 102 3 


♦Hist. 2 


3 


P.H. 108 


1 


P.H. 109 


1 


Genetics 111 


P.H. 103 


3 


P.H. 201 


3 


An. Path. 206 


3 


and 112 or 221 


Electives 


12 


P. H. 211 


2 


Electives 


14 


♦Pol. Sc. 101 3 






Zool. 271 


4 






P. H. 106 2 






Electives 


8 







18 



18 



18 18 

•Constants required in all curricula. 

Suggested Electives: Agr. Econ. 104, 131; A. H. 11, 101, 167, 203; Agron. 1; D. H. 11; 

Entom. 102: P. H. 105, 110, 111, 213: Speech 11; Ag. M. 159. 170. 
In addition to the above required courses the stttdent will be required to take at 
least 3 hours of Animal Husbandry, and Horticulture, and 4 hours of Agronomy. 

CURRICULUM IN PRE- VETERINARY MEDICINE 

This course of study is designed to meet the requirements for Ohio State and 
Oklahoma A & M colleges of Veterinary Medicine. Four students a year will be 
accepted by each of the above schools. Summer courses are not required, but if work 
is not taken in the summer, three years of study would be required. Many students 
will find it advantageous to obtain a degree in Agriculture before going to a veterinary 
school. The courses listed in the Pre-Veterinary Medicine Curriculum may be used 
for credit toward a degree in Agriculture. 



FIRST 


YEAR 






SUMMER 


SESSION 




First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Term 


Hr. 


Second Term 


Hr. 


♦Eng. 1 3 


♦Eng. 2 


3 


♦Physics 1 


4 


♦Physics 2 


4 


♦Chem. 1 4 


♦Chem. 2 


4 


Elective 


3 


Speech 11 


3 


Zool. 1 4 


Zool. 2 


4 










Botany 1 4 


P.H. 1 


4 










♦Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 


♦Mil or Air Sci. 2 


1 2 










♦P.E. 1 1 


♦P.E. 2 


1 










18 




18 




7 




7 


SECOND YEAR 






SUMMER 


SESSION 




First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Term 


Hr. 






♦Pol. Sci. 101 3 


Chem. 115 


3 


Zool. 231 


5 






A.H. 101 3 


D.H. 12 


3 




— 






Chem. 105 4 


Genetics 111 






5 






Chem. 31 4 


and 112 


3 










•Ag. Econ. 102 3 


History 52 & 53 


6 










•Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 


♦Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 











19 17 

'Constants required in all curricula, 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



83 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 

The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science is designed for 
those who are interested in teaching agricultural science and especially interested in 
research. 

CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE 

Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Students who expect to do graduate work in preparation for teaching agri- 
cultural science in colleges and universities or for research work in experiment 
stations, or for other work in specialized fields of basic agricultural science, may 
register for the Curriculum in Agricultural Science. Only those students who 
have a high-school record above average and who are capable of maintaining 
a scholarship average of "B" or above should follow this curriculum. Success in grad- 
uate work will depend upon better-than-average undergraduate scholarship, and such 
undergraduate work must include adequate preparation in biology, mathematics, 
English, and foreign languages. The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred 
upon the satisfactory completion of this curriculum. At least 45 hours of courses in 
the College of Agriculture are required. 



FIRST 


YEAR 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


*Biol. 1 4 


*Biol. 2 4 


*Chem. 1 4 


♦Chem. 2 4 


*Eng. 1 3 


*Eng. 2 3 


Math. 2 or 3 3-4 


Math. 3 or 4 3 


♦Mil. or AirSci. 1 2 


♦Mil. or AirSci. 2 2 


•P. E. 1 1 


♦P. E. 2 1 



SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


Bact. 141 


4 


♦Hist. 2 (or 52 


Chem. 5 


4 


and 53) 3 


♦Ag. Econ. 102 


3 


♦Mil. or AirSci. 4 2 


♦Eng. 18 


3 


Speech 11 3 


Math. 4 (if not 




Quan. Chem. 6 4-5 


taken earlier) 


3 


Electives 4 



♦Mil. or AirSci. 3 2 



17-18 



17 



19 



16-17 





THIRD 


YEAR 






FOURTH YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. Second Sem. 


Hr. 


Chem. 233 


5 


♦Physics 2 


4 


Electives 


18 Electives 


18-19 


t German, 




tGerman, 










French or 




French, or 










Spanish 


3 


Spanish 


3 








♦Physics 1 


4 


Electives 


11 








♦Pol. Sc. 101 


3 












Electives 


3 













18 



18 



18 



18-19 



•Constants required in all curricula. 
tTake in junior or senior year. 
At least 45 hours of agriculture are required. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Agricultural Engineering is the application of engineering principles to agri- 
culture. Success in the application of engineering fundamentals to the agricultural 
industry requires knowledge of both biological and physical sciences. The pur- 
pose of the course is to give the student who completes it general training in 
agriculture and in engineering fundamentals. Considerable stress is given to the 
basic requirements of animal and plant life on the farm which affect engineering 
practices, but greater emphasis is made on a thorough knowledge of those under- 
lying principles and methods which are the foundation of all engineering pro- 
fessions. 



84 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Although the curriculum gives no opportunity for specialization, Agricultural 
Engineering is made up of four major fields. These are Farm Power and Machinery, 
Farm Structures, Soil and Water Conservation, and Rural Electrification. 

Students preparing to take Agricultural Engineering should present for entrance 
as many units as possible in mathematics, chemistry, and physics; also, sufficient 
farm experience to meet the College of Agriculture requirements. 

Some of the organizations and industries employing agricultural engineers are 
electric power companies and co-operatives; farm machinery manufacturers and 
distributors; manufacturers and distributors of building materials; oil companies; 
electric equipment and other suppliers for farm utilities; trust companies; farm 
management agencies; federal agencies such as Soil Conservation Service, U. S. 
Department of Agriculture, Federal Land Bank, and Indian Service; colleges and 
universities; Army and Navy, and foreign governments. 

Opportunities for employment are numerous. At no time since the establishment 
of the profession has it been crowded, and the outlook is good for a continuance of 
this situation. With agriculture becoming increasingly mechanized, the demand 
for agricultural engineers is increasing and should continue to increase. New 
opportunities arise as mechanization continues. Starting salaries are in line with 
salaries in other branches of engineering. 

CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 





FIRST 


YEAR 




SECOND 


YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


Chem. 1 


4 


Chem. 2 


4 


Phys. Ill 


5 


Phys. 112 


5 


English 1 


3 


English 2 


3 


Math. 107 


4 


Math. 108 


4 


Math. 3 


3 


Math. 5 


4 


Mil. or Air Sci. 


3 2 


Mil. or Air 




Math. 4 


3 


Mil. or Air Sci 


2 2 


M.E. 26 


2 


Sci. 4 


2 


Mil. or Air 




P.E. 2 


1 


M. 101 


3 


M. 102 


3 


Sci. 1 


2 


M.E. 20 


3 


Ag. Eng. 10 


3 


M.E. 29 


3 


P.E. 1 


1 


M.E. 11 


2 






M.E. 7 


1 


History 53 


3 














G. 1 












— 




— 




19 




19 




19 




18 




THIRD 


YEAR 




FOURTH YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


Agronomy 2 


4 


C.E. 1 


2 


Ag. Eng. 110 


3 


Agronomy 1 


4 


M. 103 


3 


Engl. 126 


3 


Ag. Eng. 140 


3 


G. 100 (Insp.) 





M.E. 113 


3 


M. 104 


3 


Ag. Eng. 230 


4 


Ag. Eng. 190 


3 


E.E. 105 


4 


E.E. 106 


4 


C.E. 115 


3 


Speech 11 


3 


Ag. Econ. 102 


3 


M.E. 121 


3 


Ag. Econ. 104 


3 


Elect. (Agr.) 


3 






Ag. Eng. 100 


3 


Elect. (Agr.) 


3 


Elect. (Non-Te) 3 














Elect. (Eng.) 


3 



17 



IS 



19 



19 



Engineering Electives must be selected from the following courses: 

Chem. Eng. 150, 284; C.E. 122; M.E. 140, 203; Geology I. 

Agricultural Electives must be selected from the following courses: 

D.H. 11, 12; A.H. 11; P.H. 1; Hort. 3. 

Non-Technical Electives must be selected from the following courses: 

Pol. Sci. 101; Hist. 2, 52; Psychology 1; Philosophy 4; Sociology (Rural 105). 



GRADUATE WORK 

Graduate work leading to the Master of Science Degree is offered in all branches 
of agriculture and in home economics education. In certain branches, courses leading 
to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy are offered. For those students in agriculture 
and home economics who wish additional training beyond the baccalaureate degree, 
but who desire breadth of training rather than specialization in one subject matter 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 85 



field, the degrees of Master of Agriculture and Master of Home Economics are avail- 
able. The student who plans to pursue graduate work is directed to the Graduate 
School announcements in the University Catalog. Advancement in any of the profes- 
sional fields is dependent upon graduate study, and the student desiring to pursue 
such work should plan to continue in graduate study upon completion of the under- 
graduate curriculum. A limited number of graduate assistantships which permit 
half-time devotion to study are available in the Division of Agriculture and the Ex- 
periment Station. 

Teachers of vocational agriculture may combine graduate work in Agriculture 
and Education by taking 16 to 20 hours in Agriculture and 10 to 14 hours in Education 
to fulfill requirements for the M.S. Degree. 



COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 



Only the technical courses offered primarily for students in Agriculture are 
described here. For detailed description of other courses listed as required or 
elective in trie agricultural curriculum, see the announcement of courses in the 
College of Arts and Sciences or in other colleges. 

Admission to any advanced elective course is conditional upon the consent of 
the instructor. 

ASSIGNED TOPICS 

In order to be eligible to take courses 180, 181, Assigned Topics, the student must— 

1. Have completed 100 hours of work and have a grade point average of 2.5 or 
above. 

2. Present, in advance, a written outline of the work to be done as an assigned 
topic. This outline must be acceptable to the Dean of the College and the departmental 
head concerned. 

Item 1 above does not apply to special students. 

A student may not receive credit toward graduation for more than 4 hours of 
assigned topics. 

AGRICULTURE 

Dean Varney; Assistant Dean YanLandingham, and Staff. 
Undergraduate Division 

5. Summer Practice. No. hr. A minimum of 12 weeks on an approved farm 
will be required of each candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Science 
in Agriculture who has not had the equivalent of at least one year's farm 
experience after reaching the age of 14 years. Must be done under the 
direction of the Dean and the Committee on Farm Practice and must 
be completed before the third year. Open only to students deficient in 
farm practice. 

Graduate Division 

211. Biometry. II. 3 hr. Statistical concepts and methods applied to data in biological 
and other fields. Major topics are: Measure of centrality and dispersion; normal 
distribution; population and sampling; estimation and tests of hypotheses con- 
cerning means and variance; analysis of variance; regression and correlation; 
enumeration statistics. 

360. Problem Report For The Degree of Master of Agriculture. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. 

Staff 



86 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



AGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY 

Professor Lewis and Associate Professor Shelton 

Chemistry courses for agricultural and home economics students of undergrad- 
uate rank are also offered in the College of Arts and Sciences (see Chemistry). Grad- 
uate work may be pursued under the general research course outlined under 
Agriculture, above. 

Undergraduate Division 

103. Agricultural Analysis. I. 3-5 hr. The principles of gravimetric and volumetric 
analysis, colorimetry, chromatography, bioassay and proximate analysis applied 
to the analysis of foods, feeds, and other agricultural materials. Mr. Lewis 

180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff 

201. General Biochemistry. II. 4 hr. PR: Inorganic and organic chemistry. Agri- 
cultural analysis desirable. The biochemistry of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, 
vitamins, enzymes and hormones. 3 lect. 1 3-hr. lab. Mr. Lewis 

218. Dairy Chemistry. II. 3 hr. PR: organic chemistry, agricultural analysis, or 
quantitative analysis desirable. Analysis of dairy products. Offered in alternate 
years (1956-57). Mr. Shelton 

220. Chemistry of Animal Nutrition. II. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 6 and 31 and Bio- 
chem. 201 or its equivalent. Digestion and metabolism of food nutrients. 
Chemical, biological, and microbiological assay of vitamins. 2 lect. 2 lab. 
Offered in alternate years (1955-56). Mr. Shelton 

Graduate Division 

320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I and II. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree, 
Special Topics ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) 

Staff 
350, 351, 352, 353. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. Staff 

380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff 

CHEMISTRY 

31, 131. Organic Chemistry. I. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 2 For students in Agriculture and 
Home Economics. Beginning aliphatic organic chemistry and biochemistry. 
2 lect., 1 lab., and 1 quiz period weekly. Mr. Muth 



AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND RURAL SOCIOLOGY 

Professors Armentrout and Nybroten; Associate Professors Clarke, Porter, and Toben; 
Assistant Professor Porter. 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 

Undergraduate Division 

102. Agricultural Economics. I. 3 hr. Principles with application to agriculture. 

Mr. Armentrout 
104. Farm Management. I. 3 hr. PR: Agr. Econ. 102. Types and systems of farming; 

considerations in starting farming; use of records in solving farm problems; 

land tenure and leases; production for family use. Mr. Toben 

131. Marketing Agricultural Products. II. 3 hr. PR: Agr. Econ. 102. Principles and 
practices. Tour of market facilities in Pittsburgh area required. Mr. Clarke 

180, 181. Assigned Topics. I and II. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 87 



200. Land Economics II. 3 hr. Classification, development, tenure, use, conservation, 
valuation and taxation of rural, urban, mineral, forest, water and recreational 
land resources. Mr. Nybroten 

206. Farm Planning. I. 3 hr. PR: Senior standing. Principal factors influencing 
returns on farms; planning use of labor, soil, crops, livestock, buildings, and 
equipment. Farm visits required. Mr. Toben 

230. Cooperative Marketing. II. 2-3 hr. PR: Agr. Econ. 102. Principles and 
practices of cooperation as applied to marketing of agricultural products 
and to purchase of farm supplies. Mr. Clarke 

235. Marketing Dairy Products. II. 2 hr. PR: Agr. Econ. 102. Milk-marketing 
policies and practices, including federal milk-market orders. Mr. Clarke 

271. Agricultural Policy. II. 2 hr. Mr. Armentrout 

Graduate Division 

320, 321, 322. 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree, 
Special Topics ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) 

Staff 

340. Advanced Farm Management. I. 3 hr. PR: Ag. Econ. 206. Mr. Toben 

341. Production Economics. I. 3 hr. Economic principles of production with 
special application to agriculture. Mr. Nybroten 

342. Advanced Agricultural Economics. II. 3 hr. Mr. Armentrout 
380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff 

RURAL SOCIOLOGY 

Undergraduate Division 

105. Sociology of Rural Life. II. 3 hr. Social aspects of rural living; char- 
acteristics of rural population, social structure, and institutional arrange- 
ments (family, community, education, religion, recreation, health, welfare, 
and local government). Mr. Porter 

Graduate Division 

320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II, S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree, Special 
Topics may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) Staff 

380, 381, 381, 383. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 

Professor Hill; Associate Professor Butler; Assistant Professor Bail; Lecturer Anderson. 

Undergraduate Division 

118. Organizations and Clubs for Farm Boys. II. 2 hr. Problems involved in 
directing the activities of F.F.A., and similar organizations. Mr. Bail 

134. Methods of Agricultural Extension. I. 2 hr. Activities of the county agri- 
cultural and home demonstration agents and of the agricultural extension 
program of West Virginia. Mr. Anderson 

138. Theory and Practice of Agricultural Extension Work. II. 2 hr. Methods 
used in Extension work and their underlying principles. Mr. Anderson 

160. Education— Materials and Methods of High-school Teaching of Vocation- 
al Agriculture. I, 11. 3 hr. Organization and preparation for teaching voc- 
ational agriculture in the high school. 1 lab. Mr. Hill or Mr. Butler 



38 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



180, 181. Assigned Topics. 1, II. 1 hr. 1-4 hr. per semester. PR: Adequate ability 
and training for the work proposed and permission to register. Staff 

Ed. 124. Student Teaching in Vocational Agriculture. I, II. 4 hr. 

Mr. Hill or Mr. Butler 

Ed. 276. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Classes. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105 and 
106. Participation in conducting young and adult farmer classes and school- 
community food preservation center; organization, course of study, methods of 
teaching and supervision and young farmer association. Mr. Hill or Mr. Butler 

Ed. 277. Organizing and Directing Supervised Farminc Programs. I, S. 2 hr. PR: 
Ed. 160 or consent. Planning programs of supervised farming, supervising and 
evaluating such programs for all-day students, young farmers and adult farm- 
ers. Mr. Hill or Mr. Butler 

Ed. 318. Planning Programs and Courses for Vocational Agriculture Depart- 
ments. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 160 and 124. Gathering data, studying the farming 
problems of all-day students, young farmers, adult farmers, and planning the 
total program for the department. Mr. Hill or Mr. Butler 

Graduate Division 

239. Program Building in Agricultural Extension. II. 3 hr. PR: Agr. Educ. 134 and 
138 or permission of the instructor. Rural organizations in relations to program 
building. Leadership and group action. Overall working and educational 
objectives. Principles, methods and goals in developing county extension pro- 
grams. Mr. Henderson and Mr. Porter 

320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree, 
Special Topics ordinarily may count for 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 
hours.) Staff 

350, 351, 352, 353. Seminar. I, II, S. 1 hr. Staff 

380, 381. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Longhouse; Associate Professor Dickerson; Assistant Professor Emerson; 
Instructor Reid 

Undergraduate Division 

10. Introductory Agricultural Engineering. I. 3 hr. A general course introducing 
the several fields of Agricultural Engineering and how they are applied in 
Agriculture and Industry. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Longhouse 

100. Farm Structures. II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. Structural design and functional 
requirements of farm service buildings. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Longhouse 

110. Application of Electricity to Agriculture. I. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 106. Economic 
application of electric light, heat, and power. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid 

140. Soil and Water Conservation. I. 3 hr. PR: CE. 115. Engineering principles 
and practices in conservation, utilization, and management of soil and water 
resources. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Dickerson 

180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff 

190. Farm Machinery. II. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 113. Construction, operation, adjust- 
ment, and testing of farm machines. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid 

230. Farm Power. I. 4 hr. PR: M.E. 121. Fundamental theories underlying design 
and operation of internal combustion engines used in agriculture. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Longhouse 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 89 



Graduate Division 

320, 321. Special Topics. I, II. S. 1-6 hr. (For the Master's Degree, Special Topics 
ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) Staff 

397. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. Staff 

AGRICULTURAL MECHANICS 

Undergraduate Division 

20. Elementary Farm Shop. I. 2 hr. General course in woodworking, hot and cold 
metal, sheet metal and soldering, and tool fitting. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. 

Mr. Emerson 

113. Farm Refrigeration. II. 3 hr. General course for agricultural students in 

farm refrigeration: different types of refrigeration systems, refrigeration plants, 

cold storage, food preservation, and storage-house construction. 2 hr. rec, 

3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid 

151. Mechanics of Soil and Water Conservation. I. 3 hr. Planning and installation 
of farm land drainage, contour strip cropping, terracing, and farm ponds. 
2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Dickerson 

152. Farm Shop. I. 3 hr. Place of farm shop on farm. Construction and repair 
problems including carpentry, metal working, forging, fitting tools, repairing 
harness, and filing saws. Primarily for Vocational Agriculture teachers. 

1 hr. rec, 6 hr. lab. Mr. Emerson 

153. Farm Machinery. II. 3 hr. Principles underlying construction, adjustment, 
care, use, and repair of farm machinery. Tillage, harvesting, and seeding 
machinery. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid 

155. Household Equipment. II. 2 hr. Planned to help students understand 
mechanical equipment in home and its effective use. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. 

Staff 

159. Farm Structures. II. 3 hr. Fundamental principles of farm building construc- 
tion. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Longhouse 

170. Rural Electrification. I. 3 hr. Fundamentals of electricity and its application 
in the home and on the farm. Open to Agriculture students only or by consent. 

2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid 

175. Farm Gas Engines and Tractors. I. 3 hr. General course for agricultural 
students in care, operation, and maintenance of farm gas engines and tractors. 
2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Longhouse 

180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff 

200. Rural Water Supply and Sanitation. II. 2 hr. PR: A.M. 170. Pump principles, 
planning installations of water systems, and sewage disposal systems. 1 hr. 
rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Emerson 

252. Advanced Farm Mechanics. [I. 3 hr. PR: Ag. M. 152. Forging, cold-iron work, 
tool fitting, woodworking; offers training for teaching shopwork in rural high 
schools. Mr. Emerson 

253. Advanced Farm Machinery. II. 3 hr. PR: Ag. M. 153. Trends and economic 
use of farm machinery. Primarily for graduate vocational agriculture 
teachers. Open to Agriculture students only or by consent. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. 
lab. Mr. Reid 

254. Farm Maintenance and Construction Welding. II. 3 hr. PR: Ag. Mech. 153. 
Characteristics and properties of metals used in farm machinery and equipment. 
Machinery repair including oxacetylene cutting and welding, AC and DC 
electric. 1 hr. lee, 2 three-hour labs. Mr. Emerson 



90 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



255. Care and Repair of Home Equipment. II. 2 hr. For advanced undergraduate 
and graduate students. Construction, maintenance, and repair of household 
equipment. Their comparative cost and economic use. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. 

Mr. Reid 
259. Functional Requirements of Farm Buildings. I. 3 hr. PR: Ag. M. 15y or 
consent. Special problems re livestock and storages. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. 

Mr. Longhouse 

270. Electricity in Agriculture. I. 3 hr. PR: Ag M. 170 or consent. 2 hr. rec, 

3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid 

Graduate Division 

320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree, 
Special Topics ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) 

Staff 
380, 381. Research. 1 and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff 



AGRONOMY AND GENETICS 

Professors Pohlman, Galpin; Associate Professors Burger, Fairchild, Veatch; Assistant 
Professors Baughman, Haltiwanger, Ray; Instructors Bolyard, Sperow. 

AGRONOMY 

Undergraduate Division 

1. Farm Crops. II. 4 hr. PR: Botany 2, or 104, or Biology 2. An introduction to 
general field crop production. 3 lect. 1 lab. Mr. Haltiwanger 

2. Soils. I. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 2. An introduction to soil science. 3 lect. 1 lab. 

Mr. Pohlman and Mr. Sperow 

10. Forest Soils. I. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 2. Introduction to soil science with particular 

emphasis on forest soils. 3 lect., 1 lab. Mr. Baughman 

124. Climatology and Hydrology. II. 3 hr. Components of climate on a world 
and local basis related to land use. The Hydrological cycle with emphasis 
on surface soil and ground water phases. Mr. Galpin 

180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff 

205. Soil Conservation. II. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 2 or 10. Principles of soil and water 
conservation in relation to soil erosion control, upstream flood control, physical 
land degradation, and agricultural crop production. 3 lect., 1 lab. Mr. Fairchild 

210. Fertilizer and Soil Fertility. I. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 2 or 10. Soil properties in 
relation to fertility and productivity of soils; evaluation of soil fertility; pro- 
duction of fertilizers and their use in increasing the fertility and productivity 
of soils. Mr. Pohlman 

211. Soil Management. II. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 2 or 10. Using soil technology to solve 
soil management problems relating to ciopping systems. Field diagnosis of 
soil problems will be stressed. Two half day farm visits. Mr. Fairchild 

215. Development and Classification of Soils. II. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 2 or 10. 
Morphology, genesis, classification and geography of soils. Soil survey methods, 
distribution and characteristics of some important soil series of West Virginia 
and the U.S. Two all-day field trips. 2 lect., 1 lab. Mr. Fairchild 

230. Soil Physics. I. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 2 or 10. Phvsical properties of soils, water 
and air relationships and their influence on soil productivity. Offered in 
1956-57 and alternate years. 2 lect., 1 lab. Mr. Baughman 

231. Soil Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. PR. Agron. 2 and Chem. 6 or 15. Theory and 
practice in physical, chemical, and biological methods used in soil analysis. Staff 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 91 



251. Weed Control. I. 2 hr. PR: Agron. 1 and 2. Fundamental principles of weed 
control. Recommended control measures for and identification of common 
weeds. Mr. Veatch 

252. Grain and Special Crops. II. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 1 and 2. Advanced study of 
methods in the production of grain and special crops. Varieties, improvement, 
tillage, harvesting, storage and uses of crops grown for seed or special purposes. 

Mr. Veatch 

254. Pasture and Forace Crops. II. 4 hr. PR: Agron. 1 and 2. All phases of pasture 

and forage crop production, including identification, seeding, management, use, 

seed production, and storage of forage crops. 3 lect., 1 lab. Mr. Burger 

Graduate Division 

316. Soil Chemistry. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Fundamental chemical properties 
of soils in relation to plant growth; nature and properties of soil colloids; 
base exchange and soil acidity; availablity of plant food elements and soil- 
plant interrelationships. Offered in 1955-56 and in alternate years. 

Mr. Baughman 

320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree, 
Special Topics ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) 

Staff 

350, 351, 352, 353. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. per semester. Recent literature per- 
taining to soil and crop production. Staff 

380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff 

BACTERIOLOGY 

314. Soil Microbiology. II. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 2 and Bact. 141. Occurrence of 
micro-organisms in soils and their relationship to decomposition of organic 
matter, availability of plant nutrients, and soil acidity; technique of isolation 
and study. Mr. Wilson 

GENETICS 

Undergraduate Division 

111. Elementary Genetics. I, II. 2 hr. PR: 6 hours of biological science. Element- 
ary study of the principles of heredity. Mr. Ray 

112. Genetics Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. Breeding experiment with Drosophila. Mr. Ray 
180, 181. Assigned Topics. 2-4 hr. PR: Genetics 111 or 221 and consent. Staff 

220. Crop Breeding. II. 3 hr. PR: Gen. 11 or 221. Methods and basic scientific 
principles involved in the improvement of leading cereal and forage crops 
through hybridization and selection. Mr. Veatch 

221. Genetics. T. 3 hr. PR: 8 hours in biological science. Fundamental principles 
of inheritance. Mr. Ray 

222. Advanced Genetics. II. 3 hr. PR: Genetics 111 or 221, and consent. Mr. Ray 

224. Human Genetics. II. 2 hr. PR: Genetics 111 or 221. A study of inheritance 
in man. Mr. Ray 

Graduate Division 

320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree, 
Special Topics ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) 

Staff 

350, 351, 352, 353. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. per semester. Recent literature per- 
taining to breeding, genetics, and cytology. Staff 

380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff 



92 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

Professors Livesay and Olson; Associate Professors Anderson, Clark and Hyre; 
Assistant Professors Bletner, Kidder, Ingram, Munro, and Welch. 

Undergraduate Division 

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

11. Types, Breeds, and Market Classes.* I. 3 hr. (1 lab.) Mr. Welch 

101. Animal Nutrition.* 3 hr. PR: Cheni. 31 or 233. Digestion and metabolism 
of food nutrients, nutrient requirements of farm animals, and nutritive 
values of feeds and rations. Mr. Anderson 

138. Grading and Selection. II. 2 hr. (2 labs.) Mr. Kidder 

141. Beef Production. I. 3 hr. (1 lab.) Mr. Livesay 

142. Pork Production. II. 3 hr. (1 lab.) Mr. Andersou 

143. Advanced Judging. I. 2 hr. (2 labs.) Students taking this course will be re- 
quired to participate in a tour of inspection of representative flocks and herds. 

Mr. Kidder 
162. Mutton and Wool Production. II. 3 hr. (1 lab.) Mr. Welch 

166. Meats. II. 2 hr. Lectures and demonstrations in identification, selection, and 
nutritive value of meat cuts. Primarily for home economics students. 

Mr. Ingram 

167. Meats. I. 3 hr. (2 labs.) Farm butchering, curing, and care of meats. Visit 
to one of large packing houses of Pittsburgh required. Mr. Ingram 

169. Meat Judging. I. 2 hr. Tour of representative packing plants required. 

Mr. Ingram 
180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. per semester. Matf 

202. Advanced Meats. II. 2 hr. (2 labs.) PR: A. H. 167. Studies covering complete 
correlation of animal types, quality and finish as against carcass yields, per- 
centage, cuts, etc. Mr. Ingram 

203. Advanced Animal Nutrition. II. 3 hr. PR: A.H. 11, 101, and Chem. 31 or 233. 
Chemistry of feeding stuffs and of animal body, as well as of digestion and 
metabolism of food nutrients. (Offered in alternate years beginning in 1955-56). 

Mr. Anderson 

222. Breeding Farm Animals. II. 3 hr. PR: A. H. 11, 101, and Gen. Ill or 221. 
Physiology of reproduction; inheritance; selection, care, and management of 
breeding animals. Mr. Livesay 

223. Advanced Livestock Production. I. 3 hr. (1 lab.) PR: A. H. 11, 101, and 141. 
Phases of beef production involving problem work in specialized commercial 
and purebred fields, including processing. Mr. Livesay 

224. Advanced Livestock Production. II. 3 hr. (1 lab.) PR: A. H. 11, 101, and 162. 
Special studies in wool and market-lamb production, including processing. 

Mr. Welch 
♦Animal Husbandry 11 and 101 are prerequisite to all other courses in animal hus- 
bandry and animal pathology. 

Graduate Division 

320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. (1 hr. credit in special cases only). 
Advanced study in such topics as vitamins, minerals and internal secretions in 
relation to health, growth, reproduction, and newer studies in the field of animal 
nutrition and breeding. (For the Master's Degree, Special Topics ordinarily 
may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) Staff 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 93 



350, 351, 352, 353. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. Animal and Dairy Husbandry. Staffs 

370. Methods of Animal Research. ("With Dairy Husbandry) . I, II. 3 hr. Research 
methods used in animal nutrition and breeding. Messrs. Anderson and Dunbar 
(Offered in alternate years beginning in 1955-56). 

380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II. 1-6 hr. per semester. For graduate students 
working on a problem for preparation of a thesis. Staff 

NOTE: Students assigned to a 200 course for graduate credit will be required 
to prepare a semester paper on some special phase of the course in 
addition to the regular course work. 

POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

1. Poultry Production. II. 4 hr. (1 lab.) Prerequisite to all other poultry courses. 

Messrs. Hvre and Bletner 

103. Poultry Feeding and Management. II. 3 hr. Factors in poultry production, 

feeding, and management as related to scientific investigations. Mr. Bletner 

105. Poultry Judging. I. 2 hr. (2 labs.) Practice in selection of birds for both 
standard and production qualities. Mr. Hyre 

106. Preparation and Grading of Eggs and Poultry for Market. I. 2 hr. 
(1 lab.) Latest methods in killing, dressing, and grading of poultry. Grading, 

storing, and processing eggs for market. (Offered in alternate years beginning 
in 1955-56.) Messrs. Hyre and Clark 

108, 109, 110. Poultry Plant Experience. I, II. S. 1 hr. (3 hr. lab.) Experience 
in operating a poultry breeding farm, including feeding, trapnesting. incuba- 
tion, and pedigreeing. A report will be required. Mr. Clark 

111. Hatchery Management. II. 2 hr. (1 lab.) Problems involved in operating a 
hatchery. Mr. BletneT 

180, 181. Assigned Topics I, II, S. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff 

201. Advanced Poultry Production. I. 3 hr. PR: senior standing or consent. 
Special phases of broiler and egg production, disease control, labor saving 
studies, recent designs in buildings and heating equipment. 

Mr. Bletner and Staff 

211. Poultry Breeding. I. 2 hr. PR: Poultry 1 and Gen. Ill or 221. Fundamental 
principles and practices of breeding and selecting poultry; inheritance of 
factors that influence production of poultry, meat and eggs. Mr. Hyre 

213. Turkey Production. I. 3 hr. (1 lab.) PR: Poultry 1 or equivalent for all stu- 
dents. For graduate credit: Poultry 103, or consent. Current methods of 
turkey production, including varieties, selective breeding, nutrition, and 
marketing. Offered in 1956-57 and alternate years. Messrs. Clark and Bletner 

Graduate Division 

320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 1-4 hr. (1 hr. credit in special cases only). 
Advanced study in such topics as vitamins, minerals, and internal secretions in 
relation to health, growth, egg production, reproduction, and newer studies 
in the field of animal nutrition and breeding. (For the Master's Degree, Special 
Topics ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) Staff 

350, 351, 352, 353. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. Poultry, Animal, and Dairy Husbandry. Staffs 

380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. For graduate students 
working on a problem in preparation of a thesis. Staff 

NOTE: Students assigned to a 200 course for graduate credit will be required 
to prepare a semester paper on some special phase of the course in 
addition to the regular course work. 



94 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



ANIMAL PATHOLOCY 

102. Animal Pathology. I. 3 hr. PR: Biology 1, Biology 2 and Bacteriology 141. 
Diseases of domestic animals, with especial emphasis on common diseases. 

Mi Munro 

206. Parasites and Pathology. II. 3 hr. PR: Animal Pathology 102; for nonagricul- 
tural students, consent. Common parasites of farm animals and their effect 
upon host. Mr. Olson 



DAIRY HUSBANDRY 

Professor Henderson; Associate Professors Weese. Dunbar, and Porterfield; Assistant 
Professor Ackerman; and Instructors Fike and Hutchison. 

Undergraduate Division 

11. Dairy Production. I. 3 hr. Introductory. Breeds of dairy cattle, their selection, 
feeding, and management. Mr. Henderson and Mr. Ackerman 

12. Dairy Technology. II. 3 hr. Introductory. Composition and properties of milk 
and milk products; butterfat testing; manufacture of dairy products. 

Mr. Weese and Mr. Fike 

102. Ice Cream and Refrigeration. I. 3 hr. Offered in 1956-57 and alternate 
vears. Manufacture of ice cream; pp.iciples of refrigeration involved in the 
manufacture and storage of dairy products. Mr. Weese 

103. Market Milk. I. 3 hr. Offered in 1955-56 and alternate years. Market milk 
and the manufacture of dry and condensed milk. Mr. Weese 

104. Butter and Cheesf. II. 3 hr. Offered in 1955-56 and alternate years. Manu- 
facture of butter and various types of cheese. Mr. Weese 

107. Milk and Public Health. I. 2-3 hr. Food value of milk and its production 
and processing in relation to public health. Mr. Fike 

123. Judging Dairy Cattle. II. 2 hr. A laboratory course in the fundamentals of 
judging dairy cattle. Mr. Porterfield and Mr. Hutchison 

124. Judging Dairy Products. II. 2 hr. A laboratory course in evaluating and judging 
dairy products. Mr. Weese and Mr. Fike 

180, 181. Assigned Topics I. and II. 1-4 hr. per semester. For advanced dairy 
students who desire to pursue study along some particular phase of dairying. 

Staff 

204. Advanced Dairy Technology. II. 4 hr. Chemical and bacteriological methods 
used in the technical control of milk and milk products. Mr. Fike 

221. Dairy Cattle. I. 3 br. History of breeds and families of registered dairy 
cattle. Organization and activities of breeding associations. Mr. Porterfield 

222. Milk Production. II. 4 hr. Feeding and management of dairy cattle. 

Mr. Henderson 

223. Breeding of Dairy Animals. II. 3 hr. PR: Genetics 111 or 221. Measuring 
genetics and environmental variation. Study of methods available for improv- 
ing the heredity of farm animals. Mr. Dunbar 

Graduate Division 

320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II, S. 2-4 hr. Advanced study in such 
topics as vitamins, minerals, and internal secretions in relation to health, 
milk production, reproduction, and newer studies in the field of animal 
nutrition and breeding. (For the Master's Degree, Special Topics ordinarily 
may count for 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) Staff 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



330. Advanced Milk Production. II. 3 hr. PR: Dairy Husbnadry 11 and Animal 
Husbandry 101 or equivalent. Advanced study of the feeding, breeding and 
management of dairy cattle. Mr. Henderson and Mr. Ackerman 

350, 351, 352. 353 Seminar. I, II. 1 lir. Dairy and Animal Husbandry. Staffs 

370. Methods of Animal Research (with Animal Husbandry). I. 3 hr. Research 
methods used in animal nutrition and breeding. Offered in 1956-57 and alter- 
nate years. Mr. Anderson and Mr. Dunbar 

380, 381, 382. 383. Rf,sf.arch. I and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. For graduate stu- 
dents working on a problem for preparation of a thesis. Staff 

BACTERIOLOGY 

246. Dairy Bacteriolocy. II. 3 hr. See under "Bacteriology," page 96. 
CHEMISI HY 

218. Dairy Chemistry. I. 3 hr. See under "Biochemistry," page 86. 



HORTICULTURE 

Professors Marsh, Westover, and Childs; Associate Professor Schubert; Assistant 
Professors Dye, Neal, Mattson, and Pease; Instructor Marvel 

Undergraduate Division 

3. Basic Horticulture. II. 3 hr. Introduction to fruit growing, vegetable gardening 
and ornamental materials. Students who major in horticulture may receive 
credit for this course with the privilege of waiving one of the following required 
courses: Hort. 39, 101, or 102. Mr. Neal 

39. Landscape Design. I. 3 hr. The design of indoor and outdoor living space as a 
unit controlled by the site. Final designs are executed in model form. (1 
lecture, 1 scheduled laboratory, and 1 arranged laboratory.) Mr. Mattson 

101. Vegetable Production. II. 4 hr. The vegetable garden. Prerequisite to all 
courses in olericulture. Mr. Westover and Mr. Marvel 

102. Fruit Production. I. 4 hr. Tree fruits, small fruits, and some discussion of 
ornamentals. Mr. Childs 

104. Plant Propagation. II. 3 hr. Plant propagation and nursery practice. 

Mr. Neal 

106. Sprays, Dusts and Fumigants. II. 2 hr. A study of equipment, materials, and 
the application of fungicides, insecticides, herbicides, hormones, and plant 
nutrients. Includes a 2-day inspection trip. Mr. Marsh and Mr. Adams 

115. Judging and Identification of apple Varieties. I. 1 hr. Two laboratory 
periods first half of semester. Mr. Childs 

116. Flower Judging. II. 1 hr. One laboratory period per week. Mr. Dye 

117. Vegetable Identification and Judging. I. 1 hr. Identification and judging of 
the common vegetables. Laboratory course. Mr. Marvel 

140. Woody Plant Materials. II. 3 hr. Trees, shrubs, and vines, their identification, 
culture and use. Offered in alternate years 1955, 1957, 1959. Mr. Neal 

141. Greenhouse Management. II. 3 hr. A practical study of greenhouse operations. 

Mr. Dye 

150. Herbaceous Plant Materials. II. 3 hr. Annuals, perennials, and bulbs, their 

identification, culture and use. (2 lectures, 1 laboratory). Offered in alternate 

years 1956, 1958, 1960. Mr. Mattson 



96 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



180, 181. Assigned Topics. I and II. 1-4 hr. per semester. Limit of six hours credit 
toward degree. Staff 

206. Small-Fruits Production. I. 3 hr. A practical and scientific study of standard 
cultural practices in the small-fruits plantation. Mr. Childs 

212. Commercial Tree-Fruit Production. II. 3 hr. Latest methods in pruning, 
spraying, soil culture, and other production practices for fruit trees from 
the practical and scientific standpoint. Mr. Schubert 

213. Fruit Harvesting and Handling. I. 3 hr. A study of fruit maturity, harvesting, 
grading, packaging, storage, and marketing. A 3-day inspection trip required. 

Mr. Marsh and Mr. Pease 

232. Commercial Vegetable Production. II. 3 hr. Current methods of commercial 
vegetable crop production, including equipment, soil and climatic adaptation, 
plant raising, soil culture, harvesting, grading, and packing. Includes a 3-day 
inspection trip. Mr. Westover 

233. Systematic Olericulture. I. 3 hr. Historv. botany, and classification of 
vegetable crops. Offered in alternate years, 1956, 1958, 1960. Mr. Westover 

238. Planting Design. II. 3 hr. PR: Hort. 39 and 140 or permission. The use of 
ornamental plants in the design of the home grounds. (1 lecture, 1 scheduled 
laboratory, and 1 arranged laboratory.) Mr. Mattson 

239. Advanced Landscape Design. I. 4 hr. PR: Hort. 39, 140, 150, or permission. 
Advanced studies in landscape planting. Mr. Mattson 

Graduate Division 

320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree, 
Special Topics ordinarily may count for 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 
hours.) Staff 

380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. per semester. Maximum credit for 
Research 6 hours. Staff 

PLANT PATHOLOGY, BACTERIOLOGY, AND ENTOMOLOGY 

Professors Leach. Barnett, Dorsey, and Lilly; Associate Professors True and Wilson; 
Assistant Professors Gallegly, Adams, Elliott, and Hansen. 

BACTERIOLOGY 

Undergraduate Division 

141. General Bacteriology. I, II, S. 4 hr. (3 hr. for engineering students.) 
PR: Chem. 1 and 2. Introductory, morphological, cultural and physiological 
characteristics of bacteria, and application of bacteriology to agriculture, home 
economics, sanitation, and health. Mr. Wilson 

180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. per semester. Mr. Wilson 

246. Dairy Bacteriology. I. 4 hr. PR: Bact. 141. Microorganisms in market milk, 
in manufacture of butter, cheese, and fermented milk, and in milk hygiene; 
practice in preparation of media; making bacterial counts in milk. Offered 

in 1956-57 and alternate years. Staff 

248. Sanitary Bacteriology. I. 3 hr. PR: Bact. 141. Standard bacteriological 
methods used in routine examination of water and sewage. Offered in 1955-56 
and alternate years. Mr. Wilson 

Graduate Division 

314. Soil Microbiology. II. 4 hr. PR: Bact. 141 and organic chemistry. Occur- 
rence and distribution of microorganisms in soils and their inter-relationships. 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 97 



Their role in decomposition of organic matter and other transformations 
of soil constituents. Mr. Wilson 

320, 321. 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree, 
Special Topics ordinarily may count for 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 
hours.) Staff 

380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. per semester. Mr. Wilson 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Undergraduate Division 

102. General Entomolocy. II. 4 hr. PR: Biol. 1 and 2. Introduction to the anatomy, 
morphology, physiology, biology, taxonomy and economic importance of insects. 

Mr. Dorsey and Mr. Hansen 

103. Economic Entomology. II. 3 hr. PR: Ent. 102. Evaluation of insect control 
problems; study of survey and contiol methods; equipment; insecticides. 
Offered 1956-57 and alternate years. Mr. Dorsey and Staff 

152. Forest Entomology. I. 4 hr. PR: Forestry 112. Relationships between insects 
and the forest; recognition and control of important species; bionomics. This 
course is primarily designed for foresters. Mr. Dorsey and Mr. Hansen 

180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Ent. 102. Special studies in insect 
ecology, life-history, anatomy, taxonomy, physiology and control methods. 

Mr. Dorsey and Staff 

201. Applied Entomology. II. 4 hr. PR: Ent 102 and Chem. 131. Principles of insect 
control including chemical, cultural, biological and legal aspects; toxicology of 
insecticides. Offered in 1955-56 and alternate years. Mr. Dorsey and Staff 

208. Insect Bionomics. I. 4 hr PR: Ent. 102. Relationships of insects to plants, 
other insects, higher animals and their physical environments. Mr. Dorsey 

Graduate Division 

320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II, S. 2-6 hr. PR: Ent. 102 and 370. Advanced 
study of entomological topics of special interest to the student. Staff 

370. Entomological Methods and Technique in Research I, II. 4 hr. PR: Ent. 

102, 201 or 103. Methods used in the study of ecology; life-history; population 
density; dispersal; migration; evaluation of host damage; evaluation of control 
efficiency. Staff 

380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Staff 

PLANT PATHOLOGY 

Undergraduate Division 

103. Elementary Plant Pathology. I. 4 hr. PR: Bact. 141. Nature and causes of 
plant diseases; methods of control. Mr. Leach and Mr. Elliott 

106. Application of Sprays, Dusts, and Fumigants. II. 2 hr. PR: Hort. 1 and 102, 
Ent. 102, Plant Path. 103, Agron. 1. One lecture and one lab. Training in use 
of machinery and materials in application of fungicides, insecticides, herbicides, 
hormones, and plant nutrients of horticultural crops. Same as Hort. 106. 

Mr. Marsh and Mr. Adams 

153. Forest Pathology. II. 4 hr. PR: Biology 2 and For. 112. Important diseases 
of forest and shade trees; causes and methods of control. Mr. True 

180. 181. Assigned Topics. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff 

202. General Plant Pathology. II. 4 hr. PR: Bact. 141 and either Plant Path. 

103, 153, or 203 or consent. Primarily for graduate students and qualified 
seniors majoring in botany, biology, or agricultural science. Nature of 
diseases in plants with practice in laboratory methods. 

Mr. Leach, Mr. Gallegly, Mr. Elliott and StaF 



98 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



203. Mycology. I. 4 hr. Lectures, field and laboratory studies of parasitic and 
saprophytic fungi. Mr. Barnett 

204. Diseases of Fruit Crops I. 3 hr. Plant Path. 103. The important diseases 
of commercial fruits; causes and methods of control. Offered in 1956-57 and 
alternate years. Mr. Adams 

20.5. Diseases of Ornamentals. II. 3 hr. PR: Plant Path. 103 or 153. The im- 
portant diseases of ornamentals; causes and methods of control. Offered in 
1955-56 and alternate years. Mr. Elliott 

206. Diseases of Vegetable Crops. II. 3 hr. PR: Plant. Path. 103. The important 
diseases of potatoes and vegetable crops; causes and methods of control. 
Offered in 1956-57 and alternate years. Mr. Gallegly 

207. Diseases of Field and Forage Crops. II. 3 hr. PR: Plant Path. 103. The im- 
portant diseases of cereals, legumes, and grasses; causes and methods of 
control. Offered 1956-57 and alternate years. Staff 

Graduate Division 

312. Pathological Anatomy. I. 3 hr. Abnormal tissue changes in plants. PR: 
Plant Path. 103, 153, or Botany 213. Offered in 1956-57 and alternate years. 

Mr. True 

313. Insect Transmission of Plant Diseases. I. 3 hr. PR: Plant Path. 103, 153, 
or Ent. 102. Role of insects in spread and development of plant diseases. 
Offered in 1955-56 and alternate years. Mr. Leach 

320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree, 
Special Topics ordinarily may count for 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 
hours.) Staff 

330. Physiology of the Fungi. II. 4 hr. PR: Organic chemistry, mycology, and 
bacteriology, or consent of instructor. Physiological aspects of growth, re- 
production, and parasitism of fungi, with emphasis on nutrition, environ- 
ment, and other biotic factors. Mr. Barnett and Mr. Lilly 

340. Taxonomy of the Fungi. S. 2 hr. PR: Plant Path. 203. Collection and 
identification of fungi, with emphasis upon those of economic importance. 

Mr. Barnett 
350, 351. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. per semester. Mr. Leach and Staff 

380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Staff 



The Division of Forestry 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

Organization and Purpose 

In its Division of Forestry, West Virginia University offers four curricula of four 
years each, all leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry. A student may 
major in forest management, wildlife management, wood technology, or wood indus- 
tries. 

The field of forestry is a broad one. Those who enter it must receive an education 
of a breadth equal to that of the profession which they expect to make their life work. 
The professional forester's work includes such diversified activities as timber produc 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 99 



tion, logging, surveying, timber estimating, park management, forest protection, forest- 
stand improvement, Hood control, watershed protection, soil erosion control, sub- 
marginal land development, restoration of game, forest-range management, stream 
development, lumber dry-kiln operation, plywood and furniture manufacture, timber 
preservation, and construction of public camps and summer home sites. The wide 
scope of the modern field of forestry demands a thorough basic training for the 
professional forester. This accounts for the large number of required courses in the 
professional forestry curricula. If a forester wishes to specialize in any one branch of 
the field, graduate work is needed. 

Regardless of the major selected, the curricula include a two years' broad 
foundational study of the natural and social sciences basic to the field of forestry, 
followed in the junior and senior years by a more detailed study of forestry principles 
and techniques. Many of the courses in the curricula provide for field laboratories, 
enabling the student to see first-hand applications of the principles presented in the 
classroom and to experiment with the various techniques he is learning. 

In addition to the forest work which forms a part of the regular courses at 
Morgantown and the Forestry Camp described on page 100, the student is expected to 
de\oie Uie summer alter Jus junior year to employment with a lorest-using agency or 
private industry. This gives him further experience which is valuable in connection 
with his fourth-year studies, as well as in obtaining permanent employment alter 
graduation. 

Many opportunities for summer employment are arranged through the Division 
of Forestry with the United States Forest Service and with private forest industries 
which are members of the National Lumber Manufacturers Association. The remuner- 
ation for such temporary undergraduate employment varies from about $175 to $250 
per month. 

Facilities for Instruction 

The Division of Forestry of West Virginia University is one of twenty-five forestry 
schools in the country which are fully accredited by the Society of American Foresters. 
Situated in Morgantown, it is favorably located in relation to forests available for 
educational and research use. Coopers Rock State Forest, an area of 13,000 acres 
fronting on Cheat Lake, is less than ten miles from the institution. Bv agreement 
between the University and the Conservation Commission of West Virginia an 8,000 
acre part of this forest has been set aside as the West Virginia University Forest, 
Division of the Cooper's Rock State Forest. This area is managed by the Division 
of Forestry for research and educational purposes. The Monongahela National 
Forest lies within forty-five miles of Morgantown. The University Farm Forest of 
100 acres bearing mature timber is within two miles. Recent acquisition by the 
University of the 500-acre Tygart Valley Forest at Dailey has increased the educa- 
tional and research facilities of the Division. These forests are utilized for study 
by forestry students throughout their four years of training. 

During 1951, an agreement was completed between West Virginia University and 
the Island Creek Coal Company making the 3,000-acre Island Creek Experimental 
Forest available for research in applied forestry. The Division of Forestry maintains 
a resident forester at Holden who is in charge of the research forest in nearby Mingo 
County. Methods of forest production on a commercial basis and suited to the 
forest types and topography of southern West Virginia are being studied. The 
experimental work is open to inspection by forestry students. 

A lumber dry kiln, portable sawmill, and experimental wood treating plant have 
recently been acquired by the Division of Forestry. 

The dry kiln is of compartment type, cross circulating, steam heated, with 
automatic self-recording temperature and humidity controls. It has a capacity of 
approximately five thousand board feet of lumber per charge and provides properly 
kiln-dried lumber for University use. It provides for student experience in dry kiln 
operation. 

The portable sawmill is of standard type that may be adapted to permanent, 
portable, or mobile use. It is driven by a 75-horsepower diesel engine. A truck- 
tractor and seini- trailer are used in transporting the mill or hauling logs and 
lumber. The unit is used for training in mill installation, adjustment, and operation 



100 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Students participate in logging and sawmilling operations conducted under conditions 
similar to ordinary small industrial operations. 

The experimental wood treating plant is outstanding in its facilities for duplicat- 
ing any of the commercial methods of pressure treating wood. A recording instrument 
keeps a time, pressure, vacuum, and temperature record of each treating operation. In 
addition, indicating vacuum pressure and temperature gauges are installed, including 
a mercury vacuum gauge. The equipment was designed especially for West Virginia 
University to be used in laboratory instruction and research. 

The facilities of the Division of Forestry also include a wood working shop, ply- 
wood testing machine, and experimental plywood hot presses. A complete collection 
of samples of the commercial woods of the United States is maintained for study. 
The wood technology laboratory is equipped with microscopes, a microtome for 
preparing wood sections used in identifications, wood moisture meters, and a portable 
precision potentiometer. An experimental electrically heated condenser type dry 
kiln with automatic temperature and humidity controls is used for practice in addition 
to the five thousand- board foot capacity steam heated dry kiln. The forestry library 
is for the use of students and contains over five hundred books related to forestry, a 
complete collection of publications by the Forest Products Laboratory, publications 
of the Department of Agriculture and the State Experiment Stations. The facilities 
of the library are constantly being enlarged. 

The West Virginia University Forestry Club 

Regardless of what branch of forestry the student enters after graduation, he finds 
it necessary to direct the work of crews of skilled and semi-skilled men. The ability 
to lead men in effective work is, therefore, of first importance to the lorester. Leader- 
ship training is provided through the Forestry Club (VV.V.U. Foresters) . This organi- 
zation, although completely managed and financed by the students, forms a definite 
part of every forester's work at West Virginia University. 

Each man has specific duties and responsibilities in the operation of the club. 
The results of these activities are considered together with scholastic attainments in 
the placement of graduates. 

Club activities include dinner gatherings with invited speakers, meetings where 
various phases of the forest industry are discussed, and publication of the Cruiser, 
the foresters' yearbook. The club also sponsors athletic teams which participate in 
intramural contests and olfers a variety of social affairs. Annual dues are five dollars, 
payable at time of registration. 

At the time of the Foresters' Annual Banquet, an axe is awarded by the faculty 
to the senior student who has demonstrated his proficiency as the best all-round 
forester of the club. 

Camp Wood 

The Forestry Camp, held every summer for students who have completed their 
sophomore year of the professional curricula, is situated near Alvon about 12 miles 
north of White Sulphur Springs, in Greenbrier County, on the southern end of the 
Monongahela National Forest. This location offers a great variety of forest types, 
conditions, activities, and industries. 

The instruction program provides training and practical experience in land 
surveying, timber estimating, and in specialized work which is different for each of 
the three major fields of study. Forest Management majors spend a week on a special 
silvicultural study, while the utilization majors make a study of wood industries in 
southern West Virginia. The program for these two groups culminates in a one-week 
trip into the southern pine region, where silvicultural operations and wood-using 
industries are studied. Wildlife majors spend two weeks in special fish and game 
studies under the supervision of members of the wildlife staff. 

During the summer the students carry out a small logging operation of their own 
under the supervision of experienced timber cutters and loggers. Cutting is done on 
the Meadow Creek Management Area, an 80-acrc tract heavily stocked with mature 
mixed oak and white pine. The area has been reserved by the U. S. Forest Service 
for this purpose. Working through the District Ranger, the students purchase a smal 1 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 101 



block of marked timber, for which they pay current stumpage prices. After they 
have operated the timber the students sell the logs to local sawmills. Research data 
are taken by the students on each cutting unit and on every tree felled. This single 
project provides practical experience in surveying, topographic mapping, timber 
estimating, timber marking, stumpage purchase, planning of logging operation, 
felling, bucking, swamping, construction of skidways, skidding, scaling, and sale of logs 
Proceeds from the operation are divided equally among the students who participate. 

The main social event of the camp is its Field Day, which is held sometime during 
the last two weeks of camp. The students and their guests compete in traditional 
contests, including a softball game between the students and alumni. An exhibit of 
the work of the camp, swimming, and dinner are other features. At the 1939 
Field Day the camp was dedicated to A. A. Wood, who was at that time supervisor of 
the Monongahela National Forest. 

A principal aim of the camp is development of leadership ability. Not only are the 
party chiefs in the technical work rotated to give each man an opportunity to develop 
his strength as a leader, but the camp is run by the students themselves. They elect a 
camp manager, an assistant camp manager, a steward and an assistant steward, 
treasurer, athletic director, and such other officers as are needed. The steward and his 
assistant plan all the menus and purchase all the food. Every man in camp has definite 
duties and responsibilities and has full opportunity for all-round development. 

The costs for the entire session at Camp Arthur Wood are S30 for tuition and §72 
plus tax for food and lodging, payable to the University Comptroller at time of 
registration. Each student is required to pay for his room and board on scheduled 
trips from Camp. The expenses for such trips should not exceed §40 for the 
summer and generally are much less. 

THE SOCIETY OF AMERICAN FORESTERS 

The S.A.F. is a professional society which accepts as members only those persons 
actually engaged in technical forestry work or studying in preparation for such work. 
Its objects are "to represent, advance, and protect the interests and standards of the 
profession of forestry, to provide a medium for exchange of professional thought, and 
to promote the science, practice, and standards of forestry in America." The society 
publishes the Journal of Forestry. The scope of its program and the various divisions 
within the society are of interest to all who are connected with the forestry profession. 
Junior and senior forestry students are eligible to affiliate with the society and receive 
the Journal at a special rate. Upon graduation they are encouraged to become regular 
members of the organization. 

The West Virginia Chapter of the Allegheny Section, S.A.F. , was organized in 1945 
for the purpose of unifying the professional foresters working in the state. The 
annual meeting of the chapter is so arranged that senior students who wish to do so 
may attend as a part of their school program. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE 



The Division of Forestry offers four curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor 
of Science in Forestry. The first year of work is the same in all four, except that 
students majoring in wood technology must take Mathematics 3, College Algebra, 
during the first semester, and Mathematics 4, Plane Trigonometry, during the second 
semester. In order to take Mathematics 3, the student must offer li/ 2 units of algebra 
in his entrance credits or take Mathematics 2 as a prerequisite. 



102 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



FIRST YEAR 

First Semester Hr. Second Semester Hr. 

Biology 1— General 4 Biology 2— General 4 

Chemistry 1— General 4 Chemistry 2— General 4 

English 1— Composition 3 English 2— Composition 3 

Forestry 1— Profession 1 Forestry 2— Profession 1 

Forestry 3— Convocation Forestry 4— Convocation 

Mathematics 2 (3) —Algebra 3 Mathematics 10 (4) —Plane Trig 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 

Phys. Educ. 1— Service Program .... 1 Phys. Educ. 2— Service Program 1 

18 18 

The curricula for the last three years are shown separately as follows. In each 
curriculum the student will have an opportunity to take elective courses that will 
complete a well-rounded course of study. 



FOREST MANAGEMENT 

The forest management curriculum offers a strong basic course in forestry leading 
particularly to employment in the management of forest land. It is designed 
to train the student for a professional forestry career in either public or private 
forestry work. Graduates are equipped to hold positions with the various state 
forestry and conservation departments, the U.S. Forest Service, the Forestry Divi- 
sion of the U.S. Indian Service, the Soil Conservation Service, and other federal 
or state agencies employing professional foresters. They may also be employed by 
private forest land owners— both corporate and individual— or may enter business as 
consulting foresters. This curriculum provides a good background for graduate work 
in all phases of forest production management. 

SECOND YEAR 

First Semester Hr. Second Semester Hr. 

Agronomy 10— Forest Soils 4 Botany 68— Dendrology 3 

Botany 61— Systematic 2 Botany 71— Plant Physiology 2 

Botany 67— Dendrology 3 C. E. 6— Topographic Mapping .... 2 

C. E. 5— Land Surveying 4 English 13— Expository Writing 2 

Economics 1— (Ag. Ec. 102) — Forestry 6— Convocation 

Principles 3 Forestry 1 1— Silvics 3 

Forestry 5— Concovation Forestry 21— Mensuration 4 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 

18 18 

SUMMER PRECEDING THIRD YEAR 

10 Weeks— 10 Hours Credit 

Forestry 101— Surveying Field Practice 3 

Forestry 102— Mensuration Field Practice 4 

Forestry 103— Forest Management Practices 3 

10 

THIRD YEAR 
First Semester Hr. Second Semester Hr. 

Forestry 112— Silvicultural Systems .. 3 Forestry 113— Seeding & Planting ... 3 

Forestry 131— Wood Identification .. 3 Forestry 114— Forest Economics 3 

Forestry 151— Protection 2 Forestry 125-Policy & 

Physics 1— Introductory 4 Administration 3 

Electives 5 Forestry 133— Lumbering 3 

Electives 5 

17 17 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



103 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Semester Hr. 

Entomology 152— For. Entomology .. 4 

Forestry 116— Regional Silviculture . 2 

Forestry 123— Management 4 

Forestry 124— Forest Finance 3 

Forestry 126— Forest Measurement 

by Aerial Photographs 2 

Electives 3 



Second Semester Hr. 

Forestry 134— Forest Products 3 

Forestry 141— Wildlife Management . 3 
Plant Path. 153— Forest Pathology . . 4 
Electives 6 



18 



16 



WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT 

The wildlife management curriculum is designed to give basic undergraduate 
training in wildlife and fisheries biology. Students who elect this curriculum will 
satisfy the requirement for graduation by completing successfully 150 credit hours, 
including all the required courses listed below, and elective courses in botany, 
zoology, bacteriology, and other related fields. Those completing the curriculum are 
granted the degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry. 

Many wildlife and fisheries biology positions require the Master's degree, and 
majors in this curriculum are encouraged to enroll for graduate work in other 
institutions. Graduates in wildlife management will, however, meet all requirements 
for taking the U.S. Civil Service examination for biologist, and will ordinarily meet 
all requirements for the entering examination in general forestry. 



SECOND YEAR 



First Semester Hr. 

Agronomy 10— Forest Soils 4 

Botany 61— Systematic 2 

Botany 67— Dendrology 3 

C. E. 5— Land Surveying 4 

Economics 1— (Ag. Ec. 102) — 

Principles 3 

Forestry 5— Convocation 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 



Second Semester Hr. 

Botany 68— Dendrology 3 

Botany 71— Plant Physiology 2 

C. E. 6— Topographic Mapping .... 2 

Forestry 6— Convocation 

English 13— Expository Writing 2 

Forestry 1 1— Sylvics 3 

Forestry 21— Mensuration 4 

Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 



IS 



18 



SUMMER PRECEDING THIRD YEAR 

10 Weeks- 10 Hours Credit 

Forestry 101— Surveying Field Practice 3 

Forestry 102— Mensuration Field Practice 4 

Forestry 105— Land Utilization Practices 3 



10 



THIRD YEAR 



First Semester Hr. 

Forestry 112— Silvicultural Systems .. 3 
Forestry 131— Wood Identification . . 3 

Forestry 151— Protection 2 

Physics 1— Introductory 4 

Electives 5 



Second Semester Hr. 

Forestry 113— Seeding & Planting .. 3 

Forestry 114— Forest Economics .... 3 
Forestry 125— Policy & 

Administration 3 

Forestry 144— Forest Zoology 3 

Electives 5 



17 



17 



104 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Semester Hr. 

Entomology 152— For. Ent 4 

Forestry 123— Management 4 

Electives 9 



Second Semester Hr. 

Forestry 134— Products 3 

Forestry 141— Wildlife Management . 3 
Forestry 145— Life Histories of 

Game Animals 3 

Plant Path. 153-For. Pathology 4 

Electives 4 



17 



17 



WOOD TECHNOLOGY 

The curriculum in wood technology is intended to prepare students to pursue 
graduate work in the technical phases of wood use or to enter directly into positions 
dealing with the conversions of forest crops into useful products. Such positions may 
be either governmental or industrial, with both groups further divided into various 
degrees of administrative, research, or developmental effort. Students electing to enter 
the field of wood technology should demonstrate a marked facility in mathematics, 
physics, and chemistry, since these basic sciences form the foundation for a large part 
of the knowledge involved in the properties and processing of wood. 

SECOND YEAR 



First Semester Hr. 

Agronomy 10— Forest Soils 4 

Botany 67— Dendrology 3 

C. E. 5— Land Surveying 4 

Economics 1 (Ag. Ec. 102) — 

Principles 3 

Forestry 5— Convocation 

Mathematics 5— Analytical Geom. . . 4 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 



Second Semester Hr. 

Botany 68— Dendrology 3 

Botany 71— Plant Physiology 2 

C.E. 6— Topographic Mapping 2 

English 13 2 

Forestry 6— Convocation 

Forestry 1 1— Silvics 3 

Forestry 21— Mensuration 4 

Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 



20 

SUMMER PRECEDING THIRD YEAR 

10 Weeks- 10 Hours Credit 

Forestry 101— Surveying Field Practice 3 

Forestry 102— Mensuration Field Practice 4 

Forestry 104— Forest Utilization Practices 3 



18 



10 



THIRD YEAR 



First Semester Hr. 

Chemistry 131— Organic 4 

Forestry 112— Silvicultural Systems .. 3 
Forestry 131— Wood Identification .. 3 

Math 107— Differential Calculus 4 

Physics 1 1 1— General 5 



19 



Second Semester 

Forestry 114— Forest Economics 

Forestry 133— Lumbering 

Math 108— Integral Calculus .. 
M. E. 20— Mechanical Drawing 
Physics 1 12— General 



Hr. 

. 3 
. 3 
. 4 
. 3 



18 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Semester Hr. 

Chemistry 105— Qualitative Analysis . 4 

Forestry 123— Management 4 

Forestry 132— Properties of Wood . . 3 
Mechanics 101— Statics 3 



Second Semester Hr. 

Forestry 134— Products 3 

Forestry 135— Seasoning & Pres 4 

Mech. 102— Mechanics of Materials 4 
Plant Path. 153-Forest Pathology . . 4 



14 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



10.- 



WOOD INDUSTRY 

The four-year Wood Industry curriculum leads to a degree of Bachelor of Science 
in Forestry and is designed primarily to develop qualified foresters for work with 
wood-using industries. The wood-using industry that includes basic lumber products, 
finished lumber and veneer products, paper and allied products ranks fourth in the 
nation as to number of wage earners employed. 

The first and second years of study are devoted to those basic preparatory subjects 
that are essential to the more technical courses that follow. The third and fourth 
years of study allow the student to obtain theory and practice in the more technical 
phases of his forestry education. Courses in business law and production management 
are included. These provide training in the fundamentals of business practice 
essential to the forester who contributes to the development of wood industries. 



SECOND YEAR 



First Semester Hr. 

Agronomy 10— Forest Soils 4 

Botany 67— Dendrology 3 

C. E. 5— Plane Surveying 4 

Economics 1 (Ag. Ec. 102) 

—Principles 3 

English 13— Expository Writing ... 2 

Forestry 5— Convocation 

Mil. Sci. 3-Basic 2 



Second Semester Hr. 

Acounting 1— Principles of 

Accounting 3 

Forestry 6— Convocation 

Botany 68— Dendrology 3 

Forestry 1 1— Silvics 3 

Forestry 21— Forest Mensuration 4 

Forestry 133— Principles of 

Lumbering 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 4— Basic 2 



18 



18 



SUMMER CAMP 

Forestry 101— Surveying Field Practice 3 

Forestry 102— Mensuration Field Practice 4 

Forestry 104— Forest Utilization Practices 3 



10 



THIRD YEAR 



First Semester Hr. 

Bus. Ad. Ill— Business Law 3 

For. 112-Silviculture 3 

For. 131— Wood Identification 3 

For. 151— Forest Protection 2 

Physics 1— Introductory 4 

Electives 3 



Second Semester Hr. 

Bus. Ad. 112— Business Law 3 

For. 114— Forest Economics 3 

For. 134— Forest Products 3 

For. 153— Forest Pathology 4 

Electives 4 



18 



17 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Semester Hr. 

Ent. 152— Forest Entomology 4 

For. 123— Forest Management 4 

For. 124— Forest Finance 3 

For. 132-Properties of Wood 3 

Management 111 —Industrial 
Management 3 



Second Semester Hr. 

Forestry 135— Wood Seasoning & 

Preservation 4 

Forestry 137— Grading Wood 

Products 3 

Forestry 138— Advanced Lumbering . 3 
Forestry 139— Marketing Forest 

Products 3 

Electives 3 



17 



16 



106 CURRICULA AND COURSES 

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION IN FORESTRY 

1,2. The Profession of Forestry. I and II. 1 hr. per semester. Survey of the pro- 
fession of forestry and the opportunities available to trained men. Mr. Percival 

3, 4, 5, 6. Forestry Convocation. I and II. No Credit hours. All students are 
expected to attend the weekly convocation. Attendance is required of students 
during their first four semesters in the Division of Forestry. Speakers and 
timely topics in forestry and allied fields are presented. 

11. Silvics. II. 3 hr. PR or cone: Bot. 68. Forest and environment factors; site and 
type characteristics. Mr. Tryon 

21. Forest Mensuration. II. 4 hr. PR: C. E. 5. Measurement of forest products, 
trees, and stands; timber estimating; introduction to growth and yield. 

Mr. Myers 
46, 146. Ornithology. II. 2 hr. PR: Biol. 1 and 2 or consent of instructor. Identi- 
fication, distribution, and ecology of birds (particularly of forest lands). 

Mr. Brooks 

101. Surveying Field Practice. S. 3 hr. PR: C. E. 6. Application of surveying 
methods to forestry practice, employing the transit, precise level, staff compass, 
traverse board, and hand compass, with problems appropriate to each. Required 
of all students at summer camp. Mr. Myers and Staff 

102. Mensuration Field Practice. S. 4 hr. PR: Botany 68 and Forestry 21. Prob- 
lems in the estimation of timber volume, defect, and growth and yield, employ- 
ing various systems in common use and varying the organization and equipment 
to meet the various situations encountered. Required of all students at summer 
camp. Mr. Carvell and Staff 

103. Forest Management Practices. S. 3 hr. PR: Forestry 102. Practice in marking 
timber for improvement and harvest cuttings, application of methods of treat- 
ment, and observation of the effects of past treatment on the residual stand. 
Required of all students at summer camp who are majoring in forest manage- 
ment. Mr. Byers and Staff 

104. Forest Utilization Practices. S. 3 hr. PR: Forestry 102. Study of woods 
operations, sawmills, pulp and paper plants, plywood plants and other wood- 
using industries. Required of all students at summer camp who are majoring 
in wildlife management. Mr. Byers and Staff 

105. Land Utilization Practices. S. 3 hr. PR: Forestry 102. Field and laboratory 
exercises in farm and forest wildlife practices. Required of all students at 
summer camp who are majoring in wildlife management. 

Mr. Brooks and Staff 

112. Silvicultural Systems. I. 3 hr. PR: Forestry 11. Principles of regeneration 
cuttings, intermediate cuttings and cultural operations, and their application 
to forest stands. Mr. Carvell 

113. Seeding and Planting. II. 3 hr. PR: For. 11. Seeding and planting; nursery 
practice; phases of artificial regeneration. Mr. Tryon 

114. Forest Economics. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 1 or Agr. Economics 102. Economic 
and financial aspects of forestry, forest land, and forest industries and exploita- 
tion; present and potential forest resources of the U.S. Mr. Myers 

116. Recional Silviculture. I. 2 hr. PR: Forestry 11; PR or cone: Forestry 112. 
Major forest types of the United States; their species composition, management 
problems and silvicultural treatment. Mr. Carvell 

122. Forest Mensuration. II. 3 hr. PR: For. 21. The measurement of growth and 
yield; statistical methods applied to forest measurement problems. Mr. Myers 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 107 



123. Forest Management. I. 4 hr. PR: Summer Camp and For. 112. Practical 
silvicultural and marketing methods on forest tracts; organization of forests 
and regulation of cut to obtain sustained yield; coordination of multiple uses. 

Mr. Goodspeed 

124. Forest Finance. I. 3 hr. PR: For. 114. Cost and income items in producing 
and exploiting forest crops; appraisal of stumpage and damages. Mr. Goodspeed 

125. Forest Policy and Administration. II. 3 hr. Land policy in the United States; 
its historical, legal, and administrative development; the forester's relations 
with the public. Administration of public and private forest properties. 

Mr. Percival 

126. Forest Measurement By Aerial Photographs. I. 2 hr. PR: For. 11 and 21. 
Elements of photogrammetry; preparation of maps, and interpretation of 
forest types and timber volumes from aerial photographs. Mr. Carvell 

127. Forest Management Plans. II. 2 hr. PR: For. 123. Analyses of forest manage- 
ment plans. Construction of a sustained yield timber management plan for 
a specific forest tract. Mr. Goodspeed 

131. Wood Identification. I. 3 hr. PR: For. 4. Identification of commercial timbers 
of U.S.; basic properties and uses of different woods. Mr. Koch 

132. Properties of Wood. I. 3 hr. PR or cone: For. 131. Physical and mechanical 
properties of wood; testing, machining, gluing, finishing, and special processing 
of wood. Mr. Koch 

133. Lumbering. II. 3 hr. PR: Summer Camp and For. 131. Logging practices and 
lumber manufacture. Logging and mill equipment. Important factors affecting 
lumber grades. Mr. Byers 

134. Forest Products. II. 3 hr. PR or cone: For. 131. The production and uses of 
forest products other than lumber and timbers. Mr. Reid 

135. Seasoning and Preservation. II. 4 hr. PR: For. 131. Purposes, effects, and 
methods of seasoning and preserving wood. Mr. Reid 

137. Grading Wood Products. II. 3 hr. PR: For. 21 and 131. Inspection methods 
and application of standard grading rules to forest products, with emphasis on 
the inspection of hardwood and southern pine lumber. Mr. Byers 

138. Advanced Lumbering. II. 3 hr. PR: For. 133. Organization of the business; 
operation of logging equipment, records and cost control. Mr. Byers 

139. Marketing Forest Products. II. 3 hr. PR: For. 134. Methods of marketing 
lumber and other forest products in domestic and foreign trade. Mr. Reid 

140. West Virginia's Natural Resources. II. 3 hr. (Primarily for students in the 
College of Education). A survey of policies and practices in the development 
and use of soil, w r ater, forest, wildlife, mineral, and human resources in West 
Virginia. Mr. Brooks and Mr. Dugan 

141. Wildlife Management. II. 3 hr. PR: Bot. 61 and Biol. 2. Basic principles 
of handling wildlife as a forest crop. (This course is not intended to train wild- 
life specialists.) In recognition of the importance of fish, game animals, and 
fur-bearing animals in the forest, the course considers the problems of the main- 
tenance of an optimum wildlife population, Mr. Dugan 

142. Recreational Developments. II. 2 hr. PR: C. E. 6 and Summer Camp. Needs 
of the active and passive recreationist and means of supplying facilities for 
meeting these needs on public forests. Mr. Brooks 

143. The Forest Range. II. 2 hr. PR: C. E. 6 and Summer Camp. A survey of 
basic range management technique and practices on forest lands, with con- 
sideration of range mapping and important forage plants. Mr. Brooks 



108 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



144. Forest Zoology. II. 3 hr. PR: Biol 2 or Zool. 2. The relationships of 
mammals, reptiles, amphibians, and fish to the forest, with emphasis on the 
ecology and taxonomy of these groups. Mr. Brooks 

145. Life Histories of Game Animals. II. 3 hr. PR: Biol. 2 or Zool. 2. Field 
and laboratory studies of game-bird and game-mammal life histories, with 
special reference to management of populations of these species. Mr. Dugan 

146. Ornithology. II. 2 hr. PR: Biol. 1 and 2 or consent of instructor. Identifica- 
tion, distribution, and ecology of birds (particularly of forest lands) . 

Mr. Brooks 

151. Forest Protection. I. 2 hr. Preventive action, preparation activities, and con- 
trol of forest fires. Mr. Percival 

170, 171, 172, 173. Forestry Problems. I, II. 1 hr. per semester. (4 hr. maximum). 

Mr. Carvell 

178. Wood Utilization Studies. S. 6 to 14 weeks; no credit. Arrange with instructor 
before registering. Practical refresher course in wood technology, wood condi- 
tioning, and forest products. Mr. Reid 

181. Farm Wildlife. II. 2 hr. (Primarily for students in agriculture. Professional 
forestry students may not take this course for credit.) Fundamental principles 
of the natural propagation and management of game and other wildlife on the 
farm, with emphasis on game as a farm crop. Farm fish pond construction and 
management. Mr. Dugan 

183. Farm Woodlot Management. II. 3 hr. (Professional forestry students may 
not take this course for credit.) Characteristics of forest trees; methods of 
measuring and managing farm woodlands; plantation establishment. Mr. Tryon 

The Division of Home Economics 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



The Division of Home Economics is located in the north end of Oglebav 
Hall. Here may be found offices and a small departmental library, in addition to 
classrooms and laboratories equipped for the teaching of related arts, textiles and 
clothing, and foods and nutrition. Adjacent to the foods laboratories is a family-service 
unit consisting of a kitchen, dining room, and reception room. Additional laboratories 
near Oglebav Hall include University High School, two Home Management Houses. 
Nursery School, Cafeteria, and Textiles Laboratory. 

Offerings in the division are designed to meet a wide variety of educational 
needs. One of the first aims is to help the student understand herself and her 
potentialities and to encourage her to assume progressively more and more respons- 
ibility. She will also be given school and community laboratory experience, under 
guidance, to help her develop judgment and confidence in meeting situations. 

To assist the student in setting goals and in planning experiences which will 
help her make progress toward these goals, a special advisory system has been 
set up. Each student has a faculty adviser who counsels the student as to the courses 
and assists in solving problems directly or indirectly affecting her progress in the 
University. 

PLAN OF WORK 

Work of the first two years is largely cultural, including courses in written 
and spoken English, literature, and natural and social sciences. In addition, 
basic work in four areas— foods, clothing, art, and management— acquaints the 
student with the field of home economics. During the last two years the student 
is given the opportunity to specialize in one of several vocations. Special courses 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 109 



have been arranged for the student who wishes to stay in college only two years 
and whose main interest is to prepare for homemaking. She may substitute home- 
making courses for those in the basic sciences during the first two years. 

VOCATIONS FOR HOME ECONOMISTS 

West Virginia graduates are now teaching homemaking at junior high school, 
senior high school, and college levels; others are supervising the teaching of 
homemaking. Some may be found serving as home-demonstration agents, girls' 
club leaders, or commercial demonstrators. A considerable number are engaged 
in institutional work as hospital dietitians or as managers of tea rooms, cafeterias, 
or college dining halls. Others are engaged in scientific research or in allied work 
as laboratory technicians. 

Social service, through either private or government agencies, has claimed the 
interest of some. Nursery schools also iiave turned to West Virginia home-economics 
graduates for supervisors. Department stores have offered a variety of interesting 
jobs in selling, counseling, interior decoration, and other phases of retailing. One or 
two graduates with a flair for writing have found work on women's magazines. 
New fields are constantly opening up, so that the person trained in home econ- 
omics has an ever-widening choice of vocations. 

The division endeavors to keep in touch with agencies which employ home- 
economics graduates and to assist graduates in finding employment. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 



The Division of Home Economics offers courses leading to the granting of 
a B.S. and an A.B. Degree in Home Economics. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HOME ECONOMICS 

The degree of Bachelor of Science in Home Economics will be conferred upon 
any student who satisfies the entrance requirements and offers 128 hours of college 
credit and the required grade points including the courses listed below. 

General: Eng. rhetoric, literature, speech (no more than 3 hr. in latter) , 12 hr.; 
chemistry, or physical science, 8 hr.; history, psychology, economics, and sociology, 9 hr. 
(with some work in at least two fields) ; biological science, 8 hr.; physical education, 
4 hr. (Humanities 1 may be substituted for 4 hr. modern European history; Human- 
ities 2 may be substituted for 4 hr. English literature.) Total, 41 hr. 

Home Economics: foods and nutrition, 6 hr.; management, 5 hr.; textiles and 
clothing, 5 hr.; applied art, 4 hr.; child development, 2 hr.; electives in home 
economics, 18 hr. Total, 40 hr. General electives, 47 hr. Grand total, 128 hr. 

Sufficient electives are allowed to permit the student to satisfy the require- 
ments for a first-class high-school certificate to teach in West Virginia or to fulfill 
preparatory requirements for apprenticeship, internship, or similar vocational ex- 
periences in a variety of fields including those of institution management, hospital 
dietetics, food and textile research, retailing, extension work, and other government 
services. 

It is suggested that students carry a maximum of 15 hours while in the Home 
Management House or while doing Student Teaching. 

A student who is working for room and board may not carry more than 14 
hours until she has demonstrated that she is able to maintain a "C" average. 

A.B. DEGREE WITH MAJOR IN HOME ECONOMICS 

Students who wish to offer home economics as a major in the College of Arts 
and Sciences are referred to the information concerning an A.B. Degree with a 
major in home economics. 



10 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 

To be classified as a conditional freshman a student must have credit for 
at least 15 units of entrance requirements; to be classified as a regular freshman she 
must fulfill all entrance requirements. To be classified as a junior, 58 hours; as a 
senior, 92 hours. 



SUGGESTED CURRICULUM FOR FIRST TWO YEARS 





FIRST 


YEAR 




SECOND 


i YEAR 




First Sent. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


English 1 




English 2 


3 


English 3, 4, 




Speech 3, 6, 




Chem. !• 


4 


Chem. 2 


4 


or 5 


3 


or 11 


3 


(or) 




(or) 




(or) 




Zool. 151 


4 


Phys. Sci. 1 




Phys. Sci. 2 




Humanities 2 


4 


Home Ec. 23 


2 


(or) 




History 2 


3 


Home Ec. 15 


4 


Home Ec. 14 




History 1 


3 


(or) 




Home Ec. 12 


3 


or 114 


2 


(or) 




Humanities 2 


4 


Biology 1 


4 


Phys. educ. 


1 


Humanities 1 


4 


Home Ec. 2 


2 


Econ, or sociol 


. 3 


Econ. or Sociol 


. 3 


Home Ec. 1 


2 


Home Ec. 3 


2 


Phys. Educ. 


1 






Home Ec. 4 


2 


Phys. educ. 


1 










Phys. educ.f 


1 


. 













♦Prospective dietitians should elect Chemistry 1 and 2. 

fStudents must elect 4 courses — one from each group: Athletics 9 or 10; 
Dancing- 2. 3, 4, or 15; Individual Activity 6, 7, 8, or 57; and Swimming 1 or 16. 

THE CURRICULUM FOR TEACHERS 

Students who wish to obtain a high -school certificate to teach home economics 
must meet requirements of the State Board of Education and of the College of 
Education. Recommendation for certification is made by the Division of Home 
Economics to the Dean of the College of Education. For requirements, see the 
bulletin: Teacher Selection, Guidance, Training and Certification. 

The head of the Division of Home Economics in the College of Agriculture, 
Forestry, and Home Economics is also a member of the College of Education and 
is the adviser for students wishing to meet requirements for a high-school certificate 
to teach home economics. 

West Virginia University has been approved by the State Department of 
Education and the U.S. Office of Education to train teachers of vocational home- 
making. 

All students who meet requirements for vocational certificates in home economics 
as set forth in the bulletin, Teacher Selection, Guidance, Training and Certification, 
and who maintain an average of "C" or better in Education 163 and 124 will be 
recommended for vocational certificates. 

Students transferring from other institutions should do so not later than 
the junior year. A minimum residence of the entire senior year is required, and 
students with irregular schedules will require a longer time. 

MAJOR CURRICULA IN HOME ECONOMICS 

The Teaching Major 

(See Teacher Training Bulletin for course requirements) 



Other Majors 

Advisers will help students select courses which will prepare them for vocations 
in Nutrition and Dietetics, Textiles, Clothing and Retailing, Extension Service, 
Utility Companies or for pursuing work at graduate level. 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 111 



TWO-YEAR COURSE IN HOME ECONOMICS 

The Division of Home Economics offers a two-year course designed to meet 
the needs of those students who do not wish to spend four years working toward a 
degree but who desire some college training. The two-year curriculum is 
designed to give students some information, appreciations and understandings to 
help them function successfully as homemakers and citizens. The course as planned 
is broad and flexible and permits a wide choice of electives to meet individual needs. 

The entrance requirements for the two year course are the same as for the 
regular four year course, as given in the University catalogue. Students who com- 
plete, satisfactorily, the 64 semester hours, including the basic requirements and at 
least 22 hours in Home Economics will be granted a certificate in Home Economics. 

A student enrolled in the two-year course may transfer appropriate credit hours 
to a four-year course leading to a degree provided a grade point average of 2.5 or 
better has been maintained. A student pursuing the four-year curriculum may 
transfer to the two-year curriculum provided the transfer is made prior to or 
immediately following completion of two years of study. In either case the student 
must meet the requirements of the curriculum to which transfer is made. 

The Two-Year Curriculum 

English 1 and 2 6 hours 

or 
Communications 1 and 2 

Social Science*, or Physical Science, or Biological Science 8 

Social Science 6 

Chosen from the following 

Political Science 

Economics 

Sociology 

History 

Psychology 
Home Economics 22 

At least one course from each of the following areas: ' 

Related Art (3 and 23 suggested) 

Clothing and Textiles (2 or 12 and 17 or 102) 

Child Development 

Foods and Nutrition (1 and 105 or 15) 

Management (to include 114) 
Physical Education or Health Education 2 

Electives from any field for which student can qualify 20 

64 
♦General Course in Social Science. 

MASTER'S DEGREE IN HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 

The Division of Home Economics offers work at the graduate level leading 
to the degree of Master of Science in Home Economics Education. The summer 
program is planned to give special attention to needs of graduate students who wish 
to work towards this degree. 

Some courses are oflered on a six-weeks basis to meet the needs of those 
who can spend several weeks on campus. For those who cannot stay for a 
full session or who prefer to work intensively on one subject at a time, the Divi- 
sion offers workshops of two or three weeks duration. These are arranged con- 
secutively so that a student may elect work in one or several workshops. 

It has been possible to obtain the services of outstanding educators to serve 
as consultants for these workshops. Those interested in the summer program 
may obtain copies of the Summer Session bulletin or other information by writ- 
ing to the head of the Division of Home Economics. 

(For more detailed information consult the Graduate School Bulletin.). 



12 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



COURSES OF INSTRUCTION IN HOME ECONOMICS 

Professor Noer and Staff. 

(1) Students in the College of Arts and Sciences who major in home economics 
must meet the requirements in that college and also the departmental requirements 
as outlined in this Catalog. 

(2) Students who wish to obtain the high-school certificate to teach home econo- 
mics must meet the requirements of the State Board of Education, the College of 
Education, and the Division of Home Economics. The B.S.H.E. degree in the Col- 
lege of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics is planned to allow sufficient 
electives to meet these requirements. 

(3) Students from other colleges who wish to elect home economics courses 
without meeting the Science requirements may take Home Economics 1, 2, 3. 4. 
23, 15, 114, 102, 32 or 132, 13 or 113, 123, 133, 106, and 206; others by consent 
of instructor. 

(4) Graduate students are limited to 6 hr. of "Problems" courses. 

FOODS AND NUTRITION 

Assistant Professors Chapman and Roberts; Staff. 

1. Sec. 1. Elementary Nutrition. I, II. 2 hr. Essentials of adequate diet; applica 
tion with particular reference to needs of college students. Miss Robert* 

1. Sec. 2. Elementary Nutrition. I, II. 2 hr. Advanced section of H.E. 1 for those 
who qualify on basis of placement test. Miss Roberts 

21. Nutrition and Foods for Nurses. I. 3 hr. Fundamental principles of human 
nutrition and of food preparation. Content of course is that given in 
"Teaching Dietetics to Student Nurses," by American Dietetic Association. 

Miss Roberts 

101. Nutrition I. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 2 or Phys. Sci. 2, with consent, H.E. 15 or consent. 
Two lectures and 1 laboratory. Food needs as affected by such factors as age, sex, 
and activity; nutritive value of common foods; planning of adequate diets at 
different cost levels. Miss Roberts 

111. Requirements for Normal Human Nutrition. I, II. 3 hr. Lecture and demon- 
stration. Two 2-hour and one 1-hour classes per week. For students in other 
colleges. Miss Roberts 

121. Nutrition Work with Children. II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 101, or consent, 106 or 106 
Parallel, 115. Problems involved in feeding children optimum diets. Opportunity 
for students (1) to prepare noon meals for University Nursery School children; 
(2) to observe a number of school-lunch programs in and near Morgantown. 

Miss Roberts 

181. Problems in Nutrition. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

201. Diet in Disease. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 101, Zoology 151, Chem. 131. Adaptations 
of normal diet for diseases whose prevention or treatment is largely influenced 
by diet. Offered in alternate years, 1956-58-60. Miss Roberts 

211. Readings in Nutrition. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 101. Reviews of current 
literature and of present research. Topics depend upon needs and interests 
of class members. Miss Roberts 

221. Community Nutrition Problems. I. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 101 or consent. Two 
hours of lectures plus fieldwork. Includes consideration of organizations and 
agencies through which these problems may be solved. Miss Roberts 

281. Problems in Nutrition. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Mrs. Jones 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 113 



15. Food Selection and Preparation. I, II. 4 hr. PR: H.E. 1, or consent. Two 
lectures and two laboratories. Chemical and physical bases for food prepara- 
tion with enough experimental work to give an understanding of reasons for 
recommended procedures in preparation of food products of high quality. 
Demonstration, discussion and laboratory practice. Staff 

105. Planning and Serving Family Meals. 2 hr. PR: None. A practical course in 
food preparation. Special attention given to simple workable types of table 
service. Much of course will be governed by individual needs and interests 
of students. (Not open to Home Economics majors). Mrs. Jones 

115. Meal Planning, Preparation, and Service. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 15 or 
consent. One lecture and one 3-hour laboratory. Problems in selection 
and purchase of foods; planning, preparing, and serving of meals, including wise 
use of time and energy. Mrs. Jones 

125. Foods for Special Occasions. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 15 or consent. Preparation of 
special foods for parties, dinners, teas, and other social functions, with 
laboratory experience in organization and management of food service for 
such occasions. Offered in alternate years, 1956-58-60. Mrs. Jones 

185. Problems in Foods. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

205. Experimental Cookery. I. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 15, Chem. 131. 1 hr. lecture, one 2 hr. 
lab., and one 3 hr. lab. Utensils, ingredients, temperature, manipulation, and 
cooking methods as they affect quality of cooked products. Offered in alternate 
years, 1957-59-61. Mrs. Jones 

215. Food Preservation. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 15 or equivalent and (or cone.) Bact. 141. 
Fundamental principles involved in preservation of foods by canning, drying, 
fermentation, curing, and freezing as applied in the home and in centers 
equipped for quantity work. 1 lecture, two 3-hr. labs. Mrs. Jones 

285. Problems in Foods. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 



INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT 

Assistant Professor Price 

108. Quantity Cookery. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 15, 101. One lecture, two 3-hour 
laboratories arranged. Application of principles to preparation of food in 
large quantity. Use of standardized formulas, calculation of costs, and use 
of institution equipment. Cafeteria used as laboratory. Miss Price 

118. Institution Accounting. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 108. Current procedures in account- 
ing for institutions. Preparation of budgets, food-control records, financial 
statements, and reports. Offered in alternate years, 1957-59-61. Miss Price 

128. Institution Buying. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 108. Producing areas, distribution of food 
products, specifications, storage, and food practices in quantity buying. Obser- 
vation in local wholesale markets, warehouses, and storage units. Offered in 
alternate years, 1956-58-60. Miss Price 

138. Institution Organization and Management. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 108. Principles 
of organization and management of institutions of various types. Miss Price 

148. Laboratory Practice in Institution Management. I, II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 108, 
138, and consent. (Arranged). Experience under supervision in planning, 
preparing, and serving food in an institution. Selection of place and type 
of experience to be determined by needs of students. Miss Price 

188. Problems in Institution Management. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

288. Problems in Institution Management. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 



114 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



TEXTILES AND CLOTHING 

Professor Noer; Assistant Professors Dietrich and Rennebohm. 

2. Elementary Clothing. I, II. 2 hr. Problems in selection and construction 
of clothing. For freshmen and others who do not pass placement test. 

Miss Rennebohm 

12. Intermediate Clothing. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 2 or exemption of H.E. 2 

by placement test. Particular emphasis on high standards of workmanship 

and evaluation of work and progress. As students develop skill they will 

be expected to work with increasing independence. Miss Rennebohm 

102. Clothing Selection. I, II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 3, H.E. 2, or consent. Two lectures. 
Selection of clothing for whole family from viewpoint of design, color, and 
economy. Clothing inventories and buying plans. Miss Rennebohm 

112. Selection and Construction of Clothing. I, II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 3, 12, or 
consent. Two laboratories. Construction of wool and rayon garments. Pat- 
tern alteration and adaption. Making over clothing. 

Misses Rennebohm and Dietrich 

132. Clothing Techniques. II. 2 hr. Not open to home economics majors. Techniques 
for simple garment construction, remodeling, alteration, and repair. Problems 
adapted to needs of individual students. Especially planned for Arts & Sciences 
students and young homemakers. Miss Rennebohm 

182. Problems in Clothing Construction. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staft 

212. Advanced Clothing Construction. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 17, 222. Commercial 
methods of coat and suit making adapted for home use. Problems of fitting 
and pattern adaptation, using the dress form. Speed methods emphasized. 

Miss Rennebohm 

222. Tailoring. II. 3 hr. PR. H.E. 12, 17. Problems in teaching tailoring, including 
sources of help and new techniques. Emphasis on methods of helping 
students evaluate their own progress. Opportunity for laboratory experi- 
ence in cutting, fitting, construction, and pressing of tailored garments 

Miss Rennebohm 

282. Problems in Clothing. I, II. 1-4 hr. Consent. Staff 

17. Textiles. I, II. 3 hr. Lecture and laboratory combined. Textile fibers and 
fabrics studied with view to their use in dress and in the home. Character- 
istics of the major fibers and their suitability to various uses. Study of 
standard and novelty materials with emphasis on appropriate use and care. 

Miss Dietrich 

117. Textile Buying. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 17. Lecture and laboratory combined. 

Buying of textiles for all types of clothing and for household. At least one 

field trip required. Miss Dietrich 

187. Problems in Textiles. I, II. 1-4 hr. Miss Dietrich 

217. Readings in Textiles. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 17. Review and discussion of cur- 
rent literature reporting recent research in field. Miss Dietrich 

287. Problems in Textiles. I, II. 1-4 hr. Consent. Staff 

APPLIED ART 

Assistant Professors Muffly and Rennebohm. 

3. Art Applied to Personal Problems. I, II. 2 hr. Principles of design and color 
applied so as to help college students meet problems of daily living. Problems 
may include room arrangement, clothing, design, etc. Mrs. Muffly 

23. Present-day Housing. I, II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 3 or consent. Factors to be 

considered in providing housing and furnishings for families at different income 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 115 



levels. Laboratory practice in improving rooms, apartments, and houses, using 
materials commonly found in rural communities and small towns. Mrs. Muflly 

113. House Decoration. II. 3 hr. For nonmajors. Two lectures and one laboratory. 
Materials and furnishings that go into decoration and furnishing a home, with 
emphasis on cost, buying, and reconditioning. Mrs. Muffly 

123. Home Planning and Furnishing. 1, II. 4 hr. PR: H.E. 23. Two lec- 
tures and 2 laboratories. Fundamentals of wise planning to meet family 
needs; understanding of house structure and home needs. Discussions on 
home decorating based on various income levels and suitability to various 
communities and families. Mrs. Muffly 

133. Home Crafts. 1, II. 2 hr. Two laboratories. Experience in simple crafts, 
using such materials as leather, plastic, metal, paper, thread, and fabric 
for creation of useful and beautiful objects. Equipment and materials 
used are those readily available in home, school, and camp situations. 

Mrs. Muffly 

183. Problems in Related Art. I, II. 1-4 hr. Consent. Staff 

233. Costume Design. I. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 3, 12, 117. Techniques of figure and 
fashion drawing. Problems in designing costumes and ensembles for in- 
dividuals of various types and ages. Miss Rennebohm 

HEALTH AND CHILD CARE 

Associate Professor Brown and Staff. 

106. Child Development. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 1. Two lectures. Child from prenatal 
period to pre-adolescence. University Nursery School used for observing pre- 
school children. Each girl spends 4 hours a week observing and assisting. 

Miss Brown and Miss Thoman 

116 Home Nursing. II. 2 hr. 1 lecture, one 2-hour laboratory. Practices to 
promote family health and caring for minor illnesses. Offered alternate years, 
1956-58-60. Staff 

186. Problems in Child Development. I, II. 1-4 hr. Consent. Staff 

206. Observation and Participation in Nursery School. I, II. 1-2 hr. PR: H.E, 
106. Directed experience in working with children in a nursery-school situ- 
ation. Laboratory and conference. Miss Brown 

266. Needs of Adolescents. 3 hr. A study of adolescent needs as met by the home 
with contributions of other agencies such as church, school, and youth groups. 
Physical, social, and integrative needs will be considered from the standpoint 
of needs of all family members as well as the individual. Miss Brown 

286. Problems in Child Development. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

HOME MANAGEMENT 

Associate Professor Moss; Instructor Whitesides. 

4. Elementary Management. I, II. 2 hr. Simple problems in management of 
time, energy, and other resources. Practical application to problems of 
individual members of class. Mr. Moss 

104. Nutrition and Home Management. II. 3 hr. Planned to meet needs of 
social-work majors. Not open to students majoring in home economics. 

Miss Roberts and Mr. Moss 

114. Management of Family Living.. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 4 or consent. Influence 
of home conditions on families and family members. In considering ways 
of meeting every day problems of families, an attempt will be made to apply 
findings of science and techniques of management in such way as to help fam- 
ilies achieve satisfaction in living. Mr. Moss 



116 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



124. Demonstration of Techniques. II. 2 hr. PR: Minimum of 4 hours in each of 
4 areas of home economics, and consent. Lecture demonstration as means 
of presenting home economics materials to groups. Development and presen- 
tation of demonstrations suitable for secondary schools and use with adult 
groups. Miss Roberts 

184. Problems in Home Management. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

214. Family Economics. I. 2 hr. PR: 30 hours of H.Ec. Managing the family 
food, clothing, shelter, and health dollar. Budgeting the family income. 
Providing for the future. Credit in family economics. Consumer protection. 

Miss Whitesides 

224. Principles of Home Management. I, II. 2 hr. Time and energy management, 
house care, pest control, buying and storing foods, use and care of home equip- 
ment, entertaining, money management, simple record keeping, and infant care. 
Junior standing preceding or parallel with H.E. 234. Miss Whitesides 

234. Home- management Laboratory. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 1, 15, 114. Arranged. 
Emphasis on satisfying family life and social relationships. Approximately 5 
weeks of home residence, and 1 hour of discussion each week throughout 
semester. H.E. 224 should be taken prior to or parallel with H.E. 234. Staff 

254. Household Equipment. II. 2 hr. PR: Senior standing. Selection, arrangement, 
use, and care of equipment for various situations and for different income 
levels. Laboratory and discussion. Miss Whitesides 

284. Problems in Home Management. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 



HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 

Professor Noer; Associate Professor Brown. 

Ed. 163. Materials and Methods in Home Economics. 1, II. 2 hr. Mrs. Roberts 

Ed. 262. Vocational Home Economics in Secondary Schools. I, II. 2 hr. PR: 7 
hours of Education and 30 hours in home economics. Miss Noer 

209. Evaluation in Home Economics. 3 hr. PR: 30 hours of home economics, 7 
hours of Education. Experience in selecting, devising, and using evaluation 
devices for appraising student progress toward desired goals in home economics 
education. Miss Brown 

219. Adult Education in Homemaking. I. 3 hr. PR: 30 hours of home economics 
and 7 hours of Education. Current trends and present activities. Organization 
of adult classes; development of unit outlines; consideration of teaching 

methods; illustrative material and bibliography. Staff 

229. Materials for Teaching Home Economics. II. 2 hr. PR: 30 hours of home 
economics and 7 hours of education. Offered in alternate vears 1956-58-60. 

Staff 
249. History of Home Economics. 1 hr. One lecture. Miss Noer 

309. Research Methods. I, II, S. 2 hr. Adaptation of research techniques to prob- 
lems in home economics. For students writing problems or thesis. Miss Brown 

319. Home Economics Curriculum. 3 hr. PR: Experience in teaching home 
economics and consent. Selection and organization of learning experiences 
in home economics. Practices and techniques currently used for curriculum 
planning and reconstruction. Miss Brown 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 117 



329. Supervision in Home Economics. 2 hr. PR: Teaching experience and con- 
sent. Designed for home economics teachers preparing to serve as super- 
vising teachers in "off-campus" training centers. Function of supervision 
and organization of supervised teaching program. Techniques for helping 
students in training for teaching homemaking. Miss Brown 

360. Problem Report for the Degree of Master of Home Economics. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. 

Staff 
389. Problems in Home Economics Education. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 



The College of Arts and Sciences 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

Organization and Purpose 

The College of Arts and Sciences includes a lower division and an upper division. 
The lower division consists of work of the first and second years, and the upper 
division consists of work of the third and fourth years. 

Instruction in the College of Arts and Sciences is administered through the fol 
lowing departments: 

Art; biology; chemistry; classics; economics; English language and literature; 
geology, mineralogy, and geography; Germanic languages and literatures; history; 
home economics; library science; mathematics; nursing education; philosophy and 
psychology; physics; political science; Romance languages and literatures; sociology; 
social work; speech; and the Interdepartmental Program of Integrated Studies: humani- 
ties, social science, biological sciences, physical sciences, and communication. 

MAIN OBJECTIVES 

The curriculum of the College of Arts and Sciences has certain main objectives. 

1. General Culture. Work of the lower division is intended to complete what 
is usually termed " a general education." It rounds out the program of studies pursued 
in high school and promotes full development of the student (1) as an individual 
and (2) as a member of society. Ideally, the student should undergo a well-propor- 
tioned development intellectually, spiritually, physically, and emotionally. The end 
of such development should be an inner balance or stability on the basis of which 
further growth can take place. Development of the individual as a member of 
society is to be measured in terms of his or her usefulness and sense of respon- 
sibility to the social order. The student should develop the capacity for intellectual 
participation as a citizen in the community, state, country, and world. A general 
education should, therefore, provide for all students a meaningful experience ap- 
propriate to the individual and social needs which all citizens have in common 
as members of a free society in the contemporary world. 

2. Specific Attributes. Most of the attributes of a general education can be 
placed in one of three categories: (i) attitudes, (2) areas of knowledge, and (3) skills. 

The following attitudes should be attained as the result of a general education: 

(1) An attitude of tolerance or open-mindedness, characterized by a cosmo- 
politan outlook that will enable the student to see beyond the limits 
of his own profession, his own economic status, and his own country; 

(2) An attitude of truth-seeking characterized by scientific objectivity and 
motivated by intellectual curiosity; 

(3) An attitude of intelligent appreciation towards nature and the arts that 
will, as far as the student's endowments will permit, help him in his 
aesthetic and ethical choices; 

(4) An attitude of dispassionate self-appraisal, based on an understanding of 
his own nature and characterized by an awareness of his own mental 
strength and weaknesses. 

The areas of knowledge which should be the common possession of educated 
persons may be conveniently grouped in two divisions: 

(1) A knowledge of man as a social and intellectual being, of his place in 
contemporary civilization, and of that civilization's place in the history of 
man; 

(2) A knowledge of man as an organism and of man in his relation, direct 
or indirect, to the biological and physical environment in which he lives. 

118 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 119 

Three basic skills are regarded as indispensable to all educated persons: 

(1) That of self-expression or communications, involving writing, speaking, 
reading, and listening; 

(2) That of calculation, that is, a knowledge of, and some skill in, basic, math- 
ematics. 

(3) A familiarity with at least one foreign language, not only as a useful skill, 
but also as a means of promoting tolerance and sympathetic understanding 
of peoples who do not speak our language. 

COURSES RECOMMENDED 

Two types of courses are recommended to all students in the lower division as 
common means for fostering the attributes of mind and character which a 
general education should develop in the student: 

(1) Courses for the promotion of basic skills: (a) calculation and (b) com- 
munication; 

(2) General introductory courses for the elementary but organically integrated 
study of four fields of human knowledge: (a) Biological Science, (b) Social 
Science, (c) Physical Science, and (d) Humanities. 

OPPORTUNITY FOR SPECIALIZATION 

Work of the upper division is intended to provide intensive study in one 
or two fields of knowledge. It is based on the belief that an educated man or woman 
should not only know the fundamentals of several branches of study but should 
have a rather thorough knowledge of some selected field. In the upper division 
therefore, the student concentrates on a major and one or two minors. The 
curriculum is sufficiently flexible, however, to meet the needs and tastes of in- 
dividual students without at the same time exposing the student to disadvantages 
of a free elective system. 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR THE JUNIOR CERTIFICATE 

Experience has shown that students whose average in high-school subjects 
was below 75 per cent, or students who ranked in the lowest one-fourth of the 
high-school graduating class, probablv will not succeed in the regular college cur- 
riculum. Nevertheless, such students may, by wise selection of studies, profitably 
spend one or two years in college. Other students for financial or other reasons 
may not be able to attend college for more than one or two years. It is believed 
that students in either group may spend their time more profitably taking courses in 
which they are particularly interested from a cultural or vocational point of view 
than by following the curriculum leading to the A.B. Degree. Students who are not 
candidates for the A.B. Degree but who earn 64 hours of college credit and 128 grade 
points, including general University requirements, in residence in this college will 
be awarded the Junior Certificate of the College of Arts and Sciences. 

The Major Subject 

In the upper division the student concentrates on a major and one or two 
minor subjects (in departments other than the major department) selected from the 
following list of subjects: 

Art Geology Physics 

Biology German Political Science 

Botany History Psychology 

Chemistry Home Economics Social Work 

Classics Library Science Sociology 

Economics Mathematics Spanish 

English Nursing Education Speech 

French Philosophy Zoology 



120 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Classification of Students 

To be classified as a freshman in the College of Arts and Sciences a student 
must have credit for at least 15 units of entrance requirements: to be classified as 
a sophomore he must have fulfilled all entrance requirements and have credit for 
25 hours of college work; as a junior, 58 hours; as a senior, 92 hours. 

Advisers 

Lower Division. Each student in the lower division is assigned to an adviser 
who will assist in registration and who will have general supervision over the 
work of the student. Electives are chosen and changes in the program are made 
with approval of the adviser. Students are urged to confer with advisers in respect 
to any difficulties or maladjustments in college life. 

Upper Division. For transfer to the upper division a student must have com- 
pleted a minimum of 58 hours and have maintained a grade-point average of 2 on all 
work for which he received grades (except "W" and "WP"). 

Each student in the upper division is assigned to an adviser of the department 
to which the major subject belongs. The program of study and all changes in class 
assignments must be approved by the adviser. 

Student Class Schedules 

Each student will schedule his courses according to the curriculum he has chosen. 
If he is required to repeat courses in which he has previously received a grade of "D" 
because of a deficiency of grade points (see below), such courses will be scheduled 
before any others. A second year student who has not completed all required courses 
listed in the first year of the curriculum that he is following will be required to 
schedule such courses before scheduling new courses. A student will not be registered 
for an upper-division course not provided in his lower-division curriculum unless he 
has satisfied all lower-division requirements or has scheduled the courses necessary 
to meet those requirements. 

Minimum Scholastic Standards 

Normal progress toward upper division status and graduation requires maintenance 
of a grade-point average of 2.0. 

A student who lacks 16 or more grade points of having a total grade-point average 
of 2.0 at the end of any semester will be required to repeat courses in which grades of 
"D" were received to the extent of at least one-half of the semester hours for which he 
is registered if it is possible to schedule such courses. 

A lower division student who, after earning 58 semester hours, is ineligible to 
enter the upper division because his total grade-point average is less than 2.0, will be 
required to repeat courses in which grades of "D" were received until an average of 
2.0 or higher is attained. The number of hours to be repeated shall at least equal 
the grade-point deficiency or a maximum of 15 hours if it is possible to schedule 
such courses. 

Courses given in other Colleges or Schools of the University need be repeated 
under the operation of these rules only when such courses are required for the 
student's major. 

Probation and Suspension 

Any student whose mid-semester grades are below passing in courses amounting 
to more than half of the total number of semester hours for which he is registered 
shall be placed on probation for the remainder of the semester. The terms of 
probation are determined by the scholarship committee. 

Any student whose grades at the end of any registration period are below passing 
in courses amounting to more than half the total number of semester hours for which 
he is registered shall be suspended from the University. A freshman subject to the 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 121 

operation of this rule at the end of his first registration period in residence shall 
be placed on probation for the succeeding registration period. 

A student who lacks 16 or more grade points of having a total grade-point average 
of 2.0 at the end of any semester or a lower division student who, after earning 58 
semester hours, is ineligible to enter the upper division because his total grade-point 
average is less than 2.0 must attain a total grade-point average of 2.0 or higher within 
three semesters in residence or be suspended. 

A student who receives a grade of "FIW" (failure because of irregular withdrawal) 
shall, unless restored to probationary standing, be suspended from the University. 
The grade of "FIW" may be given, provided the student has been previously reported 
to his adviser and the dean or director of his college or school as having excessive 
absences, in either of the following cases: (1) the student's absences exceed 25 per 
cent of the total number of the class meetings, or (2) the student is absent from all 
the class meetings during the 14 calendar days immediately preceding the period 
set for final examinations. 

All actions of the Committee on Scholarship and of the Dean that affect the 
standing of a student shall be reported by the Dean to the Registrar. 

Attendance 

1. Students shall attend all classes, including laboratory sessions, for which they 
have enrolled, unless prevented from doing so by illness, injury, authorized University 
activities, or other reasons approved by the Dean. 

2. A student enrolled in a course numbered under 100 shall be reported by the 
instructor to his adviser and his dean or director on an appropriate form as soon as 
his absences exceed the number of class meetings in a normal week. 

3. A student whose absences in a course numbered under 100 exceed the number 
of class meetings in three normal weeks 

(a) shall again be reported to his adviser and his dean or director, and 

(b) may be barred from the final examination in the course by the instructor, 
except that the student is permitted to appeal the instructor's decision to 
the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences, whose ruling shall be final. 

4. Any student in an upper division course shall be reported to his adviser and 
his dean as soon as his absences jeopardize his class standing. 

5. The instructor may bar a student in an upper-division course from the final 
examination for excessive absences if: 

(a) the student has been reported to his adviser and his dean for excessive 
absences, and 

(b) After being reported for excessive absences, his subsequent absences exceed 
the number of class meetings in a normal week, and 

(c) The total number of absences exceeds the number of class periods in the 
course during three full weeks; 

except that the student may appeal the instructor's decision to the Dean of the College 
of Arts and Sciences, whose ruling shall be final. 

6. Attendance rules shall apply equally, and separately, to lectures, quiz sections, 
discussion groups, and laboratory sessions. 

7. A student who must be absent from class for an extended period of time shall 
inform his adviser or his dean. 

Duties of Advisers 

All advisers, upon receipt of reports of excessive absences shall have conferences 
with the students concerned and shall make such recommendations and adjustments 
as are desirable and feasible. If the adviser does not find a satisfactory solution after 
a conference with the student, he shall report the case to the Dean. 

Standing Committees 

Curriculum Committee on General Education: Messrs. Manning (chairman), Bennett, 

Crocker, Easton, Kerr, Lazzell, Patton and Vest. 
Executive: Messrs. Ashburn (1957), Lazzell, (1955), and Summers, (1956). 



122 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Instructional Policies and Practices: Messrs. Gibbard (chairman), Barns, Brawner, 

Gribble, Peters, Thomas and Williams. 
Scholarship: Messrs. Cross {chairman), Baer, Buchanan, Cunningham, Greene, G. A. 

Hall and McBride. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 

CREDIT DEFINED 

The "semester-hour" is the standard for computing the amount of work 
required for graduation in the curricula leading to these degrees. The "hour" 
represents the amount of work done in one semester (approximately 18 weeks) in one 
recitation hour with two preparation hours a week. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL DEGREES 

Foreign Language. Fewer than 6 hours in an ancient or modern language will not 
be counted towards any degree, diploma, or certificate in this College unless work in 
the same language has been offered for entrance. 

English. Each undergraduate who begins his college work after June 1, 1952, 
must pass a proficiency examination in English after the beginning of his junior year 
in order to qualify for graduation. He shall take the examination during the first 
semester of his junior year, and if not declared proficient, shall repeat the examina- 
tion as many times as necessary. 

Electives. At least 6 hours must be taken in each subject offered as a free elective, 
but no more than 9 hours in isolated courses of less than 6 hours each, selected with the 
approval of the adviser, may be offered. 

In addition to regular elective work in the College of Arts and Sciences 
which is offered by the faculties in other colleges, work not to exceed 15 hours 
in the College of Law, College of Agriculture, i College of Commerce, College of 
Engineering and School of Mines, 2 School of Music, 3 School of Physical Education 
and Athletics, 4 School of Journalism, or 6 hours of upper-division work in Military 
or Air Science and Tactics, or 20 hours in the College of Education, may be included 
in the list of elective credits offered by students in the College of Arts and Sciences. 
The total number of hours elected from other colleges shall not, however, exceed 24 
hours in all. 

The course in general biochemistry (Biochemistry 239) is available (without 
additional fees) in the School of Medicine. 

Major Subject. At least 88 hours of the total offered for graduation with an A.B. 
degree must be exclusive of the work done in the major department, which is 
normally not more than 40 hours. 

ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE 

The degree of Associate in Arts is conferred on the student who completes 
Option B of the regular course. The core of this program is in four introductory 
general courses: Humanities, Social Science, Biological Sciences, and Physical Sciences. 



lln addition to the 15 hours, the following" courses in agriculture are regnlar 
electives in the College of Arts and Sciences: Farm Economics 131 and all courses 
in entomology, genetics, and plant pathology. 

2The engineering and mining electives include Chemical Engineering 186, 
200. 205, 207, 234, 235, 238, 250, 251; Civil Engineering 1, 2, 5, 6 and 115; Electrical 
Engineering 100, 105; Mechanical Engineering 20, 26, 29, and 121; Mechanics 101, 
102, and 104; and Mining Engineering 106, 109, 204, and 208. In addition the 
student may elect with the consent of his adviser, when his major is Physics, 
Ch.E. 160. 

3The music electives include Theory of Music 1, 2, 3, 4. 77, 78, 109, 110, 113, 
114, 117, 118, 183, 240, 241, 280, and 281; Ensemble 153. 154, 155, and 156; classes in 
orchestra instruments 191, 192. 193, 194, 195, and 196. Men's Glee Club, Women's 
Glee Club and University and Community Orchestra; and piano or voice or violin 
or pipe organ or band and orchestra instruments. 

4The electives in physical education are P.E. 77, 151, 67, 278, and Safety 
Education 181 and 281. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 123 

Students enrolled in the program will normally complete it in the first two years 
by taking any three of the general courses. Students who carry a reduced load or 
who wish to meet specific departmental requirements with other introductory courses 
may extend completion of the program beyond the two-year period with no reduction 
in grade points. 

Students who complete satisfactorily three area courses, as well as the regular 
requirements in a foreign language, English composition, physical education service 
program, and military (men) , will be considered to have met not only the general re- 
quirements of the University but also general (i.e., nondepartmental) requirements of 
the College of Arts and Sciences. Students who meet these requirements and have 64 
hours of college credit and a grade-point average of 2.0 on all work in residence in 
the College of Arts and Sciences will be entitled to the two-year degree of Associate 
in Arts. 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Arts Degree in the College of Arts and Sciences is conferred 
upon any student who complies with the general regulations of the University 
concerning degrees, satisfies all entrance, college, and departmental requirements, 
and completes any one of the following courses of study: 
I. Regular course (128 hours) 
II. Premedical and Predental courses (128 hours) 
III. Combined courses: 

(a) Arts and Law (123 hours) 

(b) Arts and Medicine or Dentistry (128 hours) 

Students transferring to West Virginia University from other institutions 
should ordinarily do so not later than the beginning of the third year. Such 
students must meet all the requirements of the lower division. All deficiencies 
must be met as soon as possible after admission to this College, whereupon 
such students may register regularly in the upper division. 

Maximum and Minimum Work. The maximum number of hours per semester 
for which a student may register is 18; the minimum 14. A student in the upper 
division may, however, with the approval of his adviser, register for a maximum 
of 20 hours per semester without petitioning the Committee on Scholarship. 

1. Regular Course (128 Hours) 

LOWER-DIVISION CURRICULUM 

Option A: 

(a) General University Requirements. 
Military or Air Science 5 — 8 hours. 
Physical education (men)«- 2 hours. 
Physical education (women) 6 — 4 hours. 

(b) Science. At least 8 hours of a laboratory science chosen from the following 
list: biology, botany, chemistry, geology, physical science, physics, psychology, 
and zoology. 

(c) Foreign Language. To be eligible for graduation a student must have com- 
pleted twelve semester hours in a foreign language in college or two units 
for entrance and six hours beyond courses 1 and 2 in the same language in college. 



sMilitary or air science is required of all male students except those who at 
the time of matriculation are 23 years of age or have completed no less than 58 
hours of work, and all who have credit for 8 hours of military or air science or 
1 unit of entrance credit in military academy. Students must register for mili- 
tary science upon their entrance into the University and continue in the course 
until the full requirement has been met or until a regular exemption card is 
filed in the Registrar's office. 

6Two hours of physical education service program for men, to be taken 
during the first year of residence, and four hours of physical education service 
program for women, to be taken during the first and second years in residence, 
are required for graduation of students presenting fewer than 58 semester hours, 
unless previous credit has been allowed. 



124 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



(d) English Composition. Ordinarily 6 hours of English composition (English 
1 and 2) will be required of all freshmen. In case a freshman is not qualified 
to meet the requirements in English 1, as shown by placement or other 
tests, he (or she) will be assigned to English O, which carries 3 hours of 
University credit. Upon the successful completion of the work in English 
O the student will register for the regular work in English 1 and 2. 

(e) Distribution Requirements. A selection of one subject from each of the following 
groups to total 24 hours is required. At least 12 hours shall be from lower 
division courses. 

(1) At least 6 hours of History or of Humanities (general course) . 

(2) At least 6 hours of Economics, of Political Science or of Social Science 
(general course). 

(3) At least 6 hours of one field of Literature (English, American or Foreign) 
or of Mathematics. 

(4) At least three hours of Art, of Home Economics, of Library Science, or of 
Speech. 

(5) At least 3 hours of Geography, of Philosophy, of Sociology or of a labora- 
tory science not chosen in ("b") above. 

(f) Electives, under the supervision of the adviser, to make a total of 64 hours. 
Ordinarily freshmen should register for required courses. Electives should be 
used in the second year chiefly in meeting the preliminary requirements of 
the departments in which students expect to do the work of the major 
(or minors) in the upper division. 

Option B: General Course Program of Integrated Studies (64 Hours) 

A sample schedule of courses for students enrolled in the whole program 
of Integrated Studies and planning to complete it in two years follows. 

FIRST YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

Humanities 1 4 Humanities 2 4 

Biological or Physical Sciences 1 4 Biological or Physical Sciences 2 4 

Communications l 7 or English 1 3 Communication 2 7 or English 2 3 

Foreign Language 3 Foreign Language 3 

Physical education 1 Physical Education 1 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 

Electives 1-3 Electives 1-3 

Maximum hours allowed 18 18 

SECOND YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

Social Science 1 4 Social Science 2 4 

Physical education (women) 1 Physical education (women) 1 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 

Electivess 11-13 Electives* 11-13 

Maximum hours allowed 18 18 

UPPER-DIVISION CURRICULUM 

1. A major sequence of 18 to 24 hours of upper-division courses, preceded by 
the proper lower-division courses prescribed as preparation for the major. This 
work should represent a coherent and progressive sequence of courses as 



7Students enrolled in the program of Integrated Studies normally will take 
Communication 1 and 2 (reading, writing, listening, speaking) Instead of English 
1 and 2. 

sstudents who do not present two units in a foreign language for entrance 
and who complete six hours in the same language in college must use three hours 
of electives here to complete the language requirements. Students who expect 
to complete the four-year course for a baccalaureate degree should use electives 
to complete prerequisites for a major or minor field while in the lower division 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 12. r 



outlined in the departmental announcements. The major subject will be 
selected when the student registers in the upper-division, but the student 
must plan the work in the lower division in such a way as will meet the 
departmental requirements for the major and minor. 

2. A minor sequence of 9 to 12 hours of upper-division courses, preceded by 
proper lower-division courses, in some department closely related to the major 
department. At the option of the major department, a second minor of 6 
hours may be required in a second department closely related to the major 
department. 

3. Distribution Requirements to complete a total of 24 hours if Option A was used 

in the Lower Division Curriculum (see "e" above). 

4. Electives, under supervision of the departmental adviser, to make a total of 128 
hours. At least 58 hours must be selected from the upper-division courses. 

II Premedical and Predental Courses (128 Hours) 

The following sequence of courses is worked out for the guidance of students who 
are preparing for the study of Medicine, Dentistry, and the related professions. All 
of the required subjects are included. While the pre-professional student is meeting 
the entrance requirements of professional schools, committees on admissions of pro- 
fessional schools prefer that he use his elective hours to secure broad, general training 
rather than to secure a large number of credits in any one special field. Leading 
medical and dental educators in the United States today are definitely in favor 
of a good general training rather than extensive specialization in the so-called pre- 
medical sciences. 

It is recommended that all students plan to complete the requirements for the 
Bachelor of Arts Degree. 

FIRST YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sent. Hr. 

English 1 3 English 2 3 

Chemistry 1 4 Chemistry 2 4 

Zoology 1 4 Zoology 2 4 

Mathematics 3 3 Mathematics 4 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

Mil. or Air Science 1 (Men) 2 Mil. or Air Science 2 (Men) 2 

Elective (Women) 2-3 Elective (Women) " 2-3 

Maximum hours allowed 18 Maximum hours allowed 18 

SECOND YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

Chemistry 115 or Psychology 1 3 Chemistry 115 or Psychology 1 3 

Physics 1 4 Physics 2 4 

French or German 3 French or German 3 

Mil. or Air Science 3 (Men) 2 Mil. or Air Science 4 (Men) 2 

Physical Education (Women) 1 Physical Education (Women) 1 

History 1 or 52 3 History 2 or 53 3 

Art 115 or Speech 11 or elective .... 3 Art 115 or Speech 11 or elective 3 

Maximum hours allowed 18 Maximum hours allowed 18 

THIRD YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

French or German 3 French or German 3 

Political Science 1 3 Political Science (upper division) .... 3 

American or English Literature 3 American or English Literature 3 

Chemistry 105 or 163 or 233 4-5 Chemistry 238 or elective 4-5 

Zoology 231 or elective 5 Zoology 232 or elective 5 

Maximum hours allowed 19 Maximum hours allowed 19 



126 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



FOURTH YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sew. Hr. 

Chemistry 163 or 233 or elective .... 4-5 Chemistry 238 or elective 4-5 

Zoologv 231 or elective 5 /oology 232 or elective 5 

Electives 8-9 Electives 8-9 

Maximum hours allowed 19 Maximum hours allowed 19 

Many medical schools recommend that Chemistry 233 and 238 and Zoology 231 and 
232 be taken the year preceding entrance to medical school. 

Candidates for the A.B. Degree in Premedicine or Predentistry must complete 
the following minimum number of credit hours in the subjects listed. English, 12 hrs. 
(must include English 1 and 2 and 6 hours of American or English Literature) ; 
French or German, 12 hrs.; Mathematics ; 6 hrs. (must include Mathematics 3 and 4); 
Chemistry 23 hrs. (must include Chemistry 1, 2, 115, 163, 233, 238 [105 also recom- 
mended]); Zoology 18 hrs. (must include Zoology 1 and 2 [Biology 1 and 2 may be 
substituted], 231, 232); Physics 8 hrs.; Psychology, 3 hrs.; Nonscience group, 30 hrs. 
in addition to specific courses listed above, (to be selected from Art, English, Humani- 
ties, Economics, Sociology, History, Political Science, Philosophy, Psychology, Speech, 
Foreign language, Education, Latin, Music, Home Economics, Library Science, 
Mathematics, Social Science.) The following Arts and Sciences group requirements 
must be included in the Nonscience group: Group 1 (6 hrs. of History or 6 hrs. 
of Humanities [general course]); Group 2 (6 hrs. of Economics, or 6 hrs. of Political 
Science, or 6 hrs. of Social Science [general course]); and Group 4 (3 hrs. of Art, or 3 
hrs. of Home Economics, or 3 hrs. of Library Science, or 3 hrs. of Speech) . Arts 
and Sciences Groups 3 and 5 are included in specific departmental requirements. A 
minimum of 128 hrs. including a minimum of 58 hrs. of upper division courses are 
required for the degree. 

III. Combined Courses 

Special Requirements. 

Candidates for a combined A.B. degree (Pre-medicine, Pre-dental or Pre-law) are 
required to meet the special provisions of one of the two groups listed below. These 
requirements to be in addition to all other regulations prescribed in the particular 
curriculum for which the student is enrolled. 

(a) A minimum of 96 hours of credit must be completed in the College of Arts and 
Sciences of West Virginia University of which 32 hours must be from the upper 
division courses. If prior approval from the Scholarship Committee or the Dean 
of the College is obtained by formal petitioning at the time of acceptance into 
an accredited professional school or college, the successful completion of the 
first full year of the professional course may be offered in lieu of the senior work 
in residence. An official certification of the professional work must be made 
by the Registrar of the professional school to the University Registrar. 

(b) A minimum of 64 hours of credit must be completed in the College of Arts and 
Sciences of West Virginia University of which 32 hours must be from the upper 
division courses. If prior approval is obtained from the Scholarship Committee 
or the Dean of this college by formal petitioning at the time of acceptance into 
a professional school or college of West Virginia University, the successful com- 
pletion of the first full year of professional work may be presented toward re- 
quirements for graduation. 

(a) . ARTS AND LAW (123 HOURS) 

Three years (96 hours) in the College of Arts and Sciences, and one full year (27 hours) 

in the College of Law 

A pre-legal course has two main objectives. The first is to enable the student 
to acquire a general cultural background, which is in keeping with the chief purpose 
of the College of Arts and Sciences. The second is to help the student to secure a 
more specialized background for the legal course to follow. 

In nearly all cases these objectives can be attained more effectively by taking the 
regular four-year Arts and Sciences course, during the last two years of which the 
student may choose his major and minor with particular reference to his legal work. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



127 



In addition to securing the Bachelor of Arts Degree, it will qualify him for admission 
to almost any law school. 

To enable students to receive the degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of 
Laws in a shorter period of time, a combined course has been arranged by which the 
student may complete the required studies in the College of Arts and Sciences in 
three years, and after passing the entire first year of work in the College of Law, 
be awarded the degree of Bachelor of Arts by the College of Arts and Sciences. This 
course satisfies the entrance requirements to the College of Law, but permits freedom 
in choosing electives. 

Candidates for a combined Arts and Law degree are required to meet the special 
provisions of one of the two groups (a and b) presented above. These requirements 
are held to be in addition to all other regulations prescribed in the particular 
curriculum for which the student is enrolled. 

The student should confer with the pre-law adviser as soon as he enters the 
University. The following schedule is suggested as being adapted to the foregoing 
requirements: 



FIRST YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

English 1 3 

Laboratory Science 4 

Foreign Language 9 3 

History 1 or Humanities lio 3-4 

Mil. or Air Science 1 2 

Phys. Education 1 1 



Hr 



Second Sem. 

English 2 3 

Laboratory Science 4 

Foreign Language 9 3 

History 2 or Humanities 2 10 3-4 

Mil. or Air Science 2 2 

Phvs. Education 2 1 



Max. hr. 



16-17 Max. hr. 



16-17 



First Sem. 



SECOND YEAR 



Hr. Second Sem. 



English 9 3 

Foreign Language 3 

History 52 3 

Pol. Sci. 1 3 

Electives, Groups 3, 4, or 5io 2-4 

Mil. or Air Science 3 2 



Hr. 



English 10 3 

Foreign Language 3 

History 53 3 

Pol. Sci. 2 3 

Electives, Groups 3, 4, or 5i° 2-4 

Mil. or Air Science 4 2 



16-18 

THIRD YEAR 

Pre-law major 12 

Pre-law minor 9 

Electives (upper-division) 9-15 



16-18 



FOURTH YEAR 



27 hr. in the College of Law 



32 or more hours 
(b) ARTS AND MEDICINE OR DENTISTRY (128 HOURS) 

(Recommended Curriculum for a Combined Course in Arts and Medicine or Dentistry) 
Students who enter a School of Medicine or a School of Dentistry after the 
completion of a minimum of 107 hours (men) or 101 hours (women) , of which 32 
hours must be from the upper division courses, of the premedical and predental 
curriculum and who have satisfied all provisions of the College of Arts and Sciences 
regulations governing combined course programs may receive the Bachelor of Arts 
Degree upon the successful completion of the first year of medicine or dentistry. 

A student who is a candidate for the A.B. Degree under the provisions of this 
curriculum must submit, at the time of his acceptance and prior to his registration 
in an accredited School of Medicine or School of Dentistry, a petition for the degree 
to his adviser who will forward it with his recommendations to the Scholarship 



9Latin 1 and 2 are recommended for students not having entrance credit of 
2 units in this subject. 
ioSee page 124. 



128 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Committee. If the petition is approved, the candidate will be recommended for 
graduation upon receipt of certification from the professional school to the Registrar 
of the University to the effect that he has successfully completed the first year of 
medicine or dentistry. 



FIRST YEAR 

Same courses as recommended in the Curriculum for A.B. degree in Premedicine 
or Predentistry. 

SECOND YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

Chemistry 115 or Psychology 1 3 Chemistry 115 or Psychology 1 3 

Physics 1 4 Physics 2 4 

French or German 3 French or German 3 

Mil. or Air Science 3 (Men) 2 Mil. or Air Science 4 (Men) 2 

Physical Education (Women) 1 Physical Education (Women) 1 

History 1 or 52 3 History 2 or 53 3 

Art 115, Speech 11, or Political Science 1 3 Art 115, Speech 11, or Political Science 1 3 

Maximum hours allowed 18 Maximum hours allowed 18 



THIRD YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

French or German 3 French or German 3 

American or English Literature 3 American or English Literature 3 

Chemistry 163 4 Political Science (upper division) .... 3 

Chemistry 233 4 Chemistry 238 4-5 

Zoology 231 5 Zoology 232 5 

Maximum hours allowed 19 Maximum hours allowed 19 

The following minimum number of credit hours must be completed in the courses 
listed, English 12 hr. (must include English 1 and 2 and 6 hrs. of American or 
English Literature); French or German, 12 hrs.; Mathematics, 6 hrs. (must include 
Mathematics 3 and 4) ; Chemistry 23 hrs. (must include Chemistry 1, 2, 115, 163, 233, 
238); Zoology 18 hrs. (must include Zoology 1 and 2 [Biology 1 and 2 may be 
substituted], 231, 232); Physics 8 hrs.; Psychology, 3 hrs.; Nonscience group 15 hrs. 
(must include Group 1, 6 hrs. of History or 6 hrs. of Humanities [general course]); 
Group 2, 6 hrs. of Economics, or 6 hrs. of Political Science or 6 hrs. of Social Science 
[general course]; and Group 4, 3 hrs. of Art, or 3 hrs. of Home Economics or 3 hrs. 
of Library Science, or 3 hrs. of Speech). Groups 3 and 5 of the College of Arts and 
Sciences requirements are included in specific departmental requirements. 

Students in the Combined Course program are urged to attend at least one Summer 
Session. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Science Degree is conferred upon a student who complies with 
the general regulations of the University concerning degrees, satisfies all entrance 
and college requirements, and completes the requirements of one of the fields listed 
below: 

1. Chemistry (See page 143). 

2. Geology (See page 158). 

3. Nursing Education (See page 178). 

4. Social Work (See page 198). 

For details of the course of study in each of the above fields consult the depart- 
mental announcements. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 129 

A SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE 

A student who has received a Bachelor's Degree in one department or college 
of West Virginia University may become eligible for a second Bachelor's Degree 
by earning an additional 30 semester hours in residence in the College of Arts and 
Sciences and meeting all requirements, departmental and otherwise, of the second 
Bachelor's Degree. 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL COURSES 

Not leading to degrees in the College of Arts and Sciences 

(A.) Pre-Commerce Curriculum 

Effective September 1, 1952, candidates for the degrees of Bachelor of Science in 
Business Administration or Bachelor of Science in Economics will be registered in the 
College of Arts and Sciences during their freshman and sophomore years. They will 
then be transferred to the College of Commerce, provided they have completed all 
lower division requirements of that College. (For further information see the 
Announcements of the College of Commerce). 

(B.) Pre-Education Curriculum 

Candidates tor the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education and Bachelor of 
Science in Elemental) Education are registered in the College of Arts and Sciences 
until they have completed 58 hours or more of academic work in the lower division 
of the College, with a grade-point average of 2.0. They are then transferred to the 
College of Education. During the Pre-Education period students are advised to 
complete as many as possible of the general courses required by the College of Educa 
tion and for State certification, as shown in the bulletin, Teacher Selection, Guidance, 
Training and Certification and/or the Announcements of the College of Education 
available at the Registrar's office. 

In addition to the above general academic requirements students preparing to 
teach in high school are advised to complete as many as possible of the required 
academic courses in two teaching fields. Those preparing to teach in the elementary 
schuol will follow directions applicable to that field. 

Upon the successful completion of the entire 64 hours of work in the lower 
division, Pre-Education students are eligible for the Junior Certificate of the College 
of Arts and Sciences. 



TEACHING CERTIFICATES 

The Dean of the College of Education is authorized by the Board of Governors to 
recommend all applicants for teaching certificates. 

High-school teaching certificates may be obtained by students registered in the 
College of Arts and Sciences as well as in the College of Education, provided they 
meet the requirements for certification. To qualify for the elementary-school 
teaching certificate the student will transfer to the College of Education at the begin- 
ning of the junior year. 

For specific requirements in regard to certification see the bulletin Teacher 
Selection, Guidance, Training and Certification and/or the Announcements of the 
College of Education available at the Registrar's office. 

Candidates for the A. B. Degree who wish to qualify for teaching certificates 
should indicate this fact to their adviser and plan their entire course with this in 
view. Unless this is done by the end of the freshman year, students may encounter 
difficulties in qualifving for the certificate by the time they receive the degree. As 
a check, consultation should be had each semester with Beatrice Law or Helen Godfrey, 
advisers of Pre-Education candidates for high-school teaching certificates or with 
M. M. Anapol, Frank Herrera or T. J. Kallsen, advisers of Pre-Education candidates for 
elementary-school teaching certificates. 



130 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



(C.) Pre-Journalism Curriculum 

Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Journalism are registered in 
the college of Arts and Sciences until they have earned at least 58 semester hours of 
college credit. During the freshman and sophomore years they should have completed 
all or most courses specified for pre-journalism majors. 

A pre-journalism student who has not maintained at least a "C" average in 
all his college subjects during his first two years is strongly advised not to en- 
roll in the professional school. If his average grade in English 1 and English 2 was less 
than "B," he should register for English 13 during his sophomore year. Before or 
soon after entering the University a student planning to become a journalism major 
should learn the touch system of typewriting. Since shorthand is of great practical 
value and frequently aids a graduate in obtaining a position, all students, especially 
those expecting to become assistants to executives, are urged to learn it before 
coming to college or during their freshman or sophomore year. 

The recommended pre-journalism curriculum follows: 
FIRST YEAR 
Hr. Second Sem 
3 English 2 



First Sem. 
English 1 3 
History 1 3 
Science 4 
Foreign lang. 3 
Introduction to 
U.S. Journal- 
ism 1 
Phys. educ. 1 
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 
Electives 0-2 



Hr. 
3 
3 
4 



History 2 

Science 

Foreign lang. 3 

Introduction to 

Reporting 

Skills 1 

Phys. educ. 1 

Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 
Electives 0-2 



First Sem. 
Newspaper 

Reporting 
History 52 
Foreign lang. or 

English 6* 
Economics 1 
Psychology If 
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 
Phys. educ. 

(women) 1 

Electivesf 0-7 



Hr. 



SECOND YEAR 

Hr. Second Sem. 
Newspaper 

Reporting 3 

History 53 3 

Foreign Lang, or 

English 4* 3 

Economics 2 3 

Pol. Sci. 2 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 
Phys. educ. 

(women) 1 

Electivesf 0-4 



Max. hr. 



16-17 



16-17 



16-17 



16-17 



♦Majors unable to schedule English 4 and English 6 in their sophomore year 
will be required to take them in their junior year. 

tA sophomore expecting to become a high-school teacher will choose an 
elective in his intended teaching field as a substitute for Psychology 1 and in 
his junior year will take Education 105, Educational Psychology. 

(D.) Pre-Nursing Curriculum 

The pre-professional nursing curriculum is offered by the Department of Nursing 
Education to students interested in professional nursing as a career, and who plan 
to enter a collegiate school of nursing. The Pre-Nursing Curriculum is designed 
to provide two years of general college work consisting of subjects required in most of 
the accredited collegiate schools; to stimulate and guide students in selection of 
courses in the physical and social sciences, in education and in the humanities, as a 
basis for the basic professional nursing programs leading to the baccalaureate degree; 
and to give students the personal rewards and satisfactions of working with and 
helping others, and of participating in Nursing's contribution to family and national 
welfare in a democratic society as students and graduates of collegiate schools of 
nursing. Students are advised to select, as early as possible, the school of nursing 
they plan to enter, so that any specific requirements can be included in the required 
and elective hours provided. Experience has shown that students who fail to attain 
a minimum average of "C" may find it difficult to obtain admission to the school of 
nursing of their choice. 

Students in the Pre-Nursing Curriculum major who wish to complete the require- 
ments for the Bachelor's Degree in the third and fourth years at West Virginia 
University before admission to a school of nursing are advised to select a major and 
minor subject from either sociology, social work, psychology, education, biology or 
zoology. This preparation meets the requirements for entrance into university schools 
of nursing whose advanced basic nursing degree programs lead to the Master of 
Nursing Degree: in twenty-eight months at Yale University or Western Reserve Uni- 
versity Schools of Nursing. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



131 



The recommended Pre-Nursing Curriculum 


is: 








FIRST 


YEAR 


SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem 


Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


First Sem 


Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


Eng. 1 


3 


Eng. 2 3 


English (Lit.) 


3 


English (Lit.) 3 


Chem. 1 


4 


Chem. 2 4 


Sociol. 1 


3 


Sociology 2 or 210 3 


Zoology 1 or 




Zoology 2 or 


Psychology 3 


4 


Psych. 122 or 125 3 


Biology 1 


4 


Biology 2 4 


or 1 


3 


Educ. 105 3 


Lang., Hist., 




Lang., Hist.. 


Health. Educ. 


2 


Elective 4 


or elective 


3 


or elective 4-5 


Elective 


3-5 


P.E. 1 


P.E. 


1 


P.E. 1 


P.E. 


1 





15 



16-17 



16-17 



17 



(E.) Pre-Professional Social Work 

An undergraduate pre-professional social work curriculum for juniors and 
seniors is available in the Department of Social Work. The purposes of this 
curriculum are to prepare students to enter graduate professional training, to qualify 
students for positions in social agencies for which graduate professional education is not 
now required, and to provide understanding of social work for those students who 
desire it as a part of their general education. (See social work.) 

(F.) Curriculum in Pre-Medical Technology 

The curriculum outlined below is designed to satisfy the course requirements 
for admission to the specialized and technical portion of the curriculum in Medical 
Technology offered by the School of Medicine. 

Students are not transferred automatically from the pre-professional course 
(first two years) to the professional course (third and fourth years.) Only a limited 
number of students can be accommodated in the third and fourth years. Preference is 
given to residents of West Virginia. Application for admission to the third year 
should be made on forms obtainable from the School of Medicine and must be 
presented at the office of the dean of the school. Applications should be filed in 
February of the second year. Admission to the third year is on the recommendation 
of the Committee on Medical Technology of the Medical School and with the 
approval of the Dean of the Medical School. 



FIRST YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

Chemistry 1 4 

Zoology 1 4 

English 1 3 

French or German 3 

Mil. or Air Science 1 (Men) 2 

Physical Education 1 

Nonscience Electives (Women) 2-3 



Second Sem. Hr. 

Chemistry 2 4 

Zoology 2 4 

English 2 3 

French or German 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 2 (Men) 2 

Physical Education 1 

Nonscience Electives (Women) 2-3 



Maximum hours allowed 



18 Maximum hours allowed 



is 



SECOND YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

Chemistry 105 4 

English 3 or 5 3 

French or German 3 

Physics 1 4 

Physical Education (Women) 1 

Mil. or Air Science 3 (Men) 2 

Nonscience electives 2-3 



Second Sem. Hr. 

Chemistry 115 3 

English 3 or 5 3 

French or German 3 

Physics 2 4 

Physical Education (Women) 1 

Mil. or Air Science 4 (Men) 2 

Nonscience electives 2-3 



Maximum hours allowed 18 Maximum hours allowed 

Mathematics 2 and 3 are recommended electives. 



18 



132 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



COURSES OF INSTRUCTION AND CURRICULA 

INTEGRATED STUDIES 

Professor Crocker (chairman); Assistant Professor Kallsen; Instructors Delchamps, 
Roberts, and Vizas, and Interdepartmental Staff. 

Integrated Studies covers four main areas of knowledge and certain basic skills. 
In the four principal fields of knowledge, courses cut across departmental lines 
as follows: (1) Humanities: history, Romance languages, English language and 
literature, speech, Germanic languages and literature, art, philosophy, music; (2) 
Social Studies: political science, psychology, economics and business administration, 
sociology, economics, social work; (3) Biological Sciences: zoology, botany, psychology; 
(4) Physical Sciences: geology, geography, chemistry, physics, mathematics, astronomy. 
In the basic skills, courses are offered in Communication: writing, reading, speaking, 
and listening. 

In the lower division, the four introductory general courses provide (a) general 
knowledge of subjects not covered by the student's field of major interest and (b) 
perspective for later concentration in certain fields. These courses are, in addition, 
recommended for the student who has not chosen a field of specialization. The 
student will have through these introductions to the main bodies of knowledge an 
opportunity to discover his real interests and aptitudes for more advanced study. 
The Communication courses develop proficiency in the skills of writing, reading, 
speaking, and listening, and thus contribute toward successful work during college and 
after graduation. Available to all students in the University are laboratory and 
clinical facilities for corrective work in speech, reading, writing, and listening. 

In the upper division, courses are offered that continue at an advanced level the 
study of important ideas and concepts in the various fields of learning. A deliberate 
attempt is made to secure in these courses an integrated understanding of a par- 
ticular subject and its important connections with related fields. These courses 
frequently consider problems not encountered in sharply defined departmental or 
specialized courses, and they serve to provide the student with important cross- 
connections between established disciplines. 

Courses of Instruction 
i. the humanities 

1, 2. Introductory General Course. I, II. 4 hr. per semester. 

This course is designed to bring to the student's attention cross sections of his 
civilization at those points where its development has been most significant. In 
accordance with this aim a substantial part of the course is its background 
of history, to which are added a survey of world literature, enough philosophy 
to acquaint the student with the principal thought patterns employed by 
Western man, the main developments in art and architecture, and some music. 
A constant attempt is made in the lectures and discussions to relate the past 
with the present, and to show the continuity of what we call Western Civiliza- 
rron. 

The assigned readings constitute the most important feature of the course, 
in that they supply most of the factual material. Lectures are primarily for 
the purpose of orientation— to help the student interpret the reading. Lectures 
on art, architecture, and music are illustrated. Weekly discussion periods are 
an important part of the course. In them students meet in small groups with 
an instructor, and an effort is made to help them understand the relations 
of the past to present-day problems. Through the aid of a syllabus, the 
course is shown in perspective in order that it may be better conceived as a 
whole. Mr. Manning and Staff 

112. The Medieval Synthesis. II. 3 hr. This course emphasizes the organic unity 
of medieval civilization as exemplified in literature, art, theology, and society 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 133 

Illustrative material will include readings in the religious and secular works 
of the period, reproductions of medieval art and architecture and music. 

Mr. Cresswell and Staff 

141. Great Books. (First Course). I. 3 hr. Five literary masterpieces in translation 
are considered in this course: Plato's Republic, Sophocles' Oedipus Rex and Anti- 
gone, Dante's Divine Comedy, Cervantes' Don Quixote, and Goethe's Faust. Taken 

separately and in order they represent the Greek world, the Middle Ages, 
Renaissance, and the Modern period. Taken as a group they illustrate the 
persistent conflict in the literature of Western Civilization between the actual 
and the ideal. Staff 

142. Great Books. (Second Course). II. 3 hr. Five literary masterpieces, of which 
four are in translation, are considered in this course: Marcus Aurelius' 
Meditations. Benvenuto Cellini's Memoirs, Montaigne's Essays, Rousseau's Con- 
fessions, and Boswell's Life of Samuel Johnson. These evaluations of the 
problems of life, ranging from the time of the Roman Empire to the modern 
American, constitute the integrating principle of the course. Staff 

181, 182. American Civilization. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. This course is 
designed to acquaint the student with the salient characteristics of American 
Civilization as they have developed since the planting of European colonies 
on this continent. Emphasis is placed on the unique contributions of 
successive arrivals on American shores to the making of a distinctive Amer- 
ican culture, as evidenced in its folkways, arts, and philosophy. The central 
theme of the course is the manifestation of the democratic spirit in the 
achievements in thought and feeling of the American people. This course is 
open to all upper-division students. Staff 

II. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

1, 2. Introductory General Course. I, II. 4 hr. per semester. The general 
course in social science aids the student in his preparation for citizenship by 
advancing his understanding of the social order. Major attention is given to 
an analysis of economic, political, and other social conditions now existing in 
the United States. A brief analysis of the place of this country in world 
affairs is included. The course is organized on the basis of two lectures and two 
discussion periods each week. Mr. Gibbard and Staff 

III. THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

1, 2. Introductory General Course. I, II. 4 hr. per semester. Primarily for the 
student who is not a major in biology, the Introductory General Course 
deals with the basic values of biology in relation to civilization and modern 
culture. The course considers the organization and function of living 
organisms in general, as well as the relations between these organisms and 
the connection with their physical environment; but emphasis throughout 
is placed on the importance of the human being and his relationships 
with other organisms. 

Individual student participation is encouraged in discussion periods and 
in the laboratory, where subject matter may require some group work with 
equipment and specimens. Lectures are amplified by moving pictures and 
by demonstrations, one room being continually leserved for demonstrations 
that illustrate subject matter of the course. (This course is identical with 
Biology 1 and 2, General Biology.) Mr. Bennett and Staff 

207. History of Biology. I. 3 hr. PR: 1 year of biology or equivalent. This course 
deals with landmarks in the history of the development of biological knowledge 
and with the philosophical and social background of this development. Rela- 
tively intensive studies are made of the biographies of outstanding biologists 
as examples of their periods. Mr. Core 

208. Great Texts in Biology. II. 1 hr. PR: Biology 2 or equivalent. A study 
of some of the great classics in biology, such as Theophrastus' Enquiry into 



134 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Plants, Vesalius' Epitome, Harvey's Motion of the Heart and Blood, Darwin's 
Origin of Species, and Mendel's Experiment on Hybrid Plants. The course is 
designed to acquaint the student with the historical and philosophical back- 
ground of modern biology and to show how the utilization of the scientific 
method has resulted in the great biological discoveries. Mr. Core 

IV. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

1. 2. Introductory General Course. I, II. 4 hr. per semester. The Introductory 
Course in the Physical Sciences is intended to acquaint the student with the 
physical world in which he lives and has two main objectives: (1) to serve as 
an orientation course for those students who have not chosen their major field 
of interest, and (2) to present a broad general view of the physical sciences 
to students whose interests lie in other fields. 

Two periods each week are devoted to formal lectures and desk demon 
strations; one period a week is used for discussion and quiz in small groups 
and one period a week is devoted to laboratory demonstrations, museum dis 
plays, and field trips. Motion-picture films are used in connection with cer 
tain phases of the course. The syllabus is designed to give a general view o 
the whole field of the physical sciences as well as serve as a guide for weekly 
lectures, readings, and discussions. 

Students who have successfully completed eight hours of a laboratory 
science in one of the physical science fields (physics, chemistry, geology) can 
not take Phvsical Science 1 or 2 for credit. Staff 

103. Elements of Modern Science. 3 hr. PR: Any beginning laboratory science 
course. Intended primarily for nonscience majors, this course develops an 
understanding of Science and scientific methods through a study of the develop- 
ment of ideas from early concepts to the present. The illustrative material, 
drawn from the work of outstanding creative scientists, is integrated in such 
a way as to provide the student, not with a series of isolated pictures, but with 
an over-all view of the framework of modern scientific thought and its relation 
to man in society. The emphasis is not on the technical aspects of science; 
consequently, a knowledge of mathematics beyond intermediate algebra is 
not required. Staff 

150. Modern Scientific Thought. 3 hr. PR: 14 hours of science and consent of 
instructor. Intended for science and philosophy majors, this course undertakes 
a critical analysis of the methodology, epistemology, and basic concepts of 
modern science and particularly of the exact deductive sciences, and it aims to 
develop the intellectual tools in terms of which various philosophical inter- 
pretations of modern natural science can be evaluated. Staff 

V. COMMUNICATION 

Courses primarily for freshmen: 

English 0. (Communication). Corrective Course. I, II. 3 hr. For students deficient 
in the communication skills, as determined by achievement on entrance tests 
in writing and speaking. Remedial work in laboratory classes. Must be fol- 
lowed by English 1 (Communication) and English 2 (Communication). 

Mr. Kallsen and Staff 

English I. (Communication). Basic Course in Composition and Rhetoric /, //. 
3 hr. Practice in writing, reading, speaking, and listening to expository dis- 
course. Classes organized to emphasize one of the skills according to the needs 
of the students. Special sections are provided for students with no marked 
deficiencies in any of the communications skills, as determined by achievement 
on entrance tests and in performance tests in writing and speaking. 

Mr. Kallsen and Staff 

English 2. (Communication). Basic Course in Composition and Rhetoric I, II. 3 hr. 
PR: English 1 (Communication). Continuation of English 1 (Communication). 
Practice in critical and argumentative discourse. Consideration of the function 
of language, abuses of logic, and mass communications. Advanced sections 
aie provided. Mr. Kallsen and Staff 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



135 



Courses primarily for sophomores: 

English 21. (Communication) . The Use of Language. II. 3 hr. PR: English 1 and 
2 or English 1 (Communication) and 2 (Communication). Practice in the 
communication skills on a level more advanced than freshman study. Study of 
the nature of language and its relation to meaning in thought and action. 

Staff 

Courses primarily for upper-division and graduate students: 

English 211. (Communication). Problems of Communication. I. 3 hr. Survey of 
the nature of communication, semantics in clarifying interpersonal communica- 
tion, and responsibilities and social effects of mass communication. Mr. Kallsen 

English 220. (Communication). General Semantics. II. 3 hr. PR: Basic course in 
at least four of the following fields: English, foreign language, physical science, 
biological science, history, psychology, social science, or philosophy and consent 
of instructor. The scientific method and language, the relation between sym- 
bols and reality, the effect of symbols on personal and social conflicts, prac- 
tical devices of written and spoken communication — with continued emphasis 
on practical applications in various fields. Mr. Kallsen 

ART 

Professor Patton; Assistant Professor Clarkson and Instructors Aull and Lancaster. 

The Department of Art offers technical courses in drawing, painting, and 
design; a nontechnical course in appreciation; and lecture courses in the history of 
the arts. Effort is made to provide for the needs of those interested in the cultural 
aspects of the arts, to meet the requirements of students planning further work of a 
technical nature, and to enable students in Education to meet requirements for 
certification as art teachers. 

For art majors the following program is recommended: 





FIRST 


YEAR 




SECONE 


YEAR 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


English 1 


3 


English 2 


3 


Foreign Lang. 3 


Foreign Lang. 3 


Foreign Lang. 


3 


Foreign Lang. 


3 


Art 121 3 


Art 122 3 


Laboratory sci 


. 4 


Laboratory sci. 


4 


Elect. Group 1 3-4 


Elect. Group 1 3-4 


Art 11 


3 


Art 12 


3 


Elect. Group 2 3-4 


Elect. Group 2 3-4 
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 


Mil. or Air Sc 


i. 1 2 


Art 30 


2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 2 


Phys. educ. 


1 


Mil. or Air Sci. 


2 2 


Phys. Education 1 


Phys. Education 1 






Phys. educ. 


1 










— 




— 


Elective to 


Elective to 




14-16 


16-18 


make 17-18 


make 17-18 




THIRD 


YEAR 




FOURTH 


YEAR 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


Art 113 


3 


Art 114 


3 


Art elective 3 


Art elective 3 


Art 105 


3 


Art 106 


3 


Minor sequence 4-6 


Minor sequence 4-6 


English 18 or 


21 3 


Upper Division 




(upper div.) 


(upper div.) 


Upper Division 


elect. Group 


3 3 






elect. Group 


3 3 


Upper Division 








Elective 


6 


elect. Group 5 3-4 










Elective 


4 







18 



16-18 Elective to make 18 Elective to make 18 



136 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Courses of Instruction 

1. Creative Expression in the Fine Arts. I, II, S. 2 hr. Primarily for Elementary 
Education Majors. An exploratory course designed to familiarize the student 
with the possibilities of creative expression through graphic media: to ac- 
quaint the student with the advantages and limitations of the various media; 
and to investigate the adaptability of these to use at various grade levels. 

Mr. Lancaster 

2. Creative Expression in the Applied Arts. I, II, S. 2 hr. A course similar to 
Art 1 but employing materials such as clay, plasteline, paper, felt, gesso, plaster, 

and the like, as a means of creative expression. Mr. Lancaster 

11 or 111, 12 or 112. Representation. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. Freehand drawing 
in pencil and charcoal. Staff 

30. Appreciation of the Arts. I or II. 2 hr. A study of outstanding works of art 
from times past as well as from the present day. Topics treated include— the 
materials with which the artist works; sources of the art impulse; and the 
relation of art to the civilization producing it. Mr. Patton 

105, 106. Survey of Art. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. History of art from pre-historic 
times to the present. Offered 1955-56 and alternate years. Mr. Patton 

113, 114. Representation. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Art 11, 12. Painting. Staff 

115. Representation. I, II. 3 hr. Scientific drawing. Freehand drawing primarily 
for premedical and predental students. Staff 

117, 118. Representation. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Art. 113, 114. Painting. 

Mr. Patton and Mr. Clarkson 

120. Representation. I or II. 2 hr. PR: Art 11, 12 or consent of instructor. Figure 
drawing. Study of the construction of the figure. Drawing from the draped 
model. Staff 

121, 122. Fundamentals of Design. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. 

Mr. Patton and Mr. Clarkson 

123. Lettering. I or II. 2 hr. Principles of design involved in lettering and their 

application. Mr. Patton 

126. Modeling. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. Introductory course in 
sculpture. Mrs. Aull 

127. Crafts. I or II. 2 hr. Crafts in their relation to the art program in the 
secondary school and to recreation programs. Staff 

130. Appreciation of the Arts. I or II. 3 hr. Increasing the student under- 
standing and enjoyment of the arts; analytical study of selected examples of 
painting, sculpture, and architecture together with sufficient illustrations from 
music and poetry to make clear the basic unity of the arts. Mr. Patton 

151, 152. Special Problems. I, II. 1-3 hr per semester. Staff 

220. Art and the Schools. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: 4 hours of art including a min- 
imum of 2 hr. studio. The function of art in the curriculum at various grade 
levels. Standards of achievement. Methods of integrating art and the other 
subjects. Mr. Patton 

250. Renaissance Painting. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Art 105 and 106. A study of painting 
in Italy from Cimabue to Tiepolo; the Renaissance in Western Europe; a brief 
consideration of baroque and rococo painting as outgrowths of the renaissance. 
Offered 1954-55 and alternate years. Mr. Patton and Mr. Clarkson 

260. Modern Painting. II. 3 hr. PR: Art 105 and 106. Development of painting 
from the French Revolution to the present day. Offered in 1956-57 and alternate 
years. Mr. Patton and Mr. Clarkson 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



137 



BIOLOGY 

Professors Core, Ammons, Gribble, and Taylor; Assistant Professors Bennett and 
Norman; Instructors Baer, Birch, Daugherty, Smell, Smith and Vandervort. 

Students may select biology, botany or zoology as their major subject. Biology 1 and 
2 or Botany 1 and 2 will be required of students who wish to major in botany. 
Either Biology 1 and 2 or Zoology 1 and 2 will be required of students who elect 
to major in zoology. Majors in biology should take Biology 1 and 2. 

Prospective majors in biology, botany or zoology should include in their schedule 
of lower-division work Chemistry 1 and 2. Prospective majors in zoology should 
also include Chemistry 115 in lower-division schedule. 

TEACHER CERTIFICATION FOR BIOLOGY MAJORS 

A student may meet the requirements for the A.B. degree with a major in Biology 
and at the same time qualify for teacher certification. The curriculum suggested 
below is designed to include the requirements of the basic subjects prescribed for the 
first two years for prospective teachers. During the junior and senior years the 
courses required in the major and minor subjects will largely coincide with those 
required for first and second teaching fields for high school teachers. At the same 
time they will complete the required work in Education in the teacher-training 
program. 

CURRICULUM FOR THE A.B. DEGREE WITH A MAJOR IN BIOLOGY 





FIRST 


YEAR 


SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


English 1 


3 


English 2 3 


Social Science 1 4 


Social Science 2 4 


History 1 


3 


History 2 3 


Chemistry 1 4 


Chemistry 2 4 


Biology 1 


4 


Biology 2 4 


Physics 1 4 


Physics 2 4 


Foreign lang. 


3 


Foreign lang. 3 


Foreign lang. 3 


Foreign lang. 3 


Phys. Ed. 


1 


Phys. Ed. 1 


Phys. Education 


Phys. Education 


Mil. or Air Sci. 


1 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 


(women) 1 
Mil.or Air Sci. 3 2 


(women) 1 
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 




14-16 


14-16 


16-17 


16-17 




THIRD 


YEAR 


FOURTH 


YEAR 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


Education 105 


3 


Hlth. Educ. 180 2 


Education 124 4 


Education elect. 3 


Biology, Botfny 


Education 106 3 


Education 150 2 


English 18 3 


or Zoology 




Biology, Botany 


Education 120 2 


English Lit. 3 


(upper div ) 


13 


or Zoology 


Education 114 3 


Biology, Botany 




— 


(upper div.) 4 


Biology, Botany 


or Zoology 




16 


Music 10 2 


or Zoology 


(upper div.) 2 






English 5 3 


(upper div.) 4 


Chemistry 233 5 






Chemistry 106 4 


Art 115 3 


— 






18 


18 


16 


CURRICULUM FOR THE A.B. DEGREE WITH A MAJOR IN BOTANY 




FIRST YEAR 


SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


Botany 1 or 




Botany 2 or 


Foreign language 3 


Foreign language 3 


Biology 1 


4 


Biology 2 4 


Mil.orAirSci.3 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 


English 1 


3 


English 2 3 


Physical Educ. 


Physical Educ. 


Foreign language 3 


Foreign language 3 


(women) 1 


(women) 1 


Group 3 elective 3 


Group 3 elective 3 


Physics 1 4 


Physics 2 4 


Physical Educ 


1 


Physical Educ. 1 


Chemistry 1 4 


Chemistry 2 4 


Mil. or Air Sci. 


1 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 


Group 1 elective 3-4 


Group 1 elective 3-4 


Elective 


2 


Elective 2 







16-18 



16-18 



16-18 



16-18 



138 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



THIRD YEAR 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

Group 2 elective 

(lower div.) 3 
Group 4 elective 

(lower div.) 3 
Group 5 elective 

(upper div.) 3 
Botany (or elect.) 

(upper div.) 7-9 

16-18 



Second Sem. Hr. 
Group 2 elective 3 
Chemistry 115 3 
Genetics 221 3 

Botany (or elect.) 
(upper div.) 7-9 



16-18 



First Sem. Hr. 

Chemistry 233 4 
Botany (or elect.) 
(upper div.) 12-14 



16-18 



Second Sem. Hr. 
Chemistry 238 4 
Botany (or elect.) 
(upper div.) 12-14 



16-18 



CURRICULUM FOR THE A.B. DEGREE WITH A MAJOR IN ZOOLOGY 
FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


Zoology 1 or 




Zoology 2 or 




Art 115 3 


Chemistry 115 3 


Biology 1 


4 


Biology 2 


4 


Physics 1 4 


Physics 2 4 


English 1 


3 


English 2 


3 


Foreign language 3 


Foreign language 3 


Chemistry 1 


4 


Chemistry 2 


4 


Mil. or Air Sci.3 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 


Mathematics 3 


3 


Mathematics 4 


3 


Physical Educ. 


Physical Educ. 


Phys. Education 


1 


Phys. Education 


1 


(women) 1 


(women) 1 


Mil. or Air Sci. 1 


2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 2 


2 


Group 1 elect. 3-4 
Electives 2-4 


Group 1 elect. 3-4 
Electives 2-4 



17 



17 



18 



18 



First Sem. Hr. 

Group 2 elective 3 
Chemistry 233 4 
Foreign language 3 
Botany 4 

Zoology 251 4 



IS 



YEAR 


FOURTH 


YEAR 


Second Sem. Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


Group 2 elective 3 
Chemistry 238 4 
Foreign language 3 
Botany 4 
Electives (upper 
division) 4 


Chemistry 163 4 
Zoology 231 5 
Biology 273 4 
Electives (upper 
division) 3-5 


Zoology 232 5 
Biology 274 4 
Electives (upper 
division) 7-9 



18 



18 



18 



Candidates for the A.B. degree in Zoology must complete the following minimum 
number of credit hours in the subjects listed in addition to University and College 
of Arts and Sciences general requirements. Mathematics, 6 hr. (must include Mathe- 
matics 3 and 4); Chemisty 23 hrs. (must include Chemistry 1, 2, 115, 163, 233, 238); 
Physics 8 hrs.; Art 115; Biological Sciences 38 hrs. (must include Zoology 1 and 2 
[Biology 1 and 2 may be substituted], Zoology 231, 232, 251, Biology 273 and 274, and 
Botany, 8 hrs.). A minimum of 128 hrs., including a minimum of 58 hrs. of upper 
division courses are required for the degree. 



Courses of Instruction 
biology 

Lower Division 

1, 2. General Biology. I, II. 4 hr. per semester. General Introductory course 
in Biology. Mr. Bennett and Staff 

51. Microbiology. I. 3 hr. An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Pri- 
marily for nurses. Mr. Hobbs 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 139 



Upper Division 

201, 202, 204. Biology Workshop. I, II, S. 2 hr. per semester. PR: Biology 2 or 
equivalent. Lectures and conferences designed to fit individual needs. Primarily 
for biology teachers or those preparing to teach biology. Staff 

203. Biological Science for the Elementary School. S. 2 hr. PR: General 
Biology or equivalent. Lectures, demonstrations and field trips designed to 
provide a brief survey of certain aspects of general biology suitable for elemen- 
tary schools. Staff 

205. Principles of Evolution. I. 3 hr. PR: Biology 2, Botany 2, or Zoology 2. 
An introduction to the study of evolution. Mr. Bennett 

207. History of Biology. I. 3 hr. PR: Biology 2. History of the development of 
biological knowledge, with philosophical and social backgrounds. Mr. Core 

208. Great Texts in Biology. II. 1 hr. PR: Biology 2 or equivalent. A study of 
some of the great classics in biology, such as Theophrastus' Enquiry into Plants, 
Vesalius' Epitome, Harvey's Motion of the Heart and Blood, Darwin's Origin of 
Species, and Mendel's Experiments on Hybrid Plants. Mr. Core 

209. The Literature of Biology. I. 1 hr. PR: Biology 2 or equivalent. A con- 
sideration of the sources and forms of the literature, the development of 
bibliographies, and the preparation of scientific papers. Mr. Core 

211. Microtechnique. I. 3 hr. PR: Biology 2, Botany 2 or Zoology 2, or 
equivalent. Theory and practice of making microscopic preparations, etc. 
Primarily for botany and zoology majors. Miss Daugherty 

215. Cytology. II. 4 hr. PR: Biology 2. Cells, their structure and functions. 

Mr. Bennett 

273, 274. General and Comparative Physiology. I, II. 4 hr. per semester. PR: 
Biology 2, Botany 2, or Zoology 2. A consideration of the functions common 
to all forms of living matter Mr. Norman 

Graduate Division 

301, 302. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. per semester. Topics of interest to all biologists are con- 
sidered. All members of the staff and graduate students contribute by the 
presentation of a report on some scientific activity. Required of all graduate 
students. Staff members and students in other departments are invited to 
attend. Staff 

311. Advanced Microtechnique. II. 1-3 hr. PR: Biology 211 and consent of instructor. 

Miss Daugherty 

321, 322. Seminar in Ecology. I, II. 2 hr. per semester. PR: Botany 221 or Zoology 
221 and consent. Selected topics on relations of organisms to environment 
and on communities of organisms. Staff 

376, 377. Seminar in General Physiology. I, II. 2 hr. per semester. PR: Biology 
274, Botany 273, Zoology 271, or Plant Pathology 330, and consent. Selected 
topics on functions common to all organisms. Staff 

BOTANY 

Lower Division 

1, 2. General Botany. I, II. 4 hr. per semester. Introductory course in botany. 

Miss Ammons and Staff 

61. Systematic Botany. I. 2 hr. Identification of seed plants. Primarily for 

students in Forestry. Mr. Core 

67, 68. Dendrology. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Biology 2. Classification and 
distribution of the timber trees of the United States. Primarily for students 
in Forestry. Mr. Core 



140 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



71. Plant Physiology. II. 2 hr. Physico-chemical processes of plants. Primarily 
for students in Forestry. Mr. Baer 

Upper Division 

104. The Plant Kingdom. II. 4 hr. A survey of the plant kingdom. Miss Ammons 

161. Systematic Botany. II. 4 hr. Identification of seed plants and study of their 
classification. Mr. Core 

201, 202. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. per semester. Topics of interest to all students of 
plants are considered. Staff 

218. Economic Botany. II. 3 hr. PR: Biology 2 or Botany 2. Plants from the 
standpoint of their value to man. Mrs. Vandervort 

221. Plant Ecology. I. 4 hr. PR: Biology 2 or Botany 2. Environmental rela- 
tionships of plants. Mr. Baer 

224. Plant Communities. S. 2 hr. PR: Biology 2 or equivalent. Field studies in 
Ecology. Offered in 1955 and alternate years thereafter. Mr. Baer 

227. Geographic Botany. I. 2 or 3 hr. PR: Botany 2 or Biology 2. Study of plant 
groupings and worldwide distribution of plants. Mr. Core 

229. Field Studies in Botany. SI. 6 hr. PR: Botany 2 or equivalent. Primarily 
for botany majors and to meet the needs of those who intend to teach or are 
teaching botany. Studies will be conducted in various regions of the State; 
the entire time will be spent in the field. Aims to familiarize students with 
plant life of the State in its natural conditions. (Further information will 
be found in the Summer Session bulletin and in special announcements.) 

Mr. Bennett 

231. Plant Morphology. I. 4 hr. PR: Biology 2 or Botany 2. Development and 
structure of algae and fungi. Staff 

232. Plant Morphology. II. 4 hr. PR: Biology 2 or Botany 2. Development and 
structure of bryophytes and vascular plants. Staff 

235. Plant Anatomy. I. 3 hr. PR: Botany 2 or equivalent. Anatomy of seed 
plants. Miss Ammons 

255. Bryophytes. II. 2 hr. PR: Botany 2 or Biology 2. Identification of liver- 
worts and mosses. Miss Ammons 

261. Advanced SYSTEMATIC Botany. I. 3 hr. PR: Botany 161 or equivalent. 
Taxonomy of pteridophytes, gymnosperms and monocotyledons. Mr. Core 

262. Advanced Systematic Botany. II. 3 hr. PR: Botany 161 or equivalent. 
Taxonomy of dicotyledons. Mr. Core 

265. Aquatic Seed Plants. I. 3 hr. PR: Biology 2 or equivalent. Classification, 
ecology and economic importance of aquatic seed plants. Mr. Bennett 

266. Flora of W.Va. II. 3 hr. PR: Biology 2 or equivalent. A consideration of the 
native plant life of the State. Mr. Core 

273. Plant Physiolocy. I. 4 hr. PR: Biology 2 or Botany 2, and Chemistry 1 and 
2 or equivalent. Physico-chemical processes of plants. Mr. Baer 

296, 297. Special Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. per semester. PR: Approval of instructor. 
Critical studies of topics to be assigned by the instructor. Staff 

Graduate Division 

325. Experimental Ecology. II. 4 hr. PR: Biology 1, Botany 161, and Botany 221 
or equivalents. Experiments on environmental relations of plants. Mr. Baer 



THE COLLEI OtTS ttl 

r. 1 .11 1-6 hr. PR: Boi.v 2ci2. or 

equi\aient M: 

368. Agrostolc - PR: Botany 161 or equivalent laxon 

hr. PR: B or equh 

general physics and on 

processes and physiological methods. 

R - t£». 1. 11. 1-6 hr. Star! 



BOO! OC1 

. I General Zoology. 1. 11 I hr. Facts and principles fundamental to an 

Designed for pre- 
- in Boolog] 

2 N 1 1 i ■ • 

31. Human \ I hr. General .. M-. Gribbk 

Upper Dwision 

171. Human Physiologi 11. 4 hr. An introduce 

Ifr. N< s .. : .:: 

210. Am mm 1>vhu;on 1 ; ; ':•.'. PR /cv'.ocn l % s of in 

ual and gi 1956-57 and al 

ter. Mi. raykx 

221. Animal l I. 3 hr, PR: Zoology 2 or i 

.in una ith emphas g organ- 

isms. Offered in 1965-56 and alternate :er. Mr. Taylor 

229. Kifid /oou\.\. SI. o :.-. PR: 

\\ est \ u ginia an imah \ six 
Lamping trip I 
I'll: . i an Will bt I V. DM I V 55 

al announct ems Mr. l'avlor 

231. COMPARATTVl ANATOMY. 1. 5 hr. PR: Zoot 2 or I . Ovcans Uftd i T Mj CBD ft 

of various vertebrates. ., other tacts of 

animals. Mi. Gril k and Miss Smith 

232. Vhtehlati Embryology. II. 5 hr. PR: /ch Intro- 

mammals. Mr Smith 

233. Oomparattyi Histology, ll S hr, PR: Zoology 2?1 ami 2: ; 2 \ . 

stud) of the tissue- rates. Miss Smith 

Oomparatiyy PvvriorMKNru \wiovv 11 :'hr. PR: /oologN 2?1. Anatom\ 
nent of the organs and systt 

Ifr. Gribbk 

236. CoMPARATTVi Neuroanatomy. 11. 2 hr. PR: /oolop 2 or equhalent. Com- 
parative -:iu : .n of development and anatomy of the nervous systems of the 
vertebrates Mr, ci-. 

237. Ostfoioo.y. 1. 2 hr PR: /oolog\ 2 or equivalent. Development and anat- 
ouin of the skeleton. Miss Smith 

251. Invertebratt Zoouv.\. I. 4 hr. PR. Zoology 2 or equivalent Advanced 
studv of animals without backbones. Mr. Bird: 



142 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



255. Introduction to Human Parasitology. II. 4 hr. PR: Zoology 2 or equiva- 
lent. Biological aspects of parasites and other animals of medical importance. 

Mr. Taylor 

265. Ornithology. II. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 2 or equivalent, and permission of 
instructor. Field and laboratory studies on identification, migration, pro- 
tection, nesting and food habits of birds. Mr. Birch 

271. Physiology of Domestic Animals. I. 4 hr. PR: Zoology 2 or equivalent. 
The functions of domestic animals. Offered in 1956-57 and alternate years. 

Mr. Norman 

272. Physiology of the Endocrines. I. 4 hrs. PR: General Zoology or General 
Biology, Comparative Anatomy, Organic Chemistry. Comparative physiology 
of endocrine mechanisms. The relation of hormonal and parahormonal agents 
to chemical coordination, metabolism, growth, development and sex. Offered 
in 1955-56 and alternate years. Mr. Norman 

Graduate Division 

331. Mammalian Anatomy. S. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 231, 232, 233, 235, 236 and 237 
and consent of instructor. The study of the anatomy of selected animals from 
the regional and sectional approach. Offered 1955 and every third year. 

Mr. Gribble 

332. Anatomy of the Integument. I. 2 hr. PR: Zoology 231, 232, 233 and 235 
and consent of instructor. An advanced study of the gross, developmental, 
comparative, and microscopic anatomy of the integument and its derivatives. 
Offered 1955-56 and every third year . Mr. Gribble 

334. Anatomy of the Circulatory and Respiratory Systems. II. 3 hr. PR: 
Zoology 231, 232, and 235 and consent of instructor. An advanced study of 
the gross, developmental, and comparative anatomy of the circulatory and 
respiratory systems. Offered 1955-56 and every third year. Mr. Gribbble 

335. Anatomy of the Urogenital System. I. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 231, 232, and 235 
and consent of instructor. An advanced study of the gross, developmental 
and comparative anatomy of the genital and urinary systems. Offered 1956-57 
and every third year. Mr. Gribble 

336. Advanced Comparative Neuroanatomy. II. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 231, 232, 233 
and 236 and consent of instructor. An advanced study of the gross, micro- 
scopic, developmental, and comparative anatomy of the nervous system. Of- 
fered 1956-57 and every thiry year. Mr. Gribble 

337. Advanced Osteology. S. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 231 and 237 and consent of 
instructor. The study of the gross, microscopic, developmental, and com- 
parative anatomy of the skeleton. Offered 1956 and every third year. 

Miss Smith 

338. Analogies and Homologies. I. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 231, 232, 233, 235, 236, 237, 
331, 334, 335, 336, and 337 and consent of instructor. A detailed study of the 
analogies and homologies as found in the vertebrates. Offered 1957-58 and 
every third year. Mr. Gribble 

339. Anomalies and Variations. II. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 231, 232, 233, 235, 236, 
237, 331, 334, 335, 336, 337, and 338 and consent of instructor. A detailed study 
of the types, causes, results and frequency of vertebrate anatomical and devel- 
opmental anomalies and variations. Offered in 1957-58 and every third year. 

Mr. Gribble 
351. Advanced Invertebrate Zoology. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Zoology 251 and consent. 

Mr. Birch 
391, 392, 393, 394. Research. I, II. 1-6 hr. Staff 

396, 397. Special Topics. I, II. 1-3 hr. per semester. Critical studies of topics to 
be determined according to the student's requirements. Staff 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



143 



CHEMISTRY 

Professors Lazzell, Collett, and Gibson; Associate Professors J. L. Hall and Iffland; 
Assistant Professors Bettinger, G. A. Hall, Hickman, Humphrey, Mutii, and 
Wilhelm; Instructors Cunningham, Miller, Popovich, Siegel, and Simpson. 

Chemistry 1 and 2 are prerequisite to all other courses in chemistry. Chemistry 
5, 6, 233, 238, 260 and 261; Mathematics" 107 and 108; minimum one year of physicsis 
are required of students who major in chemistry. 

Students entering the University with intention of studying chemistry as a 
profession leading to a degree in the College of Arts and Sciences, with major in 
chemistry, should take Mathematics 3 and Chemistry 1 during the first semester of 
their first year. 

A deposit is required of all students who take laboratory courses. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CHEMISTRY 

The Bachelor of Arts Degree is recommended for those students who are in- 
terested in a scientific program which offers opportunity for a considerable body of 
electives in the non-science fields. This program is recommended for those students 
who plan to teach in the secondary school. For these students careful planning with 
the adviser must be done early in the program so that the teacher certification 
requirements may be met. The requirements are listed below. 



First Sem. 

Chemistry 1 4 

English 1 3 

Math. 3 3 

Foreign language 3 

Phys. Educ. 1 1 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 



FIRST YEAR 

Hr. Second Sem. 



Hr. First Sem. 



Chemistry 2 4 

English 2 3 

Math 4 3 

Foreign language 3 
Phys. Educ. 2 1 
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 



SECOND YEAR 

Hr. Second Sem. 



Chemistry 5 
Math 5 



Foreign language 3 
Group 2 Electives 3 
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 



Hr. 

Chemistry 6 5 

Math 107 4 

Foreign language 3 
Group 2 Electives 3 
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 



16 



16 



16 



17 



First Sem. 
Chemistry 233 
Math 108 
Group 1 elect. 
Physics 111 



THIRD YEAR 

Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem. 



5 

4 

3-4 

5 



Chemistry 238 
Physics 112 
Group 1 elect. 
Speech 11 



5 

5 

3-4 

3 



FOURTH YEAR 



Hr. Second Sem. 



Chemistry 260 5 
Chemistry Elect. 2 
Other Electives 8 



Hr. 



Chemistry 261 5 
Chemistry Elect. 2 
Other electives 8 



17 or 18 



16 or 17 



15 



15 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY 

The Bachelor of Science degree is designed for those students who desire to 
qualify for professional positions in industry and government services, as well as 
those who plan to do graduate work in chemistry. Requirements for the Bachelor 
of Science in Chemistry Degree are listed below. It is recommended that electives be 
chosen so as to satisfy the distribution of electives required for the A.B. dgree. 

nlf mathematics is elected as a minor, an additional 3-hour course beyond 
calculus (usually Differential Equations) is required. 

i2Physics 111 and 112 may count as a minor. If Physics 1, 2, 3, and 4 are 
offered, nine additional upper-division hours in physics are required to satisfy 
the minor. 



144 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



First Sem. 

Chemistry 1 4 

English 1 3 

Foreign language 3 

Math 3 3 

Phys. Ed. 1 1 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 



FIRST YEAR 

Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem. 



SECOND YEAR 



Chemistry 2 4 

English 2 3 

Math 4 3 

Foreign language 3 



Electives 
Phys. Educ. 2 
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 



Hr. Second Sem. 



Chemistry 5 
Math 5 
Foreign lang.* 
Other Electives 
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 



Hr. 



4 Chemistry 6 5 

4 Math 107 4 

3 Foreign language 3 

4 Other Electives 4 
2 Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 



16 



IS 



17 



THIRD YEAR 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Sem. 
Chemistry 233 
Math 108 
Physics 111 
Chem. Eng. 200 
Chemistry Elect 



Hr. 

5 



IS 



Second Sem. 
Chemistry 238 
Physics 112 
Chemistry Elect 
Other Electives 



Hr. 

5 

5 

. 2 

4 



16 



First Sem. 
Chemistry 260 
Chem. Eng. 234 
Chemistry Elect. 
Other Electives 



Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

5 Chemistry 261 5 
2 Chem. Eng. 235 2 
4 Chem. Elect. 4 

6 Other Electives 5 



17 16 



*Six hours of a second foreign language in addition to the language require- 
ments for the A.B. degree are necessary for graduation. 

Courses of Instruction 13 

Lower Division 

1. Inorganic Chemistry. I, II. 4 hr. Required of all students whose work 
calls for the first year of chemistry. Elective for others. Primarily for 
freshmen. Staff 

2. Inorganic Chemistry. I, II. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 1. Required of all students whose 
work calls for first year of chemistry. Elective for others. Primarily for 
freshmen. Staff 



5 or 105. Qualitative Analysis. I. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 2. Required of stu- 

dents whose major is chemistry, and pharmacy students. 2 lect. and 2 3-hour 
lab. periods. Mr. Gibson and Mr. Wilhelm 

6 or 106. Quantitative Analysis. II. 4-5 hr. PR: Chem. 2. Chemistry 5 should 

precede this course wherever possible. Required of students whose major is 
chemistry. Mr. Gibson and Mr. Humphrey 



10. Quantitative Analysis. I. 2 hr. 
students. 



PR: 



Chem. 2. Primarily for engineering 
Mr. Wilhelm 



15 or 115. Quantitative Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 2. For premedical, 
chemical engineering and pharmacy students. 

Mr. Humphrey and Mr. Wilhelm 

31 or 131. Organic Chemistry. I. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 2. For students in agri- 
culture and home economics. Mr. Muth 

63 or 163. Physical Chemistry. I. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 2. Required of premedical 
students and recommended for geology majors and non-chemistry majors. 

Mr. G. A. Hall 



i3Chemistry 1 and 2 are prerequisite to all other courses in chemistry. Three- 
year and four-year premedical students are referred to page 124 for outline of 
required courses. For courses in biochemistry and pharmaceutical chemistry see 
those sections. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 145 

Upper Division 

107. Quantitative Analysis. II. 2 hr. Continuation of Chemistry 15 and 115. 

Staff 
111. Synthetic Inorganic Chemistry. I. 4 hr. PR: Chemistry 6 or 106. Mr. Bettinger 

141, 143. Assigned Topics. I. 1-5 hr. PR: Approval of instructor. Staff 

142, 144. Assigned Topics. II. 1-5 hr. PR: Approval of instructor. Staff 

162. The Chemistry of Colloids. II. 4 hr. Elective for four-year premedical 
students. Mr. G. A. Hall 

170. Glass Working for the Chemical Laboratory. II. 2 hr. PR: Chemistry 
major or approval of instructor. Mr. Iffland 

208. Quantitative Analysis. I. 3 hr. PR: Chemistry 6, (5 hr.), Physics 2 or 112 and 
Mathematics 5. Mr. Gibson 

214. Qualitative Organic Analysis. I. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 238. Mr. Muth 

215. Quantitative Organic Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 238. Mr. Muth 

233. Organic Chemistry. I, II. 4-5 hr. PR: Chemistry 6 or 15. Required of 
students who major in chemistry, pre-med., chemical and mining engineering. 

Mr. Lazzell and Mr. Iffland 
238. Organic Chemistry. I, II. 4-5 hr. PR: Chem. 233. 

Mr. Lazzell and Mr. Iffland 
247. Stereochemistry. I. 2 hr. Open to seniors. PR: Chem 238. Mr. Iffland 

260. Physical Chemistry. I. 4-5 hr. PR: Chemistry 233, Physics 2 or 112 and 
Mathematics 108. Required of chemistry majors and chemical engineering 
students, the latter for 4 hours credit. Mr. Collett 

261. Physical Chemistry. II. 4-5 hr. PR: Chemistry 260. Required of chemical 
engineering students and chemistry majors. Mr. Collett 

273. Chemical Literature. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 6 and 238. Open to seniors. 

Mr. Hickman 

274. History of Chemistry. II. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 6 or equivalent, and organic 
chemistry. Mr. Hickman 

275. Modern Chemical Theories and Practices. S. 2 hr. PR: 16 hours of chem- 
istry. Primarily a refresher course for high school teachers. Not for graduate 
chemistry majors. Mr. J. L. Hall and Mr. Hickman 

277. Synthetic Drugs. I or II. 2 hr. PR: Chemistry 238 or equivalent. 

Mr. Muth 
Graduate Division 

301. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. I. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 261. Mr. Hickman 

302. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. II. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 301. Mr. Hickman 

317. Modern Plastics. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Muth 

343. Advanced Org nic Chemistry. I. 4 hr. PR: Chemistry 238 or equivalent. 

Mr. Lazzell 
345. Theories of Organic Chemistry. II. 2 hr. PR: Chemistry 343. Mr. Lazzell 

350. Heterocyclic Chemistry. II. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 343. Mr. Muth 

367. Advanced Physical Chemistry. II. 2-4 hr. PR: Chemistry 261. Mr. J. L. Hall 

368. Advanced Physical Chemistry. I. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 367. Mr. J. L. Hall 

369. Chemical Kinetics. I or II. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 261. Mr. G. A. Hall 



146 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



380. Electrochemistry I or II. 3 hr. PR: Chemistry 238 and 261. Mr. Collett 

383. Advanced Quantitative Analysis. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 208, 238, 261. 

Mr. Gibson 

388. Valence and Molecular Structure.!* I or II. 2 hr. PR. Mathematics 108, 
Physics 108, Chemistry 261. Mr. Gibson 

389. Chemical Thermodynamics.^ I. 2 hr. PR: Chemistry 261 and Mathematics 
108. Mr. Gibson 

390. Chemical Thermodynamics.^ II. 2 hr. Continuation of Chem 389. Mr. Gibson. 

Mr. Gibson 

391. 392. Journal Meeting and Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. per semseter. Required 

of students working for graduate degrees with major in chemistry. Recom- 
mended as a minor for students from other departments. Staff 

395, 396. Special Topics. I, II. 1-3 hr. per semester. Chemistry of the carbo- 
hydrates, organic nitrogen compounds, the phase rule, dyes and dye inter- 
mediates, food analysis, chemical microscopy, and crystallography are suggested 
topics. Staff 

397, 398, 399. Research. I, II. 1-10 hr. Six hours required for the Master's Degree. 

Staff 
CLASSICS 

Professor Brouzas 

The Department of Classics offers courses in the Greek and Latin languages and 
in classical civilization. Courses in the department are intended not only to give 
students a thorough knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages and literatures but 
also to acquaint them with the classical culture in general. 

Courses suggested are for Classics majors with English as a second teaching 
subject. Those wishing to offer a modern language as a second teaching subject may 
substitute that modern language for the English beginning with the Sophomore year; 
those who wish to offer Social Studies, may substitute History, etc. for the same English. 

Women can qualify for a teacher's certificate and graduate with 129 hours; men 
with 135 hours. 

Student who do not plan to teach, can substitute electives for the Education 
courses and graduate with 128 hours, the regular requirement of the College of Arts 
and Sciences. 





FIRST YEAR 




SECOND 


YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


English 1 


3 


English 2 


3 


History 1 or 52 3 


History 2 or 53 


3 


Latin 3 


3 


Latin 4 


3 


Latin 12 3 


Latin 22 


3 


Laboratory Sci. 4 


Laboratory Sci. 


4 


Social Science 1 4 


Social Science 2 


4 


Humanities 1 


4 


Humanities 2 


4 


Education 105 3 


Education 106 


3 


Phys. Educ. 


1 


Phys. Educ. 


1 


Art Apprecia- 


Music Apprecia- 




Mil. or Air Sci. 


1 2 


Mil. or Air Sci 2 


2 


tion 30 2 
Phys. Educ. 1 
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 


tion 
Phys. Educ. 
Mil. or Air Sci.4 


2 

1 
2 




16-17 


16-17 


16-17 


16-17 




THIRD YEAR 




FOURTH YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


English 18 


3 


English Lit. 


3 


English 6 


English 


6 


Latin 


6 


Latin 


6 


Latin 6 


Latin 


3 


Education 


3 


Education 


2 


Education 3 


Education 


6 


Greek 1 


3 


Greek 2 


3 


Philosophy 3 






Health Educ. 


2 


Lib. Science 














or Speech 


3 










17 




17 


18 




15 



i40ffered in alternate years, not available in 1955-56, 
isOffered in alternate years, available in 1955-56, 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 147 



Courses of Instruction 

Lower Division 



1. Elementary Latin. I. 3 hr. Elements of the Latin language. Completion 
of a standard beginner's book. 

2. Elementary Latin. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Latin 1, consisting of study 
of a standard second-year book. 

3. Intermediate Latin. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 2 or two units of high-school Latin. 
Selections from Caesar, Aulus Gellius, Nepos, and from other authors of 
comparable ease, designed to prepare students to read orations of Cicero 
and other Latin of similar difficulty. 

4. Cicero's Orations. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 3, or 2 units of high-school Latin. 

5. Latin for Law Students: Selections from Legal Latin and the Institutes 
of Justinian. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 3 or 2 units of high-school Latin. 

12. Selections from Roman Prose. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 4 and 6 or equivalent. 
Cato to the end of the Silver Latin period. 

21. Roman Letterwritinc.. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 4 and 12, or 4 units of high- 
school Latin. 

22. Selections from Roman Poetry. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 4 and 12, or equivalent. 
Selections from the elegiac, lyric, and iambic poets and from Martial's epigrams. 

Upper Division 

201. The Story and Novel. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. The 
origin of the story and novel is traced from Homer to the medieval Greek 
and Latin romance writers. Selections from Petronius, the Cena Trimalchionis, 
and from Apuleius, Cupid and Psyche. 

202. Drama. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. A brief history of the 
origin and development of Greek and Roman drama. The Menaechmi of 
Plautus, the Andria of Terence, and the Medea of Seneca are read in Latin. 

203. Oratory. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. A bird's eye view of 
Greek and Roman oratory is given and part of the first book of Cicero's De 
Oratore; selections from Quintilian's Institutes and from Tacitus' Dialogus 
de Oratoribus are read in Latin. 

227. Vulgar Latin— Prose and Verse. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. 
Selections from Latin inscriptions with a view to studying the development 
of the Latin language from its earliest times; also selections from medieval 
and later Latin writers are read which show the passing of the Latin language 
into the Romance languages. 

231. Satire. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. Greek satirical writings 
and the origin of the Roman satire. Selections in Latin from the Satires and 
Epistles of Horace, and from the Satires of Persius and Juvenal. 

234. History. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. The origin and develop- 
ment of Roman historiography and its Greek antecedents. Selections in Latin 
from Livy's History, from Tacitus' Agricola, and from Suetonius' Julius 
Caesar. 

235. Epic. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. The origin and development 
of the Greek and Roman epic. Selections from Vergil's Aeneid, from Lucretius' 
De Rerum Natura, and from the earlier and later epic poets in Latin. 



148 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



236. Philosophy. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. The origin and 
development of Greek Philosophy and its influence upon Roman philosophy. 
Selections from Cicero's Tusculan Disputations on the immortality of the 
soul and from Seneca's Dialogues and Epistles in Latin. 

Graduate Division 

381, 382. Seminar. Introduction to Research. I, II. 3 hr. each semester. PR: 
at least three courses of upper division Latin, or equivalent. Methods of 
textual, literary, and historical criticism. Evaluation of text, sources, and 
background of an author, whose principal work is studied and analyzed. 

383, 384. Thesis. I, II. 3 hr. each semester. Six hours of credit are allowed for 
a thesis, required for the degree of Master of Arts in the department. A con- 
troversial subject, or a little explored subject is usually assigned, intended 
not only to acquaint students with the subject-matter and to develop the 
various sides of research method but also to produce a creditable piece of 
research. 

GREEK 

Lower Division 

1. Elementary Greek. I. 3 hr. A course in the elements of the Greek language. 

2. Selections from Greek Literature (Prose). II. 3 hr. 

3. Selections from Greek Literature (Poetry) . II. 3 hr. 



ECONOMICS 

Professors Coleman, Fishman, Roberts, and Tower; Associate Professors Campbell, 
Somers, and Thompson; Assistant Professors Hanczarvk and Clark; Instructor 
Mayberry. 

In September, 1952, the Department of Economics and Business Administration 
in the College of Arts and Sciences was replaced by the College of Commerce. Since 
the establishment of the College of Commerce, the new college has granted the B.S. 
degree in Economics, while the College of Arts and Sciences has continued to giant 
the A.B. degree in this field. 

A brief explanation of the differences between the B.S. and A.B. programs in 
Economics may be helpful to prospective Economics majors. The course of study 
leading to the B.S. degree is aimed primarily at preparing the student for a career 
in business. Consequently, the student selecting this program is required to complete 
courses in accounting, business writing and business finance and must take approxi- 
mately half of his elective courses within the College of Commerce. The program 
leading to the A.B. degree is designed for students who wish to combine fundamental 
training in Economics with broad, general training in other fields. Thirty or more 
credit hours, from a total of 128 required for graduation, are available for elective 
subjects. There are two principal requirements which apply to the A.B. program 
in Economics, but do not apply to the B.S. program. These are the requirements 
that the student must complete twelve hours in a foreign language and nine upper- 
division hours in a minor field other than Economics. 

A candidate for the A.B. degree with a major in Economics must complete a 
minimum of 128 semester hours for graduation. He must also complete at least 24 
semester hours in upper-division Economics courses. A minimum of 58 semester 
hours must be completed at the upper-division level. Of these, not less than 9 upper- 
division hours must be earned in a minor field approved by the candidate's adviser. 

Lower-Division Program. The curriculum of the lower division is designed to 
provide a background for the study of Economics. The following courses are required 
and students are expected to complete them within the first two years of residence 
at the University. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



149 



FIRST YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 
English 1 3 English 2 


SECOND 

First Sem. Hr. 
Economics 1 3 


YEAR 
Second Sem. Hr. 
Economics 2 3 


Foreign Lang.* 6 3 
Group 1 elect. 3-4 
Laboratory Sci.* 7 4 
Physical Educ. 1 
Mil. or Air Sd. 1 2 


Foreign Lang.i° 3 
Group 1 elect. 3-4 
Laboratory Sci. 17 4 
Physical Educ. 1 
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 


Foreign Lang. 
Pol. Sci. 2 or 

History 52 
Elective 
Mathematics 8 
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 


3 

3 
3 
3 
2 


Foreign Lang. 3 
Pol. Sci. 120 or 

History 53 3 
Public Speaking 

11 3 
Elective 3 
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 



16 or 17 



16 or 17 



17 



17 



Upper-Division Program. The following courses are required of all Economics 
majors: 

Econ. Ill Money and Banking 

Econ. 125 Statistics 

Econ. 115 Labor Problems 

Econ. 221 Economic Theory 

Econ. 222 History of Economic Thought 

In addition to the above courses, candidates must complete a minimum of 9 
upper-division hours in Economics. 



Courses of Instruction 

Lower Division 

1. Principles of Economics. I, II. 3 hr. Organization and principles of economic 
activity. Staff 

2. Principles of Economics. I, II. 3 hr. Economics 1 and 2 are prerequisite to all 
upper-division courses. Staff 

Upper-Division 



111. 



115. 



Money and Banking. I, II. 3 hr. Our system of monetary and banking arrange- 
ments, viewed in relation to functioning of the economic system as a whole. 

Mr. Fishman 
Labor Problems. I, II. 3 hr. History of modern labor movements; analysis of 
economic and social problems arising from relations between capital, labor, and 
the state. Mr. Somers 



116. History of Labor in the United States. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 115 or 
consent of instructor. Origins and development of labor organizations with 
particular attention to those in the U.S. Staff 

119. Economics of Consumption. I. 3 hr. Economic and social problems involved 
in consumer choices. Staff 

125. Statistics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 2, 3, or 8. Methods of collecting, presenting, 
analyzing, and interpreting business data, with special emphasis on the analysis 
of frequency distribution, trend fitting, seasonal corrections forecasting, and 
index numbers. Mr. Hanczaryk 

205. Current Economic Problems. S. 3 hr. PR: Economics 1 and 2 or consent of 
instructor. For students in Education only. A course designed to acquaint 
public school teachers with reliable source material in economics and to 
instruct them in studying current economic problems. Mr. Campbell 



i6See language requirements for College of Arts and Sciences. 
17A laboratory science may be chosen from biology, chemistry, physics, 
botany, zoology, psychology, geology, or physical science. 



150 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



209. Problems in Economics. I, II. 1-3 hr. Staff 

210. Comparative Economic Systems. II. 3 hr. Structure and processes of existing 
economic systems throughout the world including review of basic principles 
of free enterprise, socialistic, communistic, and fascistic societies. Comprehen- 
sive analysis based on current and recent experiments in these economies. Staff 

217. Trade Unionism. I. 3 hr. PR: Economics 115. An analysis of the structure, 
government, attitudes, and policies of organized labor; the economic and 
political implications of union policy. Mr. Somers 

218. Collective Bargaining and Labor Relations. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 115 or 
consent of instructor. Theory and practice of collective bargaining; causes of 
industrial peace and conflict; government regulation of labor relations. 

Mr. Somers 

221. Economic Theory. I, II. 3 hr. Training and experience in use of analytical 
methods and techniques needed in dealing with fundamental economic 
problems. Staff 

222. History of Economic Thoucht. I. 3 hr. PR. Economics 221. Economic ideas 
in perspective of historic development. Mr. Thompson 

225. Transportation. I. 3 hr. Development of regulation; economics of valuation 
and rate making. Mr. Campbell 

235. Business Cycles. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 125, or consent of instructor. 
Industrial fluctuations; causes and possible remedies. Mr. Fishman 

241. Public Finance. II. 3 hr. Fiscal organization and administration of modern 
governments; public expenditures; governmental revenues; problems of public 
debt. Mr. Tower 

242. Taxation. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 241 or consent of instructor. Comparative 
study of taxes and tax systems. Particular emphasis upon tax structures of 
Federal government and State of West Virginia. Mr. Tower 

245. Government and Business. II. 3 hr. Government in its role of adviser and 
umpire; analysis of governmental policies and practices affecting business. 

Mr. Fishman 

250. International Trade. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. Development of 
trade among nations; theories of trade; policies; physical factors; trends; and 
barriers. Mr. Campbell 

256. Advanced Statistics. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 125 or its equivalent. Correlation, 
index numbers, time series analysis, statistical inference, and population fore- 
casting. Mr. Hanczaryk 

310. Contemporary Economic Theory. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 221. Recent de- 
velopments in economic theory such as those relating to imperfect competition, 
monetary problems, and collectivist economy. Staff 

315. Bibliography and Research. I. 2 hr. Sources of information; research pro- 
cedures; analysis and interpretation of data; preparation of manuscripts. 

Mr. Coleman 
319. Seminar in Economics. II. 2 hr. Staff 

331, 332. Thesis. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. Staff 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 151 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

Professors Brawner, Bishop, Crocker, and Draper; Associate Professors Foster and 
Gainer; Assistant Professors Mockler, Pace, Pettigrew, and Sayre; Instructors 
Board, Buswell, Dawson, Dowdell, Ford, Gibb, Hagan, Hicks, R. Holden, 
S. Holden, Howard, Johnston, Law, Leonian, Marks, Ross, Smith, Spancler, 
Staton, and Taylor. 

A student who is admitted to the upper-division of the University may be 
admitted to the Department of English as a major on consultation with the depart- 
mental adviser. No absolute prerequisites, except freshman English and other 
lower-division Arts and Sciences requirements, are stated as conditions of admission; 
but it is desired that students who anticipate becoming English majors should be 
guided by the suggested lower-division programs listed below. If a student on entrance 
into the upper-division presents deficiencies in English credits, he may expect to take 
more than the minimum number of English courses normally required during his 
junior and senior years. 

Advisers of upper-division students who are not English majors may schedule 
them for upper-division courses in English without regard to prerequisites, according 
to the advisers' discretion. 

Teacher Certification for English Majors 

A candidate for the A.B. degree in English may combine the Arts and Sciences 
requirements with the requirements for teacher certification in English and one other 
teaching field. Such a student will combine the requirements of the University in 
general, of the College of Arts and Sciences, and of the Department of English with 
(1) the basic two-year curriculum for all teacher trainees, (2) the 20-hour requirement 
in Education courses, and (3) the specific requirements for the English teaching 
field and one other field. Teaching fields customarily combined with English are 
Speech, Library Science, Art, French, Spanish, Latin, and Social Studies. If Social 
Studies is chosen, the Arts and Sciences minor may be History, Political Science, 
Sociology, or Economics. 

A student who wishes to qualify for a teaching certificate and for the A.B. degree 
should begin by combining the lower-division requirements in Arts and Sciences with 
the two-year curriculum required of all candidates for teacher certification. He should 
also consult the University bulltein entitled "Teacher Training Programs" (May, 1954), 
and make as much progress as possible toward fulfilling courses of study prescribed 
for his teaching fields. By carefully planning his program each year, the student can 
complete all requirements within four years. Copies of a mimeographed summary 
showing how English majors may combine these various sets of requirements are 
available at the English office. 

Choice of Two Majors in English 

The prescribed upper-division program for majors in English requires the student 
to complete courses in both English literature and American literature and allows him 
to determine the relative emphasis he will give to each. Three upper-division courses 
(Group "A") are required of all majors. Credit for this group is either 8 or 9 hours. 
An additional twelve hours is chosen from groups "B" and "C" according to the 
student's desire to emphasize English literature or American literature. The plan 
is shown as follows: 

GROUP A (8-9 hr., required of all) : 

1. English 142. Shakespeare. 3 hr. 

2. English 234. Chaucer. 3 hr. 

3. English 230. History of the English Language, 3 hr.; or 
English 127. The American Language. 2 hr. 

Choice of twelve additional hours of upper-division work, as follows: 

Emphasis on English Literature: 9 hr. from Group B, 3 hr. from Group C. 
Emphasis on American Literature: 3 hr. from Group B, 9 hr. from Group C 



152 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



GROUP B: 



1. English 138. English Literature, 1660-1744. 3 hr. 

2. English 139. English Literature, 1744-1798. 3 hr. 
$. English 140. Elizabethan Poetry and Prose. 3 hr. 

4. English 141. Literature of the 17th Century. 3 hr. 

5. English 249. The Romantic Movement. 3 hr. 

6. English 257. Victorian Poetry. 3 hr. 

7. English 258. Victorian Prose. 3 hr. 



GROUP C: 



1. English 166. American Fiction. 3 hr. 

2. English 222. American Biography. 3 hr. 

3. English 239. Southern Writers. 3 hr. 

4. English 250. American Romanticism. 3 hr. 

5. English 270. American Poetry. 3 hr. 



Suggested Semester Programs 

Lower Division 

The following lower-division course programs are suggested for pre-English majors. 
The "electives" refer to groups 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 of "Distribution Requirements" in 
Arts and Sciences, and the numbers refer to these groups. The footnotes indicate 
choices that should be made by teacher trainees in order to combine these require- 
ments with those of the teacher-training curriculum. 



FIRST 


YEAR 




SECOND 


YEAR 




First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. J 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


English 1 3 


English 2 


3 


English 3 or 5 3 


English 4 or 6 


3 


English 3 or 5 3 


English 4 or 6 


3 


Foreign Lang.j 3 


Foreign Lang.f 


3 


Laboratory Sci.* 4 


Laboratory Sci.* 


4 


Electives, 


Electives, 




Foreign Lang. 3 


Foreign Lang. 


3 


Group 1** 3-4 


Group 1** 


3-4 


Phys. Educ. 1 


Phys. Educ. 


1 


Electives, 


Electives, 




Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 2 


2 


Group 2** 3-4 
Electives, 


Group 2** 
Electives, 


3-4 








Group 4f 3 


Group 5t 


3 








Phys. Educ. 1 


Phys. Educ. 


1 








Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 


Mil or Air Sci. 4 


2 



14-16* 



14-16* 



16-18 



16-18 



For those preparing for teacher certification, the following notes apply: 

*(a)Students should choose the general course in Biology or in Physical 
Science, (b) Music 10 or Art 30 are recommended to complete a schedule 
of 16 hours for women students. 

t(a)Speech should be chosen from Group 4; suggested courses 3, 6, 11, and 29. 
(b) If the foreign language requirement has been met, English 18 or 21 
should be scheduled. If a language must be scheduled, the student may 
do well to take English 18 or 21 during his second year and postpone one 
of the Arts and Sciences group electives until his junior year, (c) Geog- 
raphy should be selected from Group 5 if the student expects to make 
Social Studies his second teaching field. 

**Men should select no more than one of the four-hour courses so as not to 
exceed a total load of 18 hours. Since Social Science is required of all teachers, 
it should be chosen to satisfy Group 2. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



153 



Upper Division 

THIRD YEAR 



First Sem. 



English 142 
Upper-division 
English (from 
group B or C, 
above) 
Minor Subject 



Hr. 

3 



Electives* 



3 

3 

6-9 



Second Sem. 



Hr 



Upper-division 
English (from 
group B or C, 
above) 

Minor Subject 



Electives* 



3 

3 

9-12 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Sem. 



Hr. Second Sem. 



English 234 3 

English (from B 

above) 3 

Minor Subject 3 
Electives* 6-9 



Hr. 



English 230 3 

English (from B 

above) 3 

Minor Subject 3 
Electives* 6-9 



15-18 



15-18 



15-18 



15-11 



♦For those preparing - for teacher certification, the hours allowed for "elec- 
tives" will be devoted to satisfying- the requirements for certification. The re- 
quirements that must be satisfied are as follows: 

(a) Any courses in the two-year general program for teachers that may not 
have been taken during the student's lower-division years. Check especially 
for Ensrlish 18 or 21; Historv 1 and 2 or Humanities 1 and 2; Social Science 
1 and 2; Music 10, Art 30; Health Ed. 101. 

(b) Certain specific requirements for the English first teaching field, if not 
alreadv met: Speech 3, 6, 11, or 29; 5 to 6 hrs. additional, chosen from Jour- 
nalism' 215 (2 hr.), Library Science 1 or 101. (3 hr.), Speech 162 (3 hr.) 

(c) Requirements of a second teaching field, insofar as they do not coincide with 
the student's Art's and Sciences minor. 

(d) Twentv hours of Education, including practice teaching. 



Courses of Instruction 

Lower Division 

O. English Composition.. 1,11 3 hr. Required of all students who fail to 
qualify for English 1 on the Freshman English placement test. Staff 

1. Composition and Rhetoric. I, II. 3 hr. Required of all candidates for the 
Bachelor's Degree in all colleges. Advanced sections are provided for students 
who make exceptionally high grades on the Freshman English placement test. 

Staff 

2. Composition and Rhetoric. I, II. 3 hr. Continuation of English 1. Required 
of all candidates for the Bachelor's Degree in all colleges. Advanced sections 
are provided for students who make exceptionally high grades on the Fresh- 
man English placement test. Staff 

3. Survey: English Literature. I, II. 3 hr. English authors from Beowulf to Burns 
and readings from their works. Upperclassmen may substitute English 163 
for this course. Staff 

4. Survey: English Literature. I. II. 3 hr. English authors from Robert Burns to 
the present and readings from their works. Upperclassmen may substitute 
English 164 for this course. Staff 



5. American Literature. 
works to 1870. 



II. 3 hi 



American authors with readings from their 

Staff 



6. American Literature. I, II. 3 hr. American poetry and prose from 1870 to the 
present. Continuation of English 5. Staff 

9. Composition and Reading (for pre-Law students) . I. 3 hr. Expository writ- 
ing and readings of literarv types in an anthology of poetry and prose. 

Mrs. S. Holden 

10. Composition and Reading. (For pre-Law students) . II. 3 hr. Argumentation 

and the logical basis for argumentation, together with readings in an anthology. 

Mrs. S. Holden 

13. Expository Writing. I, II. 2 hr. PR: English 1 and 2. Extensive practice 

in the various types of expository writing, together with the study of techniques. 

Staff 



154 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



14. Argumentative Writing. I, II. 2 hr. PR: English 1 and 2. Logical briefing 
as applied to argumentative writing and thinking. Staff 

16. Creative Writing I. Description. I, II. 3 hr. Exercises in the descriptive process; 
the practical and aesthetic values of description. Staff 

17. Creative Writing II. Narration. I, II. 3 hr. The elements of narration; 
point of vieu, motivation, and the presentation of character in short narratives; 
individual assignments and conferences. Staff 

18. Advanced English Composition (Written and Spoken) . I, II. 3 hr. Practice 
in the organization of thought and in the correct and effective use of the 
language in writing and speaking, with emphasis on the various types and 
techniques of exposition. Staff 

21. The Use of Language. II. 3 hr. PR: English 1 and 2. Practice in the com- 
munication skills on a level more advanced than freshman study. Study of 
the nature of language and its relation to meaning in thought and action. Staff 

23. Business English. I, II. 3 hr. For majors in Economics and Business Administra- 
tion. The writing of reports; assembling and analysis of data; business cor- 
respondence. Staff 

25. Introduction to Literature (Poetry). I, II. 2 hr. No Prerequisite. A non- 
technical approach to poems selected for their intrinsic interest and ease of 
comprehension. Designed to instruct and give pleasure. Staff 

26. Introduction to Literature (Fiction) . I, II. 2 hr. No Prerequisite. A com- 
panion course to English 25 and English 27 in the reading of works of fiction 
selected for their interest and significance to the general reader. Emphasis on 
appreciation and enjoyment. Staff 

27. Introduction to Literature (Drama). I, II. 2 hr. No Prerequisite. How to 
read, enjoy, and judge significant plays. Designed for the general student, not 
the specialist, with a view to developing a lasting interest in dramatic 
literature. Staff 

Upper Division 

115. Creative Writing III: Narration (Short Story). I, II. 2 hr. Purpose and 
pattern of the modern short story; study of examples in current periodicals; 
special assignments and conferences with individual students on a minimum 
number of short stories. Staff 

125. Advanced Composition. I. 2 hr. Factual writing of articles on subjects of 
current interest. Mr. Gainer 

126. Advanced Composition. I, II. 3 hr. Technical forms of writing; designed par- 
ticularly for students in science, engineering, and agriculture. 

Mrs. Buswell 

127. The American Language. II. 2 hr. Words and their ways in American 
speech. Mr. Mockler 

129. Words. I, II. 2 hr. A practical course in vocabulary building with attention 
to derivation, history, ana meanings of words. Miss Sayre 

138. English Literature, 1660-1744. I. 3 hr. a study of the literature from the 
Restoration to the death of Pope, exclusive of the drama. Mr. Crocker 

139. English Literature, 1744-1798. II. 3 hr. A study of the literature from the death 
of Pope to the publication of Wordworth's Lyrical Ballads, exclusive of the 
drama. Mr. Crocker 

140. Elizabethan Poetry and Prose. I. 3 hr. A study of the Renaissance in England 
as manifested in the great variety of nondramatic literary works of the six- 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 155 



teenth century, with emphasis on the major writers of the reign of Elizabeth. 

Mr. Draper and Mr. Foster 

141. Literature of 17th Century. II. 3 hr. A consideration of the major poets and 
prose writers of the 17th century, with the exception of dramatic writings. 

Mr. Draper and Mr. Foster 

142. Shakespeare. I, II. 3 hr. A study of eleven or twelve of Shakespeare's most 
important plays. Mr. Brawner, Mr. Draper, and Mrs. Pettigrew 

160. Contemporary Literature, 1. 2 hr. A study of modern British and American 
poets and prose writers— including novelists, short-story writers, dramatists, 
and essayists. Primary emphasis on the works. Includes Frost, Yeats, Gals- 
worthy, Eliot, Pound, Jeffers, Cather, Anderson, Fitzgerald, O'Neill, D. H. 
Lawrence, Huxley, Joyce, and Forster. Chronology is roughly from 1900 to 
1925. Mr. Bishop and Mr. Foster 

161. Contemporary Literature. II. 2 hr. A continuation of the preceding course 
from approximately 1925 to the present time. Includes Sandburg, Lindsay, 
Hart Crane, Wolfe, Faulkner, Evelyn Waugh, Farrell, Steinbeck, Auden, 
Graham Greene, Burke, Dylan Thomas, Spender, Robert Lowell, and Koestler. 

Mr. Bishop and Mr. Foster 

163. English Literature. I, II. 3 hr. Survey: English Literature from the beginning 
to 1800, with special reference to the life, personality, ideas and influence of 
great English authors. May be substituted for English 3 but may not be elected 
by students who already have credit for English 3. Staff 

164. English Literature. I, II. 3 hr. Continuation of English 163 from 1800 to the 
present. May be substituted for English 4 but may not be elected by students 
who already have credit for English 4. Staff 

166. American Fiction. I. 3 hr. The reading of ten or more of the most im- 
portant American novels from Hawthorne to the present day, each considered 
as a work of art reflecting a significant view of life. Lectures on the works of 
principal authors, with class discussion of particular books. Mr. Brawner 

173. Poetry. I, II. 2 hr. The appreciation and enjoyment of poems through critical 
and analytical reading. Studies in the various types of poetry, and of the 
language, imagery, and techniques of poetic expression. Mr. Brawner 

175. The Short Story. I. 2 hr. A study of the historical development of the 
short story and the schools into which the work of short story writers is 
divided. Mr. Bishop 

180. Bible Literature: Old Testament and Apocrypha. I. 3 hr. The contents 
of the Old Testament, its literary structure, and its effect upon our liter- 
ature and thought. Mr. Marks 

181. Bible Literature: New Testament. II. 3 hr. The contents of the New Testa- 
ment, its literary structure, and its effect upon our literature and thought. 

Mr. Marks 

182. Masterpieces of English Literature. II. 3 hr. Intensive study of significant 
literary works. Mr. Crocker 

Upper-Division and Graduate Courses 

211. Problems of Communication. I. 3 hr. Survey of the nature of communication, 
semantics in clarifying interpersonal communication, and responsibilities and 
social effects of mass communication. Mr. Kallsen 

220. General Semantics. II. 3 hr. PR: Basic course in at least four of the following 
fields: English, foreign lanugage, physical science, biological science, history, 
psychology, social science, or philosophy and consent of instructor. The scien- 
tific method and language, the relation between symbols and reality, the 
effect of symbols on personal and social conflicts, practical devices of written 
and spoken communication— with continued emphasis on practical applications 
in various fields. Mr. Kallser 



156 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



222. Modern American Biography. I. 3 hr. The best biographies about America's 
greatest. Miss Page 

223. Masterpieces of Biography. II. 3 hr. Several famous biographies of the 
Western world. Miss Page 

*224. Literary Criticism. II. 3 hr. Deals with history of literary criticism from 
Aristotle to modern times. Mr. Crocker 

225. Recent Literary Criticism. I, II. 3 hr. A brief survey of the theories and 
essays of the four major schools of modern criticism and an application of 
these theories to a novel, a play, and to selected poems and short stories. 

Mr. Foster 

226. Early Hebrew Culture and Literature. I. 2 hr. PR: Twelve hours 
of college English. A study of the Old Testament, Apocryphal writings, and 
related literary traditions. For teachers and other mature students. Not for 
graduate majors in English. Mr. Marks 

227. Early Christian Culture and Literature. II. 2 hr. PR: Twelve hours 
of college English. The New Testament, Christian apocryphal writings, and 
related bodies of literature and thought. For teachers and other mature 
students. Not for graduate majors in English. Mr. Marks 

228. Advanced Grammar. I, II. 3 hr. A course in descriptive grammar, the parts 
of speech, constructions, and methods of diagramming. Mr. Bishop 

230. History of the English Language. II. 3 hr. A study of the nature of 
the language; questions of origins, language families, development relation- 
ships of English as one of the Indo-European languages. Mr. Mockler 

*231. Old English. I. 3 hr. A study of Anglo-Saxon grammar, with selected 
readings from the literature of the period. Mr. Mockler 

*232. Beowulf. II. 3 hr. PR: English 231. Continuation of the study of Old English; 
critical reading of the poem Beowulf. Mr. Mockler 

234. Chaucer. I. 3 hr. A study of Chaucer's Canterbury Tales and Troilus and 
Criseyde. In addition to an understanding and appreciation of Chaucer's 
literary work, the student is expected to acquire some knowledge of Chaucer's 
language. Mr. Mockler 

235. Shakespeare. I. 3 hr. A course for undergraduates and graduates in the 
detailed study of three of Shakespeare's major plays. Mr. Draper 

239. Southern Writers. II. 3 hr. Examination of twentieth-century southern essayists, 
poets, short story writers, and novelists in relation to the ideological back- 
ground. Mr. Foster 

242. Literature for Teachers. S. 3 hr. Study and appreciation of selected works of 
American authors, with special reference to the high-school curriculum. Given 
usually in the Summer Session. Staff 

243. Literature for Teachers. S. 3 hr. Study and appreciation of selected works of 
English authors. Recommended for teachers of high-school English. Given 
usually in the Summer Session. Staff 

*244. Literature of the Sixteenth Century. I. 3 hr. Renaissance in England as 
reflected in literature with some consideration of the fine arts and other 
aspects of culture. Mr. Draper 

*245. Literature of the Seventeenth Century. II. 3 hr. The struggle between 
Cavalier and Puritan as reflected in the literature of the age. Mr. Draper 

247. Literature of the Eighteenth Century. I. 3 hr. The culture-history of 
England 1700-1750, as expressed in social, economic, political, and religious 
movements, and as reflected in literature. Mr. Draper 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 157 

248. Literature of the Eighteenth Century. II. S hr. A continuation of English 
247, covering the period from 1750-1800. Mr. Draper 

249. The Romantic Movement. I. 3 hr. The works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, 
and Keats, together with an introduction to works of scholarship in the field 
of English Romanticism. Mr. Brawner 

250. American Romanticism. II. 3 hr. The writings of Ralph Waldo Emerson, 
Henry David Thoreau, and Nathaniel Hawthorne. A study of the relations 
of these men to the history of their own time, and of their contributions to 
American thought and art. Mr. Brawner 

*252. Modern English Literature, 1881-1918. I. 3 hr. A consideration of the 
revolt against mechanism, the new romanticism, doctrines of action, and 
contemporary tendencies. Mr. Crocker 

*253. Pre-Shakespearian Drama. I. 3 hr. A study of the medieval drama from its 
beginnings to the middle of the sixteenth century. Mr. Crocker 

•254. Elizabethan Drama. II. 3 hr. A study of the great dramatists of the 
Elizabethan period, exclusive of Shakespeare. Mr. Crocker 

*255. Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama. I. 3 hr. A study of persistent 
forms and new developments in the drama of the period. Mr. Crocker 

256. Modern Drama. II. 3 hr. A study of world drama from Ibsen to the present 
day, with particular reference to -isms and ideas. Mr. Crocker 

257. Victorian Poetry. I. 3 hr. A study of the major Victorian poets— Tennyson, 
Browning, Arnold, Rossetti, Morris, Swinburne, Fitzgerald, and a few of the 
later Victorian poets. Mr. Gainer 

258. Victorian Prose. II. 3 hr. A study of the non-fictional writings of the great 
Victorian prose critics: Carlyle, Ruskin, Arnold, Newman, Macaulay, Huxley, 
Morris. Mr. Gainer 

259. Dramatic Art of Shakespeare. II. 3 hr. A study of several of Shakespeare's 
histories, comedies, and tragedies, showing the chronological development 
of his art and matters of stage presentation in Shakespeare's age. Mr. Bishop 

t260. Studies in Shakespearean Comedy. I, II. 3 hr. PR: English 142, or consent of 
instructor. Textual and dramatic study of representative comedies. 

Mrs. Pettigrew 

261. Technique of the Drama. I. 2 hr. A study of dramatic structure, with 
emphasis upon appreciation. Mr. Crocker 

262. Study of Selected Authors. (American) I, II. 3 hr. A study of the works of 
a principal American author, or of more than one, as announced when the 
course is scheduled. Staff 

263. Study of Selected Authors. (English). 1, II. 3 hr. Study of the works of one 
or more of the principal English authors, as announced in the schedule when 
the course is listed. Staff 

t264. Spenser. I. 3 hr. A study of Spenser's poetry, minor poems and The Faerie 
Queen, forms and sources, purpose of the great epic, social, political, and 
religious allegory. Staff 

t266. Browning. I, II. 2 hr. A study of Robert Browning's most important shorter 
poems and The Ring and the Book. Some attention will be given to the 
life and poems of Mrs. Browning. Staff 

267. Milton. II. 3 hr. A study of all of Milton's poems and of a few selected prose 
works. Mr. Gainer 



58 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



270. American Poetry. I. 3 hr. A study of the major American poets of the 
nineteenth and twentieth centuries— Bryant, Poe, Emerson, Longfellow, Whit- 
man, Dickinson, Frost, Eliot. Primary emphasis on their poetry as poetry; 
background materials minimized. Mr. Foster 

272. Folk Literature. II. 3 hr. A study of the folk ballad, its origin, history, and 
literary significance, based on Child's collection and on American ballad 
collections. Mr. Gainer 

*273. The Folktale and Allied Forms. II. 3 hr. The fairy tale and other folk- 
tale types, their currency in oral tradition, great collections of folktales, 
theories of the folktale, and methods of study. Mr. Gainer 

*274. The Lyric. I, II. 2 hr. A history of lyric poetry with especial attention to 
the evolution of lyric styles. Mr. Draper 

*275. The English Novel to the Time of Scott. I. 3 hr. A study of the English 
novel from the Ifith century to the time of Scott, showing the development 
of the novelistic art from early narrative beginnings. Mr. Bishop 

*276. The English Novel. 1832-1900. II. 3 hr. A continuation of English 275. 
The development of the English novel from the early 19th century to 
the beginning of the 20th century. Mr. Bishop 

*277. Master Writers of the Essay. II. 3 hr. Reading and discussion of the works 
of major essayists from Montaigne and Bacon to the present day, together 
with a study of the historical development of the essay as a literary form. 

Mr. Brawner 

*278. Tragedy. II. 3 hr. Masterpieces of tragedy in drama, poetry, and fiction 
from Greek times to modern, with consideration of the changing concepts of 
tragedy and of the ethical and ideological values reflected in the works of major 
tragic authors. Mr. Brawner 

280. The Modern Novel. I, II. 3 hr. A study of technical methods employed by 
the twentieth century novelists. Thorough consideration of Henry James, 
Joseph Conrad, James Joyce, and others. Mr. Bishop 

*29L Introduction to Literary Research. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. Lectures and exercises 
in research problems to prepare the student for such work in graduate and 
professional schools. Mr. Draper 

Graduate Division 

392. Seminar. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. PR: Specific courses to be approved by the instructor. 
A graduate study of particular periods or authors. Staff 



♦Given only in alternate years. 
tNot given in 1955-56. 

GEOLOGY, MINERALOGY, AND GEOGRAPHY 

Professors Fridley and Wells; Associate Professors Cross and Ludlum; Assistant 
Professors Heald and Myers; Instructor Dally. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOLOGY 

Each candidate for the Bachelor of Science Degree is required to present credit 
for Geology 266 or its equivalent and must minor in an allied science. A total of 
132 hours is required. The following schedule is recommended: 



HE COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES 



159 



Freshman 


Hr. 


Sophomore Hr. 


Junior 


Hr. 


Senior 


Hr. 


Foreign lang. 


6 


Foreign lang. 


6 


Geol. 127 


2 


Geol. 221 




English 1 and 2 


6 


Geol. 1 and 2 


4 


Geol. 151 


3 


and 222 


6 


Math. 3 


S 


Geol. 3 and 4 


4 


Geol. 152 


1 


Geol. 240 


4 


Math. 4 


3 


Chem. 1 and 2 


8 


Geol. 161 


3 


Geol. 246 


3 


Phys. 1 


4 


C. E. 1 


2 


Geol. 172 


3 


Geol. 271 


3 


Phys. 2 


4 


Mil. or Air Sci. 




Geol. 184 


4 


Geol. 272 


3 


Mil. or Air Sci. 




3 and 4 


4 


Geol. 185 


4 


Electives from 




1 and 2 


4 


*Electives (to com 




Geol. 231 


4 


the following 




Phys. Educ. 




plete general 




Chem. 115 


3 


E.M. 201 


2 


1 and 2 


2 


Arts and Sci- 




Chem. 163 


4 


Chem. E. 160 


3 






ences require- 




Electives 


3 


Geol. 285, 286 


8 






ments) 


6 






Other 
electives 6 


to 8 



32 



34 



34 



31-33 



year, 
year. 



*At least six hours must be taken in one of the humanities or social sciences. 

Geology 266 (6 hours) will normally be taken in the summer following the junior 
Math. 5, Analytic Geometry, is required in either the sophomore or junior 



BACHELOR OF ARTS IN GEOLOGY 

The minor subject for this degree need not be a science and Math 5 is not 
required. At least nine hours more of the Social Sciences and Humanities are 
required for the A.B. than for the B.S. degree in Geology. A total of 128 hours is 
required for the A.B. degree. 





FIRST YEAR 




SECOND 


YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


English 1 


3 


English 2 


3 


Foreign Lang. 3 


Foreign Lang. 


3 


Foreign Lang 


3 


Foreign Lang. 


3 


Geology 1 3 


Geology 3 


3 


Math 2 or 3 


3 


Mathematics * 


I 3 


Geology 2 1 


Geology 4 


1 


Physics 1 


4 


Physics 2 


4 


Chemistry 1 4 


Chemistry 2 


4 


Mil. or Air Sci 


1 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 2 


Electives, 


Electives, 




Phys. Educ. 


1 


Phys. Educ. 


1 


Group 2 3-4 


Group 2 


3-4 










Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 










Phys. Educ. 1 


Phys. Educ. 


1 




14-16 




14-16 


17-18 




17-18 




THIRD 


YEAR 




FOURTH 


YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


Art 115 


3 


Geology 129 


2 


Geology 127 2 


English 126 


2 


Geology 107 


3 


Geology 161 


3 


Geology 221 3 


Geology 172 


3 


Geology 151 


3 


Chemistry 115 


3 


Geology 231 4 


Electives 


12 


Geology 152 


1 


Elective 


3 


Electives 8 






Geology 184 


4 


Electives 










Electives 




Group 4 


3 








Group 1 


3-4 


Group 1 


3-4 








17 


or 18 




17-18 


17 




17 



160 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Courses of Instruction 
geology and mineralocy 

Lower Division 

1. Physical Geology. I, II. 3 hr. Scientific description of composition and 
structure of earth; physical processes which change the earth's surface. (Geology 
1 must be accompanied by Geology 2 in order to meet the requirements for 
4 hours of a laboratory science in physical geology.) Starf 

2. Physical Geology Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. Accompanies Geol. 1. Staff 

3. Historical Geology. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 1. Evolution of earth and its 
inhabitants. (Geology 3 must be accompanied by Geol. 4 in order to meet 
requirements for 4 hours of a laboratory science in historical geology.) 

Mr. Wells 

4. Historical Geology Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. Accompanies Geol. 3. Mr. Wells 

Upper Division 
125. Geologic Drafting. I, II. 1 hr. PR: Geol. 2 and 4. Staff 

127. Map Interpretation. I. 2 hr. PR: Geol. 2 and 4. Relation of earth structure 
and history to land forms as shown on topographic maps. Mr. Fridle\ 

128. Map Interpretation. II. 2 hr. Continuation of Geol. 127. Mr. Fridle) 

129. Cartography. I, II. 2 hr. Techniques, principles, and practices in art of map 
and graph construction. Letter and drawing instruments used in cop) 
and field lay-out work designed for reproduction. Mr. Myers 

151. Structural Geology. I. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 3 Shape and position of rock 
masses in the earth's crust; mechanical principles underlying various types of 
rock deformation; indication of economic importance of deformed rock struc- 
tures with respect to recovery of mineral products. Mr. Ludlum 

152. Structural Geology Laboratory. I or II. 1 hr. PR: Geology 3. A laboratory 
course to accompany or follow the lecture course, Geology 151, Structural 
Geology. Mr. Ludlum 

161. Field Geology, II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 151. An introduction to actual field tech- 
niques utilized by geologists in mapping and reporting on geology of an area. 
Local areas studied in detail; 2 day field trip required for regional study. 

Mr. Dally 

170. Natural Resources and Geology of West Virginia. II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 1 or 
107. A summary of geology of the State from a historical and economic stand- 
point. Staff 

172. Economic Geology: Nonmetallics. II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 184. Occurrence, 
formation, and use of nonmetallic mineral substances, including ground water, 
building materials, and chemicals. Mr. Ludlum 

184. Mineralogy. I. 4 hr. PR: One year each of geology and chemistry. Elements 
of crystallography and systematic study of minerals except silicates. Identifi- 
cation of minerals by their physical properties supplemented by blowpipe 
analysis. Mr. Heald 

185. Mineralogy and Petrography. II. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 184. Description, mode of 
occurrence, and classification of silicate minerals and rocks. Mr. Heald 

221. Geomorphology. I. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 151. Study of surface features of eastern 
United States. Mr. Fridley 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 161 



222. Geomorphology. II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 151. Continuation of Geol 221. Surface 
features of western United States. Mr. Fridley 

231. Invertebrate Paleontology. I. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 3 and 4. Invertebrate fossils; 
their biologic classification, evolutionary development, and use in correlation 
of strata. Mr. Wells 

235. Introductory Paleobotany. I 4 hr. PR: Geol. 3 and/or Bot. 2. A resume of 
the development of principal plant groups through the ages, present distribu- 
tion, mode of occurrence and index species, methods of collection. Mr. Cross 

236. Advanced Paleobotany. II. 4 hr. Continuation of Geol. 235. Mr. Cross 

239. Seminar in Paleobotany. I, II. 1-2 hr. per semester. PR: Geol 235. Mr. Cross 

240. Principles of Stratigraphy. 11. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 231. Study of the principles 
of rock and time correlation, with emphasis on their application to the 
stratigraphy of West Virginia. Mr. Dally 

246. Sedimentation. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 185. Origin of sedimentary rocks; 
principles involved in interpretation of ancient geography, climates, animals, 
and plants; i.e.. basic foundations for stratigraphy. Mr. Dally 

247. Sedimentation Laboratory. I or II. 1 hr. PR: Geology 185. A laboratory course 
to accompany or follow the lecture course, Geology 246, Sedimentation. 

Mr. Dally 

266. Field Geology. SI. 6 hr. PR: Geol. 161. Practical experience in detailed 

geological field procedures and mapping. Living expenses are in addition 

to tuition and must be paid on or before registering. Mr. Wells and Mr. Dally 

269. X-Ray Diffraction. I or II. 2 hr. The theory of X-Ray diffraction and 
application to the identification of crystalline materials, emphasis on powder 
technic. Open to advanced students in geology, chemistry, chemical engineering, 
and mining engineering with permission of the instructor. Mr. Heald 

271. Economic Geology: Ore Deposits. I. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 172 and 185. Mineral 
composition, geologic features, and distribution of deposits of principal useful 
metallic minerals. Mr. Ludlum 

272. Petroleum Geology. II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 151. Origin, geologic distribu- 
tion, methods of exploration and exploitation, uses and future reserves of 
petroleum and natural gas in the world, with special attention to the U.S. 

Mr. Ludlum 

273. Petroleum Geology Laboratory. II. 1 hr. PR: Geology 151. A laboratory 
course to accompany or follow the lecture course, Geology 272, Petroleum 
Geology. Mr. Ludlum 

274. Seminar in Economic Geology. I, II. 1-2 hr. per semester. PR: Geol. 172. 

Mr. Ludlum 

275. Coal Geology. I. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 4. Study of origin, nature, and distribution 
of coal deposits. Includes an introduction to microscopic study of coal 
specimens. Mr. Cross 

276. Advanced Coal Geology. II. 4 hr. Continuation of Geol. 275. Mr. Cross 

285. Optical Mineralogy. I. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 185 and one year of physics. Principles 
and practice in use of the petrographic microscope in identification of minerals. 
Emphasis on determinations by immersion method. Mr. Heald 

286. Petrology. II. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 285. Composition, texture, occurrence, and 
origin of rocks. Study of hand specimens and thin sections. Mr. Heald 

290. Geologic Problems. I or II. 2-4 hr. Specialized work for seniors and graduates. 
Consult departmental adviser before registering. Staff 



162 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



291, 292. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. Mr. Wells 

Graduate Division 

329. Problems in Geomorphology. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 222. Mr. Fridley 

332. Micro paleontology. II. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 231. Identification of Foraminifera, 
Bryozoa, and Ostracoda with aid of microscope. Emphasis upon classification, 
nomenclature, and use of paleontological literature. Mr. Wells 

334. Problems in Paleontology. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 231. Mr. Wells 

339. Problems in Paleobotany. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 235. Mr. Cross 

348. Problems in Sedimentation. 1, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 246. Mr. Dally 

349. Problems in Stratigraphy. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 240. Mr. Dally 

359. Problems in Structural Geology. I, II. 1-4. PR: Geol. 151. Mr. Ludlum 

366. Problems in Field Geology. I, II. 1-6 hr. PR: Geol. 161. Mr. Dally 

374. Problems in Advanced Economic Geology. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 271. 

Mr. Ludlum 
376. Problems in Coal Geology. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 276. Mr. Cross 

379. Seminar in Coal Research. I, II. 1-2 hr. PR: Consent. Credit 1 hour per 
semester, maximum credit 2 hours. (In cooperation with other departments 
and the U.S. Bureau of Mines.) Staff 

387. Advanced Petrology. I. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 286. A study of the composition, 
classification, and origin of the igneous and metamorphic rocks. Laboratory 
work consists of a study of crystalline rocks mainly by microscopical methods. 

Mr. Heald 

388. Problems in Mineralogy and Petrology. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 286. 

Mr. Heald 

397, 398. Research. I, II. 1-5 hr. Specialized work for advanced students based 

upon field or laboratory evidence and reported upon in candidacy for 

advanced degrees. Staff 

GEOGRAPHY 

Upper Division 

107. Introductory Geography. I. 3 hr. Relationship between environment and 
forms of life; emphasis on physiography and climatology. Mr. Myers 

109. Economic Geography. II. 3 hr. Regional method of treating agricultural, 
industrial, and commercial development of each of various countries of the 
world. Mr. Myers 

116. Geography of North America. II. 3 hr. A regional study of the area north 
of Rio Grande with interpretation of geographic factors influencing growth, 
and problems connected with future development. Mr. Myers 

118. Geography of Europe. I. 3 hr. Geographic description of continent as a 
whole, its political divisions, followed by study of individual regions. Mr. Myers 

215. Industrial Geography. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. of economics, history, geology. 
Factors which contribute to development of major industrial regions; detailed 
analysis of selected industries. Mr. Myers 

216. Urban Geography. II. 2-3 hr. PR: 12 hr. of economics, history, geology. Study 
of present day American cities from their distribution, function and internal 
structure. Field work in local urban centers and their tributary areas will be 
made. Mr. Myers 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



163 



219. Seminar in Geography. 
history, geology. 

Graduate Division 

319. Problems in Geography. 
geology. 

GERMAN 



1-3 hr. per semester. PR: 12 hr. of economics, 

Mr. Myers 



I, II. 



■4 hr. PR: 12 hr. 



of social studies and 
Mr. Myers 



Associate Professor Lemke; Assistant Professor Stilwell; Instructors Heilbronner and 
Taylor. 

Students majoring in German are advised to base their schedule on upper-division 
courses from the following subjects, which are listed here in the order of their 
importance: German, education, English, European history, Romance languages, 
modern philosophy, and political science. Those who are not planning to teach 
German may omit the courses in education, but the sequence of subjects, from the 
viewpoint of their desirability for a major in German, remains the same. 

PROGRAM OF COURSES FOR MAJORS IN GERMAN 



First Sem. 

German 1 3 

English 1 3 
Electives, 

Group 1 3-4 

Laboratory Sci. 4 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 

Phys. Educ. 1 

14-17 



FIRST YEAR 

Hr. Second Sem. 



German 2 
English 2 
Electives, 

Group 1 
Laboratory Sci. 
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 
Phys. Educ. 



3 
3 

3-4 
4 
2 
1 



SECOND YEAR 



Hr. First Sem. 



Hr. Second Sem. 



German 3 
German 111 
French 1 
Pol. Science 1 
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 
Phys. Educ. 



German 4 
German 112 
French 2 
Pol. Science 2 
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 
Phys. Educ. 



Hr. 

3 
3 
3 
3 

9 

1 



14-17 



16-17 



16-17 



First Sem. 
German 
French 5 
Philosophy 

or 104 
Electives 



THIRD YEAR 
Hr. 

6 

3 



3 
3-6 



Second Sem. 
German 
French 6 
Speech 3 or 11 
Electives 



Hr. 

6 

3 

3 

3-6 



FOURTH YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

German 6 German 3 

Electives 9-12 Electives 12-15 



15-18 15-18 15-18 15-18 

Advanced courses should include German 245 and 251. Recommended minor 
fields are English, French, Philosophy, History, or Political Science. 

Courses of Instruction 18 



Lower Division 

1. Elementary 
position. 



German. I, II. 3 hr. Pronunciation, syntax, reading, 



Elementary German. I, II. 3 hr. Extensive reading 
I. 3 



corn- 
Staff 

Staff 



Intermediate German 
Intermediate German, 



hr. Rapid reading of prose by modern authors. 

Staff 
II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 3. Staff 



Upper Division 

105. The German Novelle. 
Storm, and Stifter. 



3 hr. Representative stories of Keller, Meyer, 

Mr. Lemke 

i8German 1, 2, 3, and 4 are each prerequisite to the next following-, and the 
four combined are prerequisite to all other courses with the exception of German 
111, 112, 121, and 122, for which German 1 and 2 are prerequisite. 



164 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



106. The German Novelle. II. 3 hr. From naturalism to present day. Con- 
tinuation of German 105. Mr. Lemke 

107. Nineteenth Century Drama. I. 3 hr. Critical study of selected dramas by 
Kleist, Grillparzer, Hebbel, Ludwig. Mr. Lemke 

108. Nineteenth Century Drama. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 107. Mr. Lemke 

111. Spoken German. I. 3 hr. Practice in speaking and writing. Mr. Stihvell 

112. Spoken German. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 111. Mr. Stihvell 

121. Scientific German. I. 3 hr. Primarily for students in science courses. Staff 

122. Scientific German. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 121. Staff 

136. Introduction to Goethe. II. 3 hr. Mr. Lemke 

161. Lyric Poetry. I. 3 hr. Mr. Lemke 

163. Modern German Prose in English Translation. I. 3 hr. PR: None. Reading 
and discussion of outstanding German short stories and a few novels. (No 
credit allowed for departmental majors nor for regular language requirements.) 

Mr. Lemke 

201. Independent Reading. I. 3 hr. Supervised reading for students who wish 
to do intensive work in any field of interest. Mr. Lemke 

202. Independent Reading. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 201. Mr. Lemke 

211. Middle High German. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of German from upper division. 

Mr. Stilwell 

212. Middle High German. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 211. Mr. Stilwell 

231. Advanced Spoken German. I. 3 hr. PR: German 111 and 112. Additional 
practice in speaking and writing German. Mr. Stilwell 

232. Advanced Spoken German. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 231. Mr. Stilwell 
242. Faust. II. 3 hr. Critical study of Goethe's Faust. Mr. Lemke 

244. German Literature Before Goethe. II. 3 hr. A survey of German literature 
from its beginnings to the middle of the 18th century. Mr. Stilwell 

245. Survey of German Literature, 1766-1870. I. 3 hr. Mr. Lemke 

246. Survey of German Literature, 1870-1940. II. 3 hr. Mr. Lemke 

251. History of the German Language. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of German or consent. 
Development since ancient times. Mr. Stilwell 

252. German Philology. II. 3 hr. PR: German 251 or consent. Comparison of old 
Germanic dialects and literatures. Mr. Stilwell 

272. The Romantic Movement. II. 3 hr. Mr. Lemke 

275. The Modern Novel. II. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of German. Supervised reading of 
nineteenth century novels. Mr. Lemke 

276. The Modern Novel. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 275, with emphasis 
on recent fiction. Mr. Lemke 

281. Old Norse. I. 3 hr. PR: consent. Elementary study of Old West Norse 
prose. Mr. Stilwell 

282. Old Norse. II. 3 hr. Readings in various Old Icelandic sagas; introduction 
to Old Norse poetry. Continuation of German 281. Mr. Stilwell 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



165 



HISTORY 

Professors Summers, Easton, and Ennis; Associate Professors Barns, Keen, and Smith; 
Assistant Professor Cross; Instructors Johnson and Puryear. 

Before graduation history majors are required to complete 18 hours in up- 
per-division courses, including History 276, introduction to historical research 
and bibliography. Six hours in political science and 6 hours in economics are also 
required in addition to the special requirements for the A.B. Degree. Students 
who expect to major in history should complete the following subjects, or their 
equivalents, in their first and second years; English, 6 hours; French or Ger- 
man, 12 hours; history, 12 hours, which should include History 52 and 53 and may 
include one year's work in either Humanities or Social Sciences general courses; 
laboratorv science, 8 hours; political science, 6 hours; and economics, 6 hours. 
In planning work in history, students should consult the department in order 
that advanced courses may be properly correlated as well as suited to individual 
needs and tastes. One lower-division "year course" or equivalent in history is 
prerequisite for a major, but prospective majors are advised to take two such 
courses or History 52 and History 53 and one year of Humanities or Social Sci- 
ences general courses. 

CURRICULUM FOR A.B. DEGREE WITH MAJOR IN HISTORY 





FIRST 


YEAR 




SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


English 1 


3 


English 2 


3 


Electives, 




Electives, 


Foreign Lang. 
Laboratory Sci 
History 1 
Mil. or Air Sci. 


3 

4 

3 

1 2 


Foreign Lang. 
Laboratory Sci. 
History 2 
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 


3 
4 
3 
2 


Group 3* 
Foreign Lang. 
History 52 
Economics 1 


3 
3 
3 
3 


Group 3* 3 
Foreign Lang. 3 
History 53 3 
Economics 2 3 


Phys. Educ. 


1 


Phys. Educ. 


1 


Pol. Science 1 
Mil. or Air Sci. 
Phys. Educ. 


3 
3 2 

1 


Pol. Science 2 3 
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 
Phys. Educ. 1 



14-16 



14-16 



16-18 



16-18 





THIRD 


YEAR 






FOURTH 


YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


Historyf 


6 


History- 


6 


History 276 


3 


History 


3-6 


Minor 


3 


Minor 


3 


History** 


3 


Minor or 




Electives 


6-9 


Electives 


6-9 


Minor 


3-6 


Electives 


3-6 










Electives 


6-9 


Electives 


6-9 



15-18 



15-18 



15-li 



15-18 



♦Teacher's Certification. In Group 3, English 3 and 4 should be selected. 
tHistory courses numbered 100-199 are recommended. 
**History courses numbered 200-299 are recommended. 



Courses of Instruction 



Loiver Division^ 

1. World Civilization from the Earliest Times to the Reformation. I, II. 3 
hr. For freshmen. The development of social, economic, and political institu- 
tions. Mr. Easton, Mr. Ennis, Mr. Johnson, and Miss Smith 



19A11 first and second-year courses are offered as lower-division "year courses." 
These courses run throug-h the year, but in no case is the first half-year a prere- 
quisite for the second half. For example, History 1 is not a prerequisite for His- 
tory 2. History 1 and History 2 make up the introductory first year in history. 
History 52 and 53 are primarily for sophomores. A freshman should not take 
more than one "year course" at a time. 



66 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



2. World Civilization' from the Reformation to the Present. I, II. 3 hi. For 
freshmen. Continuation of History 1. 

Mr. Easton, Mr. Ennis, Mr. Johnson, and Miss Smith 

52. Growth of American Nation to 1865. I, II. 3 hr. Primarily for sophomores. 

Mr. Barns, Mr. Cross, Mr. Keen, Mr. Puryear, and Mr. Summers 

53. Making of Modern America, 1865 to Present. I, II. 3 hr. Primarily for 
sophomores. Mr. Barns, Mr. Cross, Mr. Keen, Mr. Puryear, and Mr. Summers 

Upper Division 

101. History of Ancient Times: Stone Age to Fall of Rome.* I. 3 hr. Mr. Johnson 

102. Medieval Europe: Fall of Rome to Renaissance.* I. 3 hr. Mr. Johnson 

103. Modern Europe. 1500-1815. I. 3 hr. Staff 

104. Modern Europe, 1815 to the Present. II. 3 hr. Staff 

107. French Revolution.* I. 3 hr. Mr. Easton 

108. Napoleonic Era.* II. 3 hr. Mr. Easton 

133. British Civilization to 1689. I. 3 hr. Miss Smith 

134. British Civilization since 1689. II. 3 hr. Miss Smith 
145. Current American Problems. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Cross 
148. Living Issues in American History. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Barns 

150. West Virginia. I, II. 3 hr. Mr. Summers 

151. American Colonial History. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Puryear 

152. The Growth of American Nationalism, 1763-1850. i or II. 3 hi. Mr. Cross 
164. History of Asia. I. 3 hr. Mr. Ennis 

179. American Economic History to 1865. I. 3 hr. Mr. Barns 

180. American Economic History since 1865. II. 3 hr. Mr. Barns 

181. The American Labor Movement. II. 3 hr. Mr. Barns 

190. The Cultural History of the American Pfople to 1876. I or II. 3 hr. 

Mr. Keen 

191. The Cultural History of the American People since 1876. I or II. 3 hr. 

Mr. Cross 

206. The Renaissance and the Reformation. II. 3 hr. PR: For seniors and graduate 
students with one year of history, or with consent. Mr. Easton 

207. Cultural Europe, 1600-1800. I or II. 3 hr. PR: For seniors and graduate 
students with one year of European history, or with consent. Mr. Easton 

208. Cultural Europe, 19th Century. I or II. 3 hr. Continuation of Hist. 207. 

Mr. Easton 

213. Social and Economic Development of Modern Europe, 1750-1870. I. 3 hr. PR: 
History 1 and 2, or consent. Miss Smith 

214. Social and Economic Development of Modern Europe Since 1870. II. 3 hr. 
Continuation of History 213. Miss Smith 

217. History of France from Richelieu to the Fourth Republic. I or II. 3 hr. 
PR: Same as for History 206. Mr. Easton 



'PR: One college course in European history, or consent of instructor. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 167 



218. History of Germany since the Thirty Years' War. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Same 
as for History 206. Mr. Easton 

219. Histor> of Russia from Varangians to Bolsheviks. I. 3 hr. PR: Same as 
for Hist. 207. Mr. Easton 

220. Latin-American History: Colonial Period and Wars of Independence. I. 3 
hr. PR: Foi seniors and graduate students with one year of history, or 
consent. Mr. Keen 

221. Latin America Since 1824. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Hist. 220. Mr. Keen 

222. The Hispanic Background of American History. I, II. 3 hr. For seniors 
and graduate students, or with consent. Mr. Keen 

231. The British Empire. I. 3 hr. PR: Hist. 134 or consent. Miss Smith 

234. Social and Economic History of Modern England. I and II. 3 hr. PR: 
Hist. 134, or with consent. Miss Smith 

236. English Constitutional Growth. 1 or II. 3 hr. Hist. 133. Miss Smith 

241. Europe from Sedan to Versailles. I. 3 hr. PR: Hist. 1 and 2 or equivalent. 

Mr. Ennis 

242. Europe from Versailles to Nuremberg II. 3 hr. Continuation of Hist. 241. 

Mr. Ennis 

249. The Westward Movement to 1820. I. 3 hr. PR: Hist. 52 and 53 or equivalent. 

Mr. Cross 

250. Economic and Social Development of West Virginia. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Con- 
sent. Primarily for teachers. Staff 

254. Trans-Mississippi West. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Hist. 249. Mr. Cross 

255. The Jacksoman Era. II. 3 hr. PR: Hist. 52. Mr. Cross 

256. The Old South. I, II. 3 hr. For seniors and graduate students, or with 
consent. Mr. Summers 

257. The American Civil War. I, II. 3 hr. For seniors and graduate students, 
or with consent. Mr. Summers 

258. Reconstruction and Nvtional Development, 1865-1898. II. 3 hr. For 
seniors and graduate students, or with consent. Mr. Summers 

259. The United States from McKinley to the New Deal, 1898-1933. I. 3 hr. PR: 
Seniors and graduate students, or consent. Mr. Barns 

260. American Diplomacy to 1898. I. 3 hr. Hist. 52 and 53 or equivalent. 

Mr. Keen 

261. American Foreign Policy and Diplomacy, 1898-1947. II. 3 hr. Continuation 
of Hist. 260. Mr. Keen 

262. Proelems of the Pacific. II. 3 hr. PR: Hist. 164. Mr. Ennis 

263. Anglo-American Diplomatic Relations. I. 3 hr. PR: For seniors and 
graduate students, or with consent. Mr. Keen 

264. The United States and Latin America, 1783-1947. II. 3 hr. PR: For 
seniors and graduate students, or consent. Mr. Keen 

265. American Constitutional Development to 1860. I. 3 hr. PR: History 52 
and 53 or equivalent. Mr. Puryear 

266. American Constitutional Development since 1860. II. 3 hr. Continuation 
or History 265. Mr. Puryear 



168 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



269. Recent American History. I or II. 3 hr. For senior and graduate students, 
or with consent. Mr. Barns 

270. Partition of Asia. I or II 3 hr. PR: Hist. 164. Mr. Ennis 

271. Problems in Contemporary Europe. I or II. 3 hr. Continuation of History 
242. Mr Ennis 

276. Introduction to Historical Research and Bibliography. I, II. 3 hr. This 
course prescribed in fourth year for all history majors. Mr. Keen 

277. The Literature of American History. I or II. 3 hr. Open to graduate 
students in history and to seniors majoring in history. Mr. Keen 

282. History of American Agriculture. I or II. 3 hr. PR: History 52 and 53, or 
consent. Mr. Barns 

290. Growth of American Thought Before 1865. II. 3 hr. For seniors and 
graduate students, or with consent. Mr. Cross 

291. Growth of American Thought Since 1865. II. 3 hr. For seniors and grad- 
uate students, or with consent. Mr. Cross 

Graduate Division 

301, 302. Thesis. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. each semester. Staff 

303, 304. Research. I, II. 6 hr. each semester. Staff 

310 Topics in American Intellectual History. I. II. 3 hr. Mr. Cross 

349, 350. Problems in Local and Regional History. I, II. 3 hr. each semester. 

Mr. Barns and Mr. Summers 

356. American Political Leaders, 1775-1837. I or II. 3 hr. Staff 

357. American Political Leaders, 1837-1877. 1 or II. 3 hr. Mr. Summers 

358. American Political Leaders, 1877-1921. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Summers 

360. Rise of Nationalism in Asia. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Ennis 

361. Contributions of Asia to Western Civilization. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Ennis 

384, 385. Problems in British Imperialism and World Politics. I, II. 3 hr. each 
semester. Miss Smith 

389. Problems in Revolutionary Europe, 1763-1815. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Easton 
HOME ECONOMICS 

Professor Noer (Adviser) and Staff 

The degree of Bachelor of Arts with a major in Home Economics is offered by 
the College of Arts and Sciences. Courses for this program of study are provided by 
the College of Arts and Sciences and by the College of Agriculture, Forestry, and 
Home Economics. In order to qualify for this degree, a student must meet the general 
requirements for the A.B. degree as outlined on page 122. The general courses 
listed below are taught by the Home Economics staff of the College of Agriculture, 
Forestry, and Home Economics and are approved for fulfillment of the requirements 
of a major in the College of Arts and Sciences. 

Careers in home economics are open to practically every type of girl: the artistic, 
the businesslike, the science minded, the teacher, and the homebody. Students who 
elect home economics as a major will find it possible to prepare at the same time for 
homemaking and a profession. The knowledge and experience gained in pursuing a 
course in home economics also will help the student to become an efficient, under- 
standing, and happy homemaker. 



THE COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES 



169 



A student desiring to obtain a high-school teaching certificate in the field of 
Home Economics should inform her adviser at the beginning of the first semester 
so that a proper program may be planned. For specific information in regard to 
certification for teaching, see the bulletin Requirements Applicable to Degrees and 
Certificates. 

A suggested curriculum: 



FIRST 


YEAR 




SECOND 


YEAR 




First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


English 1 3 


English 2 


3 


Electives, 




Electives, 




Biol.*, Phys. Sci.* 


Biol.*, Phys. Sci 


# 


Group 3* 


3 


Group 3* 


3 


or Chemistry** 4 


or Chemistry** 4 


Electives, 




Electives, 




Foreign Lang. 3 


Foreign Lang. 


3 


Group 2* 


3-4 


Group 2* 


3-4 


Home Econ 1, 


Home Econ 1, 




Home Econ. 




Home Econ. 


12, 


2,t 3, or 4 4 


2,t 3, or 4 


4 


105 or 15* 


2-3 


17 or 23 


2-3 


(any two) 


(two not taken 


Group 1 


3-4 


Group 1 


3-4 


Elective (Music 


1st Sem.) 




Foreign Lang. 


3 


Foreign Lang 


3 


10 or Art 30*) 2 


Elective (Music 


Phys. Educ. 


1 


Phys. Educ. 


1 


Phys. Educ. 1 


10 or Art 30*) 2 












Phys. Educ. 


1 










17 




17 




15-18 




15-18 


THIRD 


YEAR 




FOURTH 


YEAR 




First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


Home Econ. 114 2 


Home Econ. 106 J 


Home Econ. 




Home Econ. 




English 18* 3 


Elective, 




electives* 


4-6 


electives* 


3-6 


Home Econ. 


Group 5* 


3-4 


Minor field 


3 


Electives 


13 


electives* 3-5 


Home Econ. 




Electives 


9 






Minor 3 


Electives 


3-5 










Elective 2 


Minor 


3 











16 



15 



16 



16 



*The following- notes apply to those who wish to qualify for a secondary 
teachers certificate. 

(a) Biology or Physical Science required. 

(b) Music 10 and Art 30 or 130 required. 

(c) Group 3 — English or American Literature required. 

(d) Group 2 — Social Science required. 

(e) Home Economics 15 required. 

**Required of those planning to take upper division work in foods and/or 
nutrition. 

fStudents who exempt Home Economics 2 by placement test take Home 
Economics 12. 



Courses of Instruction 

1. Elementary Nutrition. I, II. 2 hr. Essentials of adequate diet; application with 
particular reference to needs of college students. Miss Roberts 
Section 2. I, II. 2 hr. Advanced section of H.E. 1 for those who qualify on basis 
of placement test. Miss Roberts 

2. Elementary Clothing. I, II. 2 hr. Problems in selection and construction of 
clothing. For freshmen and others who do not pass placement test. 

Staff 

3. Art Applied to Personal Problems. I, II. 2 hr. Principles of design and color 
applied so as to help college students meet problems of daily living. Problems 
may include room arrangement, clothing, design, etc. Mrs. Muffly 

12. Intermediate Clothing. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 2 or exemption of H.E. 2 by 
placement test. Particular emphasis on high standards of workmanship and 
evaluation of work and progress. As students develop skill they will be 
expected to work with increasing independence. Miss Rennebohm 



70 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



15. Food Selection and Preparation. I, II, 4 hr. PR: H. E. 1, or consent. Two 
lectures and two labs. Chemical and physical basis for food preservation with 
enough experimental work to give an understanding of reasons for recom 
mended procedures in preparation of food products of high quality. Mrs. Jones 

17. Textiles. I, II. 3 hr. Lecture and lab combined. Textile fibers and fabrics 
studied with view to their use in dress and in the home. Characteristics of 
the major fibers and their suitability to various uses. Study of standard and 
novelty materials with emphasis on appropriate use and care. Miss Dietrich 

21. Nutrition and Foods for Nurses. I. 3 hr. Fundamental principles of human 
nutrition and of food preparation. Content of course is that given in "Teaching 
Dietetics to Student Nurses," by American Dietetic Association. Miss Roberts 

23. Present-Day Housing. I, II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 3 or consent. Factors to be 
considered in providing housing for families at different income levels. Special 
attention to low-cost housing. Factors to be considered in selecting a home 
and furnishings for families of different income levels. Lab practice in im- 
proving rooms, apartments, and houses— using materials commonly found in 
rural communities and small towns. Mrs. Muffly 

101. Nutrition. I. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 15 or consent. Food needs as affected by such 
factors as age, sex, and activity; nutritive value of common foods; planning of 
adequate diets at different cost levels. Miss Roberts 

102. Clothing Selection. I, II. 2 hr. PR: H. E. 3, H.E. 2 or consent. Two lectures. 
Selection of clothing for whole family from viewpoint of design, color, and 
economy. Clothing inventories and buying plans. Miss Rennebohm 

104. Nutrition and Home Management. II. 3 hr. Planned to meet needs of social- 
work majors. Not open to students majoring in home economics. 

Miss Roberts and Mr. Moss 

105. Planning and Serving Family Meals. 2 hr. PR: Consent. A practical course in 
food preparation. Special attention given to simple workable types of table 
service. Much of course will be governed by individual needs and interests of 
students. (Not open to Home Economics majors.) Mrs. Jones 

106. Child Development. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Psych. 1 or 3 or Ed. 105 or 106, H.E. 101. 
Two lectures. Child from prenatal period to pre-adolescence. University 
Nursery School used for observing preschool children. Each girl spends 3 
hours a week observing and assisting. Staff 

111. Requirements for Normal Human Nutrition. I, II. 3 hr. Lecture and 
demonstration. Two 2-hr. and one 1-hr. classes per week. Miss Roberts 

113. House Decoration. II. 3 hr. For nonmajors. Designed primarily for 
students who are not majoring in home economics. Two lectures and one 
lab. Materials and furnishings that go into decoration and furnishing a home, 
with emphasis on cost, buying, and reconditioning. Mrs.Muffly 

114. Management of Family Living. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 4 or consent. Influence 
of home conditions on families and family members. In considering ways of 
meeting everyday problems of families, an attempt will be made to apply 
findings of science and techniques of management in such a way as to help 
families achieve satisfaction in living. Mr. Moss 

115. Meal Planninc, Preparation, and Service. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 1 and H.E. 15 
or consent. One lecture and one 3-hr. lab. Problems in selection and purchase 
of foods: planning, preparing, and serving of meals, including wise use of 
time and energy. Mrs. Jones 

116. Home Nursing. II. 2 hr. 1 lecture, one 2-hr. lab. Practices to promote 
family health and caring for minor illnesses. Staff 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 171 

117. Textile Buying. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 17. Lecture and laboratory combined. 
Buying of textiles for all types of clothing and for household. At least one 
field trip required. Miss Dietrich 

121. Nutrition Work with Children. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 15, 115, 101 or consent. 
Problems involved in feeding children optimum diets. Opportunity for stu- 
dents to (1) prepare noon meals tor University Nursery School Children; (2) 
observe a number of hot-lunch programs in and near Morgantown. 

Miss Roberts 

123. Home Planning and Furnishing. I, II. 4 hr. PR: H.E. 23. Two lectures and 
two laboratories. Fundamentals of wise planning to meet family needs; under- 
standing of house structure and home needs. Discussions on home decorating 
based on various income levels and suited to various communities and needs. 

Mrs. Muffly 

124. Demonstration Techniques. II. 2 hr. PR: Minimum of 4 hours in each of 4 
areas of home economics, and consent. Lecture demonstration as means of 
presenting home economics materials to groups. Development and presenta- 
tion of demonstrations suitable for secondary schools and for use with adult 
groups. Staff 

125. Foods for Special Occasions. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 15 or consent. Preparation of 
special foods for parties, dinners, teas, and other social functions, with laboratory 
experience in organization and management of food service for such occasions. 
Offered in alternate years, 1956-58-60. Mrs. Jones 

132. Clothing Techniques. II. 2 hr. Not open to home economics majors. 
Course designed primarily for students not majoring in home economics. 
Techniques for simple garment construction, remodeling, alteration and repair. 
Problems adapted to needs of individual students. Especially planned for 
Arts students and young homemakers. Miss Dietrich 

133. Home Crafts. I, II. 2 hr. Two labs. Experience in simple crafts, using such 
materials as leather, plastic, metals, paper, thread, and fabric for creation of 
useful and beautiful objects. Equipment and materials used are those readily 
available in home, school, and camp situations. Mrs. Muffly 

181. Problems in Nutrition. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

182. Problems in Clothing Construction. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

183. Problems in Related Art. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

184. Problems in Home Management. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

185. Problems in Foods. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

186. Problems in Child Development. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

187. Problems in Textiles. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

201. Diet in Disease. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 101, Zoology 151, Chem. 131. Adaptations 
of normal diet for diseases whose prevention or treatment is largely influenced 
by diet. Offered in alternate years, 1956-58-60. Miss Roberts 

206. Observation and Participation in Nursery School. I, II. 1-2 hr. PR. H.E. 106. 
Directed experience in working with children in a nursery-school situation. 
Laboratory and conference. Miss Brown and Miss Ayersman 

211. Readings in Nutrition. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 101, 107. Reviews of current litera- 
ture and of present research. Topics depend upon needs and interests of class 
members. Miss Roberts 

212. Advanced Clothing Construction. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 17, 122. Commercial 
methods of coat and suit making adapted for home use. Problems of fitting 
and pattern adaptation, using the dress form. Speed methods emphasized. 

Miss Rennebohm 



172 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



214. Family Economics. I. 2 hr. PR: 30 hours of H.Ec. Managing the family food, 
clothing, shelter, and health dollar. Budgeting the family income. Providing 
for the future. Credit in family economics. Consumer protection. Miss Davis 

221. Community Nutrition Problems. I. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 101 or consent. Two hr. of 
staff lectures and field work. Includes consideration of organizations and 
agencies through which these problems may be solved. Primarily designed for 
students not majoring in home economics. Miss Roberts 

222. Tailoring. II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 112. Problems in teaching tailoring, including 
sources of help and new techniques. Emphasis on methods of helping students 
evaluate their own progress. Opportunity for laboratory experience in cutting, 
fitting, construction, and pressing of tailored garments. Miss Rennebohm 

224. Principles of Home Management. I, II. 2 hr. Time and energy management, 
house care, pest control, buying and storing foods, use and care of home equip- 
ment, entertaining, money management, simple record keeping, and infant care. 
Junior standing preceding or parallel with H. E. 234. Miss Davis 

233. Costume Design. I. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 3, 12, 117. Techniques of figure and 
fashion drawing. Problems in designing costumes and ensembles for indi- 
viduals of various types and ages. Miss Rennebohm 

234. Home-Management Laboratory. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 1, 114, 115. Arranged. 
Emphasis on satisfying family life and social relationships. Approximately five 
weeks of home residence, and one hour of discussion each week throughout 
the semester. Miss Davis 

254. Household Equipment. 2 hr. PR: Senior standing. Selection, arrangement, use, 
and care of equipment for various situations and for different income levels. 
Laboratory and discussion. Miss Davis 

266. Needs of Adolescents. 3 hr. A study of adolescent heeds as met by the home 
with contributions of other agencies such as church, school, and youth groups. 
Physical, social, and integrative needs will be considered from the standpoint 
of needs of all family members as well as the individual. Miss Brown 

282. Problems in Clothing. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

283. Problems in Related Art. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

284. Problems in Home Management. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

286. Problems in Child Development. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

287. Problems in Textiles. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 

Assistant Professor Reese and Staff 

Courses in library science are designed to meet the needs of students preparing 
to qualify for State certification as teacher-librarians in public schools. A student 
who is a candidate for an A.B. degree with a major in this field must satisfy the 
requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences and have completed 24 hours of 
library science. If planning to serve as school librarian, the minimum number of 
hours of education to meet certification standards will be required. 

Certain courses, such as "Reference and Bibliography" will be valuable to any 
university student as an aid to the tools and methods of research; "Library Materials 
for Children" and "Selection of Books and Related Materials for Young People" will 
be helpful to prospective teachers. 

Qualities essential to school librarianship are adaptability, understanding and 
appreciation of young people and their needs, a thorough knowledge of books, 
materials and sources. 

Students wishing to do graduate work in library science should plan their course 
to give a broad general background. A strong major in their chosen field supple- 






THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



173 



mented by introductory courses in as many subject fields as possible will provide a 
good background for graduate work. Additional hours of modern foreign language, 
preferably French or German are desirable. A knowledge of typing is essential. 

CURRICULUM FOR A.B. WITH MAJOR IN LIBRARY SCIENCE 



FIRST 


YEAR 


SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


English 1 3 


English 2 3 


English 3 or 5 3 


English 4 or 6 3 


Laboratory Sci. 4 


Laboratory Sci. 4 


Foreign Lang. 3 


Foreign Lang. 3 


Foreign Lang.* 3 


Foreign Lang.* 3 


Phvs. Educ. 1 


Phys. Educ. 1 


Electives, 


Electives, 


Social Science 1 4 


Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 


Group 1 3-4 


Group 1 3-4 


History 52 3 


Lib. Sci. 104 2 


Phys. Educ. 1 


Phvs. Educ. 1 


Speech 3 or 11 3 


Social Science 2 4 


Lib. Sci. 1 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 


History 53 3 



Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 



16-18 



17-18 



17-18 



17-18 



THIRD 


YEAR 


FOURTH 


YEAR 




First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Fir. 


Library Sci. 101 


3 


Library Sci. 102 3 


Lib. Sci. 207 3 


Library Sci. 


106 3 


Lib. Sci. 203 


3 


Lib. Sci. 205 3 


Library Sci. 108 3 


Practice 




Education 105 


3 


Education 106 3 


Education 114 3 


Teaching 


8 


Sociology 102 


3 


English (upper 


English (upper 


Hlth. Educ. 


180 2 


English 18 


3 


division) 3 


division) 3 


Electives 


4 


English (upper 




Art 130 ' 3 


Education 3 






division) 


3 


Sociology 

(upper cfiv.) 3 


Electives 2 







18 



18 



17 



17 



♦Modern foreign language, preferably French or German. Student should 
have at least 12 hours. Additional hours are desirable for graduate study. 

Courses of Instruction 



lower Division 

1. Using Books and Libraries. I, II. 2 hr. Planned to give a working know- 
ledge of library facilities, particularly of the University Library. Basic 
reference materials are considered together with simple bibliography making. 
A general course useful to any student in the University and required 
for majors in library science. Staff 

Upper Division 

101. Reference and Bibliography. I 3 hr. Basic reference books, dictionaries, en- 
cyclopedias, indexes, vear books, and other reference materials are studied 
and evaluated, with practice in detailed bibliography making. Staff 

102. Cataloguing and Classification. II. 3 hr. Fundamental principles of catalogu- 
ing and classification, with practical experience in handling all types of 
books. Problems of teacher-librarians receive special attention. Staff 

104. Book Selection. II. 2 hr. Reading and evaluation of representative books 
in broad subject fields; emphasis on contemporary books and adult reading 
interests. Practical work in use of selection aids and in oral and written 
book reviewing. Staff 

106. History of Books and Libraries. II. 3 hr. Survey course, including the develop- 
ment of writing, the history of writing materials, the development of the 
book from early manuscript form, history of printing, printers, illustrators, 
bindings, and libraries. Stafl 



174 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



108. Library Practice. I, II. 3 hr. Field Work: embodies application of techniques 
in various types of libraries. Visits to libraries in surrounding area. Staff 

203. Library Materials for Children. I, II, S. 3 hr. A survey of the development 
of children's literature with emphasis on modern books. Evaluation of the aids 
and standards for selection of books and materials in this field. Study and 
comparison of the work of illustrator's of children's books and various editions 
of individual titles. Investigation of children's reading interests and practice 
in story telling are included. Reading of books in various classes is emphasized. 
Discussions, reports and special projects. Intended primarily for teachers whose 
duties include the selection of books either for class or library use. (May not 
be offered for graduate credit by library science majors.) Staff 

205. Selection of Books and Related Materials for Young People. II, S. 3 hr. 
A survey of adolescent literature and other library materials adapted to the 
needs of high school students. Critical evaluation of standard, classic and cur- 
rent books together with aid and criteria for selection. Reading interests and 
the problem of retarded and non-reader will be considered. Designed for the 
teacher who is interested in selection problems or for the school librarian. 
(May not be offered for graduate credit by library science majors.) Staff 

207. School Library Organization and Administration. I, S. 3 hr. A study of the 
organization and administration of school libraries, including planning of 
rooms, equipment routines and schedules. Attention is given to special phases 
of the work such as discipline, publicity and displays, reading guidance, 
handling of audio visual materials and the work of student assistants. Lectures, 
readings, discussions and special problems. Designed to meet the needs of 
the librarian and teacher-librarian. (May not be offered for graduate credit 
by library science majors.) Staff 

MATHEMATICS 

Professors Davis, Stewart, and Vehse; Associate Professors Cole, Cunningham, and 
Vest; Assistant Professors Mamelak, Peters, and Posey; Instructors Bauserman, 
Cochran, Godfrey, Hawkins, Lowenberg, Marshall, Ollom, and Thomas. 

Mathematics majors must complete 18 hours in mathematics beyond calculus. 
These will ordinarily include Mathematics 240, 241, 246, 251, and 252. The minor 
may be physics, or some other subject approved by the adviser. French or German 
should be taken while in the lower division. 

Lower division students who plan to become majors in the department, and 
who also wish to meet the requirements for teacher certification, should so inform 
their adviser, and must plan their schedules very carefully in order to avoid loss ot 
time. 

Following is a suggested program for prospective majors in mathematics. 





FIRST 


YEAR 




SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


English 1 


3 


English 2 


3 


French or 


French or 


French or 




French or 




German 3 


German 3 


German 


3 


German 


3 


Physics 111 5 


Mathematics 108 4 


Mathematics 3 


3 


Mathematics 5 


4 


Mathematics 107 4 


Physics 112 5 


Mathematics 4 


3 


Electives, 




Electives, 


Electives, 


Electives, 




Groups 1 or 2 3-6 


Groups 1 or 2 3 


Groups 1 or 2 3 


Groups 1 or 


2 3 


Mil. or Air Sci. 2 


2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 


1 2 


Phys. Educ. 


1 


Phys. Educ. 1 


Phys. Educ. 1 


Phys. Educ. 


1 











16-18 



14-18 



16-17 



16-17 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 175 

THIRD YEAR FOURTH YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

Mathematics 240 3 Mathematics 246 3 Mathematics 251 3 Mathematics 252 3 

Mathematics 241 3 Math. 243 or 244 3 Electives 12-15 Electives 12-15 

Electives, Electives, 

Groups 4 or 5 3 Groups 4 or 5 3 

Electives 6-9 Electives 6-9 

15-18 15-18 15-18 15-18 

Courses of Instruction 

Pre -Co l lege 

The following two courses are offered to enable students to remove entrance 
conditions in mathematics. Each course meets three times per week throughout the 
school year. Neither course carries University credit, although each is considered 
equivalent to three hours per semester in calculating student loads. 

0. Elementary Algebra. I and II. V2 unit per semester. A two-semester course 
equivalent to first-year high school algebra. Staff 

1. Plane Geometry. I and II. i/ 2 unit per semester. A two-semester course 
equivalent to high school plane geometry. Staff 

Lower Division 

2. Algebra. I, II. 3 hr. PR: 1 unit of algebra. Not open to students with credit 
for Math. 11 Staff 

3. College Algebra. I, II. 3 hr. PR: 1^ units of algebra (or Math. 2) and 1 
unit of plane geometry. Staff 

4. Plane Trigonometry. I, II. 3 hr. PR: IM2 units of algebra (or Math. 2), 
and 1 unit of plane geometry. Not open to students with credit for Math. 10. 

Staff 

5. Analytic Geometry. I, II. 4 hr. PR: Math. 3 and 4. Staff 

6. Arithmetic for Teachers. II. 3 hr. Staff 

7. Solid Geometry. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Plane geometry. Staff 

8. Elementary Mathematics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: 1 unit of algebra. For students 
planning to major in Economics or Business Administration. Staff 

9. Elementary Mathematics. I, II. 3 hr. Continuation of Math. 8. Staff 

10. Plane Trigonometry. II. 3 hr. PR: 1 unit of algebra and 1 unit of plane 
geometry. For students who do not plan to take calculus. Not open to stu- 
dents with credit for Math. 4. Staff 

11. Mathematics for Agricultural Students. I, II. 3 hr. PR: One unit of 
algebra and one unit of plane geometry. Not open to students with credit for 
Math. 2. Staff 

21, 22. Introduction to Mathematics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: 1 unit of 
algebra. Reasoning, development of elementary mathematics, function and 
limit concepts, topics in modern mathematics, the nature of mathematics and 
its relation to modern civilization. Mr. Peters 

Upper Division 

106. Descriptive Astronomy. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 5. Mr. Bauserman 

107. Differential and Integral Calculus. I, II. 4 hr. PR: Math. 5. Staff 



176 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



108. Differential and Integral Calculus. I, II. 4 hr. Continuation of Math. 107. 

Staff 
130. Elementary Theory of Mathematical Statistics. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 107. 

Staff 

238. Modern Geometry. I. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108 or consent of instructor. For high- 
school teachers. Extension of traditional Euclidean plane geometry. Geometry 
of points, lines, triangles, and circles; similarity, inversion, and polars. 

Mr. Cochran 

239. Modern Geometry. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108. Introductory concepts of pro- 
jective geometry. Principle of duality, harmonic sets, cross-ratio, conies, 
involution, and metric properties of projective figures are considered syntheti- 
cally. Mr. Cunningham 

240. Differential Equations. I, II. 3 hr. PP.: Math. 108. First course. Types of 
ordinary differential equations of first or higher degree and first or higher 
order. Solutions and applications. Not open to students with credit for 
Math. 253. Mr. Mamelak 

241. Theory of Determinants and Analytic Geometry of Space. I. 3 hr. PR: 
Math. 108. Properties of determinants; application to analytic geometry of 
three dimensions. Types of algebraic surfaces, particularly quadric surfaces; 
different coordinate systems. Mr. Davis 

243. Projective Geometry. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 241. Homogeneous coordinates. 
Linear one-dimensional forms, cross-ratio, complete quadrangle, two-dimen- 
sional forms, perspective, circular points and isotropic lines, line equations, 
conies, plane collineations. Mr. Davis 

244. Theory of Equations. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108. Complex numbers. Division, 
factorization and other properties of polynomials in a field. Theory of equa- 
tions in the field of rational numbers; in the field of real numbers. Elimination, 
resultants, and symmetric functions. Algebraic extensions of a field. Alge- 
braically closed fields. Ruler and compass constructions. Mr. Vest 

245. Vector Analysis. I. 3 hr. PR. Math. 240 (or 253) and 252. Vector definitions 
and operations, differentiation, operator del, integration, generalized coor- 
dinates, irrotational and solenoidal vectors, electrostatic fields, potentials. 

Mr. Stewart 

246. Introduction to Algebraic Theories. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108 or consent 
of instructor. Polynomials, elementary transformations on rectangular ma- 
trices, equivalence of forms and matrices, linear spaces, and matric poly- 
nomials; groups, rings, and fields. Mr. Peters 

247. Theory of Numbers. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108. Divisibility, distribution of 
primes, theory of congruences, theory of quadratic residues, arithmetical 
properties of the roots of unity. Diophantine equations, and the prime 
number theorem. Mr. Vehse 

248. History of Mathematics. I. 3 hr. PR: Math. 5. Ancient Near East arithmetic. 
Euclid's geometry. Algebras of Babylonians, of Cardano and Tartaglia, 
non-Euclidean geometry, Descartes' work. Continuation of Eudoxus, Newton, 
and Leibnitz. Mr. Stewart 

251. Advanced Calculus. I. 3 hr. PR: Math 108. Partial differentiation, Euler's 
theorem, Taylor's series, Jacobians; maxima and minima, Lagrange's multi- 
pliers; multiple integrals,' line and surface integrals. Mr. Stewart 

252. Advanced Calculus. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 251. Continuation of Math. 251, 
Limits and indeterminate forms; infinite series; improper integrals; applica- 
tions of uniform convergence; Gamma and Beta functions; Stirling's formula; 
Fourier series. Mr. Stewart 

253. Advanced Course in Applied Mathematics. I. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108. Ordin- 
ary differential equations with emphasis on linear equations; infinite series 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 177 

Fourier series, solutions of ordinary differential equations by infinite series. Ap- 
plications to engineering problems. Not open to students with credit for 
Math. 240. Mr. Vest 

254. Advanced Course in Applied Mathematics. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 253. Elliptic 
integrals. Gamma and Bessel functions, partial derivatives, differentiation under 
integral sign, partial differential equations, vectors, applications to vibrating 
strings, heat flow, electrical flow. Mr. Vest 

255. Mathematical Astronomy. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 106 and 240. Development of 
the implications of Kepler's Laws and Newton's Law of gravitation. 

Mr. Bauserman 

261, 262. Special Topics. S. 1 hr. per term. PR: Math. 108 or consent of instructor. 

Primarily for teachers. Useful topics not covered in the regular required courses. 

Content may vary with the needs of the student. Staff 

Graduate Division 

308. Theory of Probability. I. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108. Fundamental theorems. De- 
velopment of density and distribution functions in the discrete and continuous 
cases. Classical problems and solutions. Moments, characteristic functions, 
limit theorems. Applications. Mr. Stewart 

309. Group Theory. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 246 or consent of instructor. Order, 
index, coset, normal subgroup, factor group, homomorphism; direct product; 
fundamental theorem of Abelian groups; and Jordan-Holder theorem. 

Mr. Peters 

311. Point-set Topology. I. 3 hr. PR: Math. 252. Transfinite cardinal numbers, 
well-ordered sets, transfinite ordinal numbers, closed and perfect sets, measur- 
able point sets in Borel sense; applications to Riemann and Lebesgue integrals. 

Mr. Posey 

312. Introduction to Combinatorial Topolocy. II. 3 hr. PR: Math 252. Linear 
graphs, two-dimensional complexes and manifolds, n-dimensional complexes 
and manifolds, orientable manifolds. The fundamental group and certain 
unsolved problems. Mr. Posey 

313. Advanced Differential Equations. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 240 and 252. Second- 
order linear equations, Riccati equations, complex variables. Series solutions. 
Equations of Fuchsian type, hypergeometric equation, confluence of singulari- 
ties. Classical equations, applications. Mr. Vest 

314. Tensor Analysis. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 252 and 245. Vector concept developed 
from standpoint of algebraic invariants, surface geometry, tensor operators, 
curvature tensor, Ricci and Bianchi identities, applications of tensors to 
physical phenoma. Mr. Stewart 

315. Calculus of Variations. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 240 and 252. Maximum and 
minimum value of an integral, shortest distance, the brachistochrone problem, 
surfaces of revolution of minimum area, conditions for a relative minimum. 
Applications. Mr. Vehse 

351, 352. Algebraic Geometry. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Math. 243 and 246. 
Characteristic properties and representations of curves and surfaces; algebraic 
correspondences; linear systems; enumerative geometry. Mr. Cunningham 

353. Linear Algebra. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 246 or consent of instructor. Review of 
theory of groups and fields; linear vector spaces including the theory of 
duality; full linear group; bilinear and quadratic forms; and theory of isotropic 
and totally isotropic spaces. Mr. Peters 

357. Fourier Series and Partial Differential Equations. I. 3 hr. PR: Math. 
240 (or 253) and 252. Introductory material, partial differential equations 
of physics, orthogonal sets; solving boundary value problems by Fourier 



178 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



series and integrals; uniqueness of solutions; Bessel functions, Legendre poly 
nominals. Mr. Ves< 

358. Operational Methods in Partial Differential Equations. II. 3 hr. PR: 
Math. 240 (or 253) and 252. Laplace transformation, properties and elemen- 
tary applications; problems in partial differential equations, complex variable; 
problems in heat conduction, mechanical vibrations, etc. Sturm-Liouville 
systems. Fourier transforms. Mr. Vest 

360, 361. Differential Geometry and Theory of Surfaces. I, II. 3 hr. per 
semester. PR: Math. 240, 241, 243. Metric properties of space curves and 
surfaces by differential methods. Parametric representation, curvature, torsion, 
trihedrons, geodesies, transformations, conformability, developability, ruled 
surfaces, etc. Mr. Davis 

362, 363. Introduction to Modern Algebra. I. II 3 hr. per semester. PR: Math. 
246 or consent of instructor. Review of concepts from set theory and the 
system of natural numbers; semi-groups and groups; rings, integral domains 
and fields; extensions of rings and fields; elementary factorization theory; 
groups with operators; modules and ideals; and lattices. Mr. Peters 

364, 365. Theory of Functions of Complex Variable. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. 
PR: Math. 240, 252. Complex numbers; functions of a complex variable; 
fundamental theorems of Cauchy; conformal representation with applica- 
tions; analytic continuation; calculus of residues, Gamma, Bessel, and elliptic 
functions. Mr. Vehse 

366, 367. Higher Plane Curves. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Math. 241, 243. 
Algebraic plane curves. General theory of curves, singularities, relationships, 
associated curves; detailed study of curves of third and fourth order. 

Mr. Stewart 

372, 373. Line Complexes and Cremona Transformations. I, II. 3 hr. per semester 
PR: Math. 241 and 243. Line coordinates, null system, systems of complexes, con- 
gruences, surface theory, and mapping. Plane Cremona transformations, 
introduction to general space theory, opportunities for research. Mr. Davis 

374, 375. Algebraic Surfaces. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Math 243. Mapping 
of quadric, cubic, quartic, and quintic surfaces on the plane; space trans- 
formations, equivalence, postulation; curves on a surface, adjoint systems, 
invariants. Mr. Davis 

376, 377. Theory of Functions of a Real Variable. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. 
PR: Math. 240 and 252. Review of elementary point set concepts. Necessary and 
sufficient conditions under which operations of previous analytical subjects are 
valid. Different theories of integration. Mr. Cunningham 

380. Thesis. I, II. 3 hr. Staff 



NURSING EDUCATION 

Associate Professor Oswald; Assistant Professor Fink 

The Department of Nursing Education offers to graduate nurses a program 
which enables them to function more effectively as professional members of a demo- 
cratic society. 

Nursing Education has as its main objectives the preparation of students to 
meet the challenges presented in the varied, important, and increasing activities in the 
expanding field of health; the development in students of a wide interest in social 
and professional problems, with an ability to share in their solution for an increased 
and enriched professional usefulness; and the preparation of students for democratic 
leadership and creative service through varied types of guided learning experiences in 
Nursing Education. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 179 



Pre-Nursing Curriculum 

Students interested in professional nursing as a career and who plan to ent'er 
a collegiate school of nursing may take one, two or more years of general college work 
as given on page 130. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education 

Admission Requirements: Applicants for admission to the Department of Nursing 
Education must: (1) Meet the requirements for admission to the College of Arts and 
Sciences; (2) be graduated from a state accredited school of nursing; (3) be registered 
in one state or hold a temporary permit pending registration; (4) have experience in 
institutional, public health, or private-duty nursing; and (5) take a graduate nurse 
qualifying examination, the results of which will be used to plan individual programs 
and as a guide to advanced standing. 

Advanced Standing: Graduates of accredited schools of nursing may matriculate 
for this degree with advanced standing. Advanced standing may be granted for the 
following: (1) Basic nursing program in an accredited school of nursing. Each stu- 
dent's record will be evaluated individually and advanced standing given according 
to the content and quality of classroom and clinical instruction and experience. An 
official transcript of the school of nursing record must be sent to the Registrar. Stu- 
dents who desire to matriculate with advanced standing should request a School of 
Nursing transcript form when thev applv for admission. Thirtv semester hours 
represent the average advanced standing allowed for a satisfactory basic diploma pro- 
gram in a hospital school of nursing. (2) Military credit— basic, eight and advanced, six 
nonduplicate semester hours may be allowed for military service in World War II 
and Korea upon presentation of separation papers to the Registrar. (3) Credit for re- 
quired courses completed in other accredited colleges or universities may be accepted 
for credit. Official transcripts of records of work must be sent to the University Registrar 
by other colleges, universities, or schools of nursing. 

Program Requirements: Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Nursing Education are required to complete at least 128 semester hours of credit with 
256 grade points. The Nursing Education major includes at least 24 semester hours of 
professional or allied professional courses, 54 semester hours of general academic, 
scientific, education, and social subjects; a total of 58 semester hours of upper-division 
courses, including the 24 hours required for the major, the 9 hours required for the 
minor, and the electives necessary to total 128 semester hours required for a Bachelor 
of Science Degree. With departmental approval, certain courses in education, sociology, 
social work, or psychology, may be counted toward the major in Nursing Education. 

REQUIRED COURSES 

1. General Education Courses Required: 

English Composition 1 and 2 6 hr. 

English (any upper-division course) 6 hr. 

Foreign Language (any one foreign language)* 12 hr. 

Science (any one Physical or Biological Science) 8 hr. 

Sociology 102 or 1 (and any other upper-division course) 6 hr. 

Psychology— 1 or 3 (and any other upper-division course) 6 hr. 

History 1 (or Humanities 1 and 2—8 hr.) 6 hr. 

Physical Education 4 hr. 

54 hr. 
*Or two units for entrance and six hours in the same language. 

2. Professional Courses Required: 

101— Introduction to Nursing Education or 

102— Principles and Methods of Teaching Nursing 3 hr. 

103— Trends in Nursing 3 hr. 

104— Ward Management and Teaching 3 hr. 



180 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



107— Guidance in Nursing 3 hr. 

108— The Nurse and Community Relationships 3 hr. 

113— Legislation and Jurisprudence Affecting Nursing 3 hr. 

Social Work 212— Social Agency Observation 2 hr. 

Electives in Nursing Education or closely allied subjects 4 hr. 

24 hr 
3. Major in Nursing Education: The non-specialized program leading to the degree of 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education was established to provide an opportunity 
for more thorough preparation of qualified graduate nurses to administer and 
supervise nursing services in a hospital unit. Such a program is fundamental to 
the understanding of administration, teaching and supervision, and serves as a basis 
for future graduate study, including clinical specialties. The mjaor program 
offered at present is: "Administration and Teaching in the Hospital Unit." 

Courses of Instruction 

Upper Division 

101. Introduction to Nursing Education. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Psychology. Consent. 
An orientation course designed as an introduction to the philosophv, basic 
principles, methods and organization underlving all fields of nursing, with 
emphasis upon teaching, supervision, and administration in schools of nursing. 

Miss Oswald 

102. Principles and Methods of Teaching Nursing. II. 3 hr. PR: 104, or consent. A 
study of basic principles and methods of teaching from the standpoint of 
Nursing Education, and application to nursing situations, with emphasis on 

• teaching of Nursing, planning, construction, and evaluation of units of work 
and instruction. Miss Fink 

103. Trends in Nursing. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. A prologue to the future in the 
study of rapid professional and social changes, of recent developments, of new 
perspectives, and of current problems in the struggle to achieve professional 
maturity in all fields of nursing, and of allied professions in their relation 
to the nurse, to professional organizations, and progress. Miss Oswald 

104. Ward Management and Teaching. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Consent. A study of the 
basic principles underlying good ward management; effective supervision; ef- 
ficient bedside and ward teaching; and the total patient care in the maintenance 
of high quality nursing service. Evaluation of staff and students' competencies 
as applied to good nursing care. Discussion of the Head Nurse's responsibilitv 
for personal growth and development, and for civic and social obligations as a 
professional citizen and nurse in the community. Miss Fink 

106. Historical Foundations of Nursing. II. 3 hr. A historical study and review 
of the origins, aims and growth of nursing, with special emphasis on the de- 
velopment of the professional, public health, educational and international 
aspects of nursing. Discussion materials wherever possible will be selected on 
the basis of students' interests. Miss Oswald 

107. Guidance in Nursing. I, II. 3 hr. A study of guidance principles and procedures 
applied to the needs and problems confronting students and graduate nurses 
in hospitals and schools of nursing. Miss Fink 

108. The Nurse and Community Relationships. I, II. 3 hr. PR: None. Designed 
to meet the challenge of today. "A Guide to Health," to increase professional 
and social usefulness by playing well the nurse's role on the Health Team 
wherever it may operate, in homes, in institutions, agencies, or the community. 

Miss Oswald 

110. Evaluation Methods in Nursing Fducation. II. 3 hr. PR: N.E. 101 or 102, 104, 

psychology, and consent. To provide a better understanding of basic aims and 

scientific principles of nursing care of the whole patient as a member of society. 

Underlying educational principles applied to the selection, organization, and 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 181 

evaluation of the units of instruction, and the teaching methods in the 
introduction of nursing. Staff 

111. Personnel Policies and Practices. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Every professional 
nurse, active or inactive, wants to know 'Why the Wheels Go Around"— the 
basis of their own economic security, the essence of democratic administration, 
the assurance of quality nursing care, of real joy in service, with renewed hope 
and happiness to her patient. The What, the Why, and the How of personnel 
policies and practices help find these and many other helpful answers. 

Miss Fink 

112. Nursing Procedures and Routines. II. 3 hr. PR' Consent. A critical study of 
Nursing procedures and routines already established to find ways to advance, 
to reinforce, and to keep abreast of new procedures. Emphasis on effective 
means of evaluation, construction, and administration of nursing procedures 
and routines— A splendid "refresher" for inactive nurses. Miss Fink 

113. Legislation and Jurisprudence Affecting Nursing. I, II. 3 hr. A survey of 
current legislation affecting nursing, including the State Board of Nurse 
Examiners and other state and federal legislation as it relates to nursing and 
nursing education. A critical study of jurisprudence and the legal aspects 
of nursing. Miss Oswald 

114. New Developments in Nursing. S. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Designed as a work 
conference around the general theme of Improving Basic Nursing Education. 
Developed around such areas as teaching techniques, curriculum planning, 
social and health integration, and counseling and guidance technique effective 
in nursing. Staff 

115. Problems in Nursing. S. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. This course is planned to meet 
needs and interests of nurses active in Public Health, Industrial, and Institu- 
tional Nursing. Staff 

116. Special Topics. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Designed to provide material for work 
conferences or formal classes in topics such as: Interpersonal and Public Rela- 
tions; Supervision and Teaching in Nursing for Hospital, Public Health, and 
Industrial Groups: Rehabilitation; Long-term, Chronic Illness; Communica- 
tion Competency; and other topics to meet current and critical needs of 
professional nurses, their patients, and community. Staff 

200. In-Service Education in Nursing. II. S. 3 hr. A studv of staff education pro- 
grams in the various fields of nursing, including orientation programs to in- 
stitutions, agencies and special services. Staff 

201. Growth and Adjustment Related to Health. S. 3 hr. PR: N.E. 101, Psvchologv 
122. Consent. Designed to studv the relation of social, intellectual, physical, 
and emotional development throughout life. Emphasis upon those principles 
basic to professional nursing practice in all fields. Staff 

PHILOSOPHY AND PSYCHOLOGY 

Professors Curtis and Cresswell; Associate Professors Light and Minor; Assistant 
Professors Carruth and Cross; Instructors Brackman, Nolte, Rankin, Shaffr, 
and Wertheimer. 

PHILOSOPHY 

Philosophy has two main functions: (1) critical analysis of basic concepts, ideas, 
ideals, and beliefs; (2) organization of knowledge, and the development of patterns 
of tested belief for guidance of individual and institutional conduct. 

Courses in philosophv are especially useful: (1) as a valuable background for 
policy-making positions in government, business, schools, and church; (2) as a 
preparation for work in the field of religion; (3) as an indispensable foundation for 
graduate training leading to teaching and research in philosophy; (4) as a general 
education providing conditions for the organization of knowledge and a clearer 
recognition of values. 



182 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



PROGRAM FOR PHILOSOPHY MAJORS 








] 


FIRST 


YEAR 




SECOND 


YEAR 




First Setn. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


Philosophy 4 


3 


Art, Lib. Sci. 




History 1 or 


History 2 or 




English 1 


3 


or Speech 


3 


Humanities 1 3-4 


Humanities 2 


3-4 


Foreign Lang. 


3 


English 2 


3 


Foreign Lang. 3 


Foreign Lang. 


3 


Laboratory Sci. 


4 


Foreign Lang. 


3 


Economics, Pol. 


Economics, Pol. 




Phys. Educ. 


1 


Laboratory Sci. 


4 


Sci. or Soc. 


Sci. or Soc. 




Mil. or Air Sci. ] 


. 2 


Phys. Educ. 


1 


Sci. 3-4 


Sci. 


3-4 






Mil. or Air Sci. 2 


2 


Psychology 1 

(unless 3, 4 

already taken) 3 
Literature or 

Mathematics 3 
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 
Phys. Educ. 1 

(women) 


Literature or 

Mathematics 
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 
Phys. Educ. 
(women) 


3 
2 




16 




16 


16-19 


li 


5-19 


THIRD 


YEAR 




FOURTH 


YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


Philosophy 107 


3 


Philosophy 108 


3 


Philosophy 112 3 


Philosophy 113 


3 


Philosophy 




Philosophy 




Philosophy 


Philosophy 




Electives 


3 


Electives 


3 


Electives 3 


Electives 


3 


Minor Subject 


3 


Minor Subject 


3 


Minor Subject 3 


Minor Subject 


3 


Upper Division 


i 


Upper Division 




Upper Division 


Upper Division 




Electives* 


6-9 


Electives* 


6-9 


Electives* 6-9 


Electives* 


6-9 



15-18 15-18 15-18 

At least 9 hrs. of work are to be chosen from each of the groups below: 
a) Philosophy 106, 112, 113, 205, 208, 218. 



15-18 



b) Philosophy 107, 108, 114, 115, 



221, 



*The following courses are highly recommended as cognate electives. A maximum 
of six hours from this list may be counted toward the major, with the adviser's consent, 
provided that at least 18 hours of philosophy courses are taken within the department: 
Economics, 210, 222; English 220, 225; History 276, 290, 291; Political Science 170, 171, 
272, 273. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Courses in psychology are designed for one or more of the following ends: to 
promote a better understanding of human nature and behavior; to lay a foundation 
for graduate professional training; and to inculcate useful skills of psychological 
technology. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



183 



PROGRAM FOR PSYCHOLOGY MAJORS 








FIRST 


YEAR 


SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


First Setn. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


English 1 3 


English 2 3 


Foreign Lang. 


3 


Foreign Lang. 3 


Foreign Lang. 3 


Foreign Lang. 3 


Biology 1 or 




Biology 2 or 


Psychology 3 4 


Psychology 4 4 


Zoology 1 


4 


Zoology 2 4 


History 1 or 


History 2 or 


Speech 11 


3 


Philosophy 4 


Humanities 1 3-4 


Humanities 2 3-4 


Mil. or Air Sci. 3 


2 


or 104 3 


Phys. Educ. 1 


Phys. Educ. 1 


Phys. Educ. 




Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 


(women) 
Economics* or 


1 


Phys. Educ. 

(women) 1 






Soc. Sci. 


3-4 


Economics* or 






Literature or 




Soc. Sci. 3-4 






Mathematics 


3 


Literature or 

Mathematics 3 



14-17 



14-17 



17-18 



17-18 



THIRD 


YEAR 




FOURTH 


YEAR 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


Psychology 130 3 


Psychology 




Psychology 103 3 


Psychology 104 3 


Psychology 


Electives 


6 


Psychology 


Psychology 


Electives 3 


Minor Subject 


3 


Electives 3 


Electives 3 


Minor Subject 3 


Zoology 171 


4 


Minor Subject 3 


Minor Subject 3 


Upper Division 


Upper Division 




Upper Division 


Upper Division 


Electives 6-9 


Electives 


6-9 


Electives 6-9 


Electives 6-9 



15-18 



15-18 



15-18 



15-18 



* Economics 1 and 2 should be taken by those planning to enter personnel work or to 
minor in Economics. 

Courses of Instruction 
philosophy 



Lower Division 

4. Introduction to Philosophy. I, II. 3 hr. Study of living issues in the field of 
philosophy: (1) philosophic development of scientific methods for gaining 
knowledge; (2) fundamental moral, aesthetic, and religious values for guidance 
in wise use of knowledge. Mr. Minor 

Upper Division 

104. Principles of Philosophy. I, II. 3 hr. An examination of two types of philoso- 
phy, naturalism and idealism, the consequences of which are in frequent 
conflict today. A first course in philosophy primarily for juniors and seniors. 
(Not for those who have credit for Philosophy 4.) Mr. Cresswell 

106. Logic. I. 3 hr. PR: Phil 4 or 104. An examination of formal reasoning and 
scientific methods as means for attaining reliable knowledge. Mr. Cresswell 

107. Fundamentals of Ethics. I. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. A search for the meaning 
and nature of right and wrong, the good and the bad in human conduct: (1) 
nihilism, the denial of ethics; (2) traditional theories of ethics; (3) recent 
research. Mr. Minor 

108. Social Ethics. II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. Critical analysis of conflicting 
social policies operating in family, educational, religious, economic, and politi- 
cal institutions in the interest of developing consistent principles for guidance 
of all institutions. Mr. Minor 



184 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



110. Philosophy of Science. II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. An examination of the 
methods, presuppositions, and concepts of modern science. For students in- 
terested in the influences of science on contemporary thought and society. Staff 

112. History of Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. I. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. The 
history of philosophy brings together in connected form the ideals prized by 
the several periods in Western civilization which give meaning to the religious, 
political, social and literary achievements of each period. The first semester 
course ends with the 16th century. Mr. Cresswell 

113. History of Modern Philosophy. II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. Continuation of 
Philosophy 112, through the 19th century. Mr. Cresswell 

114. Contemporary Philosophy. I. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. Critical study of 
Supernaturalism, Idealism, and Naturalism as systems for the guidance of man. 

Mr. Minor 

115. Contemporary Philosophy. II. 3 hr. Phil. 4 or 104. Critical study of human- 
ism, existentialism, and organicism as systems for the guidance of man. 

Mr. Minor 
118. Philosophy of Art. I. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. Study of Aesthetics which 
examines the meaning and nature of art and beauty. Critical analysis of prin- 
ciples to guide the development of aesthetic perception, form, expression, and 
use in fine, industrial, and professional arts. Mr. Minor 

205. Oriental Religions and Philosophies. I. 3 hr. PR: Two courses in philosophy, 
or consent of instructor. An account of the religions of India, China and Islam 
with their supporting philosophies; and the influence of the major Oriental 
world views on the Western World. Mr. Cresswell 

208. Philosophy of Religion. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Two courses in philosophy. An 
attempt to discover the logically defensible foundations of religion. 

Mr. Cresswell 

217. Metaphysics. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104, 112, 113. Study of a selected 
system of philosophy. Staff 

218. Epistemology. II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104, 106. Nature, scope and validity of 
human knowledge. Mr. Cresswell 

221. Axiology. II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104 and 107 or consent. Study of the origin, 
nature, and growth of value as the basis of intelligent development of normative 
disciplines including the applied sciences, law, art, and religion. Mr. Minor 

305. Philosophy of History. II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104, 106, a knowledge of the 
history of western civilization and consent of the instructor. Various theories 
of historical development, such as the Christian, the Marxian, the Oriental. 
An examination of the question whether there is meaning in the course of 
human history. Mr. Cresswell 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Lower Division 

1. Introduction to Psychology. I, II. 3 hr. Prinicples of general psychology for 
non-majors. (Not for those who have credit for Psychology 3 and 4.) Staff 

3, 4. General Psychology. I, II. 4 hr. Open to freshmen. Three hours of 
lecture and two hours of laboratory a week. Fundamentals of general 
psychologv for majors or those using psychology to satisfy laboratory science 
requirement. Staff 

20. Psychology of Personal Efficiency. I, II, 2 hr. For students whose scholastic 
achievement is below capacity. Diagnosic and remedial practice in areas which 
hamper personal or academic efficiency. For freshmen and sophomores; others 
by consent. Staff 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND. SCIENCES 185 

I pper Division 

110. Applied Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1 or 3 and 4. Applications of 
psychology in fields of law, medicine, education, and business. Mr. Cross 

114. Psychology in Personnel Work. I. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1 or 3 and 4. Techniques 
for selecting and placing personnel; job and worker analysis and classification; 
interviewing; employment tests, merit rating, job evaluation. Mr. Curtis 

115. Psychology in Industry. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1, or 3 and 4. Job train- 
ing, leadership training, motivation and morale, human relations, safety indus- 
try and society. Mr. Curtis 

116. Social Psychology. I. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1 or 3 and 4. A study of the social 
factors which determine human behavior. The relationship of class, race, 
culture, social structure and other group phenomena to individual behavior. 
Other topics include: attitudes, public opinion, propaganda, mass media of 
information and national character. Mr. Rankin 

122. Child Psychology. I. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1, or 3 and 4. Growth trends in child 
behavior, including the physical, intellectual, emotional, social and personality 
development areas. Staff 

125. Mental Hygiene. I or II. 3 hr. Man's personality, needs and emotions as they 
relate to effective living in a modern world. Emphasis on those factors which 
lead to healthy psychological adjustment. A course useful for students in all 
curricula. Mr. Light 

130. Statistical Methods in Psychology. I. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1, or 3 and 4. 
Analysis and interpretation of psychological data. Mr. Brackmann 

201. Physiological Psychology. 1 or II. 3 hr. PR: Psychology 3, 4, and Zoology 
171 or equivalent. The organic basis for psychological activities such as 
perception, emotion, motivation, and learning. Mr. Shafer 

205. Individual Differences. 2 hr. II. PR: One course in psychology. Nature and 
extent of the differences among individuals in psychological traits such as 
intelligence and personality, as influenced by heredity, schooling, age, sex, 
culture. Primarily for students in psychology and education. Mr. Cross 

206. Learning and Motivation. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Psychology 3 and 4 or equivalent. 
Survey of experimental data in the area of learning and motivation. Special 
emphasis on contemporary learning theory. Mr. Shafer 

214. Job Analysis. I or II. 3 hr. PR: 114 or 115 or M.E. 140. Instruction and super- 
vised practice in preparation and use of job analyses. For students of psychology, 
engineering, or management. Mr. Cross 

216. Attitudes and Propaganda. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1 or 3 and 4, or consent. In- 
cludes: the nature of attitudes and opinions, attitude measurement, opinion 
changing, propaganda use and analysis, the social psychology of mass media, 
democratic value and public opinion. Designed to meet the needs of students 
from a variety of fields as well as Psychology .... especially Sociology, Political 
Science and journalism. Mr. Rankin 

218. Psychology of Personality. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1 or 3 and 4. Development 
of personality from infancy through maturity to old age with special reference 
to factors which shape it; theories of personality structure, personality adjust- 
ment; field trip and demonstrations. Mr. Light 

222. Psychology of Adolescence. II. 3 hr. PR: Two courses in psychology or consent. 
Study of psychological, social, cultural, physiological influences on personalitv 
during the period of adolescence, leading toward a deeper understanding of 
the adolescent. Mr. Light 



186 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



224. Individual Intelligence Testing. I. 4 hr. PR: Psych. 122. Individual testing: 
theory and practice in Binet and Wechsler intelligence tests. Mr. Carruth 

225. Group Psychometric Testing. I. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1, or 3 and 4, and 130. 
Theory underlying the construction of group tests of intelligence, aptitudes, 
interests, personality, and attitudes. Practice in administering, scoring, and 
interpreting them. Mr. Cross 

226. Advanced Experimental Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 3, 4, 130. Lectures 
and laboratory. Design of psychological experiments; psychophysics of audi- 
tion and vision. Mr. Shafer 

229. Abnormal Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: One upper-division course in psychology. 
A consideration of the major economic behavior anomalies, e.g., schizophrenia, 
psychopathic personality, organic psychoses, etc., and the various psychological, 
chemical, surgical, and medical treatments thereof. Field trip to mental hospi- 
tal and demonstrations. Mr. Light 

233. Problem Children. II. 3 hr. PR: Child or Educational psychology. Study of 
children who present psychological problems because of (1) exceptional men- 
tal retardation or advancement; (2) organic disabilities having behavioral 
consequences, such as cerebral palsy or deafness; (3) disorders' of conduct as- 
sociated with atypical personality functioning. Of special interest to those who 
regularly deal with children as teachers, nurses, etc. Staff 

234. Problems in Child Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 122, and 224 or 225. 
Students will select indivdiual problems in child behavior. Staff 

236. Psychology of Adjustment. I. 3 hr. PR: Two courses in psychology or consent. 
Dynamic principles of human personality adjustment. Mr. Carruth 

240. History of Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1, or 3 and 4. Traces the develop- 
ment of the science and concepts of psychology from their origin in philosophy, 
physiology and medicine up to the modern era. Mr. Brackmann 

242. Advanced Social Psychology. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 116 or graduate status. A con- 
sideration of contemporary theory and practice in social psychology. Mr. Rankin 

245, 246. Seminar. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. Critical study of selected topics. Staff 

260. Statistical Methods in Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 130 or equivalent. 
Sampling theory, probability, further parametric and non-parametric statistics. 
Required for Master's degree. Mr. Brackmann 

Graduate Division 

301, 302. Special Problems in Research. I, II. 1-3 hr. per semester. Staff 

303, 304. Thesis. I, II. 2-3 hr. per semester. Staff 

310. Projective Techniques. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 224, 236, and consent. 
Survey of the projective techniques used in psychodiagnostics, including the 
Thematic Apperception Test, the Szondi Test, and the Rorschach Test. Special 
emphasis will be given the Rorschach Test. Mr. Light 

311. Practicum in Projective Techniques. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Psychology 310 or 
equivalent. Supervised practice in scoring and interpretation of the Rorschach 
Ink Blot Test and the Thematic Apperception Test. Mr. Light 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 187 

316. Counseling and Psychotherapy. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Psychology 224 and 229 or 

equivalent. Principles underlying Freudian and non-directive therapy, play 
therapy and psychodrama. Mr. Light 

317. Practicim in Counseling and Psychotherapy. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Psychology 
316 or equivalent. Supervised experience in psychotherapeutic techniques 
used by the psychologist in a clinic setting. Mr. Light 

330. Systems of Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1, or 3 and 4, and one 
course in philosophy. Mr. Curtis 

331. Theory Constriction. 3 hr. Problems and techniques of organizing the data of 
psychology: philosophical background, problems of definition, logical structures 
and techniques employed. Mr. Brackmann 

338. Clinical Psychology. II. 4 hr. PR: Psych. 224 and consent. Supervised prac- 
tice in the use of psychological techniques in a clinic setting. Mental testing, 
interviewing parents, personality diagnoses, test interpretations and reports, 
play techniques with children, case presentations at staff meetings. Emphasis 
is on the multi-discipline approach at the University Counseling Center. 

Mr. Light and Mr. Carruth 

345, 346, 347, 348. Seminar. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. Critical study of selected topics. Staff 

350. Practicim in Sti dent-Personnel Psychology. II. 1-3 hr. PR: Psych. 236 or 
consent. Diagnostic and remedial techniques for dealing with reading and 
work-study-skill efficiency; and personal-social-emotional adjustment. 

Mr. Carruth 

351. Practicum in Student-Personnel Psychology. I or II. 1-3 hr. Directed practice 
in student-personnel counseling. Continuation of Psych. 350. Mr. Carruth 

352. Practicum in Vocational Appraisal. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Principles and 
procedures in appraising educational and vocational fitness. Supervised prac- 
tice in testing and counseling college students presenting educational and voca- 
tional problems. Mr. Cross 

PHYSICS 

Professors Ford and Thomas; Assistant Professors Buchanan, Gunton, Ollom, and 
Williamson; Instructors Farr and Rexroad. 

Various courses offered in Physics are designed to meet the needs of students of 
the Colleges of Arts and Sciences, Agriculture, Education, Engineering, and Pharmacy. 

Suggested Curriculum for A.B. with Major in Physics 





FIRST 


YEAR 






SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


Mil. or Air Sci 


1 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 2 


2 


Mil. or Air Sci 


.3 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 


Phys. Ed. 


1 


Phys. Ed. 


1 


Math. 107 


4 


Math. 108 4 


Eng. 1 


3 


Eng. 2 


3 


Physics 109 


2 


Phvsics 110 2 


Math. 3 


3 


Math. 5 


4 


Chem. 1 


4 


Chem. 2 4 


Math. 4 


3 


French or 




French or 




♦Elective 3 


Physics It 


4 


German 


3 


German 


3 


Elective 3 






Physics 2t 


4 


* Elective 


3 





16 17 18 18 



188 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 





THIRD 


YEAR 




FOURTH YEAR 




First Setn. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


Math. (200) 
Physics (100) 

or 200) 
Physics (200) 
*Elective 


3 

3 
3 
3 


Math. (200) 
Physics (100) 

or 200) 
Physics (200) 
♦Elective 


3 

3 
3 
3 


Physics (200) 
Physics (200) 
Physics (200) 
Elective 
Elective 


3 
3 
3 
3 
3 


Physics (200) 
Physics (200) 
Physics (200) 
Elective 
Elective 


3 
3 
3 
3 
3 


♦Elective 


3 


♦Elective 


3 


Seminar 




Seminar 




Elective 


2-3 


Elective 


2-3 










Seminar 




Seminar 













17-18 



17-18 



15 



15 



tAn alternative is Chem. 1 and 2 in the freshman year in place of Physics, 
with Physics 111 and 112 in the sophomore year. 
♦Electives must include: 

6 hrs. of History or Humanities. 

6 hrs. of Economics, Political Science, or Social Science. 
3 hrs. of Art, Home Economics, Library Science, or Speech. 
3 hrs. of Geography, Philosophy, Sociology or Laboratory Science. 
Physics 249, 250, 231, 232, 233, 234, are required for graduation. 
E.E. 250, 252 and a second language (French or German) are recommended 
electives. 

Courses of Instruction 

Lower Division 



1. Introductory Physics. I. 3 hr. PR: Plane geometry and algebra. Required 
of all students whose curriculum calls for introductory physics. Mechanics, 
sound, heat. Staff 

2. Introductory Physics. II. 4 hr. PR: Physics 1. Electricity, magnetism, and light. 

Staff 
Upper Division 

109, 110. A Problems Course in General Physics. I, II. 2 hr. per semester. Pre- or 
corequisite: Calculus. Open to students who have taken Introductory Physics 
or equivalent; not open to students who have taken General Physics. 

Mr. Williamson 

111. General Physics. I, II. 5 hr. Pre- or corequisite: Calculus. Required of all 
candidates for engineering degrees and recommended for all students who 
major in mathematics. Not open to students who have credit for Introductory 
Physics. Mechanics, sound, and heat. Staff 

112. General Physics. I, II. 5 hr. Continuation of Physics 111. Not open to students 
who have credit for Introductory Physics. Light, electricity and magnetism. 

Staff 

113. 114. Introductory Electronics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: 1 year of college 

physics. Mr. Rexroad 



116. 



17. 



Photography. II. 3 hr. PR: 1 year of college physics, 1 year of college chemis- 
try. The physics and chemistry of photography with practical applications. 

Mr. Farr 
Descriptive Meterology. I. 3 hr. PR: 1 year of college physics. Description 
of the atmosphere and its weather. Reading and analysis of weather maps. 
Weather observations. Mr. Williamson 



118. Physical Meterology. II. 3hr. PR: Physics 117 or equivalent. The physics of 
the atmosphere. Analysis of surface and upper air charts. Forecasting. 

Mr. Williamson 
221. Optics. II. 3 hr. PR: 10 hours of college physics, calculus. Work in optical 



instruments, spectrometry, interferometry, and polarization. 



Mr. Ford 



225, 226. Introduction to Modern Physics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: 10 hours 
of college physics, calculus. Particle analysis, phenomena connected with the 
structure of the atom. Mr. Ford 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 189 

231, 232. Theoretical Mechanics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: 10 hours of college 
physics, calculus. Theorems and problems in intermediate mechanics. 

Mr. Clinton 

233, 234. Introductory Electricity and Magnetism. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. 

PR: 10 hours college physics, calculus. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, network 

analysis, introduction to electrodynamics, and applications. Mr. Ollom 

241, 242. Physics Seminar. I, II. No credit. Required of Junior, Senior, and Graduate 
physics majors. Staff 

249, 250. Intermediate Laboratory. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: 10 hour* ol 
college physics, calculus. Detailed techniques in experimental physics 

Mr Ford 

255, 256. Physics Seminar. S I, S II. 2 hr. 10 hours of college physics, 1 year col- 
lege mathematics. Selected topics in modern physics. Primarily for Education 
majors, not open to physics majors. Staff 

257. Photography. S I. 3 hr. PR: One year of physics or equivalent. Primarily for 
Education majors, not open to physics majors. Mr. Fair 

258. Light. S II. 3 hr. PR: One year of physics or equivalent. Primarily for Edu- 
cation majors, not open to physics majors. Mr. Ford 

261, 262. Molecular Physics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Physics 225, 226. Molecular 
spectra, molecular structure and solid state physics. Mr. Gunton 

283. Thermodynamics. I. 3 hr. PR: 10 hours of college physics, calculus. Application 
of First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics to physical systems. Mr. Ollom 

284. Kinetic Theory. II. 3 hr. PR: 10 hours of college physics, calculus. Boltzman 
distribution, viscosity, diffusion, thermal conductivity, specific heat. 

Mr. Buchanan 

287, 288. Tntpodtction to Mathematical Physics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: 

10 hours of college physics, calculus. Boundary value problems in vibration, 

heat conduction, hydrodynamics, special relativity. Mr. Thomas 

Graduate Division 

371, 372. Advanced Classical Mechanics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Calculus, Physics 231, 232. 
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations of mechanics, Hamilton-Jacobi 
theory, small oscillations. Mr. Ollom 

379. Seminar in Coal Research. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: Consent. Credit 1 hour 
per semester, maximum credit 2 hours. (In cooperation with other department* 
and the U. S. Bureau of Mines). Staff 

381, 382. Physical Optics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Physics 221, differential 
equations. Mr. Ford 

385, 386. Quantum Mechanics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Physics 225, 226. 
Schrodinger's equations, hydrogen atom, perturbation, molecular forces. 

Mr. Thomas 

387, 388. Differential Equations of Physics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Ph\sics 
287, 288, differential equations. Application of differential equations to physical 
problems. Mr. Thomas 

389, 390. Nuclear Physics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Physics 225, 226. Theory of 
nuclear forces, transformation, energy levels. Mr. Buchanan 

391, 392. Advanced Electricity and Magnetism. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Physics 
233, 234, differential equations. Wave propagation, electrodynamics of charged 
particles. Mr. Thomas 

397, 398. Research. I, II. 3-6 hr. per semester. PR: Consent of supervising in 
structor. Staff 



190 CI RRICULA AND COURSES 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Professors Frasure, Stewart, and Sturm; Assistant Professors Mann, Ross, White, and 
Williams; Instructor Preston. 

NATURE AND OBJECTIVES OF THE POLITICAL SCIENCE CURRICULUM 

The political science curriculum provides a systematized course of study of the 
origin, basis, and nature of the state in its many and varied aspects. These include: 
principles, organization, and structure of political institutions, both domestic and 
foreign; the processes and functioning of government; interrelationships between the 
political institutions on the various levels of government; political behavior; the 
control of governmental instrumentalities and the means for holding its agents respon- 
sible; and the identification and analysis of public problems falling within the range 
of government. Course offerings in the Department of Political Science provide a basic 
general knowledge of the field, as well as more extensive and intensive training in the 
specialized areas of political science, particularly on the senior and graduate levels. 

Primary departmental objectives may be classified under four principal headings 
as follows: 

1. To develop an understanding of the role of government in modern society, 
thus contributing to a general, liberal education and to preparation of students 
for informed citizenship in a democracy. 

2. To impart a basic knowledge and understanding of the techniques and pro- 
cesses of government and administration to those persons who look forward 
to a career in the public service. 

3. To provide pre-professional training for students who are preparing to enter 
the legal profession. 

4. To provide advanced and specialized instruction, as far as the Master of Arts 
degree, for persons who wish to enter teaching or research in the field of politi- 
cal science. 

The political science curriculum, therefore, enables the major in this field to gain 
an understanding of the political society in which he lives and also to plan his 
academic program so as to prepare himself for a career of public service. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS 

A. The Undergraduate Major 

Hours. Undergraduate majors in political science are required to take at least 
twenty-six hours of upper-division course work in the department. There must be a 
first minor consisting of twelve hours of upper-division courses, normally in history, 
economics, sociology, psychology, or philosophy, and a second minor of six hours of 
upper division work in a related field. 

Required Courses. Each undergraduate major is required to take Political Science 
1 (3 hrs.) or 2 (3 hrs.) and Political Science 200 (2 hrs.) Departmental majors are 
encouraged to take both Political Science 1 and 2. 

Distribution of Courses. The major in political science should work out his pro- 
gram in such as way as to secure a well-rounded knowledge of the field, as well as to 
concentrate in some particular area. Although the twenty-six hours of upper-division 
work in political science is the minimum requirement, students should take at least 
thirty-two hours. 

The following are distribution requirements for an undergraduate major in 
political science: 

1. At least one upper-division course in each of the six groups into which the 
offerings of the department are divided. 

2. At least three upper-division courses in some one group. 

Grouping of Upper-Division Courses by Fields 

I. American National, State, and Local Government 

Political Science 111, 113, 120, 210, 211, 213, 221. 225, 226, 310-311 320-321, 
325-326. 

II. Politics and Policy Development 

Political Science 130, 231, 232, 233, 234, 330-331. 



THE COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES 



191 



III. Public Administration 

Political Science 140, 241, 242, 243. 241. 245, 346-347. 

IV. Foreign and Comparative Government 

Political Science 150, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 351-352. 
Y. International Relations, Organization, and Laic 

Political Science 160, 261, 262, 262, 264. 361-362. 
VI. Political Theorx 

Political Science 170, 171, 272, 273, 274, 375-376. 

Courses Suggested for Political Science Majors 



FIRST 


YEAR 


SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


English 1 3 


English 2 3 


Pol. Science 1 3 


Pol. Science 2 3 


Laboratory Sci. 4 
Foreign Lang. 3 
Electives, 


Laboratory Sci. 4 
Foreign Lang. 3 
Electives, 


Foreign Lang. 3 
History 52 3 
Economics 1 3 


Foreign Lang. 3 
History 53 3 
Economics 2 3 


Group 1 3-4 
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 


Group 1 3-4 
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 


Psychology 1 or 
Sociol. 1 3 


Philosophy 4 3 
Electives 1-2 


Phys. Educ. 1 


Phys. Educ. 1 


Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 






Phys. Educ. 1 


Phys. Educ. 1 



14-17 



14-17 



16-17 



16-18 



First Sem. 



THIRD YEAR 

Hr. Second Sem. 



Hr. First Sem. 



FOURTH YEAR 

Hr. Second Sem. 



Hr. 



Pol. Science 150 3 Pol. Science 120 3 Pol. Science 170 3 Pol. Science 171 3 



Pol. Science 

electives 
Elective, 

Group 3 
Elective, 

Group 4 
Elective, minors 



3-6 



Pol. Science 
electives 

Elective, 
Group 3 



3-6 



3 



Elective, Group 5 3 
Elective, minors 3 



Pol. Science 200 2 
Pol. Science 

electives 3-6 

Electives, 

minors 6-9 



Pol. Science 
electives 

Electives, 
minors 



3-6 
6-9 



15-18 



15-18 



17-18 



15-18 



Courses of Instruction 

Lower Division 

1. Elkments of Democratic Government. I, II. 3 hr. Introduction to government. 
Origin, forms, and functions of the state; organization and forms of govern- 
ment; and the relations of groups and individuals to the state. Primarily for 
freshmen. Mr. White 

2. The American Federal System. I. II. 3 hr. A survey course in American national 
government. Intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Staff 

Upper Division 

101. Introduction to Government. I, II. 3 hr. (Exclusively for students in the 
College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering.) A consideration of the 
basic principles and operation of national, state, and local government in the 
United States. Staff 

111. Functions of American National Government. I. 3 hr. The activities of the 
executive branch of government, particularly as they relate to social and eco- 
nomic development; expansion of govenmental activities and services since 
1932. Mr. Ross 

113. American Constitutional Principles. II. 3 hr. U.S. Constitution as interpreted 
by the Supreme Court. Treatment is analytical rather than historical. Text 
supplemented by some leading cases. Primarily for pre-law students. Mr. White 



192 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



120. State and Local Government. I, II. 3 hr. Survey of the legal basis, structure, 
and operation of state and local governments, their relations with each other 
and their place in the federal system. Miss Mann 

130. Political Parties and Electoral Processes. I. 3 hr. The nature of political 
parties. Public regulation of parties and electoral processes. A close examina- 
tion of suffrage, nominating devices, campaign procedures, and the conduct of 
elections. Mr. Ross 

140. Introduction to Public Administration. I. 3 hrs. Introductory study of the 
development, organization, procedures, processes, and human relations factors 
of governmental administration in American democracy. Mr. Sturm 

150. Contemporary European Governments. I, II. 3 hr. Comparative analysis by- 
countries of constitutions, political structures, and functions, with major 
emphasis upon the United Kingdom, France, Russia, and West Germany. 

Mr. Williams 

160. International Relations. I. 3 hr. Introduction to contemporary world politics. 
Just enough background to make present-day international affairs more under- 
standable. Mr. Frasure 

170. History of Political Thought: Plato to Machiavelli. I. 3 hr. Examination 
of major political ideas from the Greeks to sixteenth century with special 
emphasis upon the development of natural law and western conception of 
justice. Mr. Williams 

171. History of Political Thought: Machiavelli to Bentham. II. 3 hr. PR: 170 
or consent of the instructor. Analysis of the political ideas which developed 
from the separation of faith and reason, the culmination of this movement in 
rational integral liberalism, and the origins of modern conservatism as ex- 
pounded by Edumnd Burke. Mr. Williams 

200. Research Materials and Techniques in Political Science. I. 2 hr. A study 
of basic source materials in political science and of the techniques and methods 
of governmental research. Required of majors. Mr. Sturm 

210. American Political Institutions. I. 3 hr. PR: 2 or consent of instructor. 
Development of the Constitution, Congress, the Presidency, and the Supreme 
Court as institutions with special attention to current problems and issues. 

Mr. Sturm 

211. Problems of American National Government. II. 3 hr. This course is intended 
to give recognition to the major contemporary problems of government. Ex- 
tensive reading of background materials as well as current literature in the field. 

Mr. Ross 

213. American Constitutional Law and Theory. II. 3 hr. PR: 2 or consent of 

the instructor. Basic principles of American constitutional law as developed 

through interpretation with special emphasis on constitutional theories and 

national development. Primarily for seniors and graduate students. Mr. Sturm 

221. West Virginia Government and Administration. I, II. 3 hr. A study of the 
organization and operation of the state government of West Virginia. 

Miss Mann and Mr. Sturm 

225. Municipal Government. II. 3 hr. Legal basis, structure, operation, and prob- 
lems of municipal government and municipal relations with other governmental 
units. Miss Mann 

226. Problems of State and Local Government. I. 3 hr. An examination of current 
problems of state, county, and municipal governments. Students are expected 
to have completed Political Science 120 or its equivalent. 

Miss Mann and Mr. Ross 

231. History of Political Parties. I (odd-numbered years). 3 hr. An examination 
of the growth of political parties in the United States. Analysis of issues in 
presidential campaigns as they relate to political party development. Mr. Ross 

232. Public Opinion and Propaganda. II (alternate years). 3 hr. Analysis of tech- 
niques of sampling and measuring public opinion; detection of propaganda; 
the nature of propaganda and methods of the propagandist. Mr. Ross 



THE COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES 193 

233. Current Political Issues. I (even-numbered years). 3 hr. An examination 
of political party platforms and the major issues of the political campaign. 
Students will be expected to examine background materials thoroughly. 

Mr. Ross 

234. The Legislative Process. II (alternate years) . 3 hr. Structure and organiza- 
tion of legislative bodies. Powers of legislatures. Detailed study of lawmaking 
procedures. The influences of outside forces. Mr. Ross 

241. Administrative Organization and Management. II (alternate years). 3 hr. 
PR: 140 or consent of instructor. Analysis of administrative organization and 
reorganization and of such management fuctions as leadership, planning, 
coordination, public relations, and management improvement. Mr. Sturm 

242. Financial Administration. I (alternate years). 3 hr. PR: 140 or consent of the 
instructor. Survey of methods and problems of fiscal management, including 
budgeting, accounting, tax administration, expenditure control, auditing, pur- 
chasing, and financial organization. Staff 

243. Public Personnel Administration. II (alternate years). 3 hr. PR: 140 or 
consent of the instructor. Survey of the development of public personnel 
management, with attention to organization, recruitment, classification, training, 
morale, unionism, and other aspects of personnel administration. Staff 

244. Administrative Law and Regulation. II (alternate years). 3 hr. PR: 140 
or consent of the instructor. Study of the law of administration, primarily by 
the case method, covering administrative powers, procedure in administrative 
adjudication and rule-making, discretion, judicial control, and administrative 
liability. Mr. Sturm 

245. Public Administration and Policy Development. I (alternate years). 3 hr. 
PR: 140 or consent of the instructor. Analysis of decision-making and policy 
development in the administrative process by the case method. Staff 

250. Comparative Government. I. 3 hr. An examination of the leading problems of 
government organization, constitutional framework, political parties and public 
opinion, and administrative procedures in several countries with emphasis 
on the United States, United Kingdom, France, Germany, and Russia. The 
subject is examined topically dealing with each problem in several countries. 

Mr. Williams 

251. Modern Dictatorships. II. 3 hrs. Politically undemocratic governments. Pro- 
vides background of dictatorships generally, followed by treatment of several 
modern dictatorships. Mr. Frasure 

252. British Government and Politics. II (alternate years). 3 hr. Intensive study 
of British government with emphasis upon both internal and external policies, 
primarily during the twentieth century. Mr. Frasure 

253. Contemporary Governments of the Commonwealth. II (alternate years). 
3 hr. A survey of imperial organization and Dominion status; a comparative 
study of the nature and development of political institutions in Canada, 
Australia, New Zealand, and South Africa. Mr. Williams 

254. Governments of Asia. I (alternate years). 3 hr. A survey of contemporary 
politics and governments of Asia. Staff 

255. Governments of Latin America. II (alternate years). 3 hr. A comparative study 
of the major nations of Latin America. Staff 

256. Governments of the Middle East. I (alternate years). 3 hr. An examination of 
governments and political forces of the Middle East. Staff 

261. International Organization. II. 3 hr. Emphasis will be placed upon agencies 
created since the close of World War II. Some reference to development of 
international law and League of Nations. Mr. Frasure 

262. Specialized Agencies of the United Nations. II. 3 hr. A detailed treatment of 
the specialized agencies and related institutions. Mr. Frasure 



194 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



263. Public International Law. I. 3 hr. Law governing relations among nations, 
including development of rules, means of enforcement, and conflicts between 
theory and practice. Mr. White 

264. Conduct of American Foreign Relations. I. 3 hr. An attempt will be made 
to determine the factors behind our foreign policy with emphasis upon policy 
during the twentieth century. Mr. Frasure 

272. Recent and Contemporary Political Thought. I. 3 hr. PR: 171 or consent 
of the instructor. An examination of integral liberalism and the forces 
leading to the decline of liberalism and a critical analysis of the fascist and 
communist ideologies with their threat to the traditions of western civilization 
embodied in Christianity and conservatism. Mr. Williams 

273. American Political Theory. II (alternate years). 3 hr. PR: 171 or consent of 
the instructor. A survey of major political ideas and their influence upon 
society and government from the seventeenth century to the present. 

Mr. Williams 

274. Problems in Contemporary Political Thought. II (alternate years). 3 hr. An 
intensive study of current trends in political thought through examination of 
the works of contemporary writers. Mr. Williams 

310-311. Directed Reading and Research in American National Government. I, II. 
2-4 hr. each. Staff 

320-321. Directed Reading and Research in State Government. I, II. 2-4 hr. each. 
PR: 120 or consent of the instructor. Miss Mann 

325-326. Directed Reading and Research in Local Government. I, II. 2-4 hr. PR: 
225 or consent of the instructor. Miss Mann 

330-331. Directed Reading and Research in Politics. I, II. 2-4 hr. PR: 130 or 
consent of the instructor. Mr. Ross 

346-347. Directed Reading and Research in Public Administration. I, II. 2-4 hr. 
each. PR: 140 or consent of the instructor. Mr. Sturm 

351-352. Directed Reading and Research in Comparative Government. I, II. 2-4 hr. 
each. Mr. Frasure and Mr. Williams 

361-362. Directed Reading and Research in International Relations I, II. 2-4 hr. 
each. Mr. Frasure 

375-376. Directed Reading and Research in Political Theory. I, II. 2-4 hr. each. 

Mr. Williams 
380. Thesis.. I, II. 2-6 hr. Staff 

ROMANCE LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Professors Ashburn and Manning; Associate Professors McBride and Mitram; Assistant 
Professors Herrera and Singer; Instructors Frere, Simonette, and Wade. 

Courses 1 and 2 or two years of high-school credit will be required for entrance 
to courses 5, 6, 103, and 104. Usually students who have had two years' study of the 
language in high school should take courses 5 and 6. Students who have done three 
years of work in high school should consult the departmental adviser before 
enrolling. 

Students whose grades have consistently fallen below "B"' in language work in 
the lower division should not select a Romance Language as a major subject. 

No student who has not completeo French 109, 1 10, at least six hours in 
courses 115, 116, 118, and French 217 and 231 or Spanish 109, 110, 211, 212, 221, and 
222 will be recommended as a teacher of the subjects. The following courses are 
recommended as a minor if a speaking knowledge of the language is desired: French 
103, 104, 109, 110, and 231; Spanish 103, 104, 109, and 110. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



195 



Program for Major Students 

In order to be recommended by this department for the degree of Bachelor 
of Arts a student should nave completed, in addition to special requirements 
for the A.B Degree, at icast 24 hours of upper-division courses in one of the 
following combinations: 
FRENCH: 103, 104, 10". 110. 115. 116. 118. 217. 221. 222, and 231; Spanish or 

Italian (6 to 12 hours) 
SPANISH: 103, 104, 109. 110, 211, 212 221, and 222: French or Italian (6 to 12 

hours) 

FIRST YF.AR SECOND YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

English 1 3 

Laboratory Sci. 4 
French or Spanish 3 
Electives, 

Group 1 3-4 

Phvs. Educ. 1 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 



Second Sem. Hr. 
English 2 3 

Laboratory Sci. 4 
French or Spanish 3 
Electives, 

Group 1 3-4 

Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 
Phvs. Educ. 1 



Hr. 



3-6 



First Sem. 
French or 

Spanish 
A second 

Romance Lang. 3 
Pol. Sci. 1 or 

Soc. Sci. 1 3-4 
Geologv 118 3 

Phvs. Educ. 1 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 
Electives 0-3 



Hr. 



Second Sem. 
French or 

Spanish 
A second 

Romance Lang. 3 
Pol. Sci. 2 or 

Soc. Sci. 2 3-4 
Electives, 

Group 4 3 

Phvs. Educ. I 

Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 
Electives 0-3 



3-6 



14-F 



14-17 



14-18 



14-18 



THIRD YEAR 



First Sem. 



Hr. Second Sem. 



French or 

Spanish 109 3 
French 115 or 118 

or Spanish 211 3 
Minor subject 

& electives 12 



French or 

Spanish 110 
French 116 or 

Spanish 212 
Minor subject 

& electives 



Hr. First Sem. 



12 



FOURTH YEAR 



French 217 or 
Spanish 221 
Minor subject 
k electives 



Hr. 



Second Sem. 
French or 

Spanish 222 
French 231 or 

elective in 

Spanish 
Minor subject 

& electives 



Hr. 



12 



14-18 
Courses of Instruction 



14-18 



14-18 



14-18 



FRENCH 
Lower Division 

1. Elementary French. I, II. 3 hr. 

2. Elementary French. I, II. 3 hr. Continuation ot French 1. 

5. Intermediate French. I, II. 3 hr. Reading of modern French prose. 



Staff 
Staff 
Staff 
Staff 



6. Intermediate French. II. 3 hr. Continuation of French 5. 
Upper Division 

103. Elementary Conversation. I. 3 hr. PR: 6 hours of French or equivalent. Staff 

104. La Lancue Pratique. II. 3 hr. PR: 6 hours of French or equivalent. Staff 

109. Grammar and Pronunciation. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of French or equivalent. 
For sophomores or juniors. Mr. Mitrani 

110. Advanced Conversation. II. 3 hr. PR: French 109 or equivalent. For sopho- 
mores and juniors. Mr. Mitrani 



196 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



115. The Classical School. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of French or equivalent. 

Mr. Manning 

116. Literature of the Eighteenth Century. II. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of French 
or equivalent. Mr. McBride 

118. Literature of the Nineteenth Century. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of French 
or equivalent. Mr. McBride 

151. French for Elementary Schools. I. 3 hr. PR: French 103 and 104 or French 
109 and 110 or equivalent. An intensive study of conversational French for 
use in the elementary schools, with emphasis on pronunciation and common 
usage. Observation and practice. Mr. Frere 

152. French for Elementary Schools. II. 3 hr. Continuation of French 151. 

Mr. Frere 
217. French Civilization. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of French. Mr. Mitrani 

221. The Romantic Movement. I. 3 hr. PR: French 115. Mr. Singer 

*222. French Realism. II. 3 hr. PR: French 118. Mr. Singer 

♦229. Literature of the 16th Century. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hours of French. Staff 

231. Phonetics and Pronunciation. II. 3 hr. PR: 18 hours of French or equival- 
ent. Mr. Manning 

♦237. Moliere. II. 3 hr. PR: French 115. Staff 

244. Explication de textes. II. 3 hr. PR: French 109 and 110. Mr. Manning 

*290. Old French. II. 3 hr. Mr. Manning 

Graduate Division 
393. Special Topics. I. 3-5 hr. Themes in French Literature and Culture. Staff 

SPANISH 
Lower Division 

1. Elementary Spanish. I, II. 3 hr. Staff 

2. Elementary Spanish. 1, II. 3 hr. PR: Continuation of Spanish 1. Staff 

5. Intermediate Spanish. I. 3 hr. Reading of modern Spanish prose. Staff 

6. Intermediate Spanish. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Spanish 5. Staff 
Upper Division 

103. Elementary Conversation. I. 3 hr. PR: 6 hours of Spanish, or equivalent. 

Mr. Herrera 

104. La Lengua Practica. II. 3 hr. PR: 6 hours of Spanish, or equivalent. 

Mr. Herrera 

109. Grammar and Conversation. I. 3 hr. For sophomores or juniors. Mr. Ashburn 

110. Advanced Conversation. II. 3 hr. PR: Spanish 109, or equivalent. Mr. Ashburn 

151. Spanish for Elementary Schools. I. 3 hr. PR: Spanish 103 and 104 or Spanish 
109 and 110 or equivalent. An intensive study of conversational Spanish for 
use in the elementary schools, with emphasis on pronunciation and common 
usage. Observation and practice. Mr. Herrera 

152. Spanish for Elementary Schools. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Spanish 151. 

Mr. Herrera 

211. Nineteenth Century Literature to 1870. I. 3 rh. PR: Spanish 5 and 6 or 

equivalent. Mr. Singer 

*Not given in 1955-56. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 197 

212. Spanish Literature Since 1870. II. 3 hr. PR: Spanish 5 and 6 or equivalent. 

Mr. Singer 

216. Civilization and Culture. II. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of Spanish or equivalent. 

Mr. Ashburn 

217. Spanish American Literature and Culture. I. 3 hr. PR: Spanish 5 and 
6 or equivalent. Mr. Mitrani 

218. Spanish American Literature and Culture. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Course 217. 
PR: Spanish 5 and 6 or equivalent. Mr. Mitrani 

*221. Literature of the Golden Ace. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hours of Spanish, or equiva- 
lent. Mr. Mitrani 

*222. The Golden Age after Lope de Vega. II. 3 hr. PR. Spanish 221. Mr. Mitrani 

*223. Estudios de Estilo. 1. 3 hr. PR: 18 hours of Spanish, or equivalent. 

Mr. Ashburn 
*224. Explicacion de textos. II. 3 hr. PR: 18 hours of Spanish, or equivalent. 

Mr. Ashburn 
♦291. Cervantes. I. 3 hr. Mr. Singer 

*Not given in 1955-56. 

*295. Sixteenth Century Literature. I. 3 hr. Mr. Ashburn 

*296. Old Spanish. II. 3 hr. Mr. Ashburn 

Graduate Division 

392. Special Topics. II. 1-3 hr. Themes in Spanish literature and culture. 

Staff 

ITALIAN 

Lower Division 

1. Elementary Italian. I. 3 hr. Mr. Simonette 

2. Elementary Italian. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Italian 1. Mr. Simonette 

5. Intermediate Italian. I. 3 hr. Reading of modern Italian prose. 

Mr. Simonette 

6. Intermediate Italian. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Italian 5. Mr. Simonette 

Upper Division 

109. Composition and Conversation. I. 3 hr. Mr. Simonette 

110. Advanced Conversation. II. 3 hr. Mr. Simonette 

RUSSIAN 

The courses in Russian are designed to enable the student to follow the scientific 
developments in Russia. The elementary courses will present the fundamentals of 
grammar; pronunciation, with some practice in conversation; and translation of 
simple scientific Russian in the fields of chemistry, physics and medicine. 

Lower Division 

1. Elementary Russian. I. 3 hr. Mr. Simonette 

2. Elementary Russian. II. 3 hr. Mr. Simonette 

5. Intermediate Russian. I. 3 hr. Reading jf modern Russian pro«e. 

Mr. Simonette 

6. Intermediate Russian. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Russian 5 Mr. Simonetu 

*Not g-iven in 1955-56. 



198 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



SOCIAL WORK 

Professor Fulton; Assistant Professors Loomis, Walcott, and Whitney; Instructoi 
Ellison; Lecturers Falk, Johnson, Lawless, Maxwell, Rogers, Serotkin, and 
Sleeth. 

GENERAL STATEMENT 

The Department of Social Work provides curricula and instruction in accord with 
the highest standards of professional training for social work. Its program of training, 
developed on the basis of many years of experience, is fully accredited by the Council 
on Social Work Education. 

For young people interested in a service career, social work offers interesting and 
challenging experience, and a rewarding opportunity for the use of intelligence and 
scientific knowledge, based on a sincere desire to be helpful. The field of social work 
offers a wide range of opportunities for employment and advancement. The present 
demand for social workers with graduate training far exceeds the supply; trained 
social workers are needed in public and private child-caring agencies, family counselling 
agencies, hospitals, medical departments of Veterans Administration facilities, psy- 
chiatric clinics, mental hospitals, public schools, public assistance and other agencies. 
Supervisors, administrators and community-organizing workers are needed in all areas 
of social work. 

The generic training offered at West Virginia University prepares students for 
these positions and for advancement in the profession. 

THE PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM 

Professional social work education is a two-year graduate course leading to the 
Master of Social Work degree. Students who are planning for a career in social work 
and who expect promotion and recognition in the profession must obtain at least one 
year of graduate training and should complete full training for the Master of Social 
Work degree. The goal of graduate training is to enable students to develop the skills 
with which people are effectively helped to solve tneir problems— individually, in groups 
or as communities planning toward improved facilities for human welfare. Toward 
the development of these skills, the student must obtain understanding of personality 
development, of motivation for normal and deviate behavior; understanding of himself 
as affecting his capacity to help others; and knowledge of health and welfare re- 
sources in the community, how they are developed and used. 

Requirements for the Master of Social Work Degree 

(Please consult the Department of Social Work Announcements or the Graduate 
School Announcements.) 

Requirements for the Professional Certificate of Social Work 

The Professional Certificate of Social Work is awarded to students who may wish 
to have certification that they have completed approximately half of the training 
required for the Master of Social Work Degree. 

(For further inlormation consult the Department of Social Work Announcements 
or the Graduate School Announcements). 

Field Work 

Field work is required of all candidates for the graduate degrees. It is an integral 
part of the curriculum; its objective is to provide each student an opportunity to de- 
velop skill in practice and to gain a deepened understanding of human behavior, 
increased self-discipline, insight into his own role in the helping process, and a sense 
of professional responsibility. Placements are made in countv and district offices of 
the Department of Public Assistance, family counseling agencies, child-caring agencies 
home service departments of American Red Cross chapters, the medical division of 
Veterans Administration, mental health clinics, and other approved agencies. Assign- 
ments are made to the same agency for the entire semester unless in exceptional 
instances and on the basis of individual needs other plans seem more desirable. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



199 



THE UNDERGRADUATE PREPROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM 

The preprofessional curriculum emphasizes liberal arts education. It offers, to 
juniors and seniors in the college, a limited number of social work, courses to be taken 
concurrently with a concentration in the social sciences, based on a lower division 
foundation of general education. It has been developed for three interest groups: 
(1) students who are preparing for graduate training in social work; (2) students who 
wish to qualify for positions tor which graduate education is not now required; and 
(3) students who wish to acquire an understanding of the field of social work as part 
of their general education, or with a view to service on agency boards, committees and 
community projects. Social work courses are available also to students from other 
departments who wish to include knowledge of this field in their preparation for 
educational counseling, psychology, recreation, etc. 

The general plan of the preprofessional social work curriculum is: (a) two lower 
division years of general education, including beginning courses in the several social 
sciences; (b) two upper division years during which the student concentrates in the social 
sciences and majors in the Department ot Social Work. It is recommended that the 
student complete, during the four college years, a total of 50 or 60 hours in the 
social sciences, including political science, economics, sociology, history, social work, and 
psychology. 

Upon the completion of this curriculum and all other requirements of the College 
of Arts and Sciences, the student will be eligible for a Bachelor of Science degree with 
a major in social work. 

PREPROFESSIONAL SOCIAL WORK CURRICULUM 





FIRST YEAR 




SECOND YEAR 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


Lab. Science* 


4 


Lab. Science* 


4 


Foreign Lang.** 


3 


Foreign Lang.** 3 


Foreign Lang. 


3 


Foreign Lang. 


3 


History 52 


3 


History 53 3 


English 1 


3 


English 2 


3 


Economics 1 


3 


Economic 2 3 


Group I 


3-4 


Group I 


3-4 


Psychology If 


3 


Pol. Sci. 2 3 


Mil. or Air Sci 


1 2 


Mil. or AirSci.2 


2 


Group III 


3 


Group III 3 


Phys. Educ. 


1 


Phys. Educ. 


1 


Mil. or Air Sci. 3 
Phys. Educ. 


2 
1 


Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 
Phys. Educ. 1 



14-16 



14-16 



16-17 



16-17 



THIRD YEAR 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


Social Work 230 3 


Social Work 285 3 


Sociology 102 3 


Sociology 243 3 


Psychology 3 


Pol. Science 120 3 


Sociology 274 3 


Group IV 


Electives 2-6 


Electives 9 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

Social Work 260 3 
Sociology 202 3 
Electives 8-12 



Second Sem. Hr. 
Social Work 221 3 
Home Ec. 104 3 
Electives 8-12 



14-18 



14-18 



14-18 



14-18 



♦Preferably Biology. 

fOmitted if Psychology 3 and 4 are offered to satisfy the Laboratory Science 
requirement. 

**May be omitted if two units of high school credit in foreign language are 
offered by the student. 



Admission Requirements 

Upper Division 

Students are admitted to upper division work in the Department of Social Work: 
(1) who have completed 58 or more semester hours in an accredited educational 
institution with a total of 12 semester hours in economics, political science, psychology, 
sociology and history; and (2) who have made written application approved by the 
Department. Application forms may be obtained from the head of the Department. 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Graduate Division 



Students are admitted for graduate study in the Department of Social Work who 
meet all of the following requirements: 

1. Graduation with a bachelors' degree from West Virginia University or from 
another accredited institution. 

2. Admission to the Graduate School. 

I ompletion of the preprofessional curriculum at West Virginia University; or 
satisfactory completion of courses in social science, totaling at least 24 semester hours, 
including not less than 12 semester hours in one of the following fields: economics, 
political science, sociology, psychology, or history. Students who have not fulfilled 
these social science requirements may be admitted on condition that they complete 
them before they become eligible for a graduate degree. The head of the department 
determines the selection of courses to meet the undergraduate deficient 

4. Approval by the Committee on Admissions of the Department, based on 
satisfactory evidence of personal characteristics which give promise of usefulness in 
the profession of social work. 

Application Procedures 

Upper Division 

Students in West Virginia University should make application for admission to 
the Department on forms obtained from the Department. Students from other 
institutions should -1) request an application blank from the Registrar for admission 
to the University; 2) request the registrar of the institution previously attended to 
send a complete official transcript directly to the Registrar of the University; and (3) 
make application for admission to the Department of Social Work. 

Graduate Division 

Written application for admission to the Department of Social Work is made on 
forms which may be obtained from the Department. All applicants must also apply 
for admission to the Graduate School on a form supplied by the Registrar. Students 
from institutions other than West Virginia University must have a complete transcript 
of their credits forwarded to the Registrar. 

Prospective students are requested to make application as far in advance of the 
date thev wish to enroll as is possible. The first-vear program is begun in September. 
Second Near students will be admitted to begin work in July at the beginning of the 
second summer term) or in September 

Courses of Instruction 

For fuller description see Department of Social Work Announcements. 

General Prerequisites: Twelve semester hours in social sciences for Social Work 
courses in the 200 series: 24 semester hours in social sciences for Social Work 
courses in the 300 series. Such prerequisite courses may be taken in the fol- 
lowing fields: economics, historv, political science, general social science, sociologv. and 
psvchologv. Social Work courses in the 200 series raav be offered toward admis- 
sion requirements for courses in the 300 series. 

Upper Division^- 

212. Community Social Welfare Resources. I, S. 2 hr. PR: A total of 12 sem. 
hrs. in Social Sciences, including Psvchologv. A studv of the nature and 
functions of selected community welfare and health agencies, including field 
visits and discussion periods. Designed primarilv for teachers, school adminis- 
trators, nurses and other interested persons. Not to be taken by students who 
plan to offer SW 260 and 221 toward a degree. Mr. Loomis 

2iThe preprofessional curriculum also includes Home Ec. 104: Nutrition and 
Home Management, II, 3 hr.; See. 274, Housing, I, 3 hr.; and Soc 243, Anthropology. 
II. 3 hr. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 201 



221. The Field of Social Work. II, S. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. in social sciences. A survey 
of modern social services offered in family counseling agencies, hospitals, 
psychiatric clinics, schools, social settlements, community chests and councils. 
Lecture-discussion, supplemented by audio-visual aids and field visits. 

Mr. Whitney 

230. Pioneers in Social Welfare. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. in social sciences. Development 
of voluntary social work programs, using biography to understand the social 
movements led by such pioneers as Benjamin Rush, Dorothea L. Dix, Jane 
Addaras, Mary Richmond, etc. Mr. Loomis 

260. Child Welfare. I, S. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. in social sciences. The role of home, 
school, church, government in supplying the mental health needs of children. 
Social services provided by agencies to children who require protection, assist- 
ance, foster care, adoption, or service in own homes. Delinquency and juvenile 
courts. Mrs. Ellison 

285. Introduction to Public Welfare. II, S. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. in social sciences. 
An introduction to present-day public welfare programs. Development from 
17th century poor laws to modern social security. Mr. Loomis 

Graduate Division 

301. Casework I. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. An introduction to the philosophy, generic 
principles, and basic concepts of the social casework method. Mr. Whitney 

302. Casework II. S. 3 hr. PR: S.W. 301 and S.W. 311-312. or consent. Continua- 
tion of S.W. 301 following a semester of field work. Miss Walcott or Mr. Whitney 

303. Introduction to Social Group Work. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Beginning princi- 
ples and methods by which group workers help individuals to use group rela- 
tionships for individual growth. Mr. Serotkin 

304. Community Relationships. S. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Community organization 
responsibilities of worker, supervisor, and administrator; of councils, chests, 
direct-service agencies, etc. Mr. Fulton 

311, 312. Field Work. II, S. 5 hr. each. PR: S.W. 301. Field practice in selected 
social agencies under general direction of the faculty. Miss Walcott and Staff 

314. Field Work. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. PR: Social Work 301. Field practice in selected 
social agencies under general direction of the faculty and under direct supervi- 
sion of agency supervisor or faculty members. Designed to supplement Social 
Work 311 and 312 as needed. Variable credit: at least 55 clock hours per 
semester hour of credit. Miss Walcott and Staff 

315. Psychosocial Development of the Individual. I. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Normal 
development of the individual from infancy to old age, with attention to 
behavior problems of children. Emphasis is placed on the psychodynamics 
of growth and adjustment and the mechanisms used by individuals to achieve 
balance and maturity. Miss Walcott and Staff 

320. Psychopatholocy. II. 2 hr. PR: S.W. 301, 315. Discussion of the various forms 
of psychopathology, with emphasis on the dynamics of behavior. Application 
to social casework. Mr. Whitney and Staff 

321. Social Casework III. S. 2 hr. PR: S.W. 302. An advanced course in generic 
social casework. Detailed analysis of case situations of increasing complexity 
involving deviate and normal behavior. Case materials drawn from medical, 
psychiatric, authoritative child welfare and family service settings. 

Mr. Fulton and Miss Walcott 

322. Social Casework IV. II, 2 hr. PR: S.W. 331-332. An advanced course in 
social casework, generic and specialized. Analysis of casework processes, with 
special emphasis on the helping relationship with clients whose problems are 
complicated by difficulties within themselves or their relationships. Miss Walcott 



202 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



331, 332. Advanced Field Work. I, S. 5 hr. each. PR: S.W. 302. Continuation of S.W. 
311-312, in a different setting, with opportunities for deepening understanding 
and skill. Miss Walcott and Staff 

334. Advanced Field Work. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. PR: Social Work 302. Continuation of 
Social Work 331 and 332 with opportunities for increasing and deepening the 
student's understanding and skills. Designed to supplement Social Work 331 
and 332 as needed. Variable credit: at least 55 clock hours per semester hour 
of credit. Miss Walcott and Staff 

351. Social Statistics. I. 2 hr. Exploration of basic principles of social statistical 
methods needed by the practitioner. Mr. Loomis 

360. Social Security Programs. 3 hr. PR: Consent. An analysis and evaluation of 
the current social insurance, public assistance, and service programs designed 
to provide income maintenance and services to the aged, blind, disabled, de- 
pendent children, veterans and other individuals and groups. Mr. Loomis 

361. Social Agency Administration. I. 2 hr. PR: Admission to Department or 
consent. Administrative principles applicable to the organization and opera- 
tion of social agencies. Special attention to the practitioner's responsibilities. 

Mr. Fulton 

364. Research Methods. II. 2 hr. PR: Admission to Department or consent. 

Scientific method as applied to problems in social work. Planning, organizing 

conducting and reporting on a research study. Measuring results of casework. 

Mr. Fulton 
371. Medical Information. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Ill health as a social problem. 
The causes, incidence, symptoms, and treatment of common diseases. Social 
factors that promote or retard health. The social worker's responsibility for 
case-finding, treatment and prevention, and the use of community resources. 
Group work services in the care of the ill. 

Medical School Staff, Lecturers, and Mrs. Ellison 

380. Advanced Public Welfare. II. 2 hr. PR: S.W. 360. Current issues in modern 
social insurance and public assistance programs. Analysis and evaluation of 
the current programs and trends in current thinking about social security. 

Mr. Loomis 

381. Problem Report. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. per semester or term. Total required: 3 hr. 
PR: Second year standing. Substantial exploration and discussion of a profes- 
sionally significant problem. Required of all candidates for M.S.W. Degree. 

Mr. Fulton and Staff 

390. Seminar. II, S. 2 hr. PR: 30 semester hours in graduate social work training. 
Selected problems in social work as a profession. Comparison of basic social 
work methods. Generic aspects of settings. Staff 

391. Seminar in Applied Psychodynamics. II, S. 1 hr. PR: S.W. 302 and 315. A 
seminar in which case materials are discussed, with special emphasis on identi- 
fying cause and effect relationships, and analyzing effectiveness of treatment. 

Miss Walcott 

392. Seminar in Community Organization. II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: S.W. 304 or 
equivalent. Current problems in planning, organizing and financing social 
services, with special reference to chests, councils, and state-wide organizations 
of health and welfare services. Mr. Fulton 

SOCIOLOGY 

Professor Gibbard; Associate Professor Saposnekow; Assistant Professor Kerr; 
Instructor Detrick. 

The study of sociology should help the student to increase his understanding 
of the society in which he lives. The work of an undergraduate major in 
sociology provides basic preparation for teaching social sciences in high schools 
and for careers in social work and other fields involving interpersonal relations. 
The study of sociology should be an aid to citizenship and intelligent participation 
in modern life. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



203 



A major in sociology consists of 18 or more hours of upper-division courses 
including as a rule Sociology 202, Introduction to Social Research, Sociology 243, 
Introduction to Anthropology, and Sociology 246. Types of Sociological Theory. 
A course in statistics is strongly recommended. Students may count toward a sociology 
major Rural Sociology 105, Rural Life, and Psychology 130, Statistical Methods in 
Psychology. 

A student intending to major in Sociology may follow either the regular course 
curriculum (Option A) or the Integrated Studies (Option B) lower division cur- 
riculum. 

If the Integrated Studies curriculum is followed, the student should take Sociology 
1 and 2 in his second year, in place of six hours of electives. 

The following program is suggested for students who pursue the Option A 
curriculum. 





FIRST YEAR 


SECOND YEAR 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. H>. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


English 1 


3 


English 2 3 


Sociology 1 3 


Sociology 2 3 


Foreign Lang. 


3 


Foreign Lang 3 


Foreign Lang. 3 


Foreign Lang. 3 


Laboratory Sci 


4 


Laboratory Sci. 4 


Speech 11 0-3 


Speech 11 0-3 


Electives, 




Electives, 


(either Sem.) 


(either Sem.) 


Group 1 


3-4 


Group 1 3-4 


Psych. 1 (either 


Psych. 1 (either 


Mil. or Air Sci. 


1 2 


Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 


Sem.) * or 


Sem.) * or 


Phys. Educ. 


1 


Phys. Educ. 1 


Psych. 3, 4 0-3-4 
Econ. 1 or 

Pol. Sci. 1 3 
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 
Phys. Educ. 1 
Electives 0-4 


Psych. 3, 4 0-3-4 
Econ. 2 or 

Pol. Sci. 2 3 
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 
Phys. Educ. 1 
Electives 0-4 



14-17 



14-17 



15-18 



15-18 





THIRD YEAR 




FOURTH YEAR 




First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


Electives, 
Group 3 (if 
not fulfilled) 


3 


Electives, 
Group 3 (if 
not fulfilled) 


3 


Sociology 202 3 
Sociology 

elective 3 


Sociology 246 
Sociology 
elective 


3 
3 


Sociology elec- 
tives 


6 


Sociology 243 
Sociology elec- 


3 


Minor subject 
elective 3 


Minor subject 
elective 


3 


Minor subject 




tive 


3 


Electives 6-9 


Electives 


6-9 


elective 


3 


Minor subject 










Electives 


3-9 


elective 
Electives 


3 
3-9 









15-18 



15-18 



15-18 



15-18 



*If Psychology is not elected to fulfill the laboratory science requirement. 
Otherwise, courses which satisfy Group 3 requirement are recommended in place 
of psycholog-y. If not met in the sophomore year, the Group 3 requirement may be 
satisfied in the junior year. 

Courses of Instruction 

Lower Division 



1. Introduction to Sociology. I, II. 3 hr. Basic concepts; fundamental in- 
stitutions and functions of society. Staff 

2. Contemporary Social Problems. I, II. 3 hr. Sociological analysis of current 
social problems. Mr. Detrick and Mr. Kerr 

Upper Division 

Prerequisite for Sociology courses in the "200" series: Sociology 1 or 102, or 
Social Science 1, 2 (or equivalents) . 



204 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



102. Principles of Sociolocy. I, II. 3 hr. Analysis of nature and operation 
of our society; formulation of sociological principles. (A first course mainly 
for upper-division students. Not for credit by students with credit for 
Sociol. 1). Mr. Saposnekow 

160. Family Living. I, II. 3 hr. A course without prerequisites, for students in all 
divisions of the University, to help them attain knowledge, values, and skills 
with respect to dating, courtship, mate selection, engagement, marriage, 
parenthood, and family life. Mr. Ken 

202. Introduction to Social Research. I. 3 hr. Trends in social research; ex- 
amination of methods and techniques. Mr. Detrick or Mr. Gibbard 

205. Urban Sociology. II. 3 hr. Growth of urbanism in the U.S.; population, 
ecological, status, and institutional aspects of organization of cities; urban 
problems. Mr. Gibbard 

206. Rural Sociology. I. 3 hr. Rural conditions, structures, processes, problems, 
trends, agencies. Staff 

208. The Community. S. 3 hr. An analytical course intended chiefly to provide 
background data for students interested in programs of community action 
Topics to be included are: the basic characteristics of communities; community 
institutions and resources; social cleavages within the community; the com- 
munity survey and community planning. Mr. Gibbard 

210. Marriage and the Family. I, II. 3 hr. Sociological analysis of the con- 
temporary family and its problems. Mr. Kerr 

211. Sociolocy of Childhood. II. 3 hr. Adjustment of child to American culture. 

Mr. Kerr 

220. Social Change. S. 3 hr. An analysis of the major changes now going on in our 

society, of the forces underlying them, and of the tensions to which they give 

rise. Mr. Saposnekow 

229. Population and Migrations. I. 3 hr. Population theories; growth, composition, 
and distribution of American population; immigration and cultural pluralism; 
internal migrations and their consequences. Mr. Gibbarc 

231. Race Relations. I. 3 hr. Race relations in the U.S. with emphasis on the 
American Negro. Mr. Gibbarc 

233. Criminology. I, II. 3 hr. Explanation of crime; critical study of criminal 
justice, penal metnods, and reform movements. Mr. Saposnekow 

234. Juvenile Delinquency. S. 3 hr. A scientific study of the nature, extent, and 
causes of delinquency in the United States. Methods of treatment, correction, 
and prevention, with emphasis on the work of the juvenile courts. 

Mr. Saposnekow 

235. Collective Behavior. I. 3 hr. Analysis of new group formation and behavior 
following social dislocation; social unrest, crowd behavior, and other forms 
of social contagion; the public and public opinion; social movements. 

Mr. Detrick 

243. Introduction to Anthropology. II. 3 hr. Biological history of man; 
analytical study of social organization, culture, and intellectual life of primi- 
tive man. Mr. Saposnekow 

244. Culture and Personality. II. 3 hr. Significant interrelations between the in- 
dividual and his culture. Mr. Detrick 

246. Types of Sociological Theory. II. 3 hr. Examination of leading schools 
of sociological thought in our day. Mr. Saposnekow 

274. Housing. I. 3 hr. Urban and rural housing conditions in U.S.; proposed 
solutions; role of public and private action. Mr. Saposnekow 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 205 

Graduate Division 

Prerequisite for all courses in the "300" series: consent of department head. 

371, 372. Thesis. I, II. 1-6 hr. Staff 

391. General Seminar, I, II. 3 hr. Staff 

392. General Seminar. I, II. 3 hr. Staff 

393. Seminar in Sociological Research. I, II. 3 hr. Staff 

394. Seminar in Sociological Research. I, II. 3 hr. Staff 

395. Seminar in Sociological Theory. I, II. 3 hr. Staff 

396. Seminar in Sociological Theory. I, II. 3 hr. Staff 

SPEECH 

Professor Henning; Associate Professors Boyd, Jerome, and Welden; Assistant Professors 
Anderson, Burrows, and Cobin; Instructors Anapol, Davis, Ford, Greene, and 
Phillips. 

The curriculum of the Department of Speech is so organized that a student 
may receive basic training in the cultural and practical aspects of any one or 
more of six fields of speech: (1) interpretation; (2) public address; (3) radio; (4) 
speech correction and audiology; (5) teaching; and (6) theatre. In all courses of 
training in speech skills, professional standards of achievement are emphasized. 

Forensic Activities. Intramural and intercollegiate forensics, including debate, 
oratory, and extemporaneous speaking, receive due attention. Speech tournaments, 
trips, and tours as well as campus contests are included in the program. Participation 
in these activities may lead to membership in Delta Sigma Rho, honorary forensic 
fraternity. 

Theatrical Performances. The University Players, in conjunction with classes 
in dramatics, present a regular program of plays which affords ample opportunity 
for student participation. In addition, other public and semi-public performances 
are scheduled to provide experience for less advanced students. Membership in 
Alpha Psi Omega may be earned by superior work in connection with various 
productions. 

Radio Programs. The University Radio Theater produces, through the facilities 
of its professionally equipped and outfitted studios, five-minute to half-hour shows 
for broadcasting. Many programs are recorded on tape and distributed to stations 
throughout the state. 

Off-Campus Speech Services. The Department sponsors and furnishes student 
programs in the form of short plays, speeches, interpretative readings, and debates 
for off-campus performances before women's and civic clubs, community organizations, 
and church groups throughout the state. 

Speech and Hearing Problems. Under the direction of a speech and hearing 
specialist, the Department maintains a clinic for diagnosis and treatment of speech 
and hearing deficiencies. All University students with speech and hearing handicaps 
may avail themselves of the services of the clinic without additional cost. 

Major Requirements. The minimum number of hours in speech courses for 
a major is 36, including the following required courses: 3, 6, 11, 29, 50, 51, 121, 140, 250, 
and 251. The 12 hours of electives taken in addition to these required courses must 
all be upper division. A total of 40 semester hours in Speech may be counted toward 
graduation. Included in the major requirements is passage of the platform test. 

Platform Test. During the second semester of the sophomore year each speech 
major shall demonstrate proficiency in a 15-minute platform test at a time and place 



206 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



designated by the head of the Department. Passage of this test shall be prerequisite 
to continued registration as a speech major. Two tests shall be the maximum allowed 
any student. A student may petition to have any public platform appearance 
in which he may have occasion to appear judged as his platform test. Satisfactory 
passage will fulfill this requirement. 

RECOMMENDED DISTRIBUTION OF COURSES 





FIRST YEAR 




SECOND 


YEAR 


First Sem. 


Hr. 


Second Sem. 


Hr. 


First Sem. Hr. 


Second Sem. Hr. 


English 1 
Science 2 2 


3 
4 


English 2 
Science 22 


3 
4 


Language 3 
Phys. Educ. (W) 1 


Language 3 
Phys. Educ. (W) 1 


Language 
Speech 3 
Mil. or Air Sci. 


3 

3 

1 2 


Language 

Mil. or Air Sci. 2 

Phys. Educ. 


3 
2 

1 


Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 
Speech 29 3 
Hist. 52* 3 


Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 
Speech 11 3 
Hist. 53* 3 


Phys. Educ. 
Electives 23 


1 
2 


Speech 6 
Electives 23 


3 
2 


Pol. Sci. I 2 * 3 
Eng. 3 or 5 3 


Eng. 4 or 6 2 s 3 
Pol. Sci. 2 24 3 



16-18 



16-18 



16-17 



16-17 



THIRD YEAR 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Sem. 
Speech 50 
Speech 51 
Speech 140 
Philosophy 104 
Electives 2 ** 



Hr. 

2 

1 
3 
3 
7 



Second Sem. 
Speech 121 
Speech 250 
Speech 251 
Electives 



Hr. 
3 

2 

1 

10 



First Sem. 
Speech Elec. 
Electives 



Hr. 

6 

10 



Second Sem. 
Speech Elec. 
Electives 



Hr. 

6 

10 



16 



16 



16 



16 



♦Students working- toward teacher certification should substitute History 1 
and 2. 

Teacher Training. For students working toward teacher certification in Speech, 
attention is called to the foot-noted items in the above distribution of courses. Also, 
in the selection of their speech electives, such students should be certain to elect 
Speech 120, Spech 161, and Speech 162, all of which are required for certification in 
the field of speech. A minimum of 36 hours in the field is needed for certification. 

Courses of Instruction 

Lower Division 



1. Speech Clinic Laboratory. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: Speech examination in 
speech clinic and consent. Laboratory for students with speech and hearing 
defects. Mr. Jerome and Staff 



2. Speech Clinic Laboratory. 
Continuation of Speech 1. 



I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: 



Speech 1 and consent. 
Mr. Jerome and Staff 



3. Voice and Diction. I, II. 3 hr. Drills for developing proper breath support 
and for producing a strong, flexible, resonant voice. Emphasis upon clarity 
of voice for communication. Phonetics. Voices recorded and analyzed, with 
corrective exercises prescribed. Open to all students. Mr. Cobin and Staff 



22Students working toward teacher certification should take either Biology 1 
and 2 or Physical Science 1 and 2. 

2;Students working toward teacher certification should schedule Art 30 and 
Music 10 here. 

24Students working toward teacher certification should substitute Social 
Science 1 and 2. 

25Selection of course dependent upon whether English 3 or 5 was selected. 
English 4 is to follow English 3 and English 6 is to follow English 5. 

26Students working toward teacher certification should schedule English 18 
or 21, Education 105, and Health Education 101 or 180 here. 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENXES 207 



6. Acting. I, II. 3 hr. Drills for developing muscular control; for overcoming 
inhibitions; for rendering the body expressive of thought and emotion. Co- 
ordination of mind and body. Open to all students. Mr. Boyd and Mr. Burrows 

11. Public Speaking. I, II. 3 hr. PR: English 1 and 2. Study and application of 
principles of practical public speaking. Training in composition and effective 
delivery of speeches and in skill in thinking and speaking before an audience. 

Mr. Welden and Staff 

29. Oral Interpretation. I, II. 3 hr. Development of mental and emotional re- 
sponsiveness to written material. Techniques of communicating such material 
to others through oral reading. Open to all students. Mr. Cobin 

50. Theatrical Methods and Practices. I, II. 2 hr. Basic techniques and terminol 
ogies of acting, scene construction, lighting, properties, costuming, directing 
and theater history. (Must be accompanied by Speech 51 to receive credit.) 

Mr. Burrows 

51. Theatrical Methods and Practices Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. Laboratory to ac- 
company Speech 50. Participation in actual production of University Theater 
and Children's Theater plays. Mr. Ford 

60. Junior Varsity Debate. I. 1-2 hr. Intercollegiate debate training and par- 
ticipation preparatory to varsity team debating. Open to freshmen and 
sophomores. Mr. Anapol 

61. Junior Varsity Debate. II. 1-2 hr. Continuation of Speech 60. Mr. AnapoJ 

75. Parliamentary Procedure. I, II. 1 hr. Study of and practice in establishing 
rules of order and methods of conducting meetings, assemblies, societies, etc. 

Mr. Welden 
INTERPRETATION 

Upper Division 

104. Advanced Oral Interpretation. I. 3 hr. PR: Speech 29. Content and form 
of various types of literature and advanced techniques for their oral presen- 
tation. Mr. Cobin 

105. Basic Problems in Interpretation.. II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 29. Designed to deal 
with individual problems of students in interpretation. Mr. Cobin 

113. Advanced Voice and Diction. I. 2 hr. PR: Speech 3. Advanced training of the 
voice for speech. Adapted to individual needs. Mr. Cobin 

200. Art of Storytelling. Summer Session only. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Principles 
involved in effective presentation of stories, with practical experience in class- 
room and before audiences. Stories of all types for adults and children studied. 

Mr. Cobin 

203. Professional Reading. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 104 and consent. Intensive train- 
ing in interpretation. Designed to meet needs of individual. Full length public 
recital prepared and presented. Limited enrollment. Mr. Cobin 

205. Advanced Problems in Interpretation. II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 29 and consent. 
Designed to deal with individual problems of advanced students in interpreta- 
tion. Mr. Cobin 

PUBLIC SPEAKING 

Upper Division 

120. Group Discussion. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 11. Theory and practice of various 
forms of group discussion. Principles, methods, and types of group discussions; 
application of contemporary problems. Mr. Welden 

121. Argumentation and Debate. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 11. Principles of argumenta- 
tion, evidence, and reasoning; application to debating. Mr. Welden 



208 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



123. Advanced Argumentation and Debate. I. 3 hr. PR: Speech 121. Primarily for 
varsity debaters and Law students. Mr. Anapol and Mr. Welden 

124. Advanced Argumentation and Debate. II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 123. 

Mr. Anapol and Mr. Welden 

125. Advanced Public Speaking. I. 3 hr. PR: Speech 11. Techniques in composi- 
tion and deliverv of public speeches. Attention to parliamentary procedure. 

Mr. Anapol 

220. Speech Composition. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 11 and consent. Materials of 
speech, organization, and style; application to delivery. Mr. Henning 

221. Persuasion. I 3 hr. PR: Speech 11 and consent. Study and practice in identi- 
fication of factors motivating human behavior and belief, how to secure and 
hold attention, the uses of suggestion, the dramatization of ideas. Application 
to advertising and writing as well as speaking. Adapted to needs of pre-law 
and commerce students. Mr. Henning 

222. Forms of Public Address. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Composition and delivery of 
the oration, political speech, speech of introduction, dedicatory address, and 
eulogistic speech. Mr - Welden 

223. Advanced Group Discussion. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Application of the prin- 
ciples and practices of group discussion to classroom teaching, the conference 
table, committee work, policy-determining groups, and the public forum 
Opportunities for participation bv members of the class using current national 
and international problems. Mr. Anapol and Mr. Welden 

225. Interscholastic Forensics. Summer Session only. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Inter- 
scholastic public-speaking activities with emphasis upon types commonly 
termed original speech, such as debate, oratory, and extemporaneous speak- 
inc. Opportunity for performance in each tvpe will be provided. 
° rr ' Mr. Henning and Mr. Welden 

Graduate Division 

330. Classical Rhetoric. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Critical study of earlv writings in 
the field of speech, their philosophies of composition, organization, style, and 
delivery. Mr - Henning 

331 Medieval and Modern Rhetoric. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Continuation of 
Speech 330. Mr. Henning 

335 History of American Public Address. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Critical study 
of leading American speakers, their biographies, speeches, and issues with 
which they dealt. Mr - ^ Velden 

339. Seminar: Problems in Speech. I, II. 3 hr. Mr. Henning 

RADIO AND TELEVISION 

Upper Division 

140 Introduction to Radio. I. 3 hr. Radio as an industry. Organization of 
stations-local, regional, and network. FCC regulations. History of broad- 
casting, its responsibilities, and job opportunities. Miss Anderson and Mr. Greene 

141 R\dio Announcing. II. 3 hr. Procedures and routines of announcing. Staff 
assignments, regulations, logged broadcasting operations, reports, and emergency 
procedures. Preparation of news and commercial copy. Mr. Greene 

142. Radio Acting I, II. 3 hr. Microphone techniques, analysis of character, mood 
scene, and situation. Problems of pacing, timing, climax, and projection of 
character. Participation in Radio Players broadcasts. Miss Anderson 

143 Fundamentals of Radio Production. I. 2 hr. PR: Speech 140 or consent 
The operation and care of studio and control-room equipment. Nontechnical 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 209 

study of control and transmission of all types of radio programs. Blending 
of sound, music, and speech in dramatic production. 

Miss Anderson and Mr. Greene 

144. Radio and T.V. Continuity Writing. I. 2 hr. Format of all types of radio and 
television writing except dramatic scripts. Continuity for music programs, 
talks, interviews, round-table discussions, forums, and variety shows. 

Miss Anderson 

145. Introduction to Television. I. 3 hr. Television industry, its history and develop 
ment. Problems in production and fundamentals of picture transmission. Com- 
parison with radio broadcasting. Miss Anderson 

240. Dramatic Radio k T.V. Writing. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 141 or consent. Dra- 
matic scripts, documentaries, poetry programs, serial dramas, and children's 
shows. Scripts are written to be aimed at definite markets or for production 
by University Radio and T.V. Players. Miss Anderson 

241. Advanced Radio Acting. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 142 or consent. Specialized 
study in character and dramatic types, regional and foreign dialects, develop- 
ment of original characterizations for professional audition material. Partici- 
pation in University Radio Players. Miss Anderson 

242. Production Directing. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 143 or consent. Lecture and 
laboratory in analysis, casting, rehearsal, and production of talk shows, inter- 
views, round-table forums, popular and classical music shows, variety shows. 

Miss Anderson 

243. Television Workshop. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 145 or consent. Lecture and 
laboratory study in production of television programming. 

Miss Anderson, Mr. Boyd, Mr. Burrows 

244. Radio k T.V. Programming. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 140 and 145 or consent. 
Methods of analysis of audience interests and subsequent planning of programs 
to service advertisers' accounts. Planning of public service, sustaining, and 
educational programs for radio and television. Miss Anderson 

Graduate Division 

348. Seminar: Problems in Radio. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Miss Anderson 

349. Seminar: Problems in Television. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Mr. Burrows 

NOTE: For additional courses of training for television, refer to Speech 6, Speech 162, 
Speech 260, Speech 261, Speech 263, Speech 264, and Speech 267. 

SPEECH RE-EDUCATION 

Upper Division 

150. Phonetics. I. 2 hr. Production, perception, transcription, and variations ot 
the speech sounds of the English language. Miss Phillips 

250. Speech Correction. I. 2 hr. PR: Consent. General survey of the field of 
speech correction, adapted for the classroom teacher with emphasis on the 
recognition and therapy of articulation disorders. For maximum benefit, Speech 
251 should be taken concurrently. Mr. Jerome 

251. Speech Correction Laboratory. I. 1 hr. PR: Speech 250. An observational and 
performance laboratory period designed to accompany Speech 250. Students 
taking course will train in analyzing speech characteristics in order to identify 
and classify types of speech defects, such as articulation disorders, cleft palate 
speech, delayed speech, and stuttering. Diagnostic testing procedures for 
articulation disorders will be stressed and the basic therapeutic procedures 
observed. Mr. Jerome 

252. Speech Pathology. I. 2 hr. PR: Speech 250 and consent. Theories and 
therapies of stuttering. Miss Phillips 

253. Audiometry. I. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Study of the anatomy of the ear, psycho- 
physics of sound, testing of hearing, and function of hearing aids. Mr. Jerome 



210 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



255. Hard of Hearing Therapy. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 150 and consent. Theories 
and methods of teaching lip reading and speech to the hearing handicapped. 

Miss Phillips 

256. Speech Anatomy. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Anatomical and physiological study 
of the vocal mechanism. Mr. Jerome 

257. Clinical Practice. I, II. 2-3 hr. PR: Speech 252 and consent. Supervised 
therapy of the less severe speech and/or hearing problems Miss Phillips 

258. Advanced Clinical Practice. I, II. 2-3 hr. PR: Speech 257 and consent. 
Supervised therapy of severe speech and/or hearing problems. Mr. Jerome 

Graduate Division 

352. Advanced Speech Pathology. II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 250 and consent. Theories 
of causation and therapies for delayed speech development, cleft palate speech, 
and cerebral palsy speech. Mr. Jerome 

359. Seminar: Speech Pathology. I, II, 2 hr. PR: 9 hours of speech re-education 
courses and consent. Mr. Jerome 

THEATER 

Upper Division 

160. Theatrical Make-up. I. 2 hr. Lecture-laboratory course in art of stage 
make-up. Practical experience provided by doing make-up for University 
Players productions. Mr. Ford 

161. Stagecraft. I, II. 3 hr. Lecture-laboratory course in elementary problems of 
scenery construction, scene painting, and stage lighting. Practical experience 
provided on University productions. Mr. Ford 

162. Play Directing. I. 3 hr. PR: Speech 50. Fundamentals of directing stage 
and television play. Emphasis on work of director in relation to actor, stage, 
business, composition, movement, and rehearsal schedule. Mr. Boyd 

164. Theater Workshop. I, II. 1-3 hr. Laboratory for production of University 
plays and informal stimulation of interest in creative arts. Open to all 
students. Mr. Ford 

260. Advanced Acting. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 6, Speech 50, and consent. Char- 
acterization, script analysis, style, theories, and techniques. Designed to 
meet needs of individual student. Mr Boyd 

261. Theatrical Dialects. I. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Study and mastery of 12 common 
dialects used in theater and radio. Mr. Boyd 

262. Playvvriting. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 50 and consent. Development of creative 
ability in dramatic composition. Study of techniques and problems of play- 
wright. Of cultural value, but primarily a writing course. Mr. Cobin 

263. Scene Design. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Lecture and laboratory in theories c\ 
scene design for stage and television, including actual construction of designs. 
Open to juniors, seniors, and graduate students. Mr. Burrows 

264. Advanced Play Directing. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 162, either Speech 161 or 
164, and consent. Emphasis on work of director as an integrating artist. Dis- 
play of high level of proficiency in direction of an one-act play required of 
all students enrolled. Mr. Boyd 

265. History of Theater. I. 2 hr. PR: Speech 50 and consent. Historical survey 
of theater from primitive times to present. Includes both oriental and 
occidental theaters. Mr. Burrows 

266. Theater in Society. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 50 and consent. Objectives of 
theater art, its position in our social structure, philosophy, objectives, and 
ethical responsibilities of the theater artist. Mr. Burrows 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 211 

267. Advanced Scenery and Lighting. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 161 and consent. A 
more technical study of scenery and lighting problems than is offered in 
Speech 161. Students are given opportunity for laboratory study through in- 
dependent investigation and work on University Players' productions. 

Mr. Burrows 

268. Creative Dramatics. I. 2 hr. PR: Speech 6 or consent. The study and practice 
of creative dramatic activity as a method of learning and self development for 
children. Mr. Boyd 

Graduate Division 

368. Seminar: Problems in Theater. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. 

Mr. Boyd and Mr. Burrows 
RELATED COURSES 

170, 171, 172. Extra-Curricular Speech Activities. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent 
of head. Head of department may grant credit for any extracurricular 
speech activity which is assigned to and directed by member of speech staff. 

Staff 

270. Psychology of Speech. II. 3 hr. PR: 6 hours of psychology and 18 hours of 
speech. Psychological principles involved in speech situation. Analysis or 
roles of emotion, habit, learning, judgment, rating, and imagery in speech. 

Mr. Henning 

275. Speech Problems of Children. Summer Session only. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Nor- 
mal development of speech habits in children. Diagnostic and remedial pro- 
cedures for speech defective. Relationship between speech and allied activities 
such as reading, spelling, and disciplinary problems. Mr. Henning 

Graduate Division 

301. Research Problems and Methods. I. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing. Required 
of all candidates for Master's Degree in speech. Mr. Henning 

370. Research. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Speech 301. a speech seminar, and consent of 
head of department. For graduate students in speech. Mr. Henning and Staff 

375. Independent Study. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Speech 301, a speech seminar, and con- 
sent of head of department. Open to graduate students in speech who are 
pursuing independent problems in that field. Mr. Henning and Staff 

399. Thesis. I, II. 2-4 hr. Mr. Henning and Staff 



The College of Commerce 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



The College of Commerce of West Virginia University was established by the 
Board of Governors of the University on November 10, 1951, and began its initial 
year of operation in September, 1952. Courses leading to the bachelor's and master's 
degrees in business administration and economics have been offered by West Virginia 
University for manv years in the Department of Economics and Business Administra- 
tion which has been in the College of Arts and Sciences. After September, 1952, the 
Department of Economics and Business Administration became the College of 
Commerce. The College of Commerce is a member of the American Association of 
Collegiate Schools of Business. 

Objectives 

The primary objective of the College of Commerce is to provide students with 
training for careers in business and for careers that require extensive training in 
economics. To achieve this aim, the curricula of the College are so constructed as 
to provide a broad cultural background; a core group of courses in the various 
phases of business administration and economics; and specialization in a particular 
field of business administration or economics. 

Undergraduate Program 

Undergraduate work is undertaken in two divisions; the lower division, in which 
Freshmen and Sophomores are enrolled, and the upper division, in which Juniors 
and Seniors are enrolled. The lower division curriculum is designed to afford students 
a liberal educational background and to provide a foundation for the work that 
follows. Students will be admitted to the College of Commerce upon completion of 
at least 58 semester hours of required and acceptable elective courses at a grade 
average of not less than "C." 

In order to provide a well-rounded background in the different phases of business 
or economics, a core curriculum is required. These courses are: Economic Principles, 
Industrial Management, Business Law, Money and Banking, Accounting, Statistics, 
Labor Problems, Business Finance, and Marketing. (Certain exceptions are made in 
the Economics major option.) Since manv students do not follow the careers for 
which they prepare in the University, this background of fundamentals should better 
enable them, in terms of versatility and adaptability, to meet the changing courses of 
their careers than does a highlv specialized program. Furthermore, it affords a 
comprehensive educational foundation upon which specialized programs can be built. 

Although narrowly specialized training is avoided, major concentration areas 
are offered. These permit upperclassmen to acquire a detailed knowledge of those 
phases that interest them particularly. The major fields of study are as follows: 
Accounting, Economics, Finance, Management, Marketing, Secretarial Training, and 
General Business. 

Graduate Program 

The graduate curriculum (for the Master's Degree) is designed to give qualified 
students the opportunity to pursue an advanced course of study in one or more 
specialized fields of business administration or economics. Each student's program 
is prepared in terms of his academic background and his interests, and is subject to 
the approval of his adviser. 

Bureau of Business Research 

The Bureau of Business Research, functioning as an integral part of the College, 
was organized for the purpose of undertaking research into business and economic 

212 



THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE 213 



problems— particularly those of West Virginia. This research program is undertaken 
by faculty members of the College of Commerce and by other staff members, under 
the general supervision of the Director of the Bureau of Business Research. 

Publication of a series of monographs, the West Virginia Business and Economic 
Studies, was begun by the Bureau in 1949. 

Building and Equipment 

The physical facilities of the College of Commerce are modern and adequate. 
Armstrong Hall, which houses the College, was erected in 1950. It contains excellent 
classrooms and offices, well-equipped accounting and statistics laboratories, and the 
Bureau of Business Research. 

Placement of Graduates 

The faculty placement adviser in the College as well as all staff members will aid 
qualified graduates to find desirable employment. Graduates have access to the 
University Placement Office, which serves graduating seniors and alumni. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 
Regular Students 

Applicants seeking admission to the College of Commerce for the purpose of 
obtaining a degree must have earned at least 58 semester hours of required and 
approved elective courses in the lower-division curriculum at a grade average of not 
less than "C." 

REGISTRATION 

Pre-Commerce freshmen and sophomores as well as juniors and seniors of the 
College of Commerce enroll at the beginning of each semester or term of the University. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 

Bachelor's Degree 

The College of Commerce offers the degrees of Bachelor of Science in Business 
Administration and Bachelor of Science in Economics. Candidates for these degrees 
must have a minimum of 128 semester hours of work and have satisfied the College 
requirements as to courses and grades (256 grade points) in order to graduate. A 
candidate for the bachelor's degree must earn a minimum of 30 semester hours while 
enrolled as a student in the College of Commerce. 

A Second Bachelor's Degree 

A student who has earned a Bachelor's Degree in one department or college of 
West Virginia University may become eligible for a second Bachelor's Degree by 
earning a minimum of 30 semester hours which include the core curriculum courses 
of the College of Commerce. 

Master's Degree 

Candidates for the degrees of Master of Science in Business Administration and 
Master of Arts in Economics must have a minimum of 30 semester hours (approved 
by advisers) taken as graduate students. A thesis is required of all candidates. For 
details about requirements for graduate degrees reference should be made to the 
Announcements of the Graduate School. 



214 



CURRICULA Ax\D COURSES 



PROGRAMS OF STUDY 
Lower Division 



Pre-Commerce students are expected to complete the lower-division program of 
study within the first two years of residence at the University. Economics 1 and 2 are 
prerequisite to all upper-division courses in the College of Commerce. Certain ex- 
ceptions are made for courses in Secretarial Studies when taken by persons registered 
in other colleges. 



FIRST YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Eng. 1 and 2 6 

Hist. 1 and 2 

or Humanities 1 and 2 6 or 8 

Laboratory Science 1 8 

Math. 2, 3, or 8 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 and 2 4 

P.E. (Service Program) 2 

Electives (Men)2 6 

Electives (Womenp 10 



SECOND YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Accounting 1 and 2 6 

Eng. 23^ 3 

Econ 1 and 2 6 

Speech 11 3 

Hist. 52 or Pol. Sci. 2 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 and 4 4 

P.E. (Service Program) Women 2 

Electives (Men)2 8 

Electives (Women)2 10 



Total 35 or 37 Total 



33 



Upper Division 
Accounting 



The accounting program is designed to prepare students for public accounting, 
and for positions as accountants in business, industry, and government. 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Courses 

Intermediate Accounting 

(Accounting 111) 

Advanced Accounting (Accounting 112) 
Cost Accounting (Accounting 115) .... 
Industrial Management (Man. Ill) .. 

Statistics (Economics 125) 

Business Law (Bus. Law 111 and 112) . 
Electives (Group 1) 4 



Hr. 



Electives (Group 2) 5 3 



SENIOR VEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Advanced Accounting Problems I 

(Accounting 113) 3 

Business Finance (Finance 111) 3 

Money and Banking (Economics 111) .. 3 

Labor Problems (Economics 115) 3 

Principles of Marketing (Marketing 111) 3 

Electives (Group 1) 4 6 

Electives (Group 2) 5 6 

Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3 



Total 30 Total 



30 



iA laboratory science may be chosen from Biology, Chemistry, Physics, 
Botany, Zoology, Psychology, Geology, or Physical Science. 

2Elective courses chosen from the following departments are recommended: 
English, History, Humanities, Mathematics, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychol- 
ogy, Sociology, Speech, or Foreign Language. Students who select a foreign lan- 
guage must complete 6 hours in the same language at the University. Students 
who plan to major in secretarial studies should schedule Secretarial Studies 
61 and 62 in the sophomore year. 

3Students majoring in secretarial studies should schedule Secretarial Studies 
51 instead of English 23. 

4Electives in Group I are to be selected from courses offered in the College 
of Commerce with the approval ot" the adviser. Depending upon their particular 
areas of interest in accounting, students may select additional accounting courses 
from the following: Accounting 213, Income Tax Accounting I; Accounting 214, 
Income Tax Accounting II; Accounting 216, Advanced Cost Accounting; Accounting 
217, Auditing Theory; Accounting 218, Auditing Practice; Accounting 220, Ac- 
counting Systems; Accounting 221, Accounting for Selected Industries; Accounting 
224, Advanced Accounting Problems II; Accounting- 230, Accounting Theory. 

sElectives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser 
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce. 
Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives in groups 
1 and 2 in the junior year and electives from group 2 in the senior year. 



THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE 



215 



Economics 

This program is designed for those who wish to emphasize economics in their 
training for business; for those who wish to undertake graduate work for an advanced 
degree; for those who wish to enter government service; and for those who wish to teach. 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Statistics (Economics 125) 3 

Money and Banking (Economics 111) .3 

Labor Problems (Economics 115) 3 

Business Finance (Finance 111) 3 

Economic Theory (Economics 221) . . 3 

Electives (Group l) 6 6 

Electives (Group 2) 7 6 

Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3 



SENIOR YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Public Finance (Economics 241) 3 

Business Cycles (Economics 235) 3 

History of Economic Thought 

(Economics 222) 3 

Electives (Group 1) « 12 

Electives (Group 2) 7 6 

Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3 



Total . . 

Finance 



. 30 Total 



SO 



This program is designed to meet the needs of those students who plan to enter 
government service or to become associated with the financial or insurance departments 
of banks or of commercial and industrial organizations. 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Industrial Management 

(Management 111) 3 

Statistics (Economics 125) 3 

Business Law (Bus. Law 111 and 112) . 6 

Business Finance (Finance 111) 3 

General Insurance (Finance 115) .... 3 
Money and Banking (Economics 111) . 3 

Electives (Group l) 8 6 

Electives (Group 2) 9 3 

Total 30 



SENIOR YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Problems in Business Finance 

(Finance 212) 3 

Business Cycles (Economics 235) 3 

Investments (Finance 150) 3 

Labor Problems (Economics 115) 3 

Principles of Marketing (Marketing 111) 3 

Electives (Group l) 8 6 

Electives (Group 2) 9 6 

Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3 

Total 30 



cElectives in Group 1 are to be selected from courses offered in the College 
of Commerce with the approval of the adviser. 

7Electives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser 
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce. 
Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives in group 2 
in the junior and senior years. 

sElectives in Group 1 are to be selected from courses offered in the College 
of Commerce with the approval of the adviser. 

sElectives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser 
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce. 
Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives in groups 
1 and 2 in the junior year and electives from group 2 in the senior year. 



216 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Management 

This program is designed to prepare students tor the several types of positions in 
management, especially those in production and in industrial relations. Although 
it does not provide highly technical training for the several types of positions in the 
field of management, it does provide a foundation upon which specialized training 
can be developed. 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Statistics (Economics 125) 3 

Money and Banking (Economics 111) . 3 
Business Law (Bus. Law 111 and 112) . 6 

Labor Problems (Economics 115) 3 

Principles of Marketing (Marketing 111) 3 
Industrial Management 

(Management 111) 3 

Electives (Group l) 10 6 

Electives (Group 2)" 3 

Total 30 



SENIOR YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Business Finance (Finance 111) 3 

Personnel Management 

(Management 216) 3 

Production Management 

(Management 112) 3 

Business Policy (Management 225) ... 3 
Marketing Management 

(Marketing 112) 3 

Electives (Group l)io 6 

Electives (Group 2)« 6 

Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3 

Total 30 



Marketing 

This program is designed to prepare students for positions in the field of distribu- 
tion. The required and suggested courses include work in the areas of sales manage- 
ment, sales promotion and advertising, marketing research and procurement as carried 
on by manufacturing, wholesaling, and retailing establishments. 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Business Finance (Finance 111) 3 

Statistics (Economics 125) 3 

Business Law (Bus. Law 111 and 112) . 6 
Industrial Management 

< Management 111) 3 

Principles of Marketing (Marketing 111) 3 
Marketing Management (Marketing 112) 3 

Electives (Group l)i* 6 

Electives (Group 2) 13 3 

Total 30 



SENIOR YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Labor Problems (Economics 115) .... 3 
Principles of Advertising 

(Marketing 120) 3 

Principles of Retailing (Marketing 115) 3 

Transportation (Economics 225) 3 

Monev and Banking (Economics 111) . 3 

Electives (Group I)"' 6 

Electives (Group 2)* 3 6 

Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3 

Total 30 



loElectives in Group 1 are to be selected from courses offered in the College 
of Commerce with the approval of the adviser. 

nElectives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser 
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce. 
Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives in groups 
1 and 2 in the junior year and electives from group 2 in the senior year. 

i2Electives in Group 1 are to be selected from courses offered in the College 
of Commerce with the approval of the adviser. 

i3Electives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser 
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce. 
Journalism 113, Principles of Advertising in the School of Journalism, and 
Psychology 132, Psychology of Advertising and Selling in the College of Arts and 
Sciences are especially recommended for students interested in the field of 
advertising. Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives 
In groups 1 and 2 in the junior year and electives from group 2 in the senior year. 



THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE 



217 



Secretarial Studies 

This program is designed for students who intend to become secretaries to 
executives or supervisors of clerical activities in an office. 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Industrial Management 

(Management 111) 3 

Business Law (Bus. Law 111 and 112) . 6 
Principles of Marketing (Marketing 111) 3 
Secretarial Training and Office 

Practice ((Secretarial Studies 131) . 3 
Shorthand 1 and 2 (Secretarial 

Studies 125 and 126) 8 

Electives (Group l)i* 3 

Electives (Group 2) 15 4 

Total 30 



SENIOR YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Statistics (Economics 125) 3 

Labor Problems (Economics 115) 3 

Business Finance (Finance 111) 3 

Transcription (Secretarial Studies 132) 2 
Money and Banking (Economics 111) . 3 

Electives (Group l)* 4 9 

Electives (Group 2) 15 4 

Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3 

Total 30 



General Business 

A student selecting the General Business Program has a wider choice of electives 
than does one who selects a more specialized program. This curriculum is recom- 
mended to those who have not decided upon a specialized field of study but who 
desire a well-integrated program in Business Administration. 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Statistics (Economics 125) 3 

Principles of Marketing (Marketing 111) 3 
Business Law (Bus. Law 111 and 112) . 6 
Industrial Management 

(Management 111) 3 

Labor Problems (Economics 115) 3 

Electives (Group l) 16 6 

Electives (Group 2) 17 6 

Total 30 



SENIOR YEAR 
Courses Hr. 

Personnel Management 

(Management 216) 3 

General Insurance (Finance 115) 3 

Money and Banking (Economics 111) . 3 

Business Finance (Finance 111) 3 

Electives (Group l)is 9 

Electives (Group 2)i 7 6 

Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3 

Total 30 



i4Electives in Group 1 are to be selected from courses offered in the College 
of Commerce with the approval of the adviser. 

lsElectives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser 
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce. 
Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives in groups 
1 and 2 in the junior year and electives from group 2 in the senior year. 

i6Electives in Group 1 are to be selected from courses offered in the College 
of Commerce with the approval of the adviser. 

i7Electives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser 
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce. 
Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives in group 2 
in the junior and senior years. 



218 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



The Commerce-Law Curriculum 

The Commerce-Law curriculum is designed to provide a cultural background 
and a core group of courses in the various phases of business administration and 
economics as a foundation for the study of law. 

LOWER DIVISION 

Pre-commerce students are expected to complete the lower-division program of 
study within the first two years of residence at the University. 



FIRST YEAR 

Courses 

English 1 and 2 

History 1 & 2 or Humanities 1 & 2 

Laboratory Science* 8 

Math 2, 3 or 8 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 and 2 

P. E. (Service Program) 

Electives (Men)i 9 





SECOND YEAR 




Hr. 


Courses 


Hr. 


6 


Accounting 1 and 2 


6 


6 or 8 


English 23 (Business English) 


3 


8 


Economics 1 and 2 


6 


3 


History 52 or Political Science 2 


3 


4 


English 9 and 10 


6 


2 


Speech 11 (Public Speaking) 


3 


6 


Mil. or Air Sci. 3 and 4 


4 




Electives (Men)* 9 


2 



Total 

UPPER DIVISION 



35 or 37 Total 



33 



In the third year students will enroll in all upper-division core curriculum courses 
in the College of Commerce with the exceptions of Business Law 111 and 112. 

THIRD YEAR 

Courses Hr. 

Finance 111 (Business Finance) 3 

Mktg. Ill (Prin. of Marketing) 3 

Mgt. Ill (Ind. Management) 3 

Economics 125 (Statistics) 3 
Economics 111 (Money and Banking) 3 

Economics 115 (Labor Problems) 3 

Electives Group I20 12 

Electives Group 2 21 6 

36 

In the fourth year students will enroll in the regular course work required by 
the College of Law. Students will be recommended for a Bachelor of Science degree 
in the College of Commerce upon the satisfactory completion of the requirements 
of the College of Commerce program and upon the satisfactory completion of the 
College of Law first year program piovided a total of not less than 128 semester 
hours has been earned. The Bachelor of Laws degree will be conferred after a 
student has completed requirements of the College of Law at the end of the sixth 
vear. 



18A laboratory science may be chosen from Biology, Chemistry, Physics, 
Botany. Zoology, Psychology, Geology, or Physical Science. 

if>Elective courses chosen from the following departments are recommended: 
English, History, Humanities, Mathematics. Philosophy, Political Science, Psy- 
chology, Sociology, Speech or Foreign Language. Students who select a foreign 
language must complete 6 hours in the same language at the University. 

20Electives in Group 1 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser from 
courses offered in the College of Commerce. 

2iElectives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser 
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce. 
Students electing advance Military or Air Science will use electives in Group 2. 



THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE 219 



COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 

ACCOUNTING 

1. Principles of Accounting. I, II. 3 hr. A study of the accounting cycle, journals 
and ledgers, working papers, and the preparation of financial and operating 
statements for individual proprietorships. Staff 

2. Principles of Accounting. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 1. Accounting concepts 
applicable to partnerships and corporations, including manufacturing concerns; 
analysis of financial statements and budgets. Staff 

111. Intermediate Accounting. I. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 2. Analysis of account- 
ing theory and practice as applied to partnerships and corporations. 

Mr. Backer and Mr. O'Sullivan 

112. Advanced Accounting. II. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 111. Accounting theories 
applicable to valuation of assets and determination of liabilities. Mr. Kurtz 

113. Advanced Accounting Problems I. I. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 112. Accounting 
for consolidations, installment sales, consignments, receiverships, reorganizations, 
branches, foreign exchange, and estates and trusts. Mr. Kurtz 

115. Cost Accounting. I. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 2. Characteristics of material, 
labor, and burden costs in factory production; job order and process cost 
accounting. Mr. Kurtz 

213, 214. Income Tax Accounting. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Accounting 112. 
Bureau of Internal Revenue Regulations and related legal cases; preparation 
of tax returns for individuals, partnerships, and corporations. Mr. Backer 

216. Advanced Cost Accounting. II. 2 hr. PR: Accounting 115. Accounting for stand- 
ard costs and budgetary control. Mr. Kurtz 

217. Auditing Theory. I. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 112. Procedure required for inde- 
pendent verification of financial statements; the duties and responsibilities of 
the auditor; the various types of examinations. Staff 

218. Auditing Practice. II. 2 hr. PR: Accounting 217. Application of the procedures 
introduced in the previous semester, such as the preparation of audit work 
papers and reports, analysis of published statements, case studies, discussion of 
the Statement of Audit Procedure of the American Institute of Accountants. 

Staff 

220. Accounting Systems. I. 2 hr. PR: Accounting 112. Installation of accounting 
systems, particularly as applied to procedure survey, design of accounting forms, 
use of hand written records, application of business machines, procedure re- 
ports. Staff 

221. Accounting for Specific Industries. I. 2 hr. PR: Accounting 112. Accounting 
principles and financial reports peculiar to governmental agencies, banks, in- 
surance companies, department stores, public utilities, brokerage houses, etc. 

Staff 
224. Advanced Accounting Problems. II. 3 hr. PR: Minimum of 18 hours in ac- 
counting with an average grade of "B" or higher. Analysis and solution of 
representative C.P.A. problems. Mr. Kurtz 

230. Accounting Theory. II. 2 hr. PR: Accounting 112 and consent of instructor. 
Origin and development of accounting principles and standards. Mr. Backer 

331, 332. Thesis. I, II, 2 or 3 hr. Staff 

BUSINESS LAW 

111. Business Law. I, II. 3 hr. Introduction to the study of the legal system, courts 
and procedures; fundamentals of contracts and insurance. Mr. Farmer 



220 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



112. Business Law. I. II. 3 hr. Fundamentals of the law of real and personal prop- 
erty: sales of personal property; liens and security transactions; negotiable 
instruments. Mr. Farmer 



ECONOMICS 

1. Principles of Economics. I. II. 3 hr. Organization and principles of economic 
activity. Freshmen are not admitted to Economics 1 and 2. Staff 

2. Principles of Economics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 1. Economics 1 and 2 are 
prerequisite to all upper-division courses. Staff 

111. Money and Banking. I. II. 3 hr. Our svstem of monetary and banking arrange- 
ments, viewed in relation to functioning of the economic system as a whole. 

Mr. Fishman 

115. Labor Problems. I. II. 3 hr. Historv of modern labor movements: analvsis of 
economic and social problems arising from relations between capital, labor, and 
the state. Mr. Somers 

116. History of Labor in United States. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 115 or consent of 
instructor. Origins and development of labor organizations with particular 
attention to those in the U. S. Mr. Somers 

119. Economics of Consumption. I. 3 hr. Economic and social problems involved in 
consumer choices. Staff 

125. Statistics. I. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 2, 3, or 8. Methods of collecting, presenting, 
analvzing. and interpreting business data, with special emphasis on the analvsis 
of frequencv distribution, trend fitting, seasonal corrections, forecasting, and 
index numbers. A two-hour laboratory session is required in this course. 

Mr. Hanczaryk 

205. Current Economic Problems. S. 3 hr. PR: Economics 1 and 2 or consent of 
the instructor. For students in Education only. A course designed to acquaint 
public school teachers with reliable source material in economics and to 
instruct them in studying current economic problems. Mr. Campbell 

209. Problems in Economics. I, II. 1-3 hr. Staff 

210. Comparative Economic Systems. II. 3 hr. Structure and processes of existing 
economic systems throughout the world including review of basic principles of 
free enterprise, socialistic, communistic, and fascistic societies. Comprehensive 
analysis based on current and recent experiments in these economies. Mr. Clark 

217. Trade Unionism. I. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 115. An analysis of the structure, govern- 
ment, attitudes, and policies of organized labor: the economic and political 
implications of union policv. Mr. Somers 

218. Collective Bargaining and Labor Relations. II. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 115 or con- 
sent of instructor. Theory and practice of collective bargaining: causes of 
industrial peace and conflict: government regulation of labor relations. 

Mr. Somers 
221 Economic Theory. I. 3 hr. Training and experience in use of analytical 
methods and techniques needed in dealing with fundamental economic prob- 
lems. Mr. Thompson 

222. History of Economic Thought. II. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 221. Economic ideas in 
perspective of historic development. Mr. Thompson 

225. Transportation. I. 3 hr. Development of an inland transportation system and 
relations and policies of transport agencies. Mr. Campbell 

230. Public Utilities. II. 3 hr. Development of regulation; economics of valuation 
and rate making. Mr. Campbell 



THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE 221 



235. Business Cycles. I. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 125, or consent of instructor. Industrial 
fluctuations; causes and possible remedies. Mr. Fishman 

241. Public Finance. I. 3 hr. Fiscal organization and administration of modern gov- 
ernments; public expenditures; governmental revenues; problems of public 
debt Mr. Tower 

242. Taxation. II. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 241 or consent of instructor. Comparative study 
of taxes and tax systems. Particular emphasis upon tax structures of Federal 
government and State of West Virginia. Mr. Tower 

245. Government and Business. II. 3 hr. Government in its role of adviser and um- 
pire; analysis of governmental policies and practices affecting business. 

Mr. Fishman 

250. International Trade. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. Development of 
trade among nations; theories of trade; policies; physical factors; trends; and 
barriers. Mr. Campbell 

256. Advanced Statistics. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 125 or equivalent. Correlation, 
index numbers, time series, analysis, statistical inference, and population 
forecasting. Mr. Hanczaryk 

310. Contemporary Economic Theory. II. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 221. Recent developments 
in economic theory such as those relating to imperfect competition, monetary 
problems, and collectivist economy. Staff 

315. Bibliography and Research. I. 2 hr. Sources of information; research procedures; 
analysis and interpretation of data; preparation of manuscripts. 

Mr. Coleman 
319. Seminar in Economics. II. 2 hr. Staff 

331, 332. Thesis. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. Staff 



FINANCE 

111. Business Finance. I. II. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 1 and 2 or consent of instructor. 
Legal and economic aspects of business formation, operation, and readjustment; 
social control of business activit\ . Mr. Tower 

115. General Insurance. I. II. 3 hr. Theory of risk and its application to insurance; 
principles underlying all forms of insurance — life, property, casualty, fire, and 
surety. Sir. Wright 

120. Life Insurance. I. 2 hr. PR: Finance 115. Principles of life-insurance protection; 
legal regulation of insurance companies. Mr. Wright 

150. Investments. II. 3 hr. PR: Finance 111 or consent of instructor. Investment 
analysis and management for the individual and the firm. Mr. Tower 

161. Real Estate. I. 3 hr. Principles and practices of real estate business. Mr. Wright 

212. Problems in Business Finance. II. 3 hr. PR: Finance 111. A study of selected 
problems of business finance developed largely by the case method. Mr. Tower 

216. Casualty Insurance. II. 2 hr. PR: Finance 115. Nature of and reasons for ex- 
isting practices in casualty insurance. An analysis of liability, automobile, acci- 
dent and health, workmens compensation, and other casualtv coverages. 

Mr. Wright 

217. Property Insurance. I. 3 hr. PR: Finance 115. An analysis of Fire, Marine, and 
Inland Marine insurance with particular reference to the theories of under- 
writing used in these lines. The case method of study is utilized. Mr. Wright 

331, 332. Thesis. I, II, 2 or 3 hr. Staff 



222 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



MANAGEMENT 

111. Industrial Management. I, II. 3 hr. The assignment of managerial personnel to 
the specialized activities, location and lay-out of manufacturing plants, stand- 
ardization and simplification of equipment and processes, procurement issue 
and storage of material, production cost and labor efficiency, planning and 
scheduling of operations. Mr. Isaack 

112. Production Management. II. 3 hr. PR: Management 111. The management and 
administration of manufacturing and production activities with the proper 
coordination and control of them to achieve production goals. Mr. Isaack 

210. Problems of Small Business. II. 2 hr. PR: For seniors and graduate majors in 
the College of Commerce. Analysis of specific problems facing small businesses 
in our present-day American economy; specialized management course for stu- 
dents who wish to prepare as proprietors of a small business. Staff 

213. Problems in Business Administration. I, II. 1-3 hr. Staff 

216. Personnel Management. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 115. Principles and practice 
in the direction, coordination, and remuneration of manpower. Mr. Isaack 

225. Business Policy. II. 3 hr. PR: Senior standing and consent of instructor. In- 
tegrated study of policies, organization, facilities, and control techniques of 
business enterprises. Mr. Coleman 

331, 332. Thesis. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. Staff 



MARKETING 

111. Principles of Marketing. I. II. 3 hr. Principles, policies, and practices followed 
by producer, wholesaler, and retailer in distribution of commodities to con- 
sumer. Mr. Crooks 

112. Marketing Management. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Marketing 111. Organizing, planning, 
and control of sales; operating a sales force; and formation of sales policies. 

Mr. Crooks 
115. Principles of Retailing. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Marketing 111. Mathematics of retail- 
ing, organization, administration, merchandising, operations, and promotional 
activities. Mr. Crooks 

120. Principles of Advertising. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Marketing 111 and 112. Introduction 
to principles and practices of advertising, including preparation of complete 
advertising campaign. Mr. Roberts 

210. Industrial Purchasing. I. 3 hr. PR: For seniors and graduate students. A sur- 
vey of corporate procurement problems facing modern purchasing executives. 

Mr. Roberts 

215. Marketing Research. I, II. 2 hr. PR: For seniors and graduate students in 
Marketing, and consent of instructor. The utilization of present-day marketing 
research techniques in the solution of practical marketing problems, with par- 
ticular reference to West Virginia. Mr. Roberts 

331, 332. Thesis. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. Mr. Roberts 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 

51. Business Communications. II. 3 hr. PR: 6 hr. English composition and ability 
to type. Vocabulary and technique of business writing as applied to various 
forms of research and reporting. Miss Coutts 

61. Typewriting. I. 2 hr. For secretarial majors or consent of instructor. Instruc- 
tion in formation of accurate typing habits.* Miss Coutts 



THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE 223 



62. Typewriting. I. II. 2 hr. PR. Secretarial Studies 61 or equivalent. For secre- 
tarial majors or consent of instructor.* Miss Coutts 

125. Shorthand. I. 4 hr. Gregg shorthand for beginners.* Miss Courts 

126. Shorthand. II. 4 hr. PR: Secretarial Studies 125, or equivalent. Intensive re- 
view of fundamental principles ol Gregg shorthand; development of accurate 
writing and ability to transcribe business and manuscript materials.* 

Miss Coutts 

131. Secretarial Training and Office Practice. I. 3 hi. PR: Ability to type. Anal- 
ws of common working problems of a secretary. Special emphasis on sources 
of information, procedures in filing, handling mail, planning itineraries, pre- 
paring material for publication, preparing minutes of meetings, and preparing 
statistical material.* Miss Coutts 

132. Transcription. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. For advanced students of 
typewriting and shorthand.* Miss Coutts 

•Credit will be allowed for Secretarial Studies majors in the College of 
Commerce and for students in the College of Education with Commerce teaching 
fields, only. 



The College of Education 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

In 1901 a Department of Education was established in the College of Arts and 
Sciences of West Virginia University. Subsequently, departments of education grew up 
in the College of Engineering and the School of Music. In 1927 the College of 
Education was established by the Board of Governors of the University to unif) 
professional training for school service. 

Through its undergraduate and graduate courses, its seminars, its laboratory 
schools, its field services, and its encouragement and direction of educational investi- 
gation, the College of Education aims to contribute to educational efficiency by in- 
culcating a liberal and more scientific conception of the functions of public schools 
and by providing the professional training of elementary-school and secondary-school 
teachers, principals, and supervisors, general school administrators, college teachers, 
educational counselors, and educational research specialists. 

The College of Education comprises the College with its resident courses of 
instruction and its facilities for research; University High School with its opportunities 
for observation, student teaching, directed supervision, and experimentation; Labora- 
tory Elementary School with its opportunities for observation, student teaching, and 
graduate study of pupil progress; and affiliated public schools for supervised student- 
teaching experience. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 
Methods of Entrance 

Candidates for admission to the University may be admitted either by exam- 
ination or on the basis of official transcripts of record. Transcripts of college or 
university record must be sent by the registrar of the other institution directly to 
the Registrar of the University immediately after the student has completed his 
work in that institution. Transcripts must be received by the Registrar at least 
three weeks prior to the semester or term in which the applicant is interested. 
The transcripts received in support of applications for admission become the 
property of the University and are permanently filed in the office of the Registrar. 

The requirements for admission to the College of Education are (a) grad- 
uation from a first-class high school with University entrance requirements satis- 
fied and (b) 58 semester hours of approved college work with an average of at 
least two grade points per credit hour on all work presented. Students in other 
colleges or universities who contemplate transferring to the College of Education 
should so order their courses of study as to meet junior standing and should be 
fulfilling the curricular requirements for the certification of teachers as stated in 
the College of Education Announcements. 

Orientation and Selection 

To assist students in choosing a career in the area of teaching and to maintain 
adequate standards for admission to teacher-training, the College of Education requires 
all students to participate in the Orientation and Selection Program. The student 
is enrolled in this program concurrently with the first course taken in the College 
of Education. 

224 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 225 



Adviser 

When the student enters the College of Education he is assigned an adviser from 
the College. The student will plan his program of work — required courses, electives, 
examinations, conference courses, etc. — in consultation with his adviser. Although 
the adviser desires to be helpful, this does not absolve the student from becoming 
familiar with all pertinent regulations and planning his program of work in accord- 
ance with the objective of his choice. 

West Virginia Board of Education Regulation for Certification of 
Teachers 

The West Virginia Board of Education requires that one hundred semester hours 
of the one hundred twenty-eight required for certification shall be completed in regu- 
larly scheduled campus courses. The twenty-eight hours of permissible nonresidence 
courses may be earned by extension, home study (correspondence), radio, television, 
special examinations and/or army service. Eighteen of the twenty-eight hours may 
be applied to a Second Class Elementary Certificate and twelve hours to a Third Class 
Elementary Certificate. Any teacher who may be penalized by the revised ruling be- 
cause of credits earned before June 1, 1954, may be certified under present regulations. 

Maximum Work 

Students may not, without special permission, register in the College of Education 
for more than 18 hours during any semester and 6 hours during any summer term. 
Students may register in the College of Education for more than 18 hours during any 
semester and 6 hours during any summer term only by special permission, provided that 
that they have gained the preceding semester a grade-point average of 2.9, or better, 
with no grade below C. Any student who desires to do irregular work, or to carry 
more than the prescribed maximum of hours, must obtain written permission from his 
adviser and the Scholarship Committee of the College. This permit is not valid until 
it has been filed with the Registrar. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 



To be eligible for recommendation for the degrees of Bachelor of Science in 
Secondary Education and Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education a candidate 
must: 

1. Comply with the general regulations of the University concerning entrance, 
advanced standing, classification, examination, marks, grade points, etc. 

2. Satisfy the General Requirements for certification. 

3. Complete the required hours of approved courses in Education. 

4. Select and pursue two teaching fields for high-school teaching or the pre- 
scribed curriculum for elementary teaching. 

5. Adhere to the patterns prescribed in completing the teaching fields. 

6. Present 128 hours of approved college credit, with a general average of "C" 
as described under General Requirements for Certification. (Only credit earned in 
West Virginia University and at Potomac State College will be used in computing grade 
points for graduation.) The candidate must have completed 26 hours after enrolling 
in the College of Education. 

7. Be at least 18 years of age, of good moral character, interested in educational 
work, and mentally, physically, and otherwise qualified to perform the duties of a 
teacher. 

Fulfillment of the requirements for graduation from the College of Education 
qualifies a candidate to apply for recommendation for a West Virginia first-class 
teaching certificate. 

General Requirements For First-Class Certificates 

In order to teach in the public schools of West Virginia, one must hold a cer- 
tificate issued by the State Department if Education. Before any West Virginia 
University applicant is eligible to receive a first-class teaching certificate he must have 



226 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



(1) met the minimum State requirements, (2) met the University degree requirements, 
and (3) been recommended by the Dean of the College of Education as herein pre- 
scribed. 

The College of Education will inform each of its students who is a prospective 
teacher, and any other prospective teacher, upon request, of the requirements for 
certification, and assist him in preparing a program of studies to meet these require- 
ments. It is the obligation of the student who desires such counsel to arrange a con- 
ference some time before the end of the sophomore year. 

A candidate for certification is required to achieve a grade-point average of 2.0 
("C") or better, as follows: (1) on the total of college credits earned; (2) on the hours 
earned in Education; (3) in student teaching; and (4) in each of the high-school teach- 
ing fields or in the non-Education courses of the elementary field. 

The Dean of the College of Education recommends candidates for certification 
only after the completion of work for the baccalaureate degree. To be eligible for 
recommendation by the University for any West Virginia five-year teaching certifi- 
cate, the applicant must have done student teaching under the supervision of the 
College of Education. 

At least 45 semester hours of upper-division work, West Virginia University 
standards, are required for all teaching certificates. The qualifications herein pre- 
scribed are minimum, not optimum or maximum, and must be met by all candidates. 

For additional information about certification consult the Dean of the College 
of Education. 

General Subject-Matter and Education Requirements for all 
First-Class Certificates Valid for Five Years 



Required Courses 


Elementary 


First-class 


Special 




School 


High School 


Nonacademic 


English and Speech 


Hr. 


Hr. 


Hr. 


Written and Spoken English 


6 


6 


6 


English 1, 2 








Advanced Written & Spoken English 


3 


3 


3 


English 18 or English 21 








(Com.) 








Study and Appreciation of 








Literature 








English 5 or 6 (American) 


3) 


3) 


3) 


OR 


or 


or 


or 


English 3 or 4 (English) 


3) 


3) 


3) 


Backgrounds of (Child) Literature 


3 






Library Science 203 








Speech 








Speech 3 (Voice and Diction) 


3 






or Speech 11 (Public Speaking) 








Minimum Requirement 


18 


12 


12 


Social Science 


Hr. 


Hr. 


Hr. 


Development of Social 








Institutions 








History 1, 2 


6) 


6) 


6) 


OR 


or 


or 


or 


Humanities 1, 2 


8) 


8) 


8) 


Fundamental Social Problems 








Social Science 1, 2 


8 


8 


8 


American History 52, 53 


6 






West Virginia History 150 


3 






Geography 


3 






Geog. 107 (Introductory) or 








Geog. 109 (Econ.) 









Minimum Requirement 



26-28 



14-16 



14-16 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 227 





Elementary 


First-class 


Special 




School 


High School 


Nonacademic 


Science and Mathematics 


Hr. 


Hr. 


Hr. 


General Biology 1, 2 




8) 


8) 


OR 




or 


or 


Physical Science 1, 2 (general) 




8) 


8) 


General Biology 1, 2 AND 








Physical Science 1 








OR 








Physical Science 1, 2 AND 








Biology 1 


12 






Conservation 


3 






Forestry 140 








Mathematics for teachers 


3 






Arithmetic 6 









Minimum Requirement 18 



Hr. Hr. Hr. 

Music 

Music in Human Relations 2 2 2 

Music 10 
Music and as Art and Science 2 

Music 11 
Music Materials and Procedures 2 

Music 12 



Minimum Requirement 



Art 

Art Appreciation: 

Art 30 or 130 
Creative Expression in the Fine Arts 

Art 1 
Creative Expression in the Applied Arts 

Art 2 

Minimum Requirement 



Hr. 


Hr. 


Hr. 


2 


2 


2 


K 2 






Vrts: 2 







Hr. Hr. Hr. 



Physical Weil-Being 








Orientation-Physical Education 








For Men, Physical Education 1, 2 





2 


2 


For Men, Physical Education 1, 2, 








43 


4 








For Women, Physical Education 








1-16, 101, 102, 105 





4 


4 


For Women, Physical Education 








41, 42, 43 


4 








Health Education 101 


2 


2 


2 



Minimum Requirement 6 4-6 4-6 

(Even if the Physical Education requirement for graduation from the University 
has been waived because of a special permit from the University Health Service, two 
semester hours in Physical Education are required of an applicant for a First-Class 
Certificate or for a Special Nonacademic Certificate.) 



228 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Professional Education Hr. Hr. Hr. 

Human Growth and Dev., Ed. 

105, 106 6 6 6 

Adolescent Adjustment, Ed. 114 3 3 

Student teaching, Sec. Sch., Ed. 124 4 4 

Prin. of Tchg. Sec. Schools, Ed. 120 2 2 

Mat. and Meth. Sec. Sch., Ed. 

150-170 2 2 

Approved Electives in Sec. Ed. 3 

Stud. Tchg. El. Sch. Mus., Ed. 115 2 

Math, and Meth. El. Sch. Mus., Ed. 130 2 

Psych, and Management, El. Sch., 

Ed. 141 3 

Language Arts in El. Sch., Ed. 142 3 

Arithmetic in El. Sch., Ed. 143 2 

Social Studies in El. Sch., Ed. 144 2 

Science in El. Sch., Ed. 145 2 

Student Teaching in El. Sch., Ed. 146 6 



Minimum Requirement 24 20 21 

NOTE: To be recommended by the University for any first-class certificate, 
students shall complete a minimum of 8 semester hours in student teaching- and 
methods at the University. 

PROGRAMS FOR ELEMENTARY-SCHOOL CERTIFICATES 

Requirements for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Elementary 

Education and for Recommendation for the First-class 

Elementary-School Teaching Certificate 

Foundation— Lower-Division Work 

In preparation for admission to the College of Education and the work of pre- 
paring for teaching in elementary schools, students will register the freshman and 
sophomore years in the College of Arts and Sciences and pursue the program of 
general education that the State Board of Education has prescribed for all students 
who seek recommendation for teaching certificates. This program of prescribed work 
is included in the "Curriculum for Elementary-School Teachers" following herewith. 

Training— Upper-Division Work 

Admission: For admission to the prescribed courses in Elementary Education 
(Educ. 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, and 147), including the noncredit Conference 
courses, students shall register the final two years in the College of Education. 

Subject Matter: In lower-division work students should pursue the lower-division 
required courses indicated herein, so that the greatest possible number of hours of 
their electives may be courses giving upper-division credit. The electives indicated 
do not constitute a teaching field. Students in the program of Elementary Education 
do not complete majors and minors. In consultation with their advisers, students will 
choose electives in several fields of work according to their needs as well as their 
personal interests. 

Graduation and Certification Requirements: To become eligible for recommenda- 
tion for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education and for the First- 
Class Elementary-School Teaching Certificate, the student must complete the following 
curriculum and plan of work with a grade average of 2.0 (or "C"), or better, in 
(1) non-Education courses, (2) Education courses, and (3) directed teaching; and 
have been enrolled in the College of Education for a least 26 semester hours of work, 
including a minimum of 8 semester hours in student teaching and methods taken at 
the University. 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



229 



CURRICULUM FOR FIRST-CLASS ELEMENTARY CERTIFICATE 



English Hr. 

(18 semester hours) 
Written & Spoken English 6 

Eng. 1, 2 
Advanced Written & Spoken English 3 

Eng. 18 or Eng. 21 (Com.) 
Study and Appreciation of Literature 3 

Eng. 3, 4 (Eng.), 5 or 6 (Am.) 
Speech 3 

Speech 3 (Voice and Diet.) 

or Speech 11 (Pub. Spkg.) 
Backgrounds of (Child) Lit. 3 

Lib. Sci. 203 



Social Studies 

(26 semester hours) 
Development of Social Institutions 

Hist. 1, 2 OR 

Humanities 1, 2 
Fundamental Social Problems 

Soc. Sci. 1, 2 
Geography 

Geog. 107 (Introd.) 

or Geog. 109 (Economic) 
West Virginia History 150 
American History 52, 53 

Science and Mathematics 
(18 semester hours) 
Biological Sciences 1, 2 

AND 
Physical Science 1 

OR 
Physical Science 1, 2 

AND 
Biological Science 1 
Mathematics for Teachers 
Arithmetic 6 



68 



12 
% 



2 
2 

Hr. 



0& 



Health and Physical Education 
(6 semester hours) 
Health Education 101 
Physical Education 1 and 2 (Men) 

OR 
Physical Education 41 and 42 
(Women) 
Physical Education 43 

Music 

(6 semester hours) 
Music in Human Relations 

Music 10 
Music as an Art and Science 

Music 11 
Music Materials and Procedures 
Music 12 



Art 

(6 semester hours) 
Art Appreciation 2 

Art 30 or 130 
Creative Expression in the Fine Arts 2 

Art 1 
Creative Expression in the 
Applied Arts 2 

Art 2 

Education 

(24 semester hours) 
Human Growth and Dev., Ed. 105, 106 6 
Psychology and Management, 

El. Sch., Ed. 141 3 

Language Arts in El. Sch., Ed. 142 3 
Arithmetic in El. Sch., Ed. 143 2 

Social Studies in El. Sch., Ed. 144 2 

Science in El. Sch., Ed. 145 2 

Student Teaching in El. Sch., Ed. 146 6 

Electives 

(24 semester hours) 



Electives do not constitute a teaching field, a major or a minor. 
in variety to meet individual needs. 



They are courses 



REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRST-CLASS ELEMFNTARY-SCHOOL CERTIFICATE- 
MAY 3, 1950, REGULATION, W.VA. STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 

If because of credits earned before June 1, 1950, a teacher with five years of 
experience in elementary schools would be penalized by meeting the course require- 
ments for a first-class certificate in their entirety, he may be issued the certificate 
provided: 

1. He is enrolled in the College of Education. 

2. He meets minimum requirements as follows: 

English 15 hrs. 

Social Studies 18 hrs. 

Science and Mathematics 12 hrs. 

(to include both Science and Mathematics) 

Art 6 hrs. 

Music 6 hrs. 

Health and Physical Education 6 hrs. 



230 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Education 20-24 hrs 

To include: Human Development and/or 
Educational Psychology 
Methods and Management of 

Elementary Schools 
Student Teaching 
Electives in Elementary Education 
(Minimum) 
(At least 11 hours in Education, including a minimum of 
teaching, shall be taken at West Virginia University.) 



3-6 hrs. 

5 hrs. 
5 hrs. 

7 hrs. 
hours in student 



3. He meets all requirements for the B.S. degree in Education, including 45 hours 
of upper division work and the residence requirement of either 90 hours or 
the last 30 hours in actual residence at the University. 

4. He takes no electives after June 1, 1950, until all regular requirements for the 
B.S. Degree in Elementary Education and the first class certificate have been 
met. 

5. He counts no more than 24 semester hours in extension and/or corrspondence. 

6. He has a grade-point average of 2.0 ("C"), or better, as follows: (1) on the total 
of college credits earned (2) on the hours earned in Education; (3) in student 
teaching; and (4) in non-Education courses. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR SECOND-CLASS ELEMENTARY-SCHOOL CERTIFICATE 



English Hr. 

(15 semester hours) 
Written & Spoken English 6 

Eng. 1, 2 
Advance Written & Spoken English 3 

Eng. 18 or Eng. 21 (Com.) 
Study and Appreciation of Literature 
Eng. 3, 4 (Eng.) , 5 or 6 (Am.) 

Speech 

Speech 3 (Voice and Diet.) 

or Speech 11 (Pub. Spkg.) 
Backgrounds of (Child) Lit. 

Lib. Sci. 203 



Social Studies 

(17-19 semester hours) 
Development of Social Institutions 6-8 
Hist. 1, 2 OR 
Humanities 1, 2 
Fundamental Social Problems 8 

Soc. Sci. 1, 2 
History 150 
OR 
Georgraphy 107 (Introd.) or 

Geography 109 (Econ.) 3 

Science and Mathematics 
(11 semester hours) 
Biology 1 and 2 OR 
General Physical Sci. 1 and 2 8 

Mathematics for Teachers 3 

Mathematics 6 



3 Art 



Music 

(4 semester hours) 
Music in Human Relations 
Music 10 



Hr. 



Music as an Art and Science 2 

Music 11 
OR 
Music Materials and Procedures 2 

Music 12 

(4 semester hours) 
Art Appreciation 2 

Art 30 or 130 
Creative Expression in the Fine Arts 2 
Art 1 
OR 
Creative Expression in the 

Applied Arts 
Art 2 2 



Health and Physical Education 
(4 semester hours) 
Physical Education 1 and 2 

or 43 (Men) 2 

Physical Education 41 and 42 

or 43 (Women) 2 

Health Education 101 2 

Education 

(17-24 semester hours) 
Human Growth and Dev., Ed. 105, 106 6 
Psvchology and Management, El. 

School, Ed. 141 3 

Language Arts in El. Sch., Ed. 142, 
Arithmetic in El. Sch., Ed. 143, 

Social Studies in El. Sch., Ed. 144, 
Sci. in El. Sch., Ed. 145 5 

Student Teaching 3 

Electives 

(24 semester hours) 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 231 



OTHER REQUIREMENTS: 

1. To pursue this program a student is required to (a) enroll in the College of 
Education and (b) have a third-class (standard normal) certificate, or have a 
minimum of one year's teaching experience in the public schools. 

2. No more than 18 semester hours by extension and/or correspondence can be 
accepted. 

3. A grade-point of 2.0 ("C"), or better, as follows: (1) on the total of college credits 
earned; (2) on the hours earned in Education; (3) in student teaching; and (4) in 
non-Education courses. 

4. Thirty-two semester hours must have been completed in residence at the University 
or 32 semester hours must have been completed in residence at one institution 
with at least the last 16 hours completed in residence at the University. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR SECOND-CLASS ELEMENTARY-SCHOOL CERTIFICATE 
MAY 3, 1950, REGULATION, W.VA., STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 

If, because of credits earned before June 1, 1950, a teacher with five years of 

experience in the elementary schools would be penalized by meeting the course 

requirements for a second class certificate in their entirety, he may be issued the 
certificate provided: 

1. He is enrolled in the College of Education. 

2. He meets minimum requirements as follows: 

English 12 hrs. 

Social Studies 15 hrs. 

Science and Mathematics 12 hrs. 

(to include both Science and Mathematics) 

Music 6 hrs. 

Art 6 hrs. 

Health and Physical Education 6 hrs. 

Education 15-24 hrs. 

To include: Human Development and/or 

Educational Psychology 3-6 hrs. 

Methods and Managements of 

Elemetary Schools 5 hrs. 

Student Teaching 3-5 hrs. 

Electives in Elementary Education 

(Minimum) 4 hrs. 

3. He takes no electives after June 1, 1950, until all regular requirements for the 
second-class certificate have been met. 

4. He counts no more than 18 semester hours in extension and/or correspondence. 

5. He has a grade-point overage of 2.0 ("C"), or better, as follows: (1) on the 
total of college credits earned; (2) on the hours earned in Education; (3) in 
student teaching; and (4) in non-Education courses. 

6. He has completed 32 semester hours in residence at the University or 32 semes- 
ter hours in residence in one institution with at least the last 16 hours 
completed in residence at the University. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVISIONAL ELEMENTARY-SCHOOL CERTIFICATE 

Provisional Elementary-School Certificates (valid for one year for teaching in the 
elementary school) will be issued to applicants who: 

1. Have an undergraduate degree and the recommendation of the Dean of the 
College of Education. 

2. Are within 18 hours of meeting the requirements for a First-Class Elementary 
School Certificate. 



232 CURRICULA AND COURSES 

3. Have completed 15 hours of Elementary Education, (including a course in 
student teaching) selected from courses applicable for a First-Class Elementary 
School Certificate. 

4. Have completed a part of the required courses in English, social studies, science 
and mathematics, music, art, and physical education. 

PROGRAM FOR FIRST-CLASS HIGH-SCHOOL CERTIFICATES 

Education: Courses Required and Electives Approved for the 
First-Class High-School Certificate 

(A minimum of 20 semester hours of approved Education courses is required 
for a West Virginia First-Class High School Teaching Certificate, and a 
maximum of 24 semester hours will be accepted.) 

I. Required Courses Semester Hours 

Sophomore or Junior Year 
Ed. 105. Educational Psychology— Human 

Growth and Development 3 

Ed. 106. Educational Psychology— The 

School Program and Pupil Development 3 

Senior Year 

Ed. 124. Student Teaching 4) to be 

Ed. 150-170. Materials and Methods 2) taken as 

Ed. 120. Principles of Teaching in Secondary Schools 2) a block 

Ed. 114. Educational Psychology— Adolescent Adjustment 3 

II. Approved Electives in Secondary Education— Junior or Senior Year 3-7 

Selected from Education: 

Ed. 109, 136, 150-170, 197, 203, 212, 221, 222, 231, 233, 259, 262 or 266, 276 or 277, 
281, 282, 284, 285, 291. 

High-School Teaching Fields 

Students desiring to qualify for a high-school certificate must complete the re- 
quirements in two teaching fields. 

First 
AGRICULTURE-VOC. AGR. Teaching 

Field 

Minimum Required 50 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. Farm Crops, Soils and Horticulture, Agron. 1, 2, and Hort 3 11 

2. Animal, Dairy, and Poultry Husbandry 

An. Husb. 11, 101, Dairy 11, and Poultry 1 13 

3. Agricultural Economics 

Ag. Econ. 102 and 104 6 

4. Ag. Mechanics 

Ag. Mech. 152, 153, 170, 252, 159, 175, 200, 254, or M.E. 7 ... 9 

5. Plant or Animal Pathology 

An. Path. 102 or PI. Path. 103 3-4 

II. Electives in the above fields and in Agricultural Education, 
Entomology, Forestry, and Genetics 7-8 

Ag. Econ. 105, 131, 200, 206, 230, 271 
Ag. Educ. 118 

Ag. Mech. 151, 159, 170, 175, 200, 252, 254 
Agronomy 205, 210, 211, 251 254 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 233 



Genetics 111, 112 

An. Husb. 13S, 141, 142. 162, 167 

An. Path. 206 

Poultry 103, 105, 106. 103, 201, 213 

Dairy 12. 123. 221. 222 

Hort'. 104. 106. 115. 117, 39, 206, 212 232 

Entomology 102. 103 

NOTE: Teachers of Vocational Agriculture must be approved by the State Super- 
visor of Vocational Agriculture and the Vocational Agriculture Teacher Trainer. 



First 


Other 


Teaching 


Teaching 


Field 


Field 



ART 

Minimum Required 32 hr. 24 hr. 

I. Required Course* 

1. Freehand Drawin?: Art 11 ■ 111), 12 (112) . . 6 6 

2. Design: Art 121, 122 6 6 

3. Painting: Art 113, 114 6 6 

4. Modeling: Art 126 2 2 

5. History and Appreciation of Art: 

Art 30 or 130, 105, 106 S 4 

II. Electi\e> unrestricted) 4 

First Oher 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE Teaching Teaching 

Fie'd " Field 

Minimum Required 32 hr. 24 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. Biology 1,2 8 8 

2. Chemistry 1, 2 or Phys. Sci. 1.2 8 6 

II. Electi\es 16 10 

No more than four hours may be offered from any one of the groups below: 

1. Animal Pathology 102, 206 

2. Bacteriology 141 

3. Biology 201. 202, 204. 205, 211, 212 

4. Botany 104, 161. 224 __". 229, 266 

5. Entomology 102 

6. Forestry 140, 141. 144, 145, 1S5 

7. Genetics 111, 112. or 221 

8. Plant Pathology 103, 203 

9. Zoology 171, 210. 221. 265, 229 

First 0:her 

BIOLOGICAL AND GEXERAL SCIEXCE Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 42 hr. 34 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. Biology 1. 2 8 8 

2. Chemistry 1,2 8 8 

3. Ph\sics 1. 2 8 8 

4. Geology 1,2 3-4 2 

II. Electives 14-15 8 

1. Electi\es selected from those listed for 

teaching field in Biol. Science 

2. Chemistry 5, 6, 10, 15, 31, 63 

3. Physics 113 .114, 116, 117, US 

4. Geology 3, 170 

XOTE: A candidate for a teaching certificate who elects Biological and General 
Science as a firit teaching field may not elect Biological Science as a second 
ling field. 



234 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



First Other 

COMMERCE Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 27 hr. 32 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. Business Mathematics (Math. 8) 3 3 

2. Accounting: Accounting 1,2 6 6 

3. Retailing: Marketing 111, 115 3 3 

4. Typewriting: Secretarial Studies 61, 62 . . . 4 4 

5. Shorthand: Secretarial Studies 125, 126 . . 8 8 

6. Secretarial Training and Office Practice: 

Secretarial Studies 131 3 3 

II. Electives (unrestricted in the field) 5 

NOTE: Completion of the following courses (9 semester hours) will qualify the 
candidate to teach Commerce (Business Principles) in addition to Commerce 
(Occupational): Economics 111, Money and Banking-, Economics 119, Economics 
of Consumption; and Business Law 111. 

First Other 

ENGLISH Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 35-36 hr 24 hr. 

I. Required Courses (Exclusive of Freshman Composition) 

1. Written and Spoken English 6 6 

English 18 or 21 (3 hr.) 
Speech 3, 6, 11, or 29 (3 hr.) 

2. Literature 12 12 

English 3 and 4, or 163, 164 (6 hr.) 

(Survey: English Literature) 
English 5 and 6 (6 hr.) 

(American Literature) 

II. Electives 17-18 6 

1 . Literature 12 6 

(Upper-division period or type courses: 
include not more than 3 hr. in any one 
tvpe or period. Suggested choices: 142, 
160, 161, 166, 173, 175, 138 or 139, 140, 
141; one or more "200" courses in 
authors or periods of special interest to 
the student.) 

2. Two of the following: 5-6 

Journalism 215 (2 hr.) 
Library Science 1 or 101 (3 hr.) 
Speech 162 (3 hr.) (Speech 50 may be 
substituted) 

First Other 

FRENCH Teaching Field 

Field Teaching 

Minimum Required 30 hr. 24 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. Elementary French: French 1 and 2 .... 6 6 

2. Intermediate French: French 5 and 6 6 6 

3. Advanced Grammar, Conversation and 

Composition: French 109, 110, 231 6 6 

4. Literature of the 17th, 18th, and 19th 

centuries: French 115, 116, 118 6 6 

II. Elective Courses in French 103, 104, 217 6 

NOTE: Two semester hours may be deducted in the first teaching field for each 
hisrh school unit with a maximum of 6 hours deduction, unless the equivalent 
courses are taken for University credit. 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



235 



First Other 

GERMAN Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 30 hr. 24 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. Elementary German: German 1 and 2 6 6 

2. Intermediate German: German 3 and 4 . . . . 6 6 

3. Spoken German: German 111, 112 6 6 

4. Survey of German Lit.: German 245 3 3 

5. History of German Lang.: German 251 3 

II. Elective Courses in German (unrestricted) 6 3 

NOTE: Two semester hours may be deducted in the first teaching- field for each 
high school unit with a maximum of 6 hours deduction, unless the equivalent 
courses are taken for University credit. 

First 
HOME ECONOMICS-Vocational Certificate Teaching 

Field 

Minimum Required 40 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. Family Economics and Home Management: 

Selected from Home Econ. 124, 214, 224, 

234 8-12 

2. Housing, Home Furnishing, Equipment and 

Applied Art: Selected from Home Econ. 

3, 23, 123, 254, 133, 233 8-12 

3. Foods and Nutrition: Selected from Home 

Econ. 1, 101, 121, 15, 115, 215 8-15 

4. Clothing and Textiles: Selected from Home 

Econ. 2, 12, 102, 222, 17, 117, 217 8-15 

5. Family Relationships and Child Develop- 

ment: Selected from Home Econ. 114, 

106, 206 5-9 



HOME ECONOMICS-General Certificate 



First 


Other 


eaching 


Teaching 


Field 


Field 



Minimum Required 

I. Required Courses 

1. Foods and Nutrition: Home Econ. 1, 15, 

115, 101 

2. Textiles and Clothing: Home Econ. 2 or 

12,17; electives chosen from courses 
with numbers ending in 2 or 7 

3. Applied Art: Home Econ. 3, 23, 123, 133, 

233 (23 or 123 required) 

4. Home Management (to include Home Man- 

agement Residence): Home Econ. 114, 
224, 234 

5. Child Development: Home Econ. 106 

II. Electives (unrestricted) 



36 hr. 



24 hr. 



8 


6 


8 


4 


8 
3 


3 
3 



236 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



First Other 

INDUSTRIAL ARTS Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 32 hr. 24 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. Drawing— (at least one course in Mechanical 

Drawing) Mechanical Engineering 

20, 25 or 26 4 4 

Art 11 (111), 12 (112), 121, 122 

2. General Shop-Education 107, 108 3 3 

3. Organization of Industrial Arts- 

Ed. 194 2 2 

4. Shops Total 23 15 

NOTE: To be taken in three or more shop areas with a minimum of 6 semester 
hours in one and not less than 3 semester hours in each additional area, such as: 

Metal Working-Ed. 240, 241, 249 

Automotive-Ed. 247, 320-321; Ag. Mech. 175 

Ceramics-Ed. 243; Art 106 

Design-Art 121, 122 

Electricity-E.E. 10, 110; Ag. Mech. 170, 

270; Ed. 248 
Foundry-Ed. 107, 108 
General' Metal-Ed. 104, 107, 108, 249 
Leather-Ed. 107, 108. 244, 320, 321; Art 127 
Machine Shop-Mech. Eng. 11, 12, 16, 

105, 106. 107 
Printing— Ed. 246; Journalism 110 
Photography— Physics 116 
Radio-Phvsics 113, 114 
Plastics-Ed. 245 
Sheet Metal-Ed. 249 
Woodwork-Ed. 102, 103, 204; 

Ag. Mech. 20, 252 
Welding-M.E. 7 

NOTE: No credits may be counted twice by being submitted in more than one 
group. 

First Other 

ITALIAN Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 30 hr. 24 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. Elementary Italian: Italian 1 and 2 6 6 

2. Intermediate Italian: Italian 5 and 6 6 6 

3. Grammar, Composition, and Conversation: 

Italian 109, 110 6 6 

4. Italian Literature: Italian 115, 116 6 6 

II. Electives 6 

NOTE: Two semester hours may be deducted in the first teaching- field for each 
high school unit with a maximum of 6 hours deduction, unless the equivalent 
courses are taken for University credit. 

First Other 

LATIN Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 30 hr. 24 hr. 
I. Required Courses 

1. Grammar and Composition: Latin 1 and 2 6 4 

2. Cicero's Orations: Latin 4, 203 3 4 

3. Vergil's Acncid: Latin 235 3 3 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



237 



II. Electives (unrestricted) 



18 



11 



NOTE: Two semester hours may be deducted in the first teaching- field for each 
high school unit with a maximum of 6 hours deduction, unless the equivalent 
courses are taken for University credit. 



LIBRARY SCIENCE 



Minimum Required 
1. Required Courses 

1. Using Books and Libraries: L.S. 1 

2. Reference and Bibliography: L.S. 101 

3. Children's Literature and Story Telling: 

L.S. 203 

4. Book Selection: L.S. 104 

5. Book Selections for Adolescents: L.S. 205 

6. History of Books and Libraries: L.S. 106 , 

7. Administration of School Library: L.S. 207 

8. Library Practice: L.S. 108 

9. Cataloguing and Classification: L.S. 102 



First 


Other 


Teaching 


Teaching 


Field 


Field 


24 hr. 


24 hr. 


2 


2 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 



First Other 

MATHEMATICS Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 24 hr. 22 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. College Algebra: Math. 2, 3 3 3 

2. Plane Trig: Math. 4 or 10 3 3 

3. Solid Geometry: Math. 7 3 3 

4. Analytic Geometry: Math. 5 4 4 

5. Calculus: Math. 107, 108 8 

II. Electives 3 9 

Any of the following: 

Math. 106, 107, 108, 130, 238, 239, 240, 241, 244, 246, 247 

NOTE: Two semester hours may be deducted in the first teaching field for each 
high school unit with a maximum of 6 hours deduction, unless the equivalent 
courses are taken for University credit. 

First Other 

MUSIC Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 50 hr. 24 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. Theory 16 6 

Music 1, 2, 3, 117, 118, ir 119 

2. Applied Music, Including Piano, Voice, Band 

and Orchestral Instruments 16 9 

Selected from Music 89, 90, 150, 190 ,191, 
192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197 

3. History or Appreciation of Music 6 3 

Selected from Music 79, 80, 240, 241, 280, 281 

4. Conducting and Musical Organizations 12 4 

Music 181 or 182 (2 hrs. each) 
Music 183, 185 (3 hrs. each) 
Four hours selected from 
Music 100, 101, 102, 103, 104 

II. Electives (unrestricted) 2 

NOTE: Students applying for the spec'al nonacademic Certificate are required 
to complete 50 hours in Music. 



238 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



Minimum Required 

1. Anatomy and Kinesiology, Physical 
Education 175 

2. Physiology: Zoology 171 

3. Health Education: Health Education 2, 101 

4. Principles of Organization and Adminis- 
tration of Physical Education- 
Physical Education 278 

5. Physical Inspection and Correction of 
Remedial Defects— Men, Physical 

Education 176 
Women, Physical Education 178 

6. Theory and Practice in Physical Education 



First 


Other 


Teaching 
Field 


Teaching 
Field 


35 hr. 


26 or 27 hr. 


5 


5 




OR 


4 


4 


4 


4 



Men Women 



Men Women 



A. Orientation: Physical Education 

71, Recreation 1 4 

Physical Education 71 

B. Team Sports: Physical Education 

151, Physical Education 152 . 5 
Team Sports: Physical Education 
31, 32, 63 

C. Recreation Activities: 

Phys. Educ. 52 53, 54 3 

Recreational Activities: Physical 
Education 33, 54, 61 

D. School and Community Activities: 

Physical Education 121, 
Recreation 2, Physical Educa- 
tion 66 3 

Physical Education 66, 127, 
Recreation 2 

E. Rhythmic Activities: Physical 

Education 132, 135 2 

Physical Education 35, 67, 

132, 133, 135 



2-4 



2-4 



First Other 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 36 hr. 24 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. Chemistry: Chemistry 1, 2 8 8 

2. Chemistry: Chemistry 5 or 105, 6 or 106, 

31 or 131 4 4 

3. Physics: Physics 1, 2, 111, 112 8 8 

II. Electives— at least four hr. must be in Chemistry 

and/or Physics 16 4 

1. Chemistry 

2. Physics 

3. Geology (not Geography) 

NOTE: A candidate for a teaching- certificate who elects Physical Science as a 
first teaching field may not elect Physical and General Science as a second 
teaching- field. Phys. Sci. 1, 2 not accepted. 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



239 



First Other 

PHYSICAL AND GEXERAL SCIENCE Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 42 hr. 34 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. Chemistry: Chem. 1,2 8 8 

2. Chemistry: Chem. 5 or 105, 6 or 106, 31 or 131 4 4 
S. Physics: Physics 1,2 8 8 

4. Biology: Biology 1,2 8 8 

5. Geology: Geology 1,2 3-4 4 

II. Electiyes: At least four hours must be in Chem- 

istry and/or Physics 10-11 2 

1. Chemistry 

2. Physics 

3. Geology (not geography) 

4. Biology 

NOTE: A candidate for a teaching- certificate who elects Physical and General 
Science as a first teaching- field may not elect Physical Science as a second 
teaching field. 

First Other 

SOCIAL STL DIES Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 30 hr. 24 hr. 

I. Required Courses (Exclusiye of General Social 
Studies Requirements) 

1. History: History 52, 53, 150 or 250 9 9 

2. Political Science: Pol. Sci. 2, 106, 110 3 3 

3. Economics: Econ. 1,2 3 3 

(Only 3 hr. required for certification, but 
students desiring to take upper division 
courses in Economics must have both 1 and 
2 as prerequisites.) 

4. Sociology: Sociol. 1, 2, 102, or any 200 

course except 202 and 246 3 3 

5. Geography: Geog. 107, 109 3 3 

II. Electives (upper division courses from 

the five departments listed above) 9 3 



First Other 

SPANISH Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 30 hr. 24 hr. 

I. Required Courses 

1. Elementary Spanish: Spanish 1 and 2 6 6 

2. Intermediate Spanish: Spanish 5 and 6 . . . . 6 6 

3. Adv. Grammar, Conversation and Pronun- 

ciation: Spanish 109, 110 6 6 

4. Survey of Literature: Spanish 211 and 212 ... 6 6 

II. Elective Courses in Spanish 103, 104, 216 6 

NOTE: Two semester hours may be deducted in the first teaching field for each 
high school unit with a maximum of 6 hours deduction, unless the equivalent 
courses are taken for L'niversity credit. 



240 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



First Other 

SPEECH Teaching Teaching 

Field Field 

Minimum Required 36 hr. 24 hr. 

I. Required ( ourse> 

1. Voice and Diction: Speech 3 3 3 

2. Acting: Speech 6 3 

3. Public Speaking: Speech 11 3 3 

4. Oral Interpretation: Speech 29 3 

5. Group Discussion: Speech 120 3 

6. Argumentation and Debate: Speech 121 3 3 

7. Introduction to Radio: Speech 140 3 

8. Stage Craft: Speech 161 3 3 

9. Play Directing: Speech 162 3 3 

10. Speech Correction: Speech 250 2 2 

11. Speech Correction Lab.: Speech 251 1 1 

II. Electives in Speech (unrestricted) 6 6 

Requirements for Provisional High-School Certificates 

Provisional High-School certificates (valid for 1 year for teaching in junior and/or 
senior high schools) will be issued to applicants who meet the following requirements: 

1. Graduation and recommendation by the Dean of the College of Education. 

2. General Requirements: Fifteen hours of secondary education, including a course 
in student teaching, to be selected from the courses applicable for a first-class 
high-school certificate. Three-fourths of the teaching subject-matter requirements 
and not fewer than one-half of the requirements of each division of each teaching 
field as designated for first-class high-school certificates. 

MASTER OF ARTS 

Required for Admission to Graduate Work in Education 

1. General requirements for admission to the Graduate School. 

2. Seventeen semester hours of approved undergraduate credit in Education. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY FOR THE 
MASTERS DEGREE IN EDUCATION 

Admission to the Graduate School and to graduate work in Education do not 
constitute admission to candidacy for a Master's Degree. Graduate students shall 
apply to the Committee on Admissions for admission to candidacy for the Master's 
Degree in Education. Applicants whose undergraduate average is the equivalent of 
2.5 or better may be admitted to candidacy when they have met the following 
requirements: 

1. A first-class teaching certificate or at least 17 semester hours of approved 
undergraduate credit in Education. 

2. A maximum of 14 semester hours of graduate credit completed prior to ad- 
mission to candidacy. At least 6 of these hours must be in Education and must 
have been taken in residence at West Virginia. 

3. A satisfactory score on preliminary examinations in general ability, written 
English, and such other areas as the Committee on Admission may prescribe. 

4. A minimum of one year's teaching experience for administrative programs, 
such as principals, superintendents, and supervisors. 

The Committee on Admissions, appointed by the Dean of the College of Educa- 
tion, will consider individually those applicants for admission to candidacy who do 
not meet these criteria. 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 211 



OPTIONAL ROUTES TOWARDS A MASTERS DEGREE IN EDUCATION 

A. Thirty semester hours, including a maximum of six semester hours of research 

(Education 362, Thesis) and the remaining hours in approved course work. 
Examination (oral, written, or both, at the discretion of the individual mem- 
bers of the committee) by the candidate's advisory committee. 

B. Thirty semester hours, including three semester hours on a problem (Ed. 

360, Problem) satisfactory to the adviser only, and 27 semester hours of 
approved course work. Examination (oral, written, or both, at the dis- 
cretion of the individual members of the committee) by the candidate's ad- 
visory committee. 

C. Thirty-six semester hours, including a minimum of 10 semester hours of 
approved course work outside the field of Education. Examination (oral, 
written, or both, at the discretion of the individual members of the committee) 
by a committee of at least three. 

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE 
MASTERS DEGREE IN EDUCATION 

1. In order to qualify to take the final examination for the Master's Degree in 
Education the candidate must present evidence that he holds a first-class 
teaching certificate in West Virginia or its equivalent in another state. 

2. At least 10 of the required 30-36 hours of approved graduate work shall be 
in Education; and the combined undergraduate and graduate curriculum shall 
contain a minimum of 30 hours of Education. 

3. No more than 14 hours of graduate credit (including a minimum of 6 graduate 
hours in Education taken in residence at West Virginia University) completed 
prior to admission to candidacy may count toward partial fulfillment of 
the requirements for the Degree. 

Graduate Advisers 

Each Education student enrolled in the Graduate School will be directed by the 
appropriate one of the following advisers: 

Professor Allen: Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. 

Professor Baldwin: Superintendents; general school administration. 

Professor Brennan: Industrial Arts. 

Professors Brown and Noer: Home Economics Education. 

Professors Butler and Hill: Vocational Agricultural Education. 

Professors Cook and Williams: Secondary classroom teachers. 

Professor Feaster: Graduate specials. 

Professors Fish and Kennedy: Elementary-school classroom teachers. 

Professor Jarecke: Guidance. 

Professor Scott: General and special supervisors. 

Professor Smotherman: Elementary-school principals. 

Graduate Professional Curricula 

CURRICULUM FOR SUPERINTENDENTS 

Degree: Master of Arts 

Required courses 24 Hr. 

Ed. 203. Organization and Administration ot Adult Education, 

OR Ed. 357, Organization and Administration of Vocational 

Education 2 

Ed. 231. Philosophy of Education, OR Ed. 233, Educational Sociology ..2 

Ed. 316. Psychology of Elementary-school Subjects 2 

Ed. 326. Practice in the Supervision of Elementary-school Instruction . .2 



242 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Ed. 335. The Elementary-school Curriculum, OR Ed. 336. The 

Secondary-school Curriculum 2 

Ed. 339. Public-school Organization and Administration (take early) ..2 

Ed. 340. Public-school Finance 2 

Ed. 341. School Buildings and Equipment, OR Ed. 343 School Surveys, 

OR Ed. 344, Staff Personnel Administration 2 

Ed. 346. Principles of Supervision (take early) 2 

Ed. 353. The Secondary-school Principal 2 

Ed. 356. The Elementary-school Principal 2 

Ed. 372. Statistical Methods in Education 2 

Other requirements 6-10 Hr. 

Option A-Thesis (Ed. 362) , 6 hr 6 

Option B-Problem (Ed. 360), 3 hr. Elective, 3 hr., to be 

chosen with adviser's approval 6 

Option C— Electives, at least 10 hours in academic fields, to be 

chosen with adviser's approval 12 

Total for Master's Decree 30-36 Hr. 

Note: For those who already hold a Master's Degree and who wish to qualify 
for the University's recommendation for a Superintendent's Certificate, the follow- 
ing courses (described above) will satisfy: 

Required courses 16 Hr. 

General Administration: Ed. 339; 340: 203 or 357; 341 or 343 or 344 . .4-8 Hr. 

Elementary-school Administration: Ed. 326, 335*, 356 4 Hr. 

Secondary-school Administration: Ed. 327, 336*, 346, 353 4 Hr. 

The School Laws of West Virginia require "At least 5 years of experience in 
teaching, administration or supervision, or any combination thereof aggregating five 
years." In addition, a health certificate is required. 

Since most of the courses listed above have prerequisites, the consent of the 
instructor must be obtained before enrollment. 

*Ed. 335 or 336 (not both) can be accepted. 

CURRICULUM FOR HIGH-SCHOOL PRINCIPALS 1 

Degree: Master of Arts 

I. Required courses (in approximate order listed) 14 Hr. 

Ed. 339. Public-school Organization and Administration 

(take early) 2 

Ed. 346. Principles of Supervision (take early) 2 

Ed. 372. Statistical Methods in Education 2 

Ed. 336. The Secondary-school Curriculum 2 

Ed. 284. Pupil-personnel Administration 2 

OR Ed. 373, Basic Course in Principles and Practices 

of Guidance 

Ed. 353. The Secondary-school Principal (take late) 2 

Ed. 327. Practice Supervision of Secondary-school Instruction 

(take late) 2 



iCompletion of this curriculum also fulfills the scholastic requirements for 
certification in West Virginia us a high school principal. Other requirements for 
the high school principal's certificate are (1) graduation from an accredited col- 
lege or university and qualifications for a first-class high school teaching cer- 
tificate; (2) three years of secondary-school teaching experience; and (3) a 
health certificate. Since most of the courses in this curriculum have prerequi- 
sites, the consent of the instructor must be obtained before enrollment. 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 243 



II. Cognates 6-8 Hr. 

Ed. 259. Special Problems in Music Education 2 

Ed. 284. Pupil-personnel Administration 2 

OR Ed. 373, Basic Course in Principles and Practices 
of Guidance 

Ed. 322. Organizing Programs of Audio-visual Instruction 2 

Ed. 357. Organization of Programs in Vocational Education 2 

Ed. 360. Problem in Education OR Ed. 362, Thesis in Education 3-6 

Phys. Ed. 378. Problems in Physical Education, Health, and Recreation 3 
Social Work 212. Social Agency Observation OR Social Work 260, 
Problems of Child Welfare OR Social Work 285, Introduction 
to Public Welfare 3 

III. Academic 10-14 Hr 

Academic courses in two or more recognized secondary-school 
teaching fields. These courses are to be chosen with the adviser's 
approval and are to be of a nature which will better qualify the 
principal to supervise the classroom instruction of the kinds of 
courses offered in modern secondary schools. 

IV. Free Electives 0-6 Hr. 

Total for Master's Degree 30-36 Hr. 

NOTE: Those already holding- a Master's Degree, who desire to qualify for a 
West Virginia high school principal's certificate, will be required to have the 
fourteen hours listed in Section I and six hours from Section II to be recom- 
mended for a certificate. 

CURRICULUM FOR ELEMENTARY-SCHOOL PRINCIPALS 2 

Degree: Master of Arts 

Required courses 16 Hr. 

I. Elementary-school Administration 

Ed. 339. Public-school Organization and Administration (take early) ..2 
Ed. 356. The Elementary-school Principal 2 

II. Elementary-school Supervision 

Ed. 326. Practice in the Supervision of Elementary-school Instruction ...2 
Ed. 346. Principles of Supervision (take early) 2 

III. Other required courses: 

Ed. 308. Psychology of Arithmetic 2 

Ed. 309. Psychology of Reading 2 

Ed. 335. The Elementary-school Curriculum (take early) 2 

IV. One or more courses from the following: 

Ed. 304. Remedial Techniques in Elementary-school Subjects 2 

Ed. 306. Geography in the Elementary School 2 

Ed. 307. Health and Science in the Elementary School 2 

Ed. 316. Psychology of Elementary-school Subjects 2 

Electives (For Op. C at least 10 hours in academic fields) , and other courses 

in Education, to be chosen with approval of adviser 14-20 Hr. 

V. Op. A: Thesis, 6 hr.; Electives, 8 hr 14 Hr. 

OR 

Op. B: Problem, 3 hr.; Electives, 11 hr 14 Hr. 

OR 

Op. C: Academic, 10 hr.; Electives, 10 hr 20 Hr. 

Total for Master's Degree 30-36 Hr. 

NOTE: An elective may be Education or academic, and must have adviser's 
approval. 



2Completion of this curriculum also fulfills the Education requirements for 
the elementary-school principal's certificate. Other requirements are (1) possession 
of a first-class elementary collegiate certificate; (2) three years of elementary- 
school teaching experience; and (3) a health certificate. 



244 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



CURRICULUM FOR SECONDARY-SCHOOL CLASSROOM 

TEACHERS 

Degree: Master of Arts 

I. Graduate courses in Education 10-20 Hr. 

Administration and Supervision: 

Ed. 284, Pupil-Personnel Administration 2 

Ed. 285, The Junior High School 2 

Ed. 322, Organizing Programs of Audio-visual Education 2 

Ed. 339, Public-School Organization and Administration 2 

Ed. 346, Principles of Administration 2 

Curriculum and Methods: 

Ed. 212, High-School Tests and Measures 3 

Ed. 221, Audio-Visual Resources for Instruction 2 

Ed. 222, Current Practices in Secondary Education 2 

Ed. 224, Advanced Student Teaching 2 

Ed. 251, Production of Audio- Visual Resources 2 

Ed. 262, Vocational Home Economics in Secondary Schools 3 

Ed. 336, The Secondary-School Curriculum 2 

Ed. 350, Science of Teaching 2 

Ed. 364, Advanced Methods in Teaching Industrial Arts 2 

Ed. 366, Teaching the Language Arts 3 

Ed. 367, Teaching the Social Studies in Elementary and 

Secondary Schools 3 

Ed. 368, The Teaching of Extra-Core Subjects 3 

Ed. 369, The Teaching of Mathematics and Science 3 

Ed. 390, Advanced Course for the Teaching of English 2 

History and Philosophy: 

Ed. 231, Philosophy of Education 2 

Ed. 233, Educational Sociology 3 

Ed. 281, History of Elementary and Secondary Education 

in the United States 3 

Ed. 282, Development of Modern Education 2 

Ed. 283, History of Education in West Virginia 2 

Guidance: 

Ed. 348, Human Development and Behavior 3 

Ed. 372, Statistical Methods in Education 2 

Ed. 373, Basic Course in Principles and Practices of Guidance .... 3 

Special: 

Ed. 203, Organization and Administration of Adult Education 2 

Ed. 258, Education for Special Groups 2 

Ed. 259, Special Problems in Music Education 2 

Ed. 266, Adult Education in Homemaking 2 

Ed. 270, Special Problem or Workshop 1-4 

Ed. 276, Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Classes 2 

Ed. 277, Organizing and Directing Supervised Farming Programs . . 2 

Ed. 291, Exploratory Reading 2 

Ed. 318, Planning Programs and Courses for Vocational 

Agriculture Departments 2 

Ed. 360, Problem in Education 3 

Ed. 362, Thesis in Education 1-6 

Ed. 392, Materials for General Reading 2 

Ed. 395-8, Practicum 1-4 

Ed. 399, Techniques of Educational Research 2 

II. Graduate courses in one of the candidate's certified teaching fields 10-18 Hr. 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 245 



III. Graduate courses in another of the candidate's certified teaching fields 0-10 Hr. 

IV. Other approved academic courses 0-6 Hr. 

Total for Master's Degree 30-36 Hr. 

All courses are to be selected by the candidate subject to the approval of his 
adviser so as to fulfill the above requirements. 

NOTE: This curriculum does not qualify for a certificate. 

CURRICULUM FOR ELEMENTARY-SCHOOL CLASSROOM 
TEACHERS 

Degree: Master of Arts 

Required courses 14 Hr. 

I. Ed. 304. Remedial Techniques in Elementary-school Subjects 2 

Ed. 306. Geography in the Elementary School 2 

Ed. 307. Health and Science in the Elementary School 2 

Ed. 308. Psychology of Arithmetic 2 

(take early) 
Ed. 309. Psychology of Reading 2 

(take early) 
Ed.316. Psychology of Elementary-school Subjects 2 

(take early) 
Ed. 335. The Elementary-school Curriculum 2 

(take early) 

II. Op. A: Thesis. 6 hr.; Electives, 10 hr 16 Hr. 

OR 

Op. B: Problem, 3 hr.; Electives, 13 hr 16 Hr. 

OR 

Op. C: Academic, 10 hr.; Electives, 12 hr 22 Hr. 



Total for Master's Degree 30-36 Hr. 

NOTE: An elective may be Education or academic, and must have adviser's 

approval. 

NOTE: This curriculum does not qualify for a certificate. 

CURRICULUM FOR HOME-ECONOMICS EDUCATION 

Degree: Master of Science 

Required graduate courses in Education 10-20 Hr. 

Required graduate courses in Home Economics 10-20 Hr. 

Required graduate courses in tributary fields 0-10 Hr. 



Total for Master's Decree 30-36 Hr. 



246 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



CURRICULUM FOR COUNSELORS^ 

Degree: Master of Arts 

Required courses 16 Hr. 

Ed. 373.* Basic Course in Principles and Practices of Guidance 3 

Ed. 374.* Counseling Techniques 2 

Ed. 375.* Individual Inventory Techniques 2 

Ed. 376.* Occupational Information Techniques 2 

Ed. 377.* Special Counseling Problems 3 

Ed. 378.* Advanced Studies of Human Adjustment OR Ed. 212. High- 
School Tests and Measures 2 

Ed. 379.* Organization and Administration of Guidance Services 2 

Approved electives 9-14 Hr. 

Psychology-222, 224, 225, 229, 233, 234, 236, 350, 351 
Social Work - 212, 220, 251, 260, 301, 302, 315 
Education - 284, 212, 258, 357, 360, 372 
Sociology - 210, 211, 233, 244 

Free electives 0-6 Hr. 



Total for Master's Degree 30-36 Hr. 

CURRICULUM FOR INDUSTRIAL-ARTS TEACHERS AND 
SUPERVISORS 

Degree: Master of Arts 

Required from this group 10 Hr. 

Ed. 339. Public-school Organization and Administration 2 

Ed. 346. Principles of Supervision 2 

Ed. 357. Organization of Programs in Vocational Education 2 

Ed. 364. Advanced Methods in Teaching Industrial Arts 2 

Ed. 373. Basic Course in Principles and Practices of Guidance 3 

Ed. 395. Practicum 2 

Electives from this group 10 Hr. 

Ed. 203. Adult Education 2 

Ed. 221. Audio- visual Resources for Instruction 2 

Ed. 222. Current Practices in Secondary Schools 2 

Ed. 251. Production of Audio- visual Resources 2 

Ed. 258. Education for Special Groups 2 

Ed. 281. History of Elementary and Secondary Education 

in the United States 3 

Ed. 282. Development of Modern Education 2 

Ed. 284. Pupil-personnel Administration 2 

Ed. 285. The Junior High School 2 

Ed. 322. Organizing Programs of Audio-visual Education 2 

3Completion of this curriculum also fulfills the scholastic requirements in 
West Virginia for a Counselors Certificate. Other requirements are (1) a 
first-class teaching- certificate at the level at which the guidance is to be done; 
(2) 2 years of successful teaching experience at the level at which the guidance 
is to be done; and (3) cumulative wage-earning experience to a total of no less 
than 1,400 clock hours of regular paid employment, as certified by the employer 
or employers, in agriculture, commerce and industry, or 16 weeks in a co- 
operative work-experience counselor-training program. 

♦Completion of 12 semester hours alone as indicated by starred courses will 
contribute to endorsement as a teacher-counselor. Other requirements for 
certification as a teacher-counselor are possession of a first-class certificate 
and 2 years' teaching experience at the level at which guidance is to be done. 

Tf a Master's Degree has been earned in some other field, certification as a 
counselor may be procured by having 25 semester hours' credit, 15 in the re- 
quired list and 10 from the electives. 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 247 



Ed. 326. Practice in Supervision of Elementary-school Instruction 2 

Ed. 327. Demonstration and Practice in Supervision of Secondary-school 

Instruction 2 

Ed. 336. The Secondary-school Curriculum 2 

Ed. 341. School Buildings and Equipment 2 

Ed. 344. Staff-personnel Administration 2 

Ed. 360. Problem in Education 3 

Ed. 376. Occupational Information Techniques 2 

Ed. 395-8. Practicum 3 

E.M. 351. Coal Mining 3 

Home. Ec. 266. Needs of Adolescents 3 

Rec. 204. Recreation Hobbies 3 

Practical or Skilled 10 Hr. 

Ag. Mech. 252. Advanced Farm Mechanics 2 

Ag. Mech. 253. Advanced Farm Machinery 3 

Ag. Mech. 259. Functional Requirements of Farm Buildings 3 

Ag. Mech. 270. Electricity in Agriculture 3 

Ch. E. 260. Ceramics 3-6 

Ed. 204. Advanced Woodworking 3 

Ed. 206. Industrial Experience 2-6 

Ed. 208. Wood Finishing 2 

Ed. 240-250. Advanced Crafts 2-10 

Ed. 320, 321. Special Topics in Industrial Arts 2-6 

Free electives 0-6 Hr. 

Total for Master's Degree 30-36 Hr. 

CURRICULUM FOR GENERAL SUPERVISORS 

Degree: Master of Arts 

I. General Requirements 9 Hr. 

Ed. 347. Supervision of Instruction 3 

Ed. 348. Human Development and Behavior 3 

Ed. 349. Evaluation and Research in Supervision 3 

II. Practice or Laboratory Requirements 8 Hr. 

Ed. 380. Practice in Supervision (1st sem. in field) 2 

Ed. 381. Practice in Supervision (2nd sem. in field) 2 

Ed. 382. Practice in Supervision (3rd sem. in field) 2 

Ed. 383. Practice in Supervision (4th sem. in field) 2 

III. Requirements in Problems of Teaching (elect three) 9 Hr. 

Ed. 366. Teaching the Language Arts 3 

Ed. 367. Teaching the Social Studies 3 

Ed. 368. Teaching Extra-core Subjects 3 

Ed. 369. Teaching of Mathematics and Science 3 

IV. Electives (must be outside field of Education) 10 Hr. 

Recommended Electives 
Art 220 

Eng. 220 (Com.) 228, 242, 243 
Psychology 205, 218, 222, 224, 225 
Sociology 211, 244 
Speech 250, 251, 275 

Physical Education and Athletics 209, 378 
Health Education 203 
Political Science 200, 231 

NOTE: This curriculum can be pursued only after arrangement with the adviser. 



248 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



CURRICULUM FOR SUPERVISORS OF SPECIAL SUBJECTS 

Degree: Master of Arts 

I and II. Same as for General Superx'isors 

III and IV. Special and Related Field Requirements 19 Hr. 

Courses in special and related fields are selected to meet the needs of the super- 
visor in training and must be approved by the adviser. 

THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF EDUCATION 

Admission to the Graduate School and enrollment in graduate courses do not of 
themselves imply acceptance of the applicant for a Doctor of Education Degree. The 
sequence of prerequisites to admission, prerequisites to candidacy, and requirements 
for the degree are as follows: 

Prerequisites to Admission 

Applicants expressing a desire to pursue a program leading to the Doctor of 
Education Degree are required to satisfy a College of Education faculty committee 
on prerequisites in the following ways: 

A. rurnish evidence of significant and appropriate teaching experience. 

B. Demonstrate the ability to read comprehendingly and to use creditable oral 
and written English. 

C. Demonstrate the ability to use the basic statistical processes. 

D. Furnish evidence of wide reading in general and professional fields. 

E. Show by means of oral and written tests a preparedness to undertake an 
organized program of advanced graduate study and research. 

F. In addition to the foregoing, the Committee on Prerequisites may require 
a trial period of resident study. 

Doctoral Committee 

When an applicant has received the permission of the Graduate School to enter 
upon an organized program of advanced graduate study and research he will be 
assigned an adviser by the Dean of the Graduate School. The Dean of the Graduate 
School and the adviser will jointly select a doctoral committee consisting of not 
fewer than five members of whom at least one shall be from a field other than 
Education. The adviser shall serve as chairman of the doctoral committee and this 
committee shall have charge and direction of the applicant's program. This program, 
prepared by the adviser and the applicant, must be approved by the doctoral com- 
mittee and by the Dean of the Graduate School before the applicant is eligible to 
stand for the qualifying examinations. 

Qualifying Examinations 

At a time to be determined by the doctoral committee after the applicant has 
spent at least one semester, or three summer terms of six weeks each, in full-time 
graduate work in on-campus residence beyond the Master's Degree or its equivalent, 
he will be admitted to written and oral comprehensive preliminary or qualifying 
examinations, conducted by the doctoral committee, in the areas of general professional 
background, specialization, and cognates. The applicant must (a) evidence a grasp 
of the important phages and problems of the field of study in which he proposes 
to major and their relation to other fields of human knowledge and accomplishment; 
(b) demonstrate the ability to employ rationally the appropriate instruments of re- 
search; and (c) present a written tentative outline of a proposed research project. 

The written qualifying examination precedes the oral that should tollow within 
a reasonable time the successful completion of the written. If the committee is not 
satisfied with the applicant's showing, it will make specific recommendations for 
additional work in preparation for a second trial that may be undertaken not earlier 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 249 



than six months nor later than twelve months after the first trial. The outcome of 
the second attempt will be considered final. 

When an applicant has passed the qualifying examinations he will formally be 
promoted to candidacy for the Doctor of Education Degree. Admission to candidacy 
must precede the final examination by at least one academic year in time and 12 
semester hours in credit. A maximum of 30 semester hours of graduate work pursued 
in fulfillment of the requirements for the Master's Degree, if of suitable character 
and quality, may be credited toward the doctorate. 

Requirements for Completion 

Curriculum. The degree of Doctor of Education is not achieved by the mere 
accumulation of course credits nor the completion of a definite residence requirement. 
The exact amount and nature of course work to be undertaken by a candidate will 
he- determined in the light of his previous preparation and the demands of his 
chosen field of application. The aggregate of courses of graduate study shall, how- 
ever, be not fewer than 70 semester hours, exclusive of the dissertation. Not more 
than 12 of the 70 hours mav be earned in extension and/or practicum or field work. 
The program of course work shall include a minimum of 42 semester hours in 
Education, at least 30 of which shall be on the "300" level, and a minimum of 24 
semester hours in cognate courses, of which at least 12 shall be on the "300" level. 
These courses shall be so ordered and distributed as to promote broad and systematic 
knowledge and the ability to prosecute independent research. 

Candidates having an earlier graduate degree or its equivalent from West Virginia 
University will be required to complete a prescribed minimum of resident graduate 
work in one or more other institutions. 

Residence. In general, requirements for the Doctor of Education Degree con- 
template three years of full-time graduate work beyond the Bachelor's Degree, 
including a minimum of two semesters in residence in full-time graduate study in 
West Virginia University beyond the Master's Degree or its equivalent. 

Special Requirements. Competence in the advanced techniques of statistical re- 
search; evidence of a functioning command of appropriate methods of educational 
investigation; and mastery of the rules of manuscript preparation. 

Dissertation. The candidate must submit a dissertation pursued under the 
direction of his doctoral committee on a problem in the field of his major interest. 
The dissertation must show familiarity with previous knowledge of the general 
problem; embodv a clear definition of the particular problem pursued; employ valid 
methods of attack; demonstrate the ability to create and evaluate new knowledge; 
present and interpret unequivocally the results of the candidate's individual investi- 
gation; and disclose his ability to apply his contribution to the solution of educa- 
tional problems. 

Final Examination. If the candidate's dissertation is approved and he has 
fulfilled all other requirements, he will be admitted to final oral examination before 
his doctoral committee. At the option of his committee a written examination also 
may be required. The final examination or examinations shall be concerned with the 
dissertation, its contribution to knowledge, and the candidate's grasp of his field of 
specialization and its relation to other fields. No candidate may proceed to his final 
examination until he has fulfilled residence requirements for the degree and until 
he has completed at least 12 semester hours of graduate study subsequent to his 
admission to candidacy. 

Time Limitation. Requirements for the Doctor of Education Degree must be 
completed within seven years of admission to candidacy. 



N'JTE: It is the responsibility of all applicants for admission to the Graduate 
School and all cand'dates for graduate degrees to conform to the General 
Regulations as published in the latest Announcements of the Graduate School 



250 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 



No courses in Education except Ed. 102, 103, 104 105 and 106 are open to 
sophomores. The following courses are required of teachers for recommendation 
for a first-class high school certificate: Ed. 105, 106, 114, 120, 124, 150-170 and enough 
additional hours chosen from the following approved electives to meet the minimum 
requirement of 20 hours in Education: Ed. 109, 136, 150-170 in a second teaching 
field, 197, 203, 212, 221, 222, 231, 233, 259, 262 or 266, 276 or 277, 281, 282, 284, 285, 291. 
The following courses are required of teachers for recommendation for a first-class 
elementary certificate: Ed. 105, 106, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, and 146. 

Undergraduate Division 

101. Introduction to Vocational Teaching. II. 2 hr. A survey of the field of 
vocational education with particular emphasis on orientation as the foundation 
for occupational preparation. Mr. Allen 

102. Hand Woodworking (I.A.). I. 3 hr. Basic course for industrial arts teachers. Em- 
phasis is placed on design and construction of small projects; development of 
hand tool skills; a study of tools, materials and processes; basic finishing infor- 
mation. Open to lower-division students. Mr. Brennan 

103. Machine Woodworking (I.A.). II. 3 hr. PR: Ed. 102. Use of common pieces of 
power woodworking equipment and safety factors involved in their use in school 
shops. Open to lower-division students. Mr. Brennan 

104. Basic Metalwork. (I.A.). I. 2 hr. Practical work in layout and construction in 
bench work and wrought iron. Open to lower-division students. Staff 

105. Educational Psychology— Human Growth and Development. I, II, S. 3 hr. 
Open to sophomores or above. Special emphasis is placed upon competencies 
on the part of prospective teachers in understanding and applying principles 
involved in the growth and development of children and youth. 

Mr. Fish, Mr. Kennedy, and Mr. Smotherman 
(NOTE: Ed. 105 is prerequisite to all other courses in Education.) 

106. Educational Psychology- The School Program and Pupil Development. I, II, 
S. 3 hr. PR: Ed. 105. Continuation of Ed. 105 with special attention to the nature 
of the school program as it affects the growth and development of pupils. Open 
to sophomores or above. 

Mr. Fish, Mr. Kennedy, Mr. Smotherman, and Mr. Wheat 

107. General Shop. (I.A.). I. 3 hr. Basic course in practices and techniques involved in 
the areas of printing, crafts, wood and metal work, forging, and foundry. 
Emphasis on the organization of a general shop. Mr. Ault 

108. Advanced General Shop (I.A.). II. 3 hr. Emphasis on planning, development of 
projects, and individualized instruction. Additional areas will include drawing, 
electricity, and ceramics. Mr. Ault 

109. Secondary Education. I, II, S. 3 hr. Introduction to the problems of the second- 
ary-school teacher. Mr. Williams 

110. Maintenance and Construction of Industrial Arts Equipment (I.A.). I, II, S. 2 
hr. PR: Ed. 102, 104, and consent of instructor. Solution of problems arising from 
use of equipment found in school shops, development and construction of 
functional shop equipment. Mr. Ault and Mr. Brennan 

114. Educational Psychology— Adolescent Adjustment. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Ed. 105 
and 106. Types of learning activities featured in the program of the secondary 
school and the forms of personal and social adjustment effected, with special 
consideration given to methods and techniques applicable to the evaluation of 
pupil progress. Mr. Fish and Mr. Kennedy 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 251 



115. Student Teaching in Elementary-School Music. I, II. 2 hr. Observation and 
practice of teaching music to pupils in grades one through six in the University 
Laboratorv Elementary School and the Monongalia County public schools, be- 
tween the hours of nine and eleven daily. Open to seniors who have completed 27 
semester hours in Music and 7 semester hours in Education with a grade-point 
average of 2.0 ("C") in each and a general grade-point average of 2.0 ("C"). 

Mr. Broun and Mrs. Glasscock 

120. Principles of Teaching in Secondary Schools. I, II, S. 2 hr. Open only to 
those who qualify for the student teaching block. Mr. Cook and Mr. Miller 

124. Student Teachinc. I, II, S. 4 hr. PR: Ed. 105, 106, and one elective in Educa- 
tion. (Ed. 114 is not an elective). This course is open only to seniors and 
graduate students regularly enrolled in the University meeting the following 
requirements: 

1. Completion of approximately 75 per cent of the hours required in each 
of two teaching fields and completion of Ed. 105, 106, and one approved elective 
course in Education, with a minimum general grade-point average of 2.0 ("C") 
and a minimum grade-point average of 2.0 ("C") in each teaching field and in 
Education. 

2. An applicant for student teaching must submit positive evidence that 
he (or she) meets the requirements of physical conditions and emotional 
stability necessarv for the performance of the duties of a teacher in the public 
schools. Such evidence must come from the University Health Service on a 
form used by the College of Education. 

3. This course must be taken concurrently with Ed. 120 and the appro- 
priate course of Ed. 150-170 unless exceptions have previously been made with 
the Director of Secondary Student Teaching. A period of 3 hours daily must 
be reserved for this and simultaneous courses for purposes of observation, dis- 
cussion, and planning. 

4. All students must reserve Monday, 7 to 9 P.M. biweekly in each calendar 
month for teachers' meetings. 

5. Because two-thirds of the program of the University High School is in the 
forenoon, two-thirds of the applicants must schedule this course in the morning, 
reserving three hours daily without interruption. Admission is by application 
made early in the preceding semester to the Director of Secondary Student 
Teaching. 

6. The adviser is responsible for furnishing a check of the student's record to 
determine eligibilitv, 

Mr. Cook, Mr. Miller, Mr. Butler, Mr. Hill, and U.H.S. Staff 

125. Supplementary Student Teaching. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Permission of the 
director of student teaching. Must accompany Ed. 124 and can be taken only 
by persons w r ho give valid reasons for earning six semester hours of student 
teaching. A period of four consecutive hours daily (8-12 or 10-3) must be 
reserved for Education 124 and 125 when taken simultaneously. Ed. 125 
cannot count as a part of the 20 semester hours of Education required for 
West Virginia certification 

Mr. Cook, Mr. Miller, Mr. Butler, Mr. Hill, and U.H.S. Staff 

130. Materials and Methods in Elementary-school Music. I, II. 2 hr. (To be 

carried concurrently w T ith Education 115.) Mr. Brown and Mrs. Glasscock 

136. High-School Program of Studies. I, II. 3 hr. Principles governing the selection 
of educative content for secondary schools, with emphasis on possibilities 
within various areas. Mr. Hudelson 

141. Psychology and Management of the Elementary School. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: 
Ed. 105, 106, and enrollment in the elementarv undergraduate program of the 
College of Education. Types of learning activities of the elementary school, 
forms of personal and social adjustment, evaluation of progress of pupils, 
with special attention to the organization of the daily program of the 
school and the management of classroom activities. 

Mr. Fish, Mr. Kennedy and Mr. Whea' 



252 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



142. Language Arts in the Elementary School. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Ed. 105, 106, and 
enrollment in the elementary undergraduate program of the College of Educa- 
tion. Modern practices in teaching the language arts. Special emphasis is 
given lo methods and materials in teaching reading, language, handwriting, 
and spelling in their relation to the total school program. 

Mr. Fish and Mr. Kennedy 

143. Arithmetic in the Elementary School. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105, 106, and 
enrollment in the elementary undergraduate program of the College of Educa- 
tion. The methods and materials of learning and instruction in arithmetic. 

Mr. Wheat 

144. Social Studies in the Elemenatry Shcool. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105, 106, 
and enrollment in the elementary undergraduate program of the College of 
Education. A study of modern practices in teaching the social studies. Emphasis 
is placed on the principles and techniques underlying the community-oriented 
social studies program. Instructional units in such areas as the community, 
social processes, foreign culture and geography, and history are developed. 

Mr. Fish and Mr. Kennedy 

145. Science in the Elementary School. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105, 106, and en- 
rollment in the elementary undergraduate program of the College of Educa- 
tion. A study of modern practices in the teaching of science. Emphasis is 
placed on the principles and techniques underlying the community-oriented 
science program. Students are guided in developing instructional units in such 
areas as the earth and the universe, conservation, health, living things, and 
physical and chemical phenomena. Mr. Fish and Mr. Kennedy 

146. Student Teaching in the Elementary School. I, II, S. 6 hr. PR: Ed. 142. 143, 
144, and enrollment in the elementary undergraduate program of the College 
of Education; a minimum general grade point average of "C" (1) in non- 
Education courses, and (2) in Education courses; senior standing. Students 
enrolling for this course must plan a schedule so that one-half of the day 

(9:00-12:00 or 12:00-3:00) is free. An applicant for student teaching must sub- 
mit positive evidence that he (or she) meets the requirements of physical con- 
ditions and emotional stability necessary for the performance of the duties of a 
teacher in the public schools. Such evidence shall be provided by the University 
Health Service on a form used by the College of Education. Mr. Kennedy 

147. Student Teaching in the Elementary School. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Enrollment 
in the elementary undergraduate program of the College of Education and 
consent of the instructor. A special course for transfer students who have 
completed three or more hours of student teaching in other institutions or 
for those who are up-grading certificates. Mr. Kennedy 

148. Student Teaching in the Elementary School. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Permission 
from the Director of Elementary Student Teaching. A continuation of Educa- 
tion 147 for students who need more than three hours in directed teaching for 
graduation, recommendation, and certification. Mr. Kennedy 

150-170. Materials and Methods of High-school Teaching. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Con- 
sent of instructor. Special methods in the various secondary-school teaching 
fields. For West Virginia certification these courses are an integral part of Ed. 
124. May also be chosen as a two-hour elective by students who are registered 
for student teaching in other fields. 
The various sections of this course, with their instructors, follow: 

150. Biology. 2 hr. Mr. Hathaway 

151. Science. 2 hr. Mr. Federer 

152. Physical Education. 2 hr. Mr. Eicher, Mr. Fizer, and Mrs. Hayhurst 

153. French. 2 hr. Staff 

154. Speech. 2 hr. Staff 

155. Library Science. 2 hr. Miss Robinson 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



253 



156. 
157. 
160. 
161. 
163. 
164. 
165. 
166. 
167. 
168. 
169. 
170. 
179. 

180. 

194. 



Spanish. 2 hr. 
Latin. 2 hr. 
Agriculture. 3 hr. 
English. 2 hr. 
Home Economics. 2 hr. 
Industrial Arts. 2 hr. 
Mathematics. 2 hr. 
Physical Science. 2 hr. 
Social Science. 2 hr. 
Art. 2 hr. 
Music. 2 hr. 
Commerce. 2 hr. 



Staff 

Staff 

Mr. Bible, Mr. Hill, and Mr. Butler 

Mr. Full, Mrs. Post, and Miss Woofter 

Miss Cook and Mrs. Roberts 

Mr. Ault 

Miss Wilt and Mrs. Dorsey 

Mr. Federer 

Mr. Talerico 

Mrs. Roller 

Mrs. Glasscock and Mr. Shahan 

Staff 



Safety Education— Safe Driving. S. 1 hr. Open to selected high-school teach- 
ers. Mr. Eicher 

Safety Education— Safe Driving. S. 1 hr. Open to selected high-school teach- 
ers. Continuation of Ed. 179. Mr. Eicher 

Organization of Industrial Arts. II. 2 hr. Comparative analysis of the objec- 
tives of general and industrial arts education; industrial arts content; study of 
the problems involved in organizing and administering industrial arts content; 
and in organizing and administering industrial arts courses in unit and general 
shops. Mr. Ault and Mr. Brennan 

197. Survey of Vocational Education. I. 2 hr. The relationship to the public- 
school program and to each other of vocational agriculture, vocational home 
economics, trade and industrial education, commercial education, distribu- 
tive education, rehabilitation, and re-education. Mr. Allen 

*203. Organization and Administration of Adult Education. II. 2 hr. 

Mr. Allen and Mr. Williams 

204. Advanced Woodworking, Construction, and Finishing (LA.). II, S. 3 hr. PR: Ed. 
102, 103, or equivalent. Selection of advanced projects, analysis of construc- 
tion planning and finishing, application of machine tools. Mr. Brennan 

206. Industrial Experience (LA.). I, II, S. 2-6 hr. Open only to students qualifying to 
teach industrial arts or become counselors. Evaluation of educative outcome 
of personal employment in industry as determined by duration, experience, 
records, study on job, and final examination. Counts as extension credit. 

Mr. Allen and Mr. Brennan 

208. Wood Finishing (LA.). I, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 103 and Ed. 204. Practice and theory in 
the art of sanding, scraping, filling, dyeing, staining, waxing, and other natural 
and synthetic treatments to the surface of wooden articles constructed in the 
industrial arts shop. Mr. Brennan 

212. High-school Tests and Measures. I, II. 3 hr. Uses and techniques of educa- 
tional measurement in secondary-school teaching. Mr. Hudelson 

221. Audio-Visual Resources for Instruction. I, II, S. 2 hr. Multi-sensory tech- 
niques in using wide varieties of materials and resources in teaching. One 
laboratory period per week. Mr. Allen and Mr. Williams 



222. Current Practices in Secondary Education. I, II, S. 2 hr. 



Mr. Schultz 



•To receive graduate credit for any courses numbered 200-299, the student 
must have ha-d at least 17 hours in undergraduate Education. 



254 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



224. Advanced Student Teaching (Secondary). I, II. S. 2 hr. PR: Education 124 or 
its equivalent and permission of the Director of Secondary Student Teaching. 
Emphasizes types of experiences not generallv included in beginning student 
teaching. Mr. Cook, Mr. Miller, and U.H.S. Staff 

226. Advanced Student Teaching (Elementary). I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: 3 hours of 
student teaching or its equivalent and permission from the Director of Elemen- 
tal Student Teaching. Emphasizes tvpes of experiences not generally included 
in beginning student teaching. Mr. Kennedy 

231. Philosophy of Education. I, S. 2 hr. PR: Five hours of Education courses and 
senior standing. Evaluation of educational theories and practices in terms 
of the several judgments of ultimate worth set up by man in his endeavor 
to understand life's real meaning. Mr. Baldwin 

233. Educational Sociology. II, S. 3 hr. PR: Five hours credit in Educa- 
tion and senior standing. Impacts of institutions of society upon school, and 
school's counter-impact upon social institutions and agencies. Mr. Williams 

Education 240-250. These courses are designed to prepare versatile teachers of indus- 
trial arts and to meet state certification requirements. The abbreviated intro- 
duction to specific crafts through these courses is intended to provide broad 
rather than specialized experience and to prepare the teacher to teach the 
fundamentals of crafts rather than to attain vocational competence. Prospective 
teachers should elect from these courses those which will supplement their 
previous training in organizing and directing the industrial arts program. 

240. Metal Working (LA.). I, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 104. Design and construction of 
projects using sheet, bar, and wire. Introduction to jewelry. Staff 

241. Jewelry (LA.). II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 104. Design and construction of projects in 
costume jewelry made from gold-filled and silver wire and sheets; installing 
jewels; gold and silver soldering; tool design and tool making for special 
operations. Staff 

242. Upholstering (LA.). S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 103. Original and renewal installation of 
selected materials for springing, stuffing, and covering furniture; incidental re- 
inforcement and repairs. Each student will need to purchase a simple kit 
of tools. Staff 

243. Ceramics (LA.). II , S. 2 hr. Manipulation of ceramic materials. Projects are con- 
structed involving slab, coil and potter's wheel operations, slip casting and 
ceramic production processes. Glazing and firing of ceramic wares. Mr. Brennan 

244. Leather Crafts (LA.). I, S. 2 hr. Selection of materials; design and construction 
of projects in leather, tooling, carving, lacing, staining, etc. Mr. Brennan 

24'j. Plastics (LA.). II, S. 2 hr. Manipulation of selected plastics in block, sheet, tube 
and rod. Forming to shape, fabrication, and carving. Mr. Brennan 

246. Graphic Arts (LA.). II, S. 2 hr. A study of the various media of reproduction. At- 
tention is given to linoleum block, silk screen, letter press operations, hand 
composition, proof reading, platen press operations, and basic book binding. 

Mr. Ault and Mr. Brennan 

247. Auto Mechanics (LA.). S. 2 hr. Practice and theory in operation and main- 
tenance of internal combustion engines. Staff 

248. Electricity (LA.). II, S. 2 hr. Basic electrical theory and practice, including wir- 
ing circuits, splices, motors, generators, etc., suitable for pupils in high school. 

Staff 

249. Sheet Metal (LA.). S, II. 2 hr. Designing, making patterns, and construction of 
sheet metal objects useful about the modern home. Cutting, bending, form- 
ing, spinning, soldering, and similar operations. Mr. Ault 

250. Industrial Arts for Elementary Schools CI.A). II, S. 2 hr. Particularly designed 
for elementary teachers. Planning units around activity areas and developing 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 255 



of manipulative operations to supplement these units. Work includes simple 
wood and metal operations, plastics, and crafts suitable for the elementary pupil. 

Mr. Brennan 
251. Production of Audio-visual Resources. S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 221. Practical partici- 
pation in planning and producing audio-visual media for use in teaching, for 
supporting the school's public-relations program, and in educational research. 

Mr. Allen and Mr. Williams 

258. Education for Special Groups. I, II, S. 2 hr. A study of the techniques and 
organization of instruction of adults and teen-age youth not in attendance at 
ordinary day-school classes. Mr. Allen 

259. Special Problems in Music Education. II, S. 2 hr. PR or cone: Ed. 124 
or consent of instructor. Study and analysis of various types of music 
positions; school-community music program, public performance, contests, fes- 
tivals; music in school assembly, listening, creative activities. Mr. Brown 

262. Vocational Home Economics in Secondary Schools. I, II. 3 hr. PR or cone: 
Ed. 120, 124, and 163; home economics, 25 hours. Primarily for seniors and 
teachers of home economics. Miss Noer 

266. Adult Education in Homemaking. I, II. 2 hr. Current trends and present activi- 
tives in the field of adult education. Organization of adult classes, development 
of unit outlines; consideration of teaching methods; illustrative material and 
bibliography for use in adult classes. Staff 

270. Special Problems and Workshops. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: 14 hr. Education. To take 
care of credits for special workshops and short intensive unit courses on prob- 
lems of Education dealing with measurement, guidance, administration, 
methods, supervision, and the like. Staff 

276. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Classes. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105 and 106. 
Participation in conducting young and adult farmer classes and school-com- 
munity food preservation center; organization, course of study, methods of 
teaching and supervision and young farmer association. Mr. Butler and Mr. Hill 

277. Organizing and Directing Supervised Farming Programs. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 
160 or consent. Planning programs of supervised farming, supervising and 
evaluating such programs for all-day students, young farmers and adult farm- 
ers. Mr. Hill and Mr. Butler 

281. History of Elementary and Secondary Education in the United States. I, II, 
S. 3 hr. Mr. Cook 

282. Development of Modern Education. I, II, S. 2 hr. Comparative study of 
schools in the leading nations of Europe since 1800. Mr. Schultz 

283. History of Education in West Virginia. II, S. 2 hr. A study of the growth 
of elementary, secondary, and higher education in the state with special 
emphasis given to movements and influences which brought about significant 
changes in organizational, financial, and instructional policies and practices. 

Mr. Cook 

284. Pupil-personnel Administration. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105 and 106. Pupil 
accounting, guidance, extra-curricular activities, and control. Open only to 
seniors and graduates. Mr. Schultz 

285. The Junior High School. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105 and 106 and consent of 
instructor. Open only to seniors and graduates. Mr. Hudelson 

291. Exploratory Reading. S. 2 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. For those who feel 
need for wider acquaintance with books. Staff 

Graduate Division 

304. Remedial Techniques in Elementary-school Subjects. S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 308 
and 309 or consent of instructor. Methods and materials useful in aiding re- 
tarded and failing pupils. Mr. Fish 



256 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



306. Geocraphy in the Elementary School. S. 2 hr. PR: 10 hours undergraduate 
credit in elementary education or consent of instructor. Methods of directing 
teachers in organizing content of geography for pupils. 

Mr. Davis, Mr. Fish, and Mr. Smotherman 

307. Health and Science in the Elementary School. II, S. 2 hr. PR: 10 hours of 
undergraduate credit in elementary education. Materials and methods of 
science with special consideration of human health and safety. Mr. Fish 

308. The Psychology of Arithmetic. I, S. 2 hr. PR: 10 hours of undergraduate 
credit in elementary education or consent of instructor. Processes of number 
thinking and sequential steps of their development among pupils. 

Mr. Smotherman and Mr. Wheat 

309. The Psychology of Reading. II, S. 2 hr. 10 hours of undergraduate credit in 
elementary education or consent of instructor. Progress through grades in 
art of reading; direction of attention required at different stages. 

Mr. Feaster and Mr. Kennedy 
316. Psychology of Elementary-school Subjects. S. 2 hr. PR: 10 hours of under- 
graduate credit in elementary education or consent of instructor. Distinguish- 
ing features of various subjects, types of learning activity they require, and 
sequences characteristic of each. Mr. Kennedy 

318. Planning Programs and Courses for Vocational Agriculture Departments. 
I, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 124. Gathering data, studying the farming problems of 
all-day students, young farmers, and adult farmers, and planning the total 
program for the department. Mr. Butler and Mr. Hill 

320, 321. Special Topics in Industrial Arts. I, II. S. 2-3 hr. each. Consent of in- 
structor. For graduate students in industrial arts. Special projects of im- 
provement in phases needing special attention. 

Mr. Allen, Mr. Ault, and Mr. Brennan 

322. Organizing Programs of Audio-Visual Instruction. S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 221. 
An advanced course dealing with problems of planning extensive programs for 
using exhibits, slides, graphics, films, radio, television, etc., for instructional 
purposes. Mr. Allen and Mr. Williams 

326. Practice in Supervision of Elementary-school Instruction. S. 2 hr. PR: 6 
graduate hours of elementary education or consent of instructor. Observing 
and practicing major activities of supervisor in work with pupils and teachers. 
To be taken late in student's candidacy. Mr. Davis and Mr. Smotherman 

327. Demonstration and Practice in the Supervision of Secondary-school In- 
struction. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. Opportunity to observe 
approved processes in classroom supervision and to practice, under guidance, 
art of improving classroom instruction. To be taken late in student's candi- 
dacy. Mr. Cook 

335. The Elementary-school Curriculum. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: 10 hours of under- 
graduate credit in elementary education or consent of instructor. Organization 
of content and materials of instruction of subjects through the grades. 

Mr. Fish 

336. The Secondary-school Curriculum. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: High-school teaching 
experience or consent of instructor. Principles of and practice in curriculum 
construction for modern high schools. Mr. Schultz 

M 

339. Public-School Organization and Administration. I, S. 2 hr. PR: 20 hours of 
Education and consent of instructor. An orientation course for present and 
prospective school administrators, with emphasis upon the problems which 
grow out of the county unit. Required as a basic course of all who specialize 
in educational administration. Mr. Baldwin 

340. Public-School Finance. S. 2 hr. PR or Cone: Ed. 339 and consent of in- 
structor. Sources of school support; taxation; efficient management of school 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 257 



money: locally by improved budgetary practices, in state by more adequate 
apportionment plans. To be taken late in student's candidacy. 

Mr. Baldwin 
341. School Buildings and Equipment. I, S. 2 hr. PR or Cone: Ed. 339 and con- 
sent of instructor. Philosophy, planning, and management of school plant as 
appropriate physical environment — the home of pupils for effective learning. 

Mr. Baldwin 

343. School Surveys. 2 hr. PR or Cone: Ed. 339 and consent of instructor. Develop- 
ment of the educational survey as an instrument for improving educational 
procedures. Mr. Baldwin 

344. Staff-Personnel Administration. 2 hr. PR or Cone: Ed. 339 and consent of 
instructor. Selection, induction, direction, evaluation, improvement, and pro- 
motion of members of the supervisory, instructional, research, clerical, and 
maintenance staffs. Mr. Baldwin 

346. Principles of Supervision. I, S. 2 hr. Basic; general principles of elementary- 
school, junior high-school, and senior high-school supervision. Miss Scott 

347. Supervision of Instruction. 3 hr. Open only to persons who have had admin- 
istrative or supervisory experience. A study of principles of supervision and of 
techniques to be employed in the development of supervisory programs, grades 
1-12. This course may be substituted for Education 346 if approved by the 
adviser. Miss Scott 

348. Human Development and Behavior. S. 3 hr. A study of the inter-relationship 
of phvsical and environmental factors as they affect the behavior of children 
and youth. Miss Scott 

349. Evaluation and Research in Supervision. S. 3 hr. Open only to persons who 
have had administrative or supervisory experience. A study of educational 
research pertinent to the problems of supervision and of methods and tech- 
niques to be employed in the organization of a research project. Miss Scott 

350. Science of Teaching. S. 2 hr. PR: consent. Mr. Hudelson 

353. The Secondary-school Principal. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 339, high school teach- 
ing experience, or consent of instructor. Open only to graduate students in 
Education late in their candidacy. Practicum in secondary-school administra- 
tion. Mr. Schultz 

356. The Elementary-school Principal. S. 2 hr. PR: 6 graduate hours of ele- 
mentary education or consent of instructor. Work of principal in manage- 
ment and supervision of school. To be taken late in candidacy. 

Mr. Feaster and Mr. Smotherman 

357. Organization and Administration of Vocational Education. S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 
339. Specific consideration of the development of practical training in agri- 
culture, home economics, industry, and commerce with particular reference to 
their place in the public school system. Mr. Allen 

360. Problem in Education. I, II, S. 3 hr. One of the alternative requirements for 
the Master's Degree in Education. (See Thesis or Option) . Staff 

362. Thesis in Education. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. One of the alternative requirements for the 
Master's Degree in Education. (See Thesis or Option). Staff 

364. Advanced Methods in Teaching Industrial Arts. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 194. 
Industrial arts development; effective use of instructional materials; methods 
of evaluating industrial arts subjects. Mr. Ault and Mr. Brennan 

366. Teaching the Language Arts. S. 3 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. Methods in 
development of language arts of reading, writing, spelling through grades 
one to twelve. Staff 



258 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



367. Teaching the Social Studies in Elementary and Secondary Schools. I, S. 
3 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. Methods in teaching and course develop- 
ment of social studies through all school grades. Mr. Cook 

368. The Teaching of Extra Core Subjects. S. 3 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. 
A consideration of problems arising in grades 1 to 12 in teaching art, music, 
physical education, and club activities. Staff 

369. The Teaching of Mathematics and Science. S. 3 hr. PR: Consent of in- 
structor. A consideration of ways in which teachers may be helpful in teach- 
ing methods of exact thinking, grades 1 to 12. Staff 

372. Statistical Methods in Education. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: 20 hours of Education. 

Mr. Hudelson 

373. Basic Course in Principles and Practices of Guidance. II, S. 3 hr. An over- 
view of a total guidance program. Mr. Allen and Mr. Jarecke 

374. Counseling Techniques. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 373, 375, 376. Study of and 
practice in techniques of counseling. Mr. Jarecke 

375. Individual Inventory Techniques. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 373. Comprehensive 
study of all objective measures used in schools; techniques of administration, 
interpretating and recording results. Mr. Jarecke 

376. Occupational Information Techniques. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 373. Methods 
of gathering and disseminating occupational and educational information. 

Mr. Jarecke 

377. Special Counseling Problems. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Ed. 373, 374, 375, 376. Work 
with actual problem cases according to clinical procedures. Cases to be pur- 
sued to satisfactory conclusion. Mr. Jarecke 

378. Advanced Studies of Human Adjustment. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 373, 374, 375, 
376. Analytical consideration of identification, causes and development of 
psychological maladjustments, further study of developments in counseling and 
background in advance studies in guidance. Mr. Jarecke 

379. Organization and Administration of Guidance Services. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 
373, 374, 375, 376. Operative framework of guidance programs in terms of 
personnel, functions, relationships, physical facilities, institutional integration, 
finance, standards, laws, and regulations. Mr. Jarecke 

380. 381, 382, 383. Practice in Supervision. I, II. Credit 2 hr. each. PR: Assignment 

to actual full-time work in supervision in a school system, previous certifica- 
tion, and consent of instructor. Each course a continuation of preceding. 
To complete the entire 8 hours not less than two full years of field experience 
under control of Director of Supervisor Training will be accepted. 

Miss Scott 

390. Advanced Course for the Teaching of English. S. 2 hr. PR: Consent of 

instructor. Mr. Hudelson 

392. Materials for General Reading. S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 291. Study of materials for 
secondary schools and for adult classes. Staff 

395, 396, 397, 398. Practicum. Special individual and group projects. I, II, S. 
1-4 hr. per semester or term— aggregating not more than 12 hr. PR: 8 graduate 
hours in Education. Enrollment with permission of adviser and instructors in 
consultation. To provide appropriate credits for special workshops, prolonged 
systematic conferences on problems and projects in Education. Credits in 
these projects cannot be substituted for required courses and must be done 
in residence. 

Agricultural Education. Mr. Butler and Mr. Hill 

Audio-visual Education. Mr. Allen and Mr. Williams 

Educational Measurement and Evaluation. Mr. Hudelson and Mr. Jarecke 

Educational Psychology. Mr. Fish, Mr. Jarecke, Mr. Kennedy, and Mr. Smotherman 



THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 259 



Educational Sociology. Mr. Baldwin and Mr. Williams 

Elementary Education. Mr. Feaster, Mr. Fish, Mr. Kennedy, Mr. Smotherman and 

Mr. Wheat 
Guidance. Mr. Allen and Mr. Jarecke 
Home Economics Education. Miss Brown and Miss Noer 
Human Growth and Development. Mr. Fish, Mr. Kennedy, Miss Scott and 

Mr. Smotherman 
Industrial Arts Education. Mr. Allen, Mr. Brennan, and Mr. Ault 
Music Education. Mr. Brown 
Philosophy of Education. Mr. Baldwin 
School Administration. Mr. Baldwin 

Secondary Education. Mr. Cook, Mr. Hudelson, Mr. Schultz, and Mr. Williams 
Special and Adult Education. Mr. Allen and Mr. Williams 
Supervision. Mr. Cook, Miss Scott, and Mr. Schultz 
Teaching of English. Mr. Hudelson 

Teaching of Mathematics. Mr. Feaster, Mr. Fish, and Mr. Wheat. 
Teaching of Science. Mr. Fish 

Teaching of Social Sciences. Mr. Cook and Mr. Smotherman 

Vocational Education. Mr. Allen, Miss Brown, Mr. Hill, Miss Noer, and Mr. Butler 
Rural Education. Mr. Allen, Mr. Kennedy, and Mr. Schultz. 

399. Techniques of Educational Research. II. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 372 and consent of 
instructor. Application of research techniques to problems of modern education; 
analysis and implications of results. Mr. Hudelson 



The College of Engineering and 

Mechanic Arts; 

The School of Mines 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND MECHANIC ARTS 
AND THE SCHOOL OF MINES 

For the purpose of administration and instruction, the College of Engineering 
and Mechanic Arts is organized into the following departments: 

Aeronautical Engineering (A. E.) Electrical Engineering (E. E.) 

Agricultural Engineering (Ag. E.) lUechanical Engineering (M. E.) 

Chemical Engineering (Ch. E.) Mechanics (M.) 
Civil Engineering (C. E.) 

All the mining and industrial extension work of the University is organized under 
the School of Mines. For the purpose of administration the school is divided into 
the following divisions: 
Mining and Industrial Extension Mining Engineering (E. M.) 

Buildings and Equipment 

Chemical engineering and mining engineering are housed in the Mineral Indus- 
tries Building. Agricultural engineering is in the Forestry Building. Aeronautical, civil, 
electrical, and mechanical engineering are housed in Mechanical Hall. This building al- 
so contains the machine and welding shops, the steam-power laboratories and boiler 
room, the internal combustion engine laboratory, the materials testing laboratory, 
the electrical engineering laboratory, the hydraulic laboratory, the sanitary laboratory, 
and some of the general drafting rooms. Mechanical Hall also houses the offices and 
laboratories of the Materials Engineer of the State Road Commission. Mechanics and 
some of the drawing courses are given in the new Physics Building. 

In 1943-44 a modern brick and steel hangar, 80 by 120 feet, and a connecting 
building containing class room, office, shop, boiler room and pilot room were con- 
structed on University property adjacent to the Morgantown Municipal Airport. 

The University has one Cessna Model 140A airplane, one Cessna 170B airplane, one 
Piper PA-11 airplane, and two Piper PA-18 airplanes which are used for flight training 
by University students. On the west side of the hangar is a concrete apron, 100 by 100 
feet, which is connected to the Municipal Airport by a concrete taxi strip. 

A Cessna four place Model 170A airplane is used by the Aeronautical Engineer- 
ing Department for a course in Flight Testing and by the Civil Engineering Depart- 
ment for a course in Aerial Mapping. 

The Cessna airplanes are equipped with instruments for full panel and partial 
panel instrument flight instruction. A Link Instrument Trainer is used in conjunc- 
tion with these airplanes to supplement the instrument instruction. The airplanes 
are equipped with two-way radio equipment, both low and high frequency. In 
addition, three of the airplanes have complete Omni-directional Range installations. 

In 1950 the Aerodynamics Laboratory Building was constructed. This structure 
houses a modern low-turbulence wind tunnel used for instruction and research. 
The tunnel, a single return type, has a test section area of 10 square feet. The 
wind tunnel has a flexible 125 h.p. power system that makes possible a range of 
airspeeds from zero to 200 miles per hour. The tunnel is adaptable for tests on 
model aircraft, full scale components, and tests of a thermodynamic nature. 

260 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 261 



The Aerodynamics Laboratory Building has a 40 by 30 foot room on the west 
side with a 38-foot opening. The opening is connected to the hangar apron by a taxi 
strip. This room is used as an airplane shop and for testing purposes. 

In the drawing rooms of Mechanical Hall are collections of models of structures, 
mechanisms, charts, state and government maps, surveys, photographs, engineering 
specifications, drawings, tracings, and blue prints. In connection with the drawing 
rooms there are blue printing and photographic rooms equipped with electric appara- 
tus, photostat, and photographic outfits. 

The shops consist of a gas- and electric-welding shop and machine shop. Each 
workshop is equipped with suitable benches, measuring instruments, tools, shop ap- 
pliances, and machines, such as are ordinarily installed in the larger engineering col- 
leges and commercial shops. 

A variety of semi-automatic and automatic machines provides unusual opportun- 
ity for the student of modern production methods. 

The power-plant equipment consists of different types of steam and gas engines, 
direct-connected or belted to electric generators; a 100-kw. Westinghouse condensing 
steam turbine direct-connected to a direct-current generator; a 125-h.p. Skinner 
Universal unaflow steam engine direct-connected to a 240-volt three-phase alternator; a 
50-h.p. motor-generator set; a Babcock and Wilcox intregal furnace boiler, capacity 
7,000 lbs. of steam per hour fired with natural gas under conditions fully automatic 
modulating control. The boiler is equipped with an automatic boiler feed water 
regulator, flue gas temperature indicator, and Bailey steam flow meter. An inde- 
pendently gas-fired superheater equipped with temperature controller, pumps, con- 
densers, air compressors, steam traps, and other auxiliary apparatus provides the 
means of furnishing any desired kind of power. 

The mechanical and steam laboratories contain small steam and gas engines, 
two-stage air compressors, one water-cooled and one air-cooled, both equipped with 
electrical and mechanical controls, motor-driven fans, electric dynamometers, water 
brakes, Prony brakes, condensers, vacuum pumps, condensate pumps, steam calorim- 
eters, C0 2 analyzer, steam and gas-engine indicators, revolution counters, planimeters, 
anemometers, pressure gauges, thermometers, Venturi meters, orifices, Pitot tubes, and 
nozzles for measuring the flow of air and steam, etc. These are supplemented by the 
power plant equipment previously described, which affords facilities for steam- and 
gas-engine tests and boiler tests with larger units, and also provides facilities for 
various lines of experimental investigation. 

The internal-combustion laboratory contains a single-cylinder engine, a two- 
cylinder two-stroke cycle engine, a four-cylinder engine, a four-cylinder opposed-pis- 
ton type engine, a six-cylinder and an eight-cylinder automotive gasoline engine, a 
large two-cylinder gas engine, a Diesel tractor engine with electric dynamometer, a 
two-cylinder Diesel engine, water brakes, Prony brakes, generators, indicators, tach- 
ometers, planimeters, and other apparatus necessary for conducting performance tests 
on these engines. 

The Ordnance Department, U. S. Army, has selected the University for the estab- 
lishment of a sub-gage laboratory. This laboratory is housed in a specially con- 
structed air-conditioned room. It is equipped with the most modern types of high- 
precision gages and measuring instruments such as contour projectors, comparators, 
Pratt & Whitne) measuring machine, Sheffield multi-check, precision gage blocks, 
sine bars, sine blocks, surface plates, toolmaker's microscope, electro-limit gages, equip- 
ment for light-wave measurement, micrometers, height gages, etc. 

The electrical laboratory has motor-generator sets which supply controlled direct- 
current or alternating-current power to meet the special requirements of the labora- 
tory. These motor-generator sets supplement the power available from the Monon- 
gahela Power Company and the generators in the mechanical engineering laboratory. 

In addition to standard types of direct and alternating-current motors and 
generators, the electrical laboratory has special types of machines, such as a 
Fynn-Weichsel motor, a rotary converter, alternators ranging from 25 to 800 cycles, 
a G.E. amplidyne demonstration set for use in servomechanism, an electronic direct- 
reading frequency meter with a range from 1 to 50,000 cycles per second, a high- 
frequency demonstration oscillator rated at 1,000 watts, an electronic Mot-O-Trol, 
etc. There are also standard types of motor generators, rectifiers, storage batteries 



262 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



reactances, capacitors, auto transformers, constant current transformers, and experi- 
mental apparatus for demonstrating many of the principles of electricity and 
magnetism. The equipment of the laboratory includes, besides the standard 
laboratory measuring instruments, tachometers, slipmeters, stroboscopes, frequency 
meters, illuminometers, oscillographs, rotating standards, a Fahy permeameter, a 
Silsbee current transformed testing set, laboratory precision standards, a potentiometer 
for the calibration of direct and alternating-current instruments, a full wave reversing 
Thy-mo-trol drive, an instrument comparitor, magnetic amplifier, and a harmonic 
generator. 

A relay demonstration board especially developed for college laboratories has been 
secured. This board demonstrates the complete protection of an electrical transmission 
line and associated equipment. 

In the communications and electronics laboratory there are various electronic 
devices such as communication receivers, television receivers, cathode ray oscilloscopes, 
vacuum-tube voltmeters, audio and radio frequency bridges, oscillators, signal generat- 
ors, square-wave generators, amplifiers, photoelectric relays, an ignitron and a metal 
tank rectifier, wave analyzer; also electronic testing devices such as tube-testers, multi- 
testers, an electronic switch, a chanalyst, and a dynamic demonstrator. An amateur 
radio station licensed as W8SPY is maintained normally by staff members for demon- 
strating the principles of radio communication. 

For use in ultra-high frequencies and associated work there are micro-wave 
generators, electric-wave guides, a wave standard, a Mega-Match, parabolic and other 
electric-wave reflectors, and micro-wave demonstration devices. 

Telephone equipment consisting of standard parts .relays, etc. is supplemented 
with parts and assemblies for demonstrating essential features of various types of 
manual and dial telephone exchanges. An artificial telephone line is available for 
studies of phenomena associated with electric wave propagation and electric filters. 

The Materials Testing Laboratory is equipped with devices for testing cement, 
iron, steel, brick, stone, and other engineering materials. The principal machines 
are an Olsen testing machine of 400,000-pound capacity which can accommodate 
tension and compression specimens up to 6 feet, and beams up to 16 feet in length; 
two hydraulic Baldwin-Southwark universal testing machines of the latest type, one 
of 200,000-pound capacity, the other of 60,000-pound capacity with autographic 
recording attachment; a 10,000-pound Olsen transverse testing machine; a 10,000- 
inch-pound Riehle torsion machine with autographic recorder; and Brinell, Rock- 
well, Shore, Galileo and Vickers hardness testers. Morehouse proving rings for calibra- 
tion of testing machine are a part of the equipment of this laboratory. Photo-elastic 
and Stresscoat equipment has been provided for stress-analysis, and complete electrical- 
resistance strain-gage apparatus is available both for class demonstration and for 
research purposes. 

The hydraulic laboratory pipe system is so connected that water may be used 
either from the city pressure lines or from either of two centrifugal pumps— one 350 
g.p.m. and the other 600 g.p.m.— which take suction from three 4,000-gal. calibrated 
storage pits. Water is furnished to a weir tank where weirs of rectangular, triangular, 
or other shape may be tested; two orifice tanks where circular or square orifices and 
short tubes are tested under low heads; a 12-inch impulse wheel equipped with a glass 
paneled case and Prony brake for measuring the power developed; a Rotometer; 
a Eureka water meter; a Venturi meter; and two pipe lines designed for the 
study of pipe friction and the loss of head due to bends. Small rates of flow are 
measured by weighing the discharge on platform scales of 1,000-lb. capacity, while 
larger rates are weighed on a 10,000-lb. Fairbanks scale. The laboratory is fully 
equipped with gauges, manometers, and pitometers. 

Through the courtesy of the Morgantown Water Commission a 12-inch pipe line is 
available for pitometer work. A stream-flow measurement «tation is maintained on 
the Monongahela River where a Price current meter is used to measure the river 
discharge. Rainfall records are obtained from a Ferguson recording rain gage. 

The sanitary engineering laboratory is well equipped for student work in water 
purification and sewage disposal. Hydrogen-ion concentrations may be measured by 
a Beckman pH meter, or by permanent color standards. Other colorimetric work is 
done with an electro-photometer. Turbidity may be measured by a U.S.G.S. rod, or 
by Jackson, Hellige or Baylis turbidimeters. Chlorine concentration in water is measur- 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 263 



ed colormetrically, chemically or by a W&T amperometric apparatus. An ozone gener- 
ator is available for studies in taste removal and disinfection. In addition, there is the 
usual supply of glassware, balances, chemicals, steam baths, burners, and muffle 
furnaces for mineral analyses; microscopes, special filters, and micrometers for algae 
studies; and pressure and dry-heat sterilizers, incubators, and special media for 
bacterial studies. 

A number of transits, levels, plane tables, and other surveying instruments are 
used by students in working out field-surveying problems. Aerial photographs of 
neighboring territory are available to be used in photogrammetric mapping. Topog- 
raphy is obtained from these photographs by use of the Fairchild stero comparagraph. 
Diapositive aerial photographs are used with a multiplex projector to demonstrate 
another method of producing topographic details. Aerial mapping cameras are 
available for mapping that is done in cooperation with the Aeronautical Engineering 
Department. The usual supply of steel tapes, level rods, range poles, plumb bobs, 
etc., are available and are used by students taking surveying. 

Through cooperation with the Testing Division of the State Road Commission, 
students are given experience with the actual work of testing all kinds of highway 
materials including tar, asphalt, paint, steel, oil, cement, sand, gravel, stone, concrete, 
drainage pipe, and soils. Equipment available includes constant temperature baths, 
viscosimeters. specific-gravity balances, drying ovens, furnaces, a three-compartment 
DeVal abrasion machine, a Los Angeles abrasion machine, diamond core drill, ball 
mill, briquette machine, Dory hardness machine, Page impact tester, small rock 
cruslier, motor-driven vibrating screens for both coarse and fine aggregates, standard 
moulds for cement and concrete specimens, concrete mixer, brick rattler, Kriege and 
Hubbard-Field stability testers, a 30° -below-zero refrigerator for freezing-thawing 
tests, an "electric eye" turbidimeter for cement testing, and equipment for consolida- 
tion, shear, stability, and permeability tests on soils. 

The laboratories for chemical engineering unit operations and unit processes are 
well equipped for small-scale production of industrial chemicals and for conducting 
experimental work for the collection of performance and design data. Among the 
types of equipment in these laboratores are a Lummus 16-plate column still; a Badger 
copper fractionating unit fitted with an 8-inch, 15 plate bubble-cap column and all 
accessories including a 20-thermoc.ouple temperature-measuring system; a Great West- 
ern pot still also fitted to operate as a steam still; Stokes double-effect evaporator 
with vacuum pump; 10-gallon Dopp vacuum pan; Devine crystallizer for both 
atmospheric and vacuum operation; Sperrv filter press, open-delivery washing type, 
with montejus and pumps; Shriver stainless-steel portable self-contained filter 
unit, closed-delivery washing type; Oliver continuous rotary filter; American rotary 
disc filter; Kelly pressure filter; several crock filters; International centrifuge; Tolhurst 
center-slung variable speed centrifuge; Sharpies supercentrifuge; Proctor and Schwartz 
cabinet dryer with automatic-temperature and humidity controls; Devine vacuum- 
chamber drver; Buflovak double-drum dryer for atmospheric or vacuum operation; 
large Freas precision drying oven; single-tube experimental heat exchanger with 
automatic multipoint temperature recorder; Ross Multitube, two-pass heat exchanger; 
"Karbate" absorption tower, nitrator, sulphonator, fusion pot, autoclave, and Z-blade 
mixer with stainless-steel bowl. 

In connection with this equipment there is provided a completely equipped mod- 
ern chemical laboratory furnished with specialized instruments and apparatus such 
as nitrometers, centrifugals, constant-temperature baths, refractometers, melting and 
boiling-point apparatus, turbidimeters, and colorimeters, together with apparatus for 
complete analytical, testing and control work. 

The ceramics laboratories are well equipped for instruction and research. They 
contain a muffle pottery kiln; Kutz clay-testing kiln; two fusion-point furnaces; frit 
and glass-melting furnace; general heating furnace and decorating kiln. All the 
kilns and furnaces are gas-fired and except for the pottery and decorating kiln, 
have individual motor-driven blowers. There are also available a number of small 
and medium-sized electric furnaces and a Hoskins heavy-duty large size furnace. The 
grinding equipment includes a jaw crusher; crushing rolls; sample grinder; hammer 
mill; wet pan; 18-inch by 25-inch ball mill; gang of six ball mills of three sizes and 
two gallon-size individual ball mills. A Federal unit for dust classification and a 
Tyler Ro-Tap sieve shaker are also part of the equipment. For plastic clay work 



264 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



there is provided a Patterson clay washing outfit, slip pump, filter press, and a vacuum 
pugmill, laboratory size; volumeters; jigger; and pottery wheels for individual use. 
Other equipment includes a spray booth; raw-materials bins; Fisher and Polaroid strain 
finders for glass. The laboratories are equipped for practically all routine tests and 
analyses. 

The metallurgy laboratory is well equipped for experimental work along the lines 
of heat treating, and photomicrographic examination of metals and alloys. Heat 
treating equipment includes two electronic high frequency induction heaters, and 
several electric muffle furnaces with thermocouples and pyrometers. Metallographic 
equipment includes: a metallurgical specimen cut-off machine, a belt surfacer, 
specimen mounting presses, polishing tables each having three independently motor- 
driven polishing discs, seven metallurgical microscopes, two with camera attachments, 
a B & L metalloscope, a B & L research metalloscope complete with accessories, two 
darkrooms equipped with apparatus for developing, printing, enlarging, and color 
photography. Other equipment includes: two Westinghouse metallurgical X-ray 
units, a Reihle universal testing machine, and Rockwell hardness testers. 

The electrochemical industries laboratory contains a 1.2 kw. motor generator set 
for electroplating; tanks for electrolytic cleaning, rinsing, and plating; Reliance vari- 
able-speed polishing lathe; Ajax-Northrup high-frequency furnace; Lectromelt 37.5 
kva. electric arc furnace; Vorce chlorine-caustic cell, Fisher titrimeter; hypochlorite 
cell, iodoform cell, clay dewatering cell; Fisher electro-analyser; Beckman pH meter 
with accessories; a number of rheostats, ammeters, voltmeters and potentiometers. 

The laboratory for water examination and investigations of liquid industrial 
wastes contains all the necessary apparatus, instruments, and chemical reagents for any 
required qualitative tests or quantitative determinations on boiler and industrial 
waters and trade wastes. For special tests and procedures there are available: an 
autoclave, dry-sterilizing oven, ammonia in water stills, Nessler tubes, biological and 
polarizing microscopes, counting cells, settling cones, incubators, Kober colorimeter, 
sets of color standards for complete range of hydrogen ion measurements, Jackson 
turbidimeter, U.S.G.S. color discs and tubes, and a Parr photoelectric turbidimeter for 
sulfate determinations. 

The fuels and oil-testing laboratories are supplied with a U. S. Steel Corporation 
type furnace and absorption chain for determining the by-product coking values of 
coals; a multiple-unit electric furnace and absorption chain for ultimate analysis of 
coal; Saybolt four-tube viscosimeter, special flasks and centrifuge tubes for determina- 
tion of water and sediment in oils; flash and fire-point testers, sulfur-in-oil outfit; 
Kjeldahl-nitrogen digestion and distillation equipment. Assemblies for analysis ot 
fuel and stack gases include Bureau of Standards precision, Orsat technical, Fisher 
precision, Hempel burettes and pipettes, referee total sulfur, and Tutwiler H2S 
burette, Reed vapor-pressure bomb for gasoline, Parr total-carbon apparatus, and Lovi- 
bond and A. P. A. colorimeters. 

The services available in the Chemical Engineering Department laboratories are: 
110-volt and 220-volt a.c, 2- volt to 150-volt d.c, superheated and saturated steam, 
compressed air, vacuum, gas, and hot and cold water. 

Other facilities available in this department are: (1) a large well-equipped drawing 
and design room with extensive collection of catalogues and texts on plant equip- 
ment and structures; (2) a locker room with individual student lockers, industrial 
washers, and showers; (3) a cold room with automatic-temperature control; (4) a 
well-equipped shop operated by a skilled mechanician; (5) a large stockroom for chem- 
icals, apparatus, and instruments, and having an adjacent special chamber for acid 
storage; and (6) separate research laboratories. 

The latest trade literature, catalogues, and reports of commercial developments 
in engineering are kept in classified files for students' reference. The University 
library has a thoroughly classified and indexed collection of the standard and latest 
books in engineering and the allied sciences, complete bound sets of the transactions 
of several scientific and engineering societies and current issues and bound volumes 
of the principal scientific technical periodicals. 

The extensive technical library donated by Mrs. Mary Dille Emory as a nucleus 
for a memorial to her husband, Prof. Frederick Lincoln Emory, deceased, is also 
available for use. 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 265 



School of Mines Laboratories 

The mining laboratories in the Mineral Industries Building are designed to 
supplement the technical instruction related to the various phases of mining 
engineering and to correlate basic theory and principles with their application 
in industrial practice. 

The mining laboratory includes various types of electrical control systems as 
commonly used with modern mining equipment, especially arranged to permit analysis 
of the electrical circuits and operating principles. Specimens of typical equip- 
ment for drilling, cutting, and blasting are included, together with key assembly 
parts of such units. There also are devices for demonstrating and determining the 
explosibility of suspended dusts, dust analysis equipment, apparatus for deter- 
mining dust counts, and models showing methods of working anthracite, bituminous 
coal, and mineral deposits. 

The mine ventilation laboratory is equipped with centrifugal and multistage 
axial flow fans, together with the necessary facilities for demonstrating the prin- 
ciples of fluid flow as related to mine ventilation and determination of the per- 
formance characteristics of the fans used. A gas testing room is provided for 
practice and demonstration with flame safety lamps and other gas detection devices. 
The laboratory is provided with apparatus and facilities for air analysis; and the 
William Clifford and James T. Beard collection of safety lamps is of particular 
academic interest as related to the history and development of mine lighting. 

The fuels laboratory is especially equipped for the analysis and study of fuels, 
with particular emphasis on coal and coke. The equipment includes analytical 
balances, calorimeters, drying and roasting ovens, fusion furnaces, and special 
equipment necessary for the promixate and ultimate analysis of coal and the deter- 
mination of coking and ash fusion characteristics. An X-ray diffraction unit is available 
for special analytical work. 

The coal preparation laboratory is outstanding in its facilities for coal testing 
and in the variety of coal cleaning and preparation equipment provided. The 
testing equipment includes facilities for screen analysis, float and sink separation, 
and the various units required to reduce and prepare samples for laboratory analysis. 
Cleaning equipment includes a sand media cone, a three-cell Baum-type jig, a 
calcium chloride washer, a heavy media cone washer, spiral separator, concentrating 
tables, basket jigs, an air cleaning table with filter-type dust collectors, a magnetic sep- 
arator, centrifuges, and a complete closed circuit mineral flotation unit. The cleaning 
units listed are all self-contained pilot units with auxiliary equipment to permit 
complete test operation and are in addition to a wide range of individual devices 
for demonstration and instructional purposes. 

The oil and gas laboratory contains a full range of equipment necessary for 
determination of the chemical and physical properties of oil and gases as related 
to their use, transmission, and production. Apparatus and facilities are provided for 
core analysis to determine saturations, porosity, permeability, and grain structure 
of producing sands, together with diamond core drills and saws for the prepar- 
ation of samples for such tests. Also included are various specimens of drilling 
and other production equipment for instruction and demonstration, together with 
rotary drilling mud testing apparatus. The gas measurement section includes bell- 
types, critical flow, and low pressure flow provers for testing meters of various types. 
Also provided is a wide range of domestic, orifice and large capacity displacement 
meters with the necessary meter runs for their operation. 

Special equipment for instruction in geophysics is provided, and the school 
maintains an earth-movement recording seismograph station, operated in accordance 
with standards approved by the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, for recording earth- 
quakes and the movement of severe storm zones. Portable blast seismic instruments 
are available for field testing and demonstration. 

Facilities for Inspection Trips 

The University is located in a region which affords the student unusual oppor- 
tunities for practical observation and education in engineering. Morgantown is the 
center of an extensive coal region in which are large workings of the Pittsburgh, 
Sewickley, and upper Freeport seams, while nearby are the Fairmont and Connells- 



266 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



ville fields. West Virginia's gas and oil district approaches within four miles of the 
city. The region abounds with rich deposits of glass sand, limestone, clay, shales, and 
valuable building stone. 

Within the city limits and in nearby towns are numerous factories and plants, 
including large steam and hydraulic central stations for the production of electric 
power, cement plants, extensive glass factories manufacturing glass of every descrip- 
tion, an anhydrous ammonia plant, brick plants, by-products coking plants, brass 
plant, brass and iron foundries, large oil- and gas-pumping stations, glass sand and 
limestone-crushing plants, etc. 

Pittsburgh, the center of the world's greatest iron and steel industries, is onlv 
seventy-four miles from the University. The Wheeling area, with its large steel and 
ceramic industries and its large modern central stations, is approximately the same 
distance. The rapidly expanding Ohio River Valley industrial area in the vicinity 
of Parkersburg and the concentration of plants in the Kanawha Valley affords an 
excellent opportunity to visit large modern chemical plants. 

Organized inspection trips under faculty supervision are taken each year. Credit 
for one inspection trip is required for graduation. 

NATIONAL SOCIETIES 

Student chapters of the following national societies are maintained: Institute 
of the Aeronautical Sciences, American Society of Agricultural Engineers, American 
Institute of Chemical Engineers, American Society of Civil Engineers, American 
Institute of Electrical Engineers, Institute of Radio Engineers, American Institute of 
Mining and Metallurgical Engineers, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, and 
Society for Advancement of Management. Meetings of these student branches are 
held weekly. 

The West Virginia Alpha Chapter of Tau Beta Pi was installed at West Virginia 
University on June 3, 1922. Tau Beta Pi is the honorary engineering fraternity and 
has chapters in 96 leading engineering colleges. Membership may be conferred upon 
candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Aeronautical, Agricultural, 
Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, and Mining Engineering who have maintained 
a rank in scholarship in the highest fifth of the class. 

The West Virginia Upsilon Chapter of Sigma Gamma Epsilon was installed at 
West Virginia University on May 27, 1927. Sigma Gamma Epsilon is an honorary 
mineral industries fraternity with chapters in thirty of the leading universities. Sen- 
iors and juniors in mining engineering and majors in metallurgy and ceramics in 
chemical engineering who have attained high scholarship rank are eligible for mem- 
bership. 

The West Virginia Pi Gamma Chapter of Pi Tau Sigma was installed at West 
Virginia University on March 31, 1942. This is an honorary mechanical engineering 
fraternity with chapters in fifty-nine universities. Seniors and juniors in mechanical 
engineering who have attained a high scholastic rank are eligible for membership. 

The West Virginia Beta Rho Chapter of Eta Kappa Nu was installed at West 
Virginia University on May 2, 1947. Eta Kappa Nu, national electrical engineering 
honorary society, has qualifications for membership which distinctly stimulate and 
reward high scholarship. The upper one-fourth of the junior class and the upper 
one-third of the senior class who have high scholastic standings and good character 
are eligible for membership. 

A loan fund is maintained by the local chapter for students enrolled in the 
College of Engineering. 

The West Virginia Chapter of Chi Epsilon was installed at West Virginia Univer- 
sity on May 14, 1949. This is an honorary civil engineering fraternity with chapters 
in thirty-nine colleges and universities. Seniors and juniors in civil engineering who 
have attained a high scholastic rank are eligible for membership. 

Standing Committees 

Engineering Schedules: Professor E. C. Jones 

Library: Professors Seibert and Speiden and Assistant Professor Slonneger. 
Committee on Scholarship: Professors C. H. Cather, J. B. T. Downs, Associate 
Professor Fairbanks 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 267 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 



Any student, in order to be eligible to receive a Bachelor's degree in any 
branch of engineering for which degrees are offered, in addition to satisfying 
all entrance requirements shall be required to complete satisfactorily the number of 
semester hours of work as specified in the curriculum of the department leading to the 
degree for which the student is a candidate, plus the general requirements of 
physical education and military science required by the University for such a degree. 

SUBSTITUTIONS 

The following substitutions are regularly allowed in addition to special 
substitutions listed elsewhere: 

Chemistry 115 for Chemistry 15. 

Physics 1, 2, 109, and 110 for Physics 111 and 112. 

THESIS 

Any candidate for a baccalaureate degree in engineering may with the con- 
sent of his major professor prepare a thesis on some subject relating to a 
special branch of engineering or other department of applied science. It will 
be presented for approval first to the instructor under whose guidance it has been 
prepared, then to the head of the department in which the degree is to be 
conferred. A typewritten copy of the thesis prepared in accordance with official 
specifications and signed by both the instructor in charge and the head of the 
department, must be placed in the University library before graduation. 

THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING CURRICULA 

The several four-year curricula are set up to give, in the first two years, 
a well-rounded training in the basic sciences of mathematics, chemistry, and physics 
and in English. A moderate amount of shop work, drawing and surveying is 
given to introduce the student to the practical side of engineering. 

This is followed by such technical subjects as mechanics, thermodynamics, and 
electricity, the degree of emphasis varying somewhat with the curriculum followed. 
These courses bridge the gap between the pure sciences and the professional 
courses. In addition, courses in the humanities are given throughout the four years. 

In the third and fourth years special emphasis is placed on the professional work 
of the engineer. In these years a certain number of credit hours are available for 
electives. 

1. A four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Aeronautical Engineering. 

2. A four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Agricultural Engineering. 

3. A four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Chemical Engineering. 

4. A four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Civil 
Engineering, with option in sanitary engineering. 

5. A four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Electrical Engineering. 

6. A four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Mechanical Engineering,, with options in power and industrial engineering. 

7. Combined science and engineering curricula extending over five or more 
years leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Science in 
Engineering. 



268 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Plan for Numbering Courses 

For convenience it is customary to designate the course of study by the 
name of the department or group of departments and the number of the particular 
course. Whenever reference is made to engineering courses in the course announce- 
ments and textual matter the department or groups of departments will be in- 
dicated as follows: 

Aeronautical Engineering A.E. Mechanical Engineering M.E. 

Agricultural Engineering Ag.E. Mechanics M. 

Chemical Engineering Ch.E. Mining Engineering E.M. 

Civil Engineering C.E. General G. 

Electrical Engineering E.E. 

The plan for numbering courses is as follows: 

Courses 1 to 99— intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores. 

Courses 100 to 199— junior and senior courses not open to graduates. 

Courses 200 to 299— advanced courses for juniors, seniors, and graduates. 

Courses 300 to 399— advanced courses open only to graduates. 

Classification of Students 

To be classified as a freshman in the College of Engineering or School of Mines 
a student must have credit for at least 15 units of entrance requirements. To be 
classified as a sophomore he must have credit toward his degree for 30 hours; as a 
junior 72 hours; as a senior 112 hours; except that a student who is a candidate for the 
degree of Bachelor of Science to be classified as a sophomore must have credit for 
27 hours of college work; as a junior, 60 hours; as a senior, 94 hours. 



CURRICULUM IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Aeronautical Engineering 

Aeronautical Engineering deals with the design and construction of aircraft and 
aircraft power plants; theoretical aerodynamics; aircraft performance and stability; 
and structural design. 

The aeronautical engineering curriculum has been designed to furnish the student 
with a firm fundamental knowledge of the fields listed above. The senior year elec- 
tives furnish an opportunity for advanced study in some of these fields. An inspection 
trip is required of all fourth year students. The trip is made in the spring and may 
include visits to government operated aeronautical research laboratories or industrial 
aircraft plants. 

A number of laboratory courses are included in the aeronautical engineering cur- 
riculum. These courses supplement the instruction in the lecture courses and also 
furnish the students with an opportunity to become familiar with modern laboratory 
techniques. The Aeronautical Engineering Department operates five laboratories 
for student instruction. 

1. Aerodynamics Laboratory— <a. 250 mile-per-hour wind tunnel is used to supple- 
ment instruction in aerodynamics, performance, stability and instrumentation. 

2. Aircraft Structures Laboratory— to augment classroom work dealing with the 
theory of aircraft structural analysis. 

3. Design Laboratory— for second, third and fourth year courses in detail, aero- 
dynamic and structural design. 

4. Flight Test Airplane— A Cessna Model 170 airplane is used as a flying laboratory 
for a course in flight testing. 

5. Flight Hangar— the hangar houses six University owned airplanes. Five of the 
airplanes are used for flight training instruction. (See Aviation courses.) 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 



269 



FIRST YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4 

Engl. 1— Comp. and Rhet 3 

G. 1— Engineering Lectures 

Hist. 53— Mod. America or M.E. 20- 

Eng'g Drawing 3 

Math. 3-College Algebra 3 

Math. 4— Plane Trig 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 

Phys. Ed. 1 1 

19 



Second Sem. Hr. 

Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4 

Engl. 2-Comp. and Rhet 3 

Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4 

M.E. 1 1-Machine Work 2 

M.E. 20— Eng'g Drawing or Hist. 53— 

Mod. America 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 

Phys. Ed. 2 1 



19 



SECOND YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

M. 101-Statics 3 

Math. 107-Calculus 4 

M.E. 26— Descriptive Geom 2 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 

Phys. Ill— General Physics 5 

Speech 11— Public Speaking 3 



Second Sem. Hr. 

A.E. 116— Aircraft Det. Design 2 

Engl. 126-Adv. Comp 3 

M. 102-Mech. of Materials 3 

Math. 108-Calculus 4 

Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 

Phys. 112-General Physics 5 



19 



First Sem. 

A.E. 201— Elem. Aerodynamics 
C.E. 115— Fluid Mechanics .. 
Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics . 
M. 103-Mech. of Materials . , 



THIRD YEAR 

Hr. Second Sem. 



.... 3 
.... 3 
.... 3 
.... 3 

M. 104-Kinetics 3 

Math. 253-Adv. Applied Math 3 



Hr. 

A.E. 202-Aerodynamics 3 

A.E. 209-Aircraft Perf. & Stab 3 

A.E. 210-Basic Aircraft Struc 3 

Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3 

M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3 

Non. Tech. (Group I)* 3 



18 



18 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

A.E. 207— Aerodynamic Design 3 

A.E. 21 1-Redundant Aircraft Struc. .. 3 

A.E. 217-Aircraft Structural Des 3 

Ch.E. 250-Physical Metallurgy 3 

M.E. 229-Int. Comb. Engines 3 

Elective** 3 



Second Sem. Hr. 

A.E. 205— Experimental Aerodyn 2 

A.E. 212-Applied Aircraft Design 3 

A.E. 213— Aircraft Structures Lab 1 

E.E. 105-Electrical Fund 4 

G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr. 

Non-Tech. (Group II)* 3 

Elective** 5 



IS 



18 



RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES 



A.E. 203— Applied Aerodynamics 3 

A.E. 208-Flight Testing 2 

A.E. 214-Adv. Aircraft Struc 3 

A.E. 218-Aeroelasticity 3 



A.E. 220-Seminar 2-6 

A.E. 299-Thesis 2-6 

Flight Training 1-3 

Non-Technical 1-3 



**A minimum of five hours of technical electives must be selected from the 
approved list. 

♦Non-Technical Group List 



Group I 

Phil. 4— Intro, to Philosophy . 

Psych. 1— Intro, to Psychology 



Group II 

3 Pol. Sci. 101-Intro. to Govt 3 

3 Soc. 1— Intro, to Sociology ? 



270 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Engineering 

Agricultural Engineering is the application of engineering principles to agri- 
culture. Success in tk* application of engineering fundamentals to the agricultural 
industry requires knowledge of both the biological and physical sciences. The 
purpose of the course is to give the student who completes it general training 
in agricultural and engineering fundamentals. Considerable stress is given to 
basic requirements of plant and animal life on the farm which affect engineering 
practices, but greater emphasis is placed on a thorough knowledge of those under- 
lying principles and methods which are the foundation of all the engineering 
professions. 

Although the curriculum gives no opportunity for specialization, Agricultural 
Engineering is made up of four major fields. These are Farm Power and Machinery, 
Farm Structures, Soil and Water Conservation, and Rural Electrification. 

Students preparing to take Agricultural Engineering should present for entrance 
as many units as possible in mathematics, chemistry, and physics; also, sufficient farm 
experience to meet the College of Agriculture requirements. 

Some of the organizations and industries employing agricultural engineers are 
electric power companies and co-operatives; farm machinery manufacturers and dis- 
tributors; manufacturers and distributors of building materials; oil companies; electric 
equipment and other suppliers for farm utilities; trust companies; farm management 
agencies; federal agencies such as Soil Conservation Service; U.S. Department of Agri- 
culture, Federal Land Bank, and Indian Service; colleges and universities; Army and 
Navy, and foreign governments. 

Opportunities for employment are numerous. At no time since the establish- 
ment of the profession has it been crowded; the outlook is good for a continuance 
of this situation. With agriculture becoming increasingly mechanized, the demand 
for agricultural engineers is increasing and should continue to increase. New 
opportunities arise as mechanization continues. Starting salaries are in line with 
salaries in other branches of engineering. 

FIRST YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4 Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4 

Engl. 1-Comp. and Rhet 3 Engl. 2— Comp. and Rhet 3 

G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr. Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4 

Hist. 53-Mod. America or M.E. 20- M.E. 11-Machine Work 2 

Eng'g Drawing 3 M.E. 20— Eng'g Drawing or Hist. 53— 

Math. 3— College Algebra 3 Mod. America 3 

Math. 4-Plane Trig 3 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Phys. Ed. 2 1 

Phys. Ed. 1 1 

19 19 

SECOND YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

Ag. E. 10— Introductory Agr'l Eng'g . . 3 Math. 108— Calculus 4 

Math. 107-Calculus 4 M.E. 7-Welding & Heat Treatment . . 1 

M.E. 26 Descriptive Geometry 2 M.E. 29— Mechanism 3 

M. 101-Statics 3 M. 102-Mech. of Materials 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 

Phys. Ill— General Physics 5 Phys. 112— General Physics 5 

19 18 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 



271 



THIRD YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

Ag. Econ. 102— Agr'l Economics 3 

E.E. 105— Elect. Fundamentals 4 

M.E. 113-Machine Design 3 

M. 103-Mech. of Materials 3 

Agronomy 2— Soils 4 



Second. Sem. Hr. 

Ag. E. 100-Farm Structures 3 

C.E. 1-Surveying 2 

E.E. 106— Electrical Machinery 4 

Engl. 126-Adv. Comp 3 

M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3 

M. 104-Kinetics 3 



17 



18 



FOURTH YEAR 



Firsi Sem. Hr. 

Ag. Econ. 104— Farm Management .... 3 

Ag. E. 110-App. of Elect, to Agr 3 

Ag. E. 140-Soil & Water Cons 3 

Ag. E. 230-Farm Power 4 

C.E. 1 15-Fluid Mechanics 3 

Elect. (Agri.) 3 

19 



Second Sem. Hr. 

Ag. E. 190— Farm Machinery 3 

Agronomy 1— Farm Crops 4 

G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr. 

Speech 1 1— Public Speaking 3 

Elect. (Agri.) 3 

Elect. (Eng'g) 3 

Elect. (Non-Tech) 3 



19 



Engineering Electives must be selected from the following courses: Chem. Eng'g 
250, 284; C.E. 122; M.E. 140, 203; Geology 1. 

Agricultural Electives must be selected from the following courses: Agronomy 230; 
D.H. 11, 12; A.H. 11; P.H. 1; Hort. 3. 

Non-Technical Electives must be selected from the following courses: Pol. Sci. 101; 
Hist. 2, 52; Psychology 1; Philosophy 4; Sociology (Rural 105) . 



CURRICULUM IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering 

The standard four-year course in chemical engineering has been developed to 
qualify young men for positions in operation, design, construction, and management 
of manufacturing plants in which raw materials are subjected to chemical and physical 
changes to produce finished products. This curriculum includes fundamental courses: 
in mathematics through differential equations; in chemistry: inorganic, analytical, 
organic, and physical; in physics; in basic engineering: engineering drawing, mechanics, 
and strength of materials; in electrical engineering; in metallurgy; in chemical en- 
gineering: principles, calculations, thermodynamics, design, unit operations, unit 
processes, and economics; in electrochemical and chemical technology. This curricu- 
lum provides the student with a broad foundation in the fundamental principles of 
those subjects which wide experience has shown are essential for a successful career 
in the chemical engineering profession; or as engineers in any industry involving a 
succession of unit operations and unit processes. 

To complete the requirements for the B.S.Ch.E. degree in four years, students 
should follow the curriculum as outlined, although it is definitely advisable to take 
Organic Chemistry 233 and 238 in the Summer Session before the third year. 

Students preparing to take chemical engineering should present for entrance as 
many units as possible in mathematics, chemistry, and physics, and it is desirable 
to also have units in German, French, or Spanish. While certain basic courses in 
English, economics, and public speaking are required in the regular curriculum, a 
student will obtain a broader education in economics, history, language, science, 
applied technology, and engineering by taking the combined Bachelor of Science 
and Chemical Engineering courses. By a careful selection of electives both degrees 
may be earned in five years. 

In recognition of the increasing tendency on the part of industry to promote 
engineers to administrative and executive positions, the curriculum has been broaden- 
ed to include more required work in the field of humanities and additional elective 
courses may be selected from the humanities and business administration courses. 



272 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



In addition to the demand for students trained in chemical engineering there is 
considerable demand in the state for men trained in ceramics, metallurgy, and fuel 
technology, fields closely allied with chemical engineering. A basic course in general 
metallurgy is required of all students seeking a degree in chemical enginering. In 
addition, students may elect courses in metallurgy, ceramics, and fuel technology 
in their undergraduate and especially in their graduate programs. These courses 
are integrated with the chemical engineering courses, making use of many of the 
unit process and unit operation concepts common to these categories. 

The department, along with the other departments of the College of Engineer- 
ing and the School of Mines, is a part of the Engineering Experiment Station. The 
combined facilities of the department and the station are available for investigation 
and research. The greater number of projects are so selected that graduate students, 
and to some extent undergraduate students, participate in the program. The work 
of the Engineering Experiment Station thus is part of the educational program. 



FIRST YEAR CHEMICAL ENG'G. 



First Sem. Hr. 

G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr. 

Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4 

Engl. 1— Comp. and Rhet 3 

History 53— Modern America 3 

Math. 3— College Algebra 3 



Math. 4— Plane 
Mil. or Air Sci. 
Phys. Ed. 1 .. 



Trig. 



Second Sem. Hr. 

Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4 

Engl. 2— Comp. and Rhet 3 

Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4 

M.E. 20— Engineering Drawing 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 

Phys. Ed. 2 1 



19 



17 



First Sem. 



SECOND YEAR 



Hr. Second Sem. 



Ch.E. 140-Ch.E. Calculations 2 

Chem. 15— Quant. Analysis 3 

Math. 107-Calculus 4 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 

Phys. Ill— General Physics 5 

Speech 11— Public Speaking 3 



Hr 



Engl. 126— Adv. Composition 3 

M. 101-Statics 3 

Math. 108-Galculus 4 

Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 

Phys. 1 12— General Physics 5 



19 



17 



THIRD YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

Ch.E. 205-Principles of Ch.E 5 

Chem. 233— Organic Chem 4 

Chem. 260-Physical Chem 4 

Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3 

Math. 240- Differential Eq 3 



Second Sem. Hr. 

Ch. E. 207-Principles of Ch.E 5 

Chem. 238-Organic Chem 4 

Chem. 261-Phys. Chem 4 

Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3 

M. 102-Mech. of Materials 3 



19 



19 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

Ch. E. 211-Chem. Eng'g Lab 2 

Ch.E. 234-Chem. Technology 2 

Ch.E. 242-Ch. E. Thermodynamics ... 3 

Ch.E. 272-Ch.E. Design 3 

E.E. 105— Elec. Fundamentals 4 

♦Electives 5 



Second Sem. Hr. 

Ch.E. 212-Chem. Eng'g Lab 2 

Ch.E. 238-Electrochem. & Corrosion . . 2 
Ch.E. 243-Ch.E. Thermodynamics ... 3 

Ch.E. 250-Phys. Met 3 

Ch.E. 273-Ch.E. Design 3 

* Electives 6 

G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr. 



19 19 

*At least 6 of the 11 hours must be selected from the following subjects: English, 
Language (6 hr. minimum), Psychology, History, Political Science, Sociology, Eco- 
nomics, Commerce. 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 273 



CURRICULUM IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering 

• 

The civil engineering curriculum has been planned to give a broad coverage of 
those general and scientific subjects that form the foundation of all engineering and 
special training in the civil engineering field. General subjects are included in most 
of the semesters of the four-year program. These are intended to improve and enrich 
the student's understanding of man's relation to man and they have been classified 
as communications (English, public speaking, foreign languages), humanities (history, 
philosophy, psychology) and social consciousness courses (economics, political science 
and sociology). In addition to drawing, physics, and mathematics which form the roots 
of any engineering course, the student investigates such fields as chemistry and geology 
which give a breadth of scientific training. 

A thorough study of the fundamentals of plane and topographic surveying is 
scheduled for the second year and the following summer. During this summer, the 
student spends five weeks at Camp R. L. Morris near Terra Alta, West Virginia, con- 
centrating on field surveys. Professional training in photogrammetry may be elected 
during the fourth year to round out this work. 

Courses in mechanics, thermodynamics and electrical engineering furnish 
breadth in training in engineering subjects and depth of training comes from profes- 
sional work in highway, railway, structural, sanitary and hydraulic engineering, any 
of which may be the specialty of the civil engineer. 

The civil engineering professional field is too broad to be covered thoroughly 
in a four-year course. For this reason, primary emphasis is placed on engineering 
fundamentals. A degree of professional specialization is still possible, however. In 
addition to the sanitary engineering option on page 274, the student, during his 
last year, may elect specialized courses in the fields of transportation, water power 
or photogrammetry. If he prefers, he may elect to prepare a thesis or may select some 
upper division courses from other engineering departments. 

The State Road Commission of West Virginia and the Civil Engineering Depart- 
ment offer a cooperative program in which the student divides his time between 
formal education and practical experience. One or more semesters are spent each 
year pursuing the regular Civil Engineering curriculum in school and for the re- 
mainder of the time the trainee is employed by the State Road Commission where all 
possible advantage is taken of the engineering theory which the student has mastered 
so far. The student's pace through the curriculum is determined primarily by his 
financial position. Upon successful completion of the program, the regular B.S.C.E. 
degree is granted and the trainee is offered an engineering position with the State 
Road Commission. 

FIRST YEAR 
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem. 4 Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4 

Engl. 1— Comp. and Rhet 3 Engl. 2— Comp. and Rhet 3 

G. 1— Engineering Lectures Hist. 53— Modern America 3 

Math. 3— College Algebra 3 Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4 

Math. 4— Plane Trig 3 M.E. 26— Descriptive Geom 2 

M.E. 20— Engineering Drawing 3 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Phys. Ed. 2 1 

Phys. Ed. 1 1 

19 19 

SECOND YEAR CIVIL ENG'G 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

C.E. 2-Surveying 4 C.E. 3— Route Surveying 2 

Geol. 1-Gen. Geology 3 M. 101-Statics 3 

Geol. 2-Geol. Lab 1 Math. 108-Calculus 4 

Math. 107-Calculus 4 Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 Phys. 112-General Physics 5 

Phys. Ill— General Physics 5 Speech 11— Public Speaking 3 

19 19 



274 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



SUMMER 
C.E. 104— Summer Surveying (five weeks) 5 



THIRD YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3 

E.E. 105— Electrical Fundamentals 4 

Engl. 126— Adv. Composition 3 

M. 102-Mech. of Materials 3 

M. 104— Kinetics 3 

M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3 



Second Semester Hr. 

C.E. 115— Fluid Mechanics 3 

C.E. 121— Structural Analysis 3 

C.E. 105— Highway Engineering 4 

Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3 

M. 103-Mech. of Materials 3 

Non-tech, elective 3 



19 



19 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

C.E. 106— Railway Engineering 3 

C.E. 123-Structural Design 3 

C.E. 130— Water Supply and Sewerage . 5 

Non-tech, elective 3 

Technical elective 3 



Second Sem. Hr. 

C.E. 120— Engineering Materials 2 

C.E. 204— Advanced Structures 3 

C.E. 206-Reinforced Concrete 3 

C.E. 207— Foundations 3 

G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr. 

G. 190— Law for Engineers 3 

Technical electives 4 



17 18 

Six hours of foreign language may be taken instead of Speech 11 and English 126. 
Non-technical electives must include 3 hours from each of the following groups: 

Group 1— History, Psychology, Philosophy 

Group 2— Economics, Political Science, Sociology 



RECOMMENDED TECHNICAL ELECTIVES 

C. E. 124-Thesis 2-4 C.E. 209-Highway Mtls. Lab 2 

C.E. 200-Water Power Eng'g 2 C.E. 210-Photogrammetry 2 

C.E. 208-Transp. Econ 2 C.E. 21 1-Geodesy 3 

Up to 4 hours of technical electives may be selected from upper division courses in 
other engineering departments with Adviser's consent. 



Civil Engineering: Sanitary Option 

Civil Engineering students who desire to specialize in sanitary engineering follow 
the regular curriculum through the five-week summer surveying course except they will 
take Chemistry 15, Quantitative Analysis, 3 hours, in the second semester of the second 
years instead of Speech 11. The remainder of the curriculum for sanitary engineering 
option is given below. 



THIRD YEAR 



First Sem 



Hr. Second Sem. 



Chem. 233-Organic Chem 4 

Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3 

M. 102-Mech of Materials 3 

M. 104-Kinetics 3 

Speech 11— Public Speaking 3 

Non-tech, elective 3 



Hr. 



Bact. 141— Gen. Bacteriology 4 

C.E. 1 15— Fluid Mechanics . 3 

C.E. 121— Structural Analysis 3 

Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3 

Engl. 126— Adv. Composition 3 

M. 103-Mech. of Materials 3 



19 



19 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 275 



FOURTH YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

C.E. 117— Municipal Engineering 2 C.E. 105— Highway Engineering 4 

C.E. 130— Water Supply and Sewerage . 5 C.E. 120— Engineering Materials 2 

C.E. 202-Water Purification 3 C.E. 203-Sewage Disposal 3 

E.E. 105-Electrical Fundamentals 4 C.E. 206-Reinforced Concrete 3 

Non-tech, elective 3 C.E. 207— Foundations 3 

G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr. 

G. 190— Law for Engineers 3 

17 18 

Six hours of foreign language may be taken instead of Speech 11 and English 126. 
Non-tecnical electives must include 3 hours from each of the following groups: 

Group 1— History, Psychology, Philosophy 

Group 2— Economics, Political Science, Sociology 

CURRICULUM IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering 

The course in electrical engineering has been developed for the purpose of 
giving the student who completes the course general training in engineering funda- 
mentals and broad training in the field of electrical engineering. Special training in 
the electrical power field or the communications field is available as electives in the 
senior year. 

In the first two years of electrical engineering the work is limited mostly to those 
subjects which are essential as preparatory courses for the more technical courses in 
the third and fourth years. 

During the third year, fundamental courses in electrical engineering are intro- 
duced. An additional mathematics course of special importance to electrical engineer- 
ing is included, as well as other fundamental engineering subjects. 

In the fourth year the curriculum is made up almost entirely of courses in elec- 
trical engineering. During the year, the student elects a group of courses pertaining to 
the field of communications or to the field of electric power (see opposite page) . 

It will be observed that for many of the courses scheduled in this curriculum, 
the work of the classroom is supplemented by concurrent work in the laboratory or 
drafting room. By means of experimental work in the laboratory, followed with 
well-written reports and problems in the design of electrical apparatus, the student 
acquires a clearer conception of the facts and principles discussed in the classroom and 
also a working knowledge of the subject matter. All of this is essential if he is to 
become a successful electrical engineer. 

In order that students may receive a broader training in the field of humanities, 
six hours of non-technical subjects are required. The non-technical electives must 
be selected from the subjects listed below the curriculum. It is recommended that 
not more than one course be elected in each of the subjects listed. 

FIRST YEAR ELECTRICAL ENG'G. 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4 Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4 

Engl. 1-Comp. and Rhet 3 Engl. 2-Comp. and Rhet 3 

G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr. Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4 

Hist. 53-Mod. America or M.E. 20— M.E. 11— Machine Work 2 

Eng'g Drawing 3 M.E. 20— Eng'g Drawing or Hist. 53— 

Math. 3— College Algebra 3 Mod. America 3 

Math. 4— Plane Trig 3 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Phys. Ed. 2 1 

Phvs. Ed. 1 1 

19 19 



276 



CURRICULA AND COURSES 



SECOND YEAR ELECTRTCAL ENGINEERING 



First Sem. Hr. 

E.E. 10-Intro. Elect. Eng'g 2 

Engl. 126— Adv. Composition 3 

Math. 107-Calculus 4 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 

Phys. Ill— General Physics 5 

Speech 11— Public Speaking 3 

19 



Second Sem. Hr. 

E.E. 100— Elem. of Elect. Eng'g 4 

Math. 108-Calculus 4 

M. 101-Statics 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 

Phys. 112— General Physics 5 



18 



THIRD YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3 

E.E. 130-D.C. Machinery 3 

E.E. 131-D.C. Machinery Lab 2 

E.E. 135-A.C. Theory 3 

E.E. 136-A.C. Theory Lab 2 

Math. 253-Adv. Applied Math 8 

M. 104-Kinetics 3 



Second Sem. Hr. 

Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3 

E.E. 232-A.C. Machinery 4 

E.E. 243-Elect. Calculations 2 

E.E. 250— Electronics 4 

M. 102-Mech. of Materials 3 

Elect. (Non-tech.) 3 



19 



19 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

E.E. 233-A.C. Machinery 4 

E.E. 252— Electronics 4 

E.E. 260— Network Analysis 4 

M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3 

Elect. (Non-tech.) 3 



Second Sem. Hr. 

C.E. 115— Fluid Mechanics 3 

E.E. 245— Electric Control 2 

E.E. 284-Transients 3 

Elect. (Tech.) 6 

G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr. 

G. 190— Law for Engineers 3 



18 



17 



Non-technical electives must be selected from the following subjects: Languages 
(6 hrs. min.), Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology. 

Technical electives may be selected from the following: Advanced Mathematics or 
Physics, M.E. 125, or any engineering course in the 200 series. 



CURRICULUM IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering 

The Mechanical Engineering program is designed to mentally develop the student 
to deal effectively with general engineering problems. Adequate courses in the hu- 
manities, social consciousness and communication are provided throughout the four 
years to insure the development of a well-rounded individual who is capable ot 
assuming a responsible position in society. 

The first and second years are primarily devoted to the basic preparatory courses 
essential to the more technical courses which follow in the third and fourth years. 

Basic engineering drawing courses provide a contact with the engineering work 
during the first year. Theoretical and practical engineering shop courses are taught 
during the summer following the first year. This is planned to give a fundamental 
knowledge of machine tools and methods of production. 

Courses in mechanism, statics, mechanics of materials, kinetics, dynamics, machine 
design, thermodynamics and other technical courses provide an opportunity to apply 
the basic fundamental mathematics, physics and chemistry. Power engineering 
begins with the course in thermodynamics in the third year and is continued by the 
courses in heat engines, internal combustion engines, and power plants. A sufficient 
amount ef electrical engineering is given in the third and fourth years to enable 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 



277 



the student to handle engineering operations involving electrical problems. Addi- 
tional electrical engineering courses are available as electivcs. 

Well equipped laboratories, described under Buildings and Equipment, are pro- 
vided to supplement class-room instruction. Experiments and tests conducted under the 
test codes of the recognized national societies are included in the laboratory work. 

Elcctives are provided in the fourth year that enable the student to specialize in 
a technical field and to acquire a broader cultural background. The student may 
specialize in either power or in the industrial field in accordance with his natural 
inclination. Students interested in the power field pursue courses in steam turbines, 
heating, ventilating, and air conditioning. Students interested in the industrial field 
pursue courses in problems of organization and management of industries, motion 
and time studv, quality control, and related subjects. 

The curriculum is highly technical yet sufficiently broad to meet the requirements 
of industry and society. The young graduate ordinarily enters a graduate apprentice- 
ship in a public utility, a manufacturing or an operating organization where opportu- 
nity is provided for his development in research, design, operation, sales, or adminis- 
tration, depending upon his interests and aptitudes. 

A student who desires an even broader training in the liberal arts subjects than is 
provided in the regular four-year curriculum may take a combined bachelor of 
science and mechanical engineering course. Bv a careful selection of electives and 
proper sequence of registration, both degrees may be earned in five years. 



FIRST YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4 

Engl. 1— Comp. and Rhet 3 

G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr. 

Math. 3— College Algebra 3 

Math. 4-Plane Trig 3 

M.E. 20— Engineering Drawing 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 

lMnv Ed. 1 1 



Second Sem. Hr. 

Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4 

Engl. 2— Comp. and Rhet 3 

Hist. 53— Modern America 3 

Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4 

M.E. 26— Descriptive Geom 2 

Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 

Phvs. Ed. 2 1 



19 



19 



SUMMER SESSION FOLLOWING FIRST YEAR 

M.E. 7— Welding and Heat Treatment 1 

M.E. 1 1 -Machine Work 2 

M.E. 16— Production Methods 2 



SECOND YEAR MECHANICAL ENG'G 



First Sem. Hr. 

Engl. 126— Advanced Comp 3 

Math. 107-C.alculus 4 

M. 101-Statics 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 

Phys. Ill— General Physics 5 

Speech 1 1 —Public Speaking 3 



Second Se-m. 

Math. 108— Calculus 

M. 102-Mech. of Materials 

M.E. 29— Mechanism 

Mil. or Air Sci. 4 

Plus. 112-General Physics 



Hr. 



20 



17 



First Sem. 



THIRD YEAR 



Hi 



Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3 

E.E. 105— Electrical Fundamentals .... 4 

Math. 253-Adv. Applied Math 3 

M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3 

M. 104-Kinetics 3 

Pol. Sci. 101-Intro. to Govt 3 



Second Sem. 



Hr. 



Econ. 2— Prin of Economics 3 

E.E. 106— Electrical Machinery 4 

M. 103-Mech. of Materials . . 3 

M.E. 122-Mechanical Lab 1 

M.E. 112-Dvnamics of Mach 3 

M.E. 125-Heat Engines 3 



19 



17 



278 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



FOURTH YEAR 

First Sem. Hi. Second Sem. Hr. 

Ch.E. 250-Physical Metallurgy 3 E.E. 174-Ind. App. of Elect. Cont. ... 3 

M.E. 113— Machine Design 3 G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr. 

C.E. 1 15— Fluid Mechanics 3 G. 190— Law for Engineers 3 

M.E. 123-Engineering Lab 1 M.E. 203— Adv. Machine Design 3 

M.E. 223-Steam Power Plants 3 M.E. 228-Engineering Lab 1 

* Elective (Non-tech.) 3 M.E. 229-Int. Comb. Engines 3 

tElective (Tech.) 3 *Elective (Non-tech.) 3 

tElective (Tech.) 3 

19 19 

RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES 

*Non-technical electives must be selected from Psychology, Philosophy, Sociology 
or Languages. 

fTechnical electives may be selected from M.E. 124, M.E. 140, or any course in the 
200 series. 

Curriculum in Industrial Engineering Option — Mechanical Engi- 
neering 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering 

Industrial engineering is a relatively new branch of engineering. The industrial 
engineer must combine his knowledge of engineering principles with everyday manu- 
facturing operations in order that the product be produced in larger and sufficient 
quantities at a minimum cost. The field of the industrial engineer is that of the 
process, production and cost expert engaged in planning, organizing, improving, 
managing, and operating the various processes for producing all kinds of manufac- 
tured products. 

The purpose of the industrial option is to provide training for those students who 
are interested in the managerial and technical activities in the engineering field. The 
option is basically engineering with its foundation in mathematics and the sciences, 
but the emphasis is upon the human factors and the economic aspects which are 
essential in engineering work. 

There are many new problems challenging industry. Industrial engineers are 
being called upon more and more to answer this challenge. Their job is to coor- 
dinate the man, machines, materials, and methods into a smooth-running organ- 
ization. 

The first and second years are devoted to basic courses in English, mathematics, 
chemistry, physics, statics, mechanism, drafting and shop practice which are essential 
to the more technical courses that follow in the third and fourth years. 

Industrial engineering includes motion and time study analysis for work simpli- 
fication and standardization, control of quality and quantity of production through 
modern mass production methods, establishment of cost standards and reduction of 
costs through improved methods of manufacture, and technical aspects of personnel 
management in such activities as job evaluation and wage incentives. 

The laboratories provide the student with practice in the various phases of 
industrial engineering. Facilities are also available for research and development of 
methods and procedures of manufacture and control. 

Besides giving the engineering fundamentals, the industrial option provides for 
basic course work in the fields of mechanical and electrical engineering. The studies 
prescribed within the option provide for intensive training in the various branches of 
industrial engineering. The specialization courses starting in the junior year are 
planned for progressive instruction in the principles and techniques of industrial 
engineering as practiced in industry. Additional course work is provided in the field 
of statistics. Statistics as a tool in industrial engineering has been increasing steadily, 
its greatest contribution in recent years being in the control of quality of manufactured 
products by statistical method. 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 



279 



The department annually sponsors an Industrial Engineering Conference. Stu- 
dents are encouraged to attend the meetings and thus are afforded an opportunity 
of hearing opinions expressed by men of national recognition. 

West Virginia has many types of industries in which industrial engineers may be 
profitably employed. Greater efficiency in operations as well as the expansion of in- 
dustrial activities in the state will maintain the need for graduates in this ever devel- 
oping field. 

FIRST YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4 

Engl. 1— Comp. and Rhet 3 

G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr. 

Hist. 53-Mod. America or M.E. 20- 

Eng'g Drawing 3 

Math. 3— College Algebra 3 

Math. 4-Plane Trig 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 

Phys. Ed. 1 1 

19 



Second Sem. Hr. 

Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4 

Engl. 2— Comp. and Rhet 3 

Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4 

M.E. 11-Machine Work S 

M.E. 20-Eng'g Drawing or Hist 53- 
Mod. America 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 

Phys. Ed. 2 1 



19 



SECOND YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3 

M. 101-Statics 3 

Math. 107-Calculus 4 

M.E. 26— Descriptive Geom 2 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 

Phys. 1 1 1— General Physics 5 



Second Sem. Hr. 

Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3 

M. 102-Mech. of Materials 3 

Math. 108— Calculus 4 

M.E. 30— Industrial Organization 2 

Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 

Phvs. 112— General Physics 5 



19 



19 



THIRD YEAR INDUSTRIAL ENG'G 



First Sem. Hr. 

Acct. 1— Prin. of Acct 3 

M. 103-Mech. of Materials 3 

M.E. 141— Manufacturing Processes ... 2 

M.E. 144— Engineering Statistics 3 

M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3 

Speech 11— Public Speaking 3 



Second Sem. Hr. 

Acct. 2— Prin. of Acct 3 

Ch.E. 250— Physical Metallurgy 3 

Engl. 126— Advanced Comp 3 

M. 104-Kinetics 3 

M.E. 140-Motion & Time Study 3 

M.E. 122-Mechanical Lab. . . . '. 1 

M.E. 142-Production Control 3 



17 



FOURTH YEAR 



First Sem. 

C.E. 115— Fluid Mechanics .... 
Econ. 115— Labor Problems .... 
M.E. 286— Engineering Economy 
M.E. 110-Tool Design 



Hr. 

.. 3 

.. 3 

2 

'.'. 3 



M.E. 288-Job Evaluation & Wage Inc. . 3 

M.E. 290-Ind. Statistics 2 

Elective 2 



Second Sem. Hr. 

E.E. 105— Electrical Fundamentals .... 4 
G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr. 



G. 190— Law for Engineers 

M.E. 292-Plant Lavout Sc Design 

M.E. 294-Std. Mfg.' Costs 

Psy. 115— Psychology of Ind. ... 
Elective , 



18 



19 



Fin. Ill— Business Finance 

E.M. 215-Industrial Safety Eng'g 2 

M.E. 211-Ind. Eng'g Prob 2 



RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES 
3 M.E. 250-Heat, Vent. & Air Cond 3 



E.E. 106— Electrical Machinery 4 



280 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



THE SCHOOL OF MINES 

CURRICULA 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Engineering of Mines 

1. Four-year curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering 
of Mines, with options in coal mining engineering and in petroleum and geological 
engineering. 

2. Combined science and engineering curricula extending over five or more 
years leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Science in 
Engineering of Mines. 

Mining Engineering deals with the exploitation, extraction, marketing and utiliza- 
tion of minerals from within the earth. The role of the mining engineer is quite 
diversified and there are opportunities for technical specialization in prospecting, 
development, production, beneficiation, utilization and marketing. Therefore, the 
mining engineer must be well trained in the fields of mining and geology and also 
in the principles of civil, electrical and mechanical engineering as applied to the 
mining industry. With the present trend toward the use of engineers in industrial 
management and administrative positions the mining engineer's training must also 
include economics, business, personnel management, and the various humanities. 

The basic curricula in mining engineering are devoted to thorough training in 
mathematics, physics, chemistry, geology, English and economics, together with 
engineering drawing and surface and underground surveying. Beginning with the 
third year, provisions are made for specialization in either of the two options. 

Summer employment is usually arranged for students desiring it and such work 
is encouraged. 

Mining Engineering: Coal Mining Engineering Option 

In this option the professional curriculum includes study of the geology, classifi- 
cation and analysis of coals and the engineering principles of blasting, materials 
handling, transportation, hoisting, water control, surface and underground systems 
of mining, roof control, ventilation, coal preparation and structural design. Special 
consideration is given to the application of mining machinery with particular atten- 
tion to power transmission, and electric and hydraulic control systems. Special courses 
in the design of surface and underground mining installations give the students 
opportunity for expression of the engineering principles developed in preceding 
phases of the work. The student receives an introduction to the management and 
social aspects through courses devoted to economic, social, governmental, labor, 
financial, and safety problems incident to the operation of a mining enterprise. 

For those desirous of further or alternate specialization, electives in the fields of 
metal mining, mineral beneficiation, geology, fuel technology, mine power applications, 
metallurgy, industrial engineering, and mining economics are offered. 

Local coal fields, mines, and preparation plants are used extensively for experimental, 
instructional and field work. 

FIRST YEAR 
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4 Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4 

Engl. 1-Comp. and Rhet 3 Engl. 2-Comp. and Rhet 3 

G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr. Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4 

M.E. 20— Engineering Drawing 3 M.E. 26— Descriptive Geometry 2 

Math. 3— College Algebra 3 Hist. 53— Modern American History ... 3 

Math. 4-Plane Trig 3 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Phys. Ed. 2 1 

Phys. Ed. 1 1 

19 19 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 



281 



SECOND YEAR 



First Son. Hr. 

Eng. 126— Advanced Composition 3 

Math. 107-Calculus 4 

Geol. 1— Physical Geology 3 

Chera. 10— Quantitative Analysis 2 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 

Phys. Ill— General Physics 5 



Second Sent. Hr. 

Math. 108-Calculus 4 

Plus. 112-General Physics 5 

M. 101-Statics 3 

E.M. 103-Mine Surveying 3 

E.M. 106-Mineralogy 2 

Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 



19 

SUMMER 
E.M. 102— Summer Mine Surveying (six weeks) . 



19 



THIRD YEAR 



First Sem. Hr. 

E.E. 105— Electrical Fundamentals 4 

Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3 

M. 102— Mechanics of Materials 3 

E.M. Ill— Introductory Mining 2 

E.M. 107— Mining Methods 4 

Speech 11— Public Speaking 3 



Second Sem. Hr. 

E.E. 106— Electrical Machinery 4 

Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3 

M. 103— Mechanics of Materials 3 

E.M. 212-Advanced Mining 3 

M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3 

M. 104-Kinetics 3 



19 



19 



FOURTH YEAR COAL MINING ENG'G. 



First Sem. Hr. 

C.E. 122— Structural Engineering 3 

C.E. 115-Fluid Mechanics 3 

E.M. 213-Mine Ventilation 3 

E.M. 217-Coal Preparation 4 

E.M. 220-Mine Design 2 

Electives 3 



IS 



Second Sem. Hr. 
E.M. 223-Mine Management 3 



E.M. 221-Mine Design 
E.M. 222-Mine Equip. & Mach. 
E.M. 215-Ind. Safety Eng'g .. 
G. 190— Law for Engineers . . . 

Non. Tech. Electives 

G. 100— Inspection Trip 



. 3 
. 3 
Cr. 

17 



RECOMMENDED TECHNICAL ELECTIVES 



E.M. 230-Elem. of Geo. Prosp 

E.M. 208-Geol. Surveying 

E.M. 214— Mine Valuation 

E.M. 218— Adv. Mineral Preparation . . 
E.M. 219— Adv. Mining Methods for 

Vein Deposits 

E.M. 224— Mining Eng' Problems . 1 to 
E.M. 226-Adv. Mining Eqpt. Appl. . . 
E.M. 227— Mine Power Applications . . . 
E.M. 228— Mine Equipment and 

Machinery Controls 



Non-technical electives selected with 



2 Ch.E 250— Physical Metallurgy 3 

1 Ch.E. 281-Fuel Tech. (Solid Fuels) . . 3 

3 Ch.E. 282-Fuel Tech. (Gaseous and 

3 Liquid Fuels) 3 

C.E. 206-Reinforced Concrete 3 

3 C.E. 207— Foundations 3 

3 M. 200-Adv. Mech. of Materials 3 

3 M.E. 140-Motion and Time Study 3 

2 Geol. 151— Structural Geology 3 or 4 

Geol. 275— Coal Geology 4 

3 Econ. 115— Labor Problems 3 

Manage. 216— Personnel Management . 3 

approval of the student's adviser. 



Mining Engineering: Petroleum and Geological Engineering Option 

This option is planned to meet the needs of the student specializing in petroleum 
engineering and for those especially interested in the geological aspects of mining 
engineering. 

The petroleum engineer must be well versed in the identification and interpreta- 
tion of geologic features related to the occurrence and recovery of oil and natural gas. 
The study of geology is emphasized in the petroleum and geologic curriculum and is 
supplemented by thorough treatment of the engineering principles related to the 



282 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



development, production, transportation, marketing and utilization of oil and natural 
gas. Local production and gas storage fields, secondary recovery projects, compressor 
stations and refineries provide excellent opportunity for field study and the petroleum 
engineering laboratories are particularly well equipped. 

There is a growing demand for the mining geologist with thorough training in 
the fundamentals of engineering in general and mining engineering in particular 
who is especially qualified to analyze the geologic features of a mining property as 
related to valuation and development methods. Opportunities for the mining geologist 
are offered by mining companies, equipment manufacturers, the various state and 
federal agencies, and by business organiations having a secondary interest in mineral 
resources, as investment houses, railroads, and chemical producers. 

The fundamentals of engineering are combined with the study of geology 
throughout the curriculum. The geology courses prescribed for the petroleum pro- 
gram treat the origin, properties, accumulation and geographic distribution of oil 
and natural gas. Related courses in oil and gas production, core analysis, oil refining, 
petroleum engineering design and petroleum property management deal with the 
chemical and physical properties of oil and natural gas, their extraction and subse- 
quent processing, and the valuation of petroleum properties and marketing. An intro- 
ductory course in geophysical methods as applied to prospecting for oil and natural 
gas included in the basic curriculum acquaints the student with the equipment, 
methods, and calculations used and gives opportunity for field practice with the 
various instruments and devices employed. The problems of natural gas measurement 
and distribution are particularly stressed and special laboratories for that phase of 
the work are provided. The fundamentals of mining engineering are offered beginning 
with the third year of study for students interested in the mining geology aspects. 

Supplemental courses in English, public speaking, history, economics and business 
law provide for a well-balanced educational program that equips the graduate for 
engineering careers in both technical and administrative fields. 

FIRST YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4 Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4 

Engl. 1-Comp. and Rhet 3 Engl. 2-Comp. and Rhet 3 

G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr. Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4 

M.E. 20— Engineering Drawing 3 M.E. 26— Descriptive Geom 2 

Math. 3— College Algebra 3 Hist. 53— Modern American History ... 3 

Math. 4-Plane Trig 3 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2 

Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Phys. Ed. 2 1 

Phys. Ed. 1 1 

19 19 

SECOND YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. 

Phys. Ill— General Physics 5 Phys. 112— General Physics 5 

Math. 107-Calculus 4 Math. 108-Calculus 4 

Chem. 15— Quantitative Analysis 3 E.M. 106— Mineralogy 2 

Geol. 1-General Geology 3 M. 101-Statics 3 

Geol. 2-General Geology Lab 1 E.M. 103-Mine Surveying 3 

Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2 

18 19 

SUMMER 
E.M. 102— Summer Mine Surveying (six weeks) 5 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 283 



THIRD YEAR 

First Son. Hr. Second San. Hr. 

Chem. 233-Organic Chem 4 E.M. 204-Oil & Gas Production 4 

Geol. 3— Historical Geology 3 Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3 

Geol. 4— Historical Geology Lab 1 Speech 11— Public Speaking 3 

Econ. I— Prin. of Economics 3 M. 104— Kinetics 3 

Engl. 126— Advanced Composition .... 3 M. 103— Mechanics of Materials 3 

M. 102— Mechanics of Materials 3 G. 190— Law for Engineers 3 

E.M. 201— Oil Field Development 2 

19 19 

FOURTH YEAR 

First Sem. Hr. Second Son. Hr. 

E.M. 216— Petroleum Eng'g Design .... 2 C.E. 115— Fluid Mechanics 3 

Ch.E. 286— Petroleum Technology 2 E.M. 232— Petroleum Reservoir Eng'g . 2 

E.E. 105-Elements of E.E 4 Geol. 272— Petroleum Geology 3 

M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3 E.M. 205— Gas Measurement Eng'g 2 

Geol. 151-Structural Geology 3 Geol. 161— Field Geology 3 

Electives 3 E.M. 208— Geological Surveying 1 

E.M. 203-Petroleum Property Val. 

and Management 2 

Electives (Non-tech.) 3 

G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr. 

17 19 

RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES (PETROLEUM ENG'G) 

E.M. 207-Introductory Seismology 1 Ch.E. 282-Fuel Tech. (Gaseous and 

E.M. 230-Elem. of Geo. Prosp 2 Liquid Fuels) 3 

E.M. 231— Geo. Prosp. Lab 1 Geol. 170— Nat. Resources and Geology 

E.M. 212-Adv. Mining 3 of W.Va 2 or 3 

E.M. 214-Mine Valuation 3 Geol. 172-Econ. Geol. (Non-Met.) 3 

E.M. 206-Elem. of Geo. Prosp. . . 2 or 3 Geol. 271-Econ. Geol.: Ore Deposits . . 3 

E.M. 215-Ind. Safety Eng'g 2 C.E. 206-Reinforced Concrete 3 

E.M. 219— Adv. Mining Methods for M.E. 270— Industrial Lubrication 3 



Vein Deposits 3 Econ. 115— Labor Problems 

Ch.E. 150-Physical Metallurgy 3 M. 200-Adv. Mech. of Materials 3 

E.M. 224-Mining Eng'g Problems . 1 to 3 
Ch.E. 281-Fuel Tech. (Solid Fuels) . . 3 

Non-technical electives selected with approval of the student's adviser. 

FIVE YEAR CURRICULA 

Degrees: Bachelor of Science in conjunction with a degree in engineering or mining 
engineering. 

These curricula are designed to meet the needs of students who wish to receive a 
broader training than is provided in the four-year program. They also enable the 
student to take lighter schedules than are required in the four-year curricula. 

(A) Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science, to be conferred at the end 
of the fourth year, where the student's grade point average is 2.5 or over, or at 
the time of the conferring of the engineering degree where the grade point 
average is below 2.5. 

(1) The requirements of the first three years of any four-year engineering cur- 
riculum. 

(2) a. Twelve semester hours of one foreign language, where no secondary school 
entrance credits have been alowed, or 

b. Six semester hours at intermediate level, where two units of entrance 
credits have been allowed in the same foreign language. 



284 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



(3) Electives from the following groups, amounting to six semester hours where 
(2a) applies and twelve semester hours where (2b) applies. 

a. Not more than three hours each of English, history, and speech. 

b. Not more than six hours each in any one or more of the following groups: 
foreign language (other than specified above); journalism; commerce; political 
sciences; and philosophy, psychology, and sociology. 

(B) Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in engineering or in mining 
engineering, to be conferred on completion of the work of the fifth year. 

GRADUATE CURRICULA 

Graduate work leading to the degree of Master of Science in Engineering is 
offered in all departments. In certain departments courses leading to the degree 
of Doctor of Philosophy are also offered. The student who plans to pursue 
graduate work is directed to the courses as outlined in the Graduate School section 
of the Catalog. Students within ten semester hours of graduation may petition the 
Dean of the Graduate School and receive credit towards a Master's degree for work 
taken beyond the requirements for the Bachelor degree. 

SPECIAL ENGINEERING CURRICULA 

1. Elective Groups for Students in Other Colleges. Candidates for degrees other 
than engineering degrees and special students in any department of the Univ- 
ersity are permitted to elect subjects in the College of Engineering and the School 
of Mines, provided, in each case, they have had the subjects specified as pre- 
requisites. Students who wish to take a general classical or scientific course of 
study before taking the engineering curriculum are advised to carry their mathe- 
matics as far as called for by the engineering curriculum, and to take some of 
their elective work in the College of Engineering. 

2. Partial Curriculum. Students who have not the time or are otherwise 
unable to take full curriculum will be allowed to take a special or partial cur- 
riculum, consisting of such studies as they are prepared to take, provided such 
curriculum shall have been approved by the adviser. For further information see 
statement of requirements for admission as special students. 

PROFESSIONAL DEGREES 

The University confers the following professional degrees: Aeronautical Engineer 
(A.E.), Chemical Engineer (Ch.E.), Civil Engineer (C.E.), Electrical Engineer (E.E.), 
Mechanical Engineer (M.E.) , and Engineer of Mines (E.M.), upon graduates of the 
College of Engineering and of the School of Mines of West Virginia University on the 
basis of practical experience and study in absentia, the presentation of a thesis, and 
oral final examination. 

To be eligible, a candidate for a professional degree must have been in active 
practice of his profession for at least five years since receiving his first degree, 
and must have been in responsible charge of important work for at least two years. 

Application for registration as a candidate for a degree should be made not later 
than October 1 in the year in which the degree is expected. Detailed regulations and 
registration blanks may be obtained from the Dean of the College of Engineering or 
the Director of the School of Mines. 

TECHNICAL INSTITUTE PROGRAM 

An evening Technical Institute curriculum, entitled Industrial Equipment Main- 
tenance, was started in October, 1953. This curriculum consists of 12 semester hours 
of work distributed over a period of two years with three hours per semester. Class- 
room work is given for three hours, two evenings per week. A certificate of completion 
is awarded to those who satisfactorily complete this curriculum. Each student must 
enroll for the complete program each semester. The Technical Institute program may 
not be used in partial satisfaction of degree requirements. 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 



28! 



Admission requirements include graduation from an accredited high school or 
secondary school, or an equivalent background of training or experience in industry. 
rhe fees are $3.00 per semester hour for residents of West Virginia, and $10.00 
per semester hour for non-residents. 

The curriculum comprises the following work: 

FIRST YEAR 

First Semester Hr. Second Semester Hr. 

T.I. 1— Fund, of Elect. Maint 1 T.I. 2— Wiring Diag. & Elect. Controls . 1 

T.I. 5— Pract. Mathematics 1 T.I. 6— Pract. Mathematics 1 

T.I. 9-Written & Oral Exp 1 T.I. 10-Written & Oral Exp 1 

3 3 

SECOND YEAR 

First Semester Hr. Second Semester Hr. 

T.I. 3-Lub. & Hydrau. Systems 1 T.I. 4-Conv. Equip. & Mine Dist. 

T.I. 7— Pract. Mathematics 1 Systems 1 

T.I. 11-Acct., Shop Rep. & Equip. T.I. 8-Pract. Mathematics 1 

Records 1 T.I. 12-Shop Reports & Equip. Records 1 

1 3 



COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Seltzer and Assistant Professor Ulrich. 

Under graduate Division 

A.E. 

116. Aircraft Detail Design. II. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 26. Detail drawing of airplane 
components. Use of Aircraft Standards and drafting procedure. Development 
of contoured surfaces and projections. Methods of production and fabrication. 
6 hr. lab. Mr. Ulrich 

201. Elementary Aerodynamics. I. 3 hr. PR: M. 101, Physics 111 or equivalent. 
Physical properties of air, airfoils, effect of planform, induced drag, parasite 
drag. Engine characteristics, propellers. Airplane performance at sea level and 
altitude. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Seltzer 

202. Aerodynamics. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 253, A.E. 201, and C.E. 115, (or cone.) 
Steady flow of incompressible and compressible fluids, dimensional analysis, 
viscous flow. Stream functions of two dimensional ideal flows, boundary layer 
theory. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Seltzer 

203. Applied Aerodynamics. II. 3 hr. PR: A.E. 202. Chordwise and spanwise air-load 
distribution for plain wings, wings with aerodynamic and geometric twist, wings 
with deflected flaps, and wings with ailerons deflected. Section induced drag 
characteristics. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Seltzer 

205. Experimental Aerodynamics. II. 2 hr. PR: A.E. 202. Wind tunnel testing 
methods and equipment and wind tunnel boundary corrections. Experi- 
ments include: Yaw characteristics of Pitot-static tubes, pressure distribution 
on wings and circular cylinders, boundary layer determination, determin- 
ation of wind tunnel turbulence, force tests of wings and airplane models, 
stability and performance determination and corrections for scale effect. 1 hr. 
lee, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Seltzer 



286 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



207. Aerodynamic Design. I. 3 hr. PR: A.E. 209. Preliminary design of aircraft. 
Inboard profiles, design, weight and balance calculations; three view drawings. 
Airplanes are designed to specification with respect to performance and stability. 
1 hr. lee, 6 hr. lab. Staff 

208. Flight Testing. I, II. 2 hr. PR: A.E. 209. Flight test theory and pracitce. 
Data on stability and performance taken in Cessna 170A airplane. Flight test 
data reduction practice. 1 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Seltzer 

209. Aircraft Performance and Stability. II. 3 hr. PR: A.E. 201. Effect of super- 
chargers and constant speed propellers on airplane performance. Performance 
analysis by chart methods. Gas turbine-jet airplane performance. Helicopter 
performance. 3 hr. lee. Mr. Seltzer 

210. Basic Aircraft Structures. II. 3 hr. PR. M. 103. Design of elementary struc- 
tural forms,truss analysis and use of thin sheet in aircraft. Deflections by 
Virtual Work. Least Work and Williot Diagram. 3 hr. lee. Mr. Ulrich 

211. Redundant Aircraft Structures. I 3 hr. PR: A.E. 210 or equivalent. Con- 
tinuation of A.E. 210. Analysis and design of statically indeterminate 
structures used in aircraft. Design for achieving high strength/weight ratios. 
3 hr. lee. Mr. Ulrich 

212. Applied Aircraft Design. II. 3 hr. PR: A.E. 207 and A.E. 211. Structural 
design of airframe members to C.A.A. requirements. The work is performed 
on the airplane designed in A.E. 207 during the previous semester. Layout 
and detail design of specified components are required. 6 hr. lab. Staff 

213. Aircraft Structures Laboratory. I. I hr. PR: A.E. 211. Strength tests of 
aircraft materials, airplane center of gravity determination, static test of air- 
plane ribs, bending and torsion of shell structures, inspection by Magnaflux, 
compression tests of thin-walled structures. 3 hr. lab. Mr. Ulrich 

214. Advanced Aircraft Structures. II. 3 hr. PR: A.E. 211. Incomplete tension 
fields, critical loads, torsional column failure, instability of flat sheets, cylin- 
drical structures. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Ulrich 

217. Aircraft Structural Design. I. 3 hr. PR: M. 103. Analysis and detail design 
of simple fittings, beams, welded structures, forgings, castings. Methods of 
production and fabrication. 1 hr. lee, 6 hr. lab. Mr. Ulrich 

218. Aeroelasticity. I. 3 hr. PR: A.E. 210. The study of vibrating systems of single 
degree and multiple degrees of freedom, flutter theory and modes of vibration, 
wing torsional divergence and aileron reversal. 3 hr. lee. Mr. Ulrich 

220. Seminar. I, II. 2-6 hr. PR: Senior standing and permission of the instructor. 
Special material and projects. Staff 

222. Aircraft Propulsion. I, II. 2 hr. PR: A.E. 201, M.E. 121, M.E. 229. Propeller 
theory, constant speed propellers. Basic requirements of propulsion systems, 
utilization, of available energy, fuels, charge handling, combustion, performance, 
turbine engine characteristics. 2 hr. lee. Mr. Ulrich 

280. Aeronautical Problems. I, II. 1-3 hr. Upper division and graduate. Staff 

299. Thesis. I, II. 2-6 hr. PR: Senior standing and permission of the instructor. Staff 

AVIATION 

Professor Seltzer and Flight Supervisor Henry; Flight Instructors Bennett and 
Jamison 

Undergraduate Division 

•170. Aviation Ground School. I, II, S. 2 hr. Nomenclature of aircraft, civil air 
regulations, navigation, meteorology, and aircraft engines. Staff 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 287 



*171. Flight Training. I, II, S. 1 hr. Beginning flight instruction and training 
consisting of 20 hours of flight time. The student will have approximately 
12 hours of dual and 8 hours of solo flying in this course. Special flight fee 
$100, payable at registration. Staff 

♦172. Flight Training. I, II, S. 1 hr. Continuation of A.E. 171, consisting of 20 hours 
flight time. This course, together with A.E. 171, should enable a student to 
obtain the required flight time and necessary experience to prepare him for a 
C.A.A. private pilot's examination. Special flight fee of S100, payable at regis- 
tration. Staff 

* 173. Advanced Flight Training. I, II, S. 1 hr. Twenty hours flight training of an 

advanced nature, including radio and instrument navigation and procedures 
and advanced cross-country flying. Link Instrument Trainer instruction may 
be taken concurrently. Flight instruction given in Cessna airplanes. Special 
flight fee of $100, payable at registration. Staff 

* 175. Advanced Flight Training. I, II, S. 1 hr. Continuation of A.E. 173. Consisting 

of 20 hours of flight time. Special flight fee of SI 00, payable at registration. Staff 

* 176. Advanced Flight Training. I, II, S. ] hr. Continuation of A.E. 175. Consisting 

of 20 hours of flight time. Special flight fee of $100, payable at registration. 

Staff 

* 177. Advanced Flight Training. I, II, S. 1 hr. Consisting of 20 hours of flight time. 

Special flight fee of S100, payable at registration. Staff 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Longhouse; Associate Professor Dickerson; Instructor Reid 
Undergraduate Division 

Ag.E. 

10. Introductory Agriclutural Engineering I. 3 hr. A general course introducing 
the several fields of Agricultural Engineering and where they are applied 
in Agriculture and Industry. 3 hr. rec. Sir. Longhouse 

100. Farm Structures. II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. Structural design and functional 
requirements of farm service buildings. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Longhouse 

110. Application of Electricity to Agriculture. I. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 106. Economic 
application of electric light, heat, and power. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid 

140. Soil and Water Conservation. I. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 115. Engineering principles 
and practices in conservation, utilization, and management of soil and water 
resources. 2 hr. rec> 3 hr. lab. Mr. Dickerson 

180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. per semester. For juniors and seniors. Staff 

190. Farm Machinery II. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 113. Construction, operation, adjustment, 
and testing of farm machines. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid 

230. Farm Power. I. 4 hr. PR: M.E. 121. Fundamental theories underlying design 
and operation of internal combustion engines used in agriculture. 3 hr. rec. 
3 hr. lab. Mr. Longhouse 

Graduate Division 

320, 321. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. (For the Master's Degree, Special Topics 
ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) Staff 

397. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. Staff 

"Courses may be taken as undergraduate work by students in colleges other 
than the College of Engineering. 



288 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Professors Koehler and Simons; Associate Professors Fairbanks and P. R. Jones; 
Assistant Professor Kapnicky; Instructors Cai.i.i and Wen; Lecturer SEBASTIAN. 

Undergraduate Division 

Ch. E. 

*140. Chemical Engineering Calculations. I. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 2 and Math. 3. 
Industrial stoichiometry; industrial calculations involving material and energy 
balances. Mr. Kapnicky 

160. Elements of Ceramics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 15. Ceramic raw materials, body 
preparation, forming, drying and firing. Physical and chemical properties of 
ceramic products. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Jones 

161. Ceramic Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. PR or cone: Ch.E. 160. Measurement of 
physical and chemical properties of ceramic material in the plastic, dry and 
fused states. 3 hr. lab. Mr. Jones 

186. Oil Laboratory. II. 1 hr. PR: Chem 6 or 15. Standard petroleum lab- 
oratory testing methods and procedures. Primarily for students taking 
Petroleum and Natural-gas Option. 3 hr. lab. Mr. Galli 

*200. Chemical Engineering Operations. I, II, S. 2 hr. An introduction to the various 
operations and equipment used in the chemical engineering industries. Pri- 
marily for chemistry majors. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Koehler 

205. Principles of Chemical Engineering. I. 5 hr. PR or cone: Chem. 260. Theory 
and application of the unit operations of chemical engineering. 3 hr. rec, 6 hr. 
calc. lab. Mr. Simons and Mr. Galli 

207. Principles of Chemical Engineering. II. 5 hr. Continuation of Ch.E. 205. 
3 hr. rec., 6 hr. calc. lab. Mr. Simons and Mr. Galli 

211, 212. Chemical Engineering Laboratory. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ch.E. 207. Experi- 
mental work in the unit operations; practice in writing engineering reports. 
6 hr. lab. Mr. Koehler and Mr. Wen 

224. Unit Organic Processes. II. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 238 and Ch.E. 207. Unit 
processes involved in the synthetic organic chemicals industries. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Simons 

*234. Chemical Technology. I, II, S. 2 hr. A survey of some of the manufacturing 

procedures employed in the process industries, including theory, equipment 

and economics. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Galli 

*235. Chemical Technology. I, II, S. 2 hr. Similar to Ch.E. 234. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Galli 

*238. Electrochemistry and Corrosion. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. PR: Chem. 2 and PR or 
cone: E.E. 105 or Chem. 260. Review of theoretical electrochemistry followed 
by a study of the underlying principles of several selected electrochemical 
industrial processes and how their principles have influenced design and opera- 
tion. Approximately a quarter of the course is devoted to the electrochemical 
theory of corrosion and corrosion prevention. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. 

Mr. Koehler 

242. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. I. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 140 and Chem. 
261. Applications of themodynamics to chemical engineering; relationships 
between the fundamental and thermodynamic functions; thermodynamic trans- 
formations. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Jones 

243. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. II. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 242. Appli- 
cations of thermodynamics to non-ideal gases; construction of thermodynamic 
diagrams; mechanical work in non-ideal systems; fugacity, activity, and chem- 
ical potential; chemical reaction equilibria; physical equilibria. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Jones 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 28 ( J 



•250. Physn \\ Metallurgy. 1, II. 3 In. PR: l'h\s. 112. Includes the principles of 

process metallurgy, plastic deformation, heat treating and alloying. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Fairbanks 

251. Metallography. I, II. 2 hr. Preparation of ferrous and non-ferrous samples 
for micro-photography: heat treating, carburizing, physical testing and X-ray 
studies of metals. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Fairbanks 

252. Ferrous Metallurgy, I. 2 hr. PR: Ch.E. 250. The making, shaping, alloying, 
and heat treating of steel. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Fairbanks 

253. Nonferrous Metallurgy. II. 2 hr. PR: Ch.E. 250. Nature of ores, benefication, 
smelting, refining, alloying, uses, heat treating, and properties of the major 
nonferrous metals. 2 A r. rec. Mr. Fairbanks 

255. Metallurgical Calculations. II. 2 hr. PR: Ch.E. 250. Material and heat bal- 
ances, charge, heat transfer and power calculations, and cost analysis. 2 hr. rec. 

Mr. Fairbanks 

261. Ceramics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 160. Body and glaze calculations. Compositions 
and properties of whitewares. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Jones 

262. Refractories. I. 2 hr. PR: Ch.E. 160. Manufacture, properties, uses, of 
standard tests and phase diagrams of refractory materials. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Jones 

*263. Glass. II. 2 hr. PR or cone: Chem. 15. Physical and chemical properties of 
glass. Methods of analysis of glass and raw materials. Theory and practice 
of manufacture. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Jones 

264. Enamels, Glazes, and Colors. II. 3 hr. PR or cone: Ch.E. 261. Preparation and 
application of enamels, glazes, and colors. Physical tests and detailed study of 
problems. 1 hr. rec, 6 hr. lab. Mr. Jones 

272. Chemical Engineering Design. I. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 207, M. 102 and Econ. 2. 
Design of process equipment from economic, chemical and engineering con- 
siderations. Study of plant location and layout. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Simons 

273. Chemical Engineering Design. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Ch.E. 272. 2 hr. rec, 
3 hr. lab. Mr. Simons 

280. Chemical Engineering Problems. 1-6 hr. For junior, senior and graduate 
students. Staff 

*281. Fuel Technology. I. 2 or 3 hr. PR: Chem. 15. Technology of solid fuels. 
Classification and reserves. Analysis and testing. Origin, occurrence, com- 
position and properties. Mining and methods of manufacture. Principles 
of carbonization, gasification and combustion. Fuel engineering calculations. 
Nucleonic fuels and their use in nuclear power plants. Economic aspects. 
2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Sebastian and Mr. Jones 

*282. Fuel Technology. II. 2 or 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 281. Technology of gaseous 
and liquid fuels. Classification and reserves. Analysis and testing. Origin, 
occurrence, composition and properties. Methods of production. Natural 
gas and petroleum. Refining and cracking processes. Manufactured fuel 
gases. Storage and transmission. Combustion processes and burner designs 
Gasification and combustion calculations. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. 

Mr. Sebastian and Mr. Jones 

284. Industrial Instrumentation and Control. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108. 

Discussion of process characteristics, theory and application of measuring 

means. Theory, modes and application of automatic control. Selection and 

characteristics of final control elements. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Galli 

286. Petroleum Technology. I. 2 hr. PR: Chem 233. Discussion of crude oil 
desalting, distillation, natural gasoline recovery, thermal and catalytic crack- 
ing, solvent refining, dewaxing, filtration, blending and compounding of 
petroleum products. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Gall? 



290 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



297, 298. Thesis. I, II. 2-5 hr. A problem in chemical engineering or industrial 
chemistry is selected for investigation. A carefully prepared report is required. 
Open only to qualified seniors. 6-15 hr. lab. Staff 

Graduate Division 
300. Seminar. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Hours to be arranged. Staff 

304. Advanced Unit Operations: Diffusion. I, II, S. 2-5 hr. PR: Ch.E. 207 and 
243. Advanced theory and laboratory work in the diffusional operations in- 
cluding absorption and extraction in their various aspects. 2 hr. rec, 0-9 hr. lab. 

Mr. Kapnicky 

305. Advanced Unit Operations: Drying. I, II, S. 2-5 hr. PR: Ch.E. 207. Ad- 
vanced study of psvchrometric principles and the various drying theories. 
2 hr. rec, 0-9 hr. lab'. Mr. Koehler 

306. Advanced Unit Operations: Heat Transfer. I, II, S. 2-5 hr. PR: Ch.E. 207. 
Same as Ch.E. 304, but dealing with heat transfer, evaporation, and crystalliz- 
ation. 2 hr. rec, 0-9 hr. lab. Mr. Simons 

307. Advanced Unit Operations: Distillation. I, II, S. 2-5 hr. PR: Ch.E. 207. 
Advanced study of vaporization principles of separation of liquid mixtures, 
steam, batch, continuous, azeotropic, extractive and molecular distillation. 
2 hr. rec, 0-9 hr. lab. Mr. Galli 

323, 324. Advanced Unit Processes. I, II, S. 2-5 hr. PR: Chem. 238 and Ch.E. 207. 
Advanced study of the unit processes with application to process development. 
2 hr. rec, 0-9 hr. lab. Mr. Simons 

*340. Phase Equilibria. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 261. Interpretation, construction 
and applications of one, two, and three-component diagrams; applications 
of the phase rule. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Koehler 

344. Advanced Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 
243. Review of thermodynamic transformations, use of Jacobians; advanced 
applications to chemical and physical equilibria; development and appli- 
cations of phase rule; equilibria diagrams for non-ideal systems; determin- 
ation and use of activity coefficients; methods of estimating thermodynamic 
functions; introduction to statistical mechanics. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Kapnicky 

345. Chemical Engineering Kinetics. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 243. Applications 
of chemical kinetics to industrial reactor design; review of physical chemical 
principles; theories of reactions, design of batch and flow reactors; theories 
of catalysis; reaction mechanisms; data interpretation; applications to design 
of catalytic reactors; effects of diffusion on catalytic reactions. 3 hr. rec 

Mr. Kapnicky 
*350. Advanced Physical Metallurgy. I. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 250. Includes crystalli- 
ization, plastic deformation and constitutional diagrams. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Fairbanks 
*351. Advanced Metallography Laboratory. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 251. Includes 
a study of slip bands, precipitation hardening, isothermal transformation of 
austenite, hardenability, powder metallurgy and crystallography. 9 hr. lab. 

Mr. Fairbanks 

352. Advanced Ferrous Metallurgy. I. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 252. Recent developments 
in making, shaping, alloying, and heat treating of steel. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Fairbanks 

353. Advanced Nonferrous Metallurgy. II. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 253. Recent develop- 
ments in benefication, reduction, refining, alloying, and heat treating of 
nonferrous metals. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Fairbanks 

354. Adv. Physical Metallurgy. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Ch.E. 350. Includes 
principles of heat treating, alloying and metal fabricating. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Fairbanks 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 291 



355. Advanced Metallurgical Calculations. II. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 243. Com- 
prehensive problems on metallurgical processes. Mr. Fairbanks 

360. Advanced Ceramic Technology. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 161. Special ceramic 
bodies including high temperature porcelains and high frequency insulators. 
3 hr. rec. Mr. Jones 

361. Advanced Ceramic Laboratory. I, II. 2 hr. PR or cone: Ch.E. 360. X-ray 
analysis, measurements of mechanical, electrical and chemical properties of 
ceramic materials. Special forming methods. Mr. Jones 

372. Advanced Chemical Engineering Design. I, II, S. 2-5 hr. PR: Ch.E. 273. 
Critical discussion of and practice in equipment-design methods. 2 hr. rec, 
0-9 hr. lab. Mr. Simons 

379. Seminar in Coal Research. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: Consent. Credit 1 hr. per 
semester, maximum credit 2 hr. In cooperation with other departments and 
the Bureau of Mines. 1 hr. rec. Mr. Koehler 

381. Advanced Fuel Engineering. I. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 282. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Koehler 

397. Research. I, II, S. PR: Ch. E. 207 and 212. 1-6 hr. Suitable problem in 

chemical engineering, metallurgy, ceramics, or fuels is selected for investigation. 

Mr. Koehler and Staff 

CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Professors Davis and Speiden; Associate Professor Baker; Assistant Professor Burchinal; 
Instructors Duncan and Painter 

Undergraduate Division 

C.E. 

*1. Surveying. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Math. 4. For non-civil engineering students. Ele- 
mentary theory of measurement of distance, direction and difference in eleva- 
tion. Field work with transit, tape, level, stadia and plane table. Office com- 
putations and plotting. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Baker 

*2. Surveying. I. 4 hr. PR: Math. 4. Instruments and methods for measurement of 
distance, direction, and difference in elevation; stadia, topographic, and land 
surveying; traverse and area calculations; map plotting. 3 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. 

Mr. Baker 

*3. Route Surveying. II. 2 hr. PR: C.E. 2. Simple, compound, reversed, and spiral 
curves; vertical curves; cross-sectioning; slope-stake setting. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Baker 

*5. Land Surveying. I. 4 hr. PR: Math. 10. Primarily for forestry students. 
Theory and practice with compass, transit, level, stadia, and plane table; 
computations of area; astronomical observations; map plotting. 2 hr. rec, 
6 hr. lab. Mr. Duncan 

*6. Topographic Mapping. II. 2 hr. PR: C.E. 5. Primarily for forestry students 
Topographic maps; surveys for roads and property lines; U.S. Public Land 
Surveys; practice in lettering, plotting and inking of topographic maps. 1 hr. 
rec, 3 hr. lab. Staff 

104. Summer Surveying. S. (5 weeks). 5 hr. PR: C.E. 3. Field practice and further 
theory in topographic, hydrographic, route, plane table and land surveys, bench 
mark levels, triangulation; astronomical observations; computations and map 
plotting. Mr. Baker 

105. Highway Engineering. II. 4 hr. PR: C.E. 104. Highway administration, 
economics and finance; planning and design; subgrade soils and drainage; 
construction and maintenance. Design of a highway. Center line and grade 
projections, earthwork and cost estimate. 2 hr. rec, 6 hr. lab. Mr. Painter 



292 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



10G. Railway Engineering. I. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 104. Development and importance of 
the railroad industry. Principles of location, operation, maintenance and 
construction. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Painter 

115. Fluid Mechanics. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR or Cone: M. 104. Fluid statics, laminar and 
turbulent flow of compressible and incompressible fluids, flow measurements, 
open channel flow, and kinetics of fluids. 3 hr. rec. Staff 

117. Municipal Engineering. I. 2 hr. PR: C.E. 115. Required for Sanitary Engineer- 
ing option. Water supply and treatment of sewage, collection and disposal of 
garbage and rubbage; insect and rodent control; milk and food sanitation; 
industrial hygiene; swimming pool sanitation. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Speiden 

*120. Engineering Materials. II. 2 hr. PR: M. 103. Properties and economic use of 
various materials used in engineering. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Painter 

121. Structural Analysis. II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. Stresses in bridge and roof trusses 
graphically and analytically; dead loads, panel loads, highway loads; influence 
lines; beams and girders; riveted and welded connections. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. com- 
putation. Mr. Burchinal 

122. Structural Engineering. I. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. For non-civil engineering stu- 

dents. Stresses in trusses under dead and live load; beams and girders; riveted 
and welded connections. Design of structural elements. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. compu- 
tation and design. Mr. Burchinal 

123. Structural Design. I. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 121. Design of steel and timber structures. 
Cost estimates. 9 hr. computation. Mr. Davis 

124. Thesis. I, II. 2 to 4 hr. Special design, investigation or original research on an 
assigned topic relating to Civil Engineering. Staff 

130. Water Supply and Sewerage. I. 5 hr. PR: C.E. 115. Required quantity and 
quality of water supplies, sources, treatment, pumping and distribution of 
water. Uniform and non-uniform flow in open channels; rainfall and runoff; 
separate and combined sewers; design of a sewer system. 4 hr. rec, 3 hr. com- 
putation. Mr. Speiden 

180. Civil Problems. I, II. 1-4 hr. For sophomores and juniors with partial credit 
in required courses. Staff 

200. Water-Power Engineering. II. 2 hr. PR: C.E. 115. Flow and power of 
streams; power loads; storage required; design of a high masonry dam; 
hydraulics of turbines; turbine characteristics; appurtenances. Mr. Speiden 

201. Hydraulic Measurements. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR or cone: C.E. 115. Calibration of 
gages, meters, orifices and weirs; pipe friction; loss in bends; impulse turbines; 
flow in open channels. 3 or 6 hr. lab. Staff 

202. Water Purification. I. 3 or 4 hr. PR or Cone: C.E. 130. Slow and rapid 
sand filtration; coagulation; disinfection; softening; corrosion control; specifi- 
cations for filter sand and water works chemicals; physical and chemical 
characteristics of water; bacterial quality. 1 hr. rec. and 6 hr. lab. for 3 hr. cr. 
In addition to the above the design of elements of a rapid sand filter plant 
3 hr. lab. Total of 4 hr. cr. Mr. Speiden 

203. Sewage Disposal. II. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 115. Characteristics of sewage; dilution; 
irrigation; screening; sedimentation; oxidation; chlorination; digestion and 
disposal of sludge; activated sludge process; industrial wastes. 2 hr. rec, 3 
hr. lab. Mr. Speiden 

204. Advanced Structures. II. 3 hr. PR. C.E. 121. Deflections of trusses and 
girders by auxiliary load of unity, Castigliano's Theorem, Williot diagram, 
elastic curve and moment area methods; cantilever bridges; two and three 
hinged arches; continuous spans; swing bridges; suspension bridges. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Davif 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 293 



206. Reinforced Concrete. II. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 121. Rectangular beams; single and 
double reinforcement; T-Beams; columns; combined bending and thrust; 
footings; concrete building bay; arch for highway bridge. 1 hr. rec, 6 hr. lab. 

Mr. Davis 

207. Foundations. I. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 121. Soil mechanics; piles; cofferdams; cassions; 
piers; abutments; spread footings; underpinning; retaining walls. 2 hr. rec. 
3 hr. lab. Mr. Davis 

208. Transportation Economics. II. 2 hr. PR: C.E. 105. PR or Cone: C.E. 106. The 
economic aspects of transportation based on engineering principles. Highways, 
railways, waterways, airways and pipe lines— their competitive natures, costs, 
government aid and regulation. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Painter 

209. Highway Materials Laboratory. II. 2 hr. PR: M. 103. Testing of highway 
materials for compliance with specifications in the State Road Commission's 
Material Testing Laboratory. 6 hr. lab. Mr. Painter 

210. Photogrammetry. I. 2 hr. PR: C.E. 104. Geometry and interpretation of the 
aerial photograph; flight planning; radial-line control; principles of stereoscopy; 
plotting instruments. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Baker 

211. Geodesy. II. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 104 and Math. 108. Precise base line measurements, 
triangulation and leveling, geodetic astronomy; figure of the earth, map pro- 
jections; rectangular coordinate systems; least squares adjustment; gravity. 

Mr. Baker 
280. Civil Problems. II. 1-4 hr. For junior, senior and graduate students. Staff 

Graduate Division 

351. Advanced Water-Supply Engineering. I, II. 2-6 hr. PR: C.E. 130. A detailed 
study of specific problems concerning the collection, treatment or distribution 
of water. Mr. Speiden 

352. Sewerage and Sewerage Disposal. I, II. 2-6 hr. PR: C.E. 130. Special problems 
involved in the structural or hydraulic design of sewers or in the treatment 
and disposal of sewage or industrial wastes. Mr. Speiden 

353. Advanced Design Problems. I, II. 2-6 hr. A design or investigation of any 
assigned problem related to civil engineering. Mr. Davis or Mr. Speiden 

354. Statically Indeterminate Structures. I, II. 2-6 hr. PR: C.E. 204. Design or 
investigation of structures statically indeterminate in one or more aspects. 
Moment distribution. Mr. Davis 

355. Soil Mechanics. I, II. 2-6 hr. Classification of soils; permeability; seepage; 
settlement; shearing strength; stability of slopes; lateral pressures. Special 
theoretical or laboratory investigations. Staff 

397. Research. I, II. 2-6 hr. Original report, or investigation on some topic in the 
Civil Engineering field. Mr. Davis and Mr. Speiden 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

Professors Jones and Seibert; Associate Professors Peterson and Smith; Assistant 
Professors Dubbe and Keener; Instructors Davis and Porterfield. 

Undergraduate Dixnsion 

E.E. 

*10. Introductory Electrical Engineering. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Math. 5. An 
elementary course to introduce the fundamental laws and principles of 
electrical circuits. Introduction to electrical laboratory equipment and pro- 
cedure. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Davif 



294 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



*100. Elements of Electrical Engineering. I, II, S. 4 hr. PR: E.E. 10, Math. 108 (or 
cone.) Physics 112 (or cone.) Underlying principles of electric, magnetic and 
dielectric circuits including applications of Ohm's and Kirchhoff's laws. In- 
duced and generated electromotice force. 3 hr. rec, 3 hr., lab. Mr. Porterfield 

*104. Illumination. I, II. 2 hi. PR: Physics 112 and Math 108. A study of the 
basic principles and practices of illumination engineering, including a light- 
ing survey and the design of a typical lighting installation. 2 hr. rec. 

Mr. Peterson 

105. Electrical Fundamentals. I, II. 4 hr. PR: Math 108 and Physics 112. Funda- 
mental principles of electric and magnetic circuits. Induced and generated 
electromotive force. Fundamental A.C. circuit analysis. Polyphase systems. 
Elementary electronics. 3 hr. rec. 3 hr. lab. Mr. Peterson and Mr. Davis 

106. Electrical Machinery. I, II. 4 hr. PR: E.E. 105 or consent. The operating 
characteristics, applications and control of electrical machinery and equipment 
used in industry. 3 hr. rec. 3 hr. lab. Mr. Peterson and Mr. Davis 

130. Direct-current Machinery. I, II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 100. A study of the con- 
struction and the operating characteristics of direct current generators 
and motors. Special applications and special types of generators. Start- 
ing and speed control of motors. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Dubbe 

131. Direct-current Machinery Laboratory. I, II. 2 hr. To accompany E.E. 130. 
A laboratory and problem course dealing with direct current machines. 6 hr. 
lab. Mr. Dubbe 

*135. Alternating-current Theory and Measurement. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 100 
and Math. 108. The study of sinusoidal wave forms, introduction and use 
of vector algebra as applied to A-C circuit analvsis, analysis of linear bi- 
lateral networks, coupled circuit behavior, and polyphase systems. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Seibert 

*136. Alternating-current Theory and Measurement Laboratory. I, II, S. 2 hr. 
To accompany E.E. 135. A laboratory and problem course dealing with 
alternating current circuits. 6 hr. lab. Mr. Porterfield and Mr. Seibert 

174. Industrial Applications of Electric Control. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 106. Fun- 
damentals of electrical control devices used in industry, with emphasis on 
applications. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Jones 

180. Electrical Problems. I, II. 1-3 hr. For sophomores and juniors. Staff 

232, 233. Alternating-current Machinery. I, II. 4 hr. each semester. PR: E.E. 
130 and 135. A study of the theory and operation of transformers, induction 
motors, alternators, synchronous motors, rotary converters and single-phase 
motors. 3 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Smith 

243. Electrical Calculations. I, II. 2 hr. PR: E.E. 106 or 130 and E.E. 232 
(or cone.) Assigned problems pertaining to the design of electrical equip- 
ment. Emphasis placed on the electrical characteristics of the equipment. 
6 hr. lab. Mr. Jones 

245. Electric Control. I, II. 2 hr. PR: E.E. 233. A study of control equipment 
and its application. Stress is placed on the ability to understand control 
circuits. 6 hr. lab. Mr. Peterson 

•250. Electronics. I, II. 4 hr. PR: E.E. 135. The study of electron ballistics, tube 
characteristics, rectifiers and voltage amplifiers. 3 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. 

Mr. Keener 
*252. Electronics. I, II. 4 hr. PR: E.E. 250. The study of power amplifiers, tuned 
amplifiers, oscillators and modulators. 3 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. 

Mr. Seibert 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 295 



260. Network Analysis. I, II. 4 hr. PR: E.E. 135 and Math. 253. An introduction 
to network analysis as applied to the following subjects: Foster's reactance 
theorem, infinite lines, reflections on transmission lines, coupled circuits and 
filters. 3 hr. rec. 3 hr. lab. Mr. Dubbe 

261. Transmission Lines. I. II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 260. Transmission lines and terminal 
equipment at power and radio frequencies. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Keener 

•264. Radio Engineering. I. II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 252. Study and analysis of radio 
transmission, receiying and sound systems, frequency modulation. tele\ision. 
radiation and propagation. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Seibert 

•265. Radio Laboratory. I, II. 3 hr. To accompany E.E. 264. 6 hr. lab. 

Mr. Keener and Mr. Seibert 
Electrical Problems. I. II. 1-3 hr. For junior, senior, and graduate students. 

Staff 
282. Symmetrical Components. II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 233. An introduction 
to the methods of symmetrical phase components as applied in calculating 
current in >%>:ems under \arious types of unbalanced conditions. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Smith 
Transients. I. II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 135 and Math. 253. A study of the 
transient behavior of yarious electrical circuits and networks. Heaviside's 
Operational Calculus, Expansion Theorem, an introduction of the Laplace 
Transform methods. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Dubbe 

Electric-power Transmission and Distribution. I, II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 260. 

ody of circle diagrams applied to the yarious characteristics of power 

transmission system, phase modifier applications and an introduction to power 

em stability. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Dubbe 

286. Industrial Control. I, II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 245 and Math 253. Electrical- 
control deyices in industry, their application and use in protection and 
control of electrical and mechanical equipment. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Keener 

Industrial Electronics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 250. A survey of the theory 
and applications of electronics in industry. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Keener 

288. Antennas. II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 264 or cone. Analysis and design of antenna 
systems. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Seibert 

299. Ultra-high-frequency Technology. II. 3 hr. E.E. 264 or cone.) Study 
of special problems encountered at high and ultra-high frequencies with 
special emphasis on pulse techniques as used in radar, teleyision and pulse- 
modulation. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Seibert 

Graduate Division 

300. Seminar. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Discussion of research in electrical 
engineering and special problems. Staff 

350. Vacuum-tube Circuits. I. II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 252. An advance study for the 
analysis and design of vacuum-tube circuits. Mr. Seiben 

379. Seminar in Coal Research. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: Consent. Credit 1 hr. per 
semester, maximum credit 2 hr. In cooperation with other departments and 
the U.S. Bureau of Mines.) Staff 

386. Servomechantsms. II. 3 hr. PR: M. 104 and E.E. 245. Analysis and synthesis 
of servo control circuits. Mr. Jones and Mr. Keener 

Research. I. II. 1-6 hr. Advanced research or special investigations on some 
topic related to electrical engineering. Mi. Tone- or Mr. Seiber: 



296 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



GENERAL 

Professor C. H. Cather; Associate Professor Worrell; Assistant Professor Weaver. 

G. 

1. Engineering Lectures. I. (credit). Required of all freshmen in engineering. 
A series of lectures designed to acquaint the engineering student at the be- 
ginning of his course with the profession he has chosen. 1 hr. lecture. Mr. Cather 

100. Inspection Trip. II. (credit.) Required of all seniors in engineering. Staff 

190. Law for Engineers. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. Contracts, agency, business organiza- 
tions, sales, negotiable instruments, real and personal property, professional 
registration and patents. Mr. Worrell and Mr. Weaver 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

Professors H. M. Cather, Downs and Shafer; Associate Professor Curtis; Assistant 
Professor Slonneger; Instructors Brake, Delaney, L.E.Jones, Martin, and Pyles. 

Undergraduate Division 

M.E. 

*7. Welding and Heat Treatment. I, II, S. 1 hr. Practice in cutting and welding 
steel and cast iron with oxy-acetylene and electric arc welding equipment. 
Demonstrations of different methods of heat treatment. One 3 hr. lab. 

Mr. Jones and Mr. Martin 
•11. Machine Work. I, II, S. 2 hr. A study of equipment, purpose and character 
of operations, methods of holding work, turning, boring, drilling, grinding 
and shaping. Use of precision measuring instruments. Two 3 hr. lab. 

Mr. Jones, Mr. Martin, and Mr. Delaney 

16. Production Methods. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 11 or Cone. The economic use 

of machine tools; assembly line manufacture, gauging, and inspection during 

the various processes of manufacture. 1 hr. rec. One 3 hr. lab. Mr. Jones 

*20. Engineering Drawing. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Plane Geometry. Lettering, use and 
care of instruments, orthographic projection, isometric drawing, auxiliary 
views, detail drawings and working drawings, assembly drawings, reproduction 
of drawings, and piping layouts. 1 hr. rec. Two 3 hr. labs. 

Mr. Curtis and Staff 

*26. Descriptive Geometry. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 20 and solid geometry. The 
application of projective drawing to the solution of advanced space problems 
dealing with points, lines, planes, and solids by the use of auxiliary views. 
Two 3 hr. labs. Mr. Curtis and Staff 

*29. Mechanism. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 26, Math. 107 and Phys. 111. Graphical and 
analytical solution of position, relative motion and velocities, instant centers, 
acceleration displaceemnt diagrams, cams, gears, and gear trains and belt 
drives. 1 hr. rec. Two 3 hr labs Mr. Curtis and Staff 

30. Industrial Organization. I, II, S. 2 hr. A review of the principles of organ- 
ization and administration that are applicable to various engineering and 
industrial enterprises. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Brake 

110. Tool Design. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. Design, construction, application and 
economic aspects of jigs, fixtures and special tools used in manufacturing on 
a production basis. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Downs 

112. Dynamics of Machinery. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 104 and M.E. 29. Determination 
of inertia forces; balancing of reciprocating and rotating masses; vibration and 
critical speeds of shafts; turning-effort diagrams and their analysis for fly-wheel 
requirements; theory of governors; and gyroscopic forces. 1 hr. rec. Two 3 hr 
labs. Mr. Down* 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 297 



113. Machine Desicn. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 103 and M.E. 112 or consent. Analysis and 
design of machine parts, considering both the theory and its modifications due 
to manufacturing processes and financial limitations. Emphasis is on use of 
rational methods wherever possible and the development of judgment in the 
design of machines and machine members. 2 hr. rec. One 3 hr. lab. Mr. Downs 

121. Thermodynamics of Engineering. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR. Physics 111 and 112 and 
Math. 108 (or reg. in Math. 108). First and second laws of thermodynamics; 
laws of permanent gases; vapors and gas-vapor mixtures; use of diagrams and 
tables giving the properties of steam and other vapors, flow of fluids, throttling. 
3 hr. rec. Staff 

122. Mechanical Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. PR: M.E. 121. Experiments involving 
calibration of measuring instruments, calorific value of fuels, physical proper- 
ties of lubricating oil and elementary tests of engines and boiler. One 3 hr. lab. 

Mr. Slonneger 

123. Engineering Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. PR: M.E. 122. Measurement of flow of 
gases and vapors, economy and efficiency test of complete machines such as 
air compressors, automotive engines and diesel engines. One 3 hr. lab. 

Mr. Slonneger 

124. Thesis. I, II. 2-4 hr. Investigation or original research on some special topic 
relating to mechanical engineering. Staff 

125. Heat Engines. I, II, S. 3 hr. Continuation of M.E. 121. Thermodynamics as 
applied to heat power engineering; boilers, steam engines, steam turbines, 
internal combustion engines, air compressors and refrigeration. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Slonneger 

140. Motion and Time Study. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Junior standing. Principles 
and techniques, job analysis, standardization and formula construction, stop 
watch and micro-motion analysis of industrial operation, development of produc- 
tion and incentive standards. Two 1 hr. rec, one 3 hr. lab. Mr. Brake 

141. Manufacturing Processes. I, II. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 11. Study of production 
methods and engineering materials; description and evaluation of machine 
tools, jigs, fixtures in modern production, gauges and special tools. 2 hr. rec. 

Mr. Brake 

142. Production Control. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 140. Planning, scheduling, 
routing and dispatching in manufacturing operations and production control 
systems. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Brake 

144. Engineering Statistics. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Junior standing. The use of 
graphical analvsis; measures of central tendency and dispersion; normal, 
binomial and Poisson distributions in engineering application; linear regression 
and correlation and tests of significance. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Shafer 

203. Advanced Machine Design. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 113. Continuation of M.E. 113, 
and continues to stress the applications of fundamental principles to the design 
of machine members. 1 hr. rec. Two 3 hr. labs. Mr. Downs 

211. Lndustrlax Engineering Problems. I, II. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 140. For seniors. 
Special problems relating to industrial engineering. Mr. Shafer 

*223. Steam Power Plants. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 125. Principles of design 
and operation of modern steam power plants for central stations and 
for process industries. Each student submits an individual design problem. 
3 hr. rec. Mr. Cather 

224. Steam Turbines. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 125. The theory of fluid dynamics 
and the thermodynamics of the modern turbines; materials, construction 
details and design of important elements; influences on economy of variations 
in cycles and operative ranges. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Cather 

228. Engineering Laboratory. I, II, S. 1 hr. PR: M.E. 123. Economy and efficiency 
test of steam engines, steam turbines, gas engine; comprehensive test and heat 
balance of power plant in the laboratory. One 3 hr. lab. Mr. Slonneger 



298 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



229. Internal Combustion Engines. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 121. The thermodynamics 
of the internal combustion engines; Otto cycle; Diesel cycle; two and four- 
cycle engines, fuels, carburetion and fuel injection, combustion, engine 
performance, supercharging. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Slonneger 

250. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 125. 
Methods and systems of heating, ventilating, and air conditioning of various 
types of buildings, types of controls, and their applications. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Cather 

270. Industrial Lubrication. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 103 and M.E. 112. Characteristics 
of crudes, refining methods, testing specifications, selecting, applications, 
and purification of oils and greases for industrial use. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Cather 

280. Mechanical Problems. I, II. 1-6 hr. For juniors, seniors, and graduates. Staff 

286. Engineering Economy. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: M. 102. Comparison of the relative 
economy of engineering alternatives; compound interest in relation to calcu- 
lation of annual costs, present worth and prospective rates of return on in- 
vestment; increment costs, sunk costs and the economy of equipment replace- 
ment. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Brake and Mr. Shafer 

288. Job Evaulation and Wage Incentives. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 140 or consent 
of instructor. Principles used in evaluating jobs, rates of pay; characteristics 
and objectives of wage incentive plans; incentive formulas and curves. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Shafer 

290. Industrial Statistics. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR. M.E. 144. Economic objectives of 
quality control in manufacturing through sampling methods; the Shewhart 
control chart for variable attributes and defects per unit; statistical approach 
to acceptance procedures. 2 hr. rec. Mr Shafer 

292. Plant Layout and Design. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 142. Problems in industrial 
plant design, equipment location, space utilization, layout for operation and 
control chart for variable attributes and defects per unit; statistical approach 
light, heat and ventilation. 1 hr. rec. Two 3 hr. labs. Mr. Shafer 

294. Standard Manufacturing Costs. 1, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Bus. 2 or 5. Development 
of standards for labor, material and overhead expenses; uses of standards for 
control; analyses of variances between standard and actual costs: job order 
costing and estimate costing procedures. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Shafer 

Graduate Division 

303. Advanced Machine Design. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 203. Stresses in indeterminate 
machine parts, experimental stress analysis. Design for high temperatures, 
pressures and speeds. Bearings and lubrication. Rotating discs and elastic 
stability at high speeds. Effects and elimination of vibration in machines; 
impact and shock loading; machine mountings and shock absorbers. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Downs 

351. Advanced Internal Combustion Engines. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 229. 
Combustion in spark ignition engine and in compression ignition engine: 
detonation; fuel-air ratios; heat losses; lubrication; efficiencies; two-stroke 
engines; four-stroke engines, performance, exhaust turbines, gas turbines. 
3 hr. rec. Mr. Cather 

354. Advanced Refrigeration. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 250. Thermodynamics 
of vapor cycles, refrigerants, fluid flow, heat transfer, psychrometrics, types 
of refrigeration and equipment required, application of refrigeration in 
industry, food preservation. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Cather 

370. Theory of Industrial Engineering and Organization. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: 
Graduate standing and consent of instructor. History and development of 
scientific management in industry starting with early works of Taylor, Gilbreth 
and Gantt, to the present time. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Shafer 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 299 



371. Methods Analysis. I, II. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 140. An advanced study of the 
technique of methods analysis as an effective means of methods improvement 
and cost reductions. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Shafer 

372. Advanced Time Study. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 140. Review of the various 
investigations which have been made, with special consideration given to the 
development of these studies into new fields. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Shafer 

373. Budget Control. I ,11. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 294. Principles involved in the prepara- 
tion of budgets by functional divisions and the application of divisional budgets 
as control media. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Shafer 

374. Advanced Engineering Economy. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 286. Continuation of 
M.E. 286, with special emphasis on depreciation, engineering and economic 
aspects of selection and replacement of equipment; relationship of technical 
economv to income taxation and load factor and capacity to economv. 3 hr. rec. 

Mr. Shafer 

379. Seminar in Coal Research. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: Consent. Credit 1 hr. per 

semester, maximum credit 2 hr. (In cooperation with other departments and 

the U.S. Bureau of Mines). Staff 

397. Research. I, II. 1-6 hr. Investigation or original research on some special topic 
relating to mechanical engineering. Mr. Cather and Staff 

MECHANICS 

Professor C. H. Cather; Associate Professor Worrell; Assistant Professor Weaver; 
Instructor Plants. 

Undergraduate Division 

M. 

•101. Statics. I. II, S. 3 hr. PR: Math. 107 and Physics 111 (or reg. in Math. 107 and 
Physics 111). Fundamental definitions and the concept of static equilibrium; 
systems of forces and couples; application to solution of trusses and frames; 
centroids and moment of inertia. 3 hr. rec. Staff 

*102. Mechanics of Materials. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M. 101 and Math. 108 (or reg. in 
Math. 108). Stress and strain; riveted and welded joints; shafts and beams; 
deflection; statically indeterminate beams; column theory and design; non- 
homogenous beams, 3 hr. rec. Staff 

♦103. Mechanics of Materials. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M. 102 and Math. 108. Combined 
stresses; fatigue; impact; creep and temperature effects; properties of materials; 
laboratory tests and the interpretation of the mechanical properties of materials. 
2 hr. rec/ and 3 hr. lab. Staff 

•104. Kinetics. I, II, S. 3 hr. Continuation of M. 101. PR: M. 101 and Math. 
108. Kinematics of a particle; moment of inertia of masses; translation, 
rotation and plane motion of rigid bodies; principle of work and energy, 
impulse and momentum; application to engineering problems. 3 hr. rec. Staff 

200. Advanced Mechanics of Materials. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. Combined 
stress and theories of failure; thick wall cylinders; flat plates; unsymmetricaj 
bending; curved flexural members; localized stress; strain-energy methods in 
the analysis of statically indeterminate members. Mr. Cather 

201. Advanced Kinetics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 101 and 104. Dynamic balancing; 

Corioli's Law; gyroscopes; governors; simple servo-mechanism; mechanical 
vibration. Mr. Worrell 

202. Advanced Materials Laboratory. I, II. 2-4 hr. PR: M. 102, 103. Con- 
tinuation of M. 103 with emphasis on a selected problem or problems. 

Mr. Cather or Mr. Worrell 



300 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



203. Experimental Stress Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102, M. 103, M. 104. Intro- 
duction to some of the more common experimental methods of analyzing stress 
distributions. Photoelasticity, brittle lacquers, strain gage techniques and 
instrumentation, as applied to problems involving static, dynamic and residual 
stress distributions. 2 hr. rec. One 3 hr. lab. Mr. Worrell 



Courses In The School Of Mines 



Professor Spindler; Associate Professor Laird; Assistant Professors McClung and 
Palowitch. 

Undergraduate Division 

E.M 

102. Mine Surveying. S. 5 hr. (laboratory and field work). PR: E.M. 103. Con- 
tinuation of and supplementing E.M. 103; intensive field practice in under- 
ground and surface surveying. Should be taken during summer term immed- 
iately following semester in which E.M. 103 is taken. Mr. Laird and Mr. McClung 

103. Mine Surveying. I, II. 3 hr. (2 hr. lecture, 1 hr. laboratory). PR: M.E. 26 and 
Math. 5. Principles of surface and subsurface surveying, celestial observations, 
and related calculations. Field practice using transit and level. Mr. Laird 

106. Mineralogy. II. 2 hr. (rec. and lab.). PR: Chem. 10 or 15. Mineral identifica- 
tion, blowpipe analysis of minerals; occurrence, geographic distribution, and 
utilization of minerals; elements of crystallography. Mr. Laird 

107. Mining Methods. I. 4 hr. PR: Physics 112 and Geol. 1. 3 hr. rec, 1 hr. lab. In- 
spection and evaluation of mining properties, mining methods and systems 
of mining, roof control, and operating characteristics of mining machinery. 
Inspection trips with written reports required. Mr. McClung 

*109. Coal Analysis Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. (laboratory). PR: Chem. 10. Sampling, 
preparation of laboratory samples, and analysis of coal. Mr. Palowitch 

111. Introductory Mining. I, II. 2 hr. PR. Chem. 10 and Phys. 106. Explosives, tim- 
bering, drilling, and shaft sinking. Mr. Palowitch 

*201. Oil-field Development. I. 2 hr. PR: Geol. 3. Introduction to principles, equip- 
ment, and methods applied to development of an oil property. Mr. Laird 

*203. Petroleum Property Valuation and Management. II. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 204. 
Petroleum property valuation and acquisition; economic, governmental and 
social aspects of management of oil and gas properties. Mr. Laird 

*204. Oil and Gas Production. II. 4 hr. (3 hr. rec, 1 hr. laboratory) . PR: E.M. 201. 
Continuation of E.M. 201 with core analysis, drilling mud testing, and oil 
testing laboratory. Mr. Laird 

205. Gas-measurement Engineering. II. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 201 and C.E. 115. (1 hr. rec, 
1 hr. lab.) Methods of commercial gas measurement and pressure regulation with 
a laboratory devoted to use of various types of equipment. Mr. Laird 

*207. Introductory Seismology. I, II. 1 hr. PR: Phys. 112. Earthquakes 
and their causes and area distribution; theory of elastic waves; the principles 
of seismograph construction, adjustment, and operation; interpretation and 
calculation of seismograms with exercises provided by records of the University 
seismograph station. Mr. Laird 

*208. Geological Surveying. II. 1 hr. PR: E.M. 103 and Geol. 161. 1 hr. field and 
lab. Topographic mapping with the plane table. Mr. Laird 

209. Mineral Preparation. I, II. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 212 and M. 104 or consent. Prin- 
ciples of preparation, beneficiation and concentration of metallic and non- 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 301 



metallic ores for further processing or utilization. Not open to students with 
credit in E.M. 217. Mr. Palowitch 

210. Mineral Preparation Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. PR: E.M. 209 or concurrent 
registration in E.M. 209. Laboratory exercises and practice in sampling, float 
and sink separation, assembly and interpretation of test data, and the use of 
various types of beneficiation equipment. Mr. Palowitch 

212. Advanced Mining. II. 3 hr. PR: E.M. Ill and E.E. 106. Engineering principles, 
methods and equipment applied to mine transportation, hoisting, and drainage. 

Mr. McClung 

213. Mine Ventilation. I. 3 hr. (2 hr. rec, and 1 hr. lab.). PR: E.M. 107 and 
M. 104. Principles, purposes, methods and equipment pertaining to the venti- 
lation of mines. Mr. Spindler 

'214. Mine Valuation. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 2 and E.M. 107, or consent of instructor. 
Mineral property evaluation, sampling and estimation of mineral deposits, 
capitalized costs in mining and recovery of investment, analysis of mining 
costs, cost control and time analysis of mining operations. Mr. Palowitch 

215. Industrial Safety Engineering. 1, II. 2 hr. PR: Senior standing. Analysis of 
problems of industrial safety and accident prevention, laws pertaining to 
industrial safety and health, compensation plans and laws, and industrial 
property protection. Mr. Palowitch 

216. Petroleum Engineering Design. 1. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 204 (laboratory). 
Structural and machine analysis and design as related to the production and 
transportation of oil and natural gas. Mr. Laird 

217. Coal Preparation. I, II. 4 hr. (2 hr. rec, 2 hr. lab.) PR: E.M. 212, E.M. 109, and 
M. 104. Principles of preparation and beneficiation of coal for marketing, with 
laboratory devoted to sampling, float and sink separation, and use of various 
types of coal-cleaning equipment. Mr. Palowitch 

218. Advanced Mineral Preparation. II. 3 hr. (2 hr. rec, 1 hr. lab.) PR: E.M. 106, 
E.M. 217. The theory and practice of concentrating ores and industrial min- 
erals with special consideration to the more recent advances in the beneficia- 
tion of both ores and coal. Mr. Palowitch 

219. Advanced Mining Methods for Vein Deposits. I, II. 3 hr. PR: E.M. 107, M. 
104. Methods and systems of mining other than flat seams. Emphasis placed on 
selection of methods in relation to cohesive strength of ore bodies and their 
enclosing wall rocks. Mining of anthracite seams included. Mr. Palowitch 

220. Mine Design. I, II. 2 hr. (laboratory). PR: E.M. 212 and registration in C.E. 
122. Design of an underground mining development with full report. 

Mr. Spindler and Mr. McClung 

221. Mine Design. I, II. 3 hr. (laboratory). PR: E.M. 220. Continuation of E.M. 
220 including design of preparation plant and loading facilities with full re- 
port covering plan, equipment, operation, and costs. 

Mr. Spindler and Mr. Palowitch 

222. Mine Equipment and Machinery. I, II. 2 hr. PR. E.E. 103 and E.M. 212. Selec- 
tion, installation, operation, and maintenance of mining equipment. 

Mr. McClung 

233. Mine Management. II. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 212, and Senior standing. Economic, 

governmental, social, and labor aspects of mining as related to the management 

of a mining enterprise. Mr. Spindler 

224,225 Mining Engineering Problems. I, II. 1 to 3 hr. PR: Senior or graduate 
standing. Investigation and detailed report on a special problem in mining 
engineering related to coal mining, mineral mining, or geological, petroleum, 
and natural gas engineering. Supervision and guidance by a member of the 
graduate faculty. Staff 



302 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



226. Advanced Mining Equipment Applications. I. 3 hr. (2 hr. rec, 1 hr. lab.) 
PR: E.M. 222. Structural, mechanical, hydraulic and electrical characteristics 
of the more common items of mining equipment. Controls, electrical and 
hydraulic circuits, and mechanical transmissions with associated problems. 
Laboratory design of a control system for a mining machine. Mr. McClung 

227. Mine Power Applications. I. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 222 or consent. Underground 
transmission systems, electrical controls for mining machinery, alternating cur- 
rent applications in coal mining, power costs and safety features. Mr. McClung 

228. Mine Equipment and Machinery Controls. II. 3 hr. PR: E.M. 227 or consent. 
Principles, application and use of electric and hydraulic devices and circuits 
for protection and control of mine machinery and equipment. Mr. McClung 

230. Elements of Geophysical Prospecting. I. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 151, Phys. 112. 
Methods, instruments and caclulations for geophysical prospecting. Mr. Laird 

231. Geophysical Prospecting Laboratory. I. 1 hr. (Laboratory). PR: E.M. 230 or 
concurrent registration in E.M. 230. Field and laboratory use of instruments used 
in geophysical prospecting. Mr. Laird 

232. Petroleum Reservoir Engineering. II. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 204. Reservoir evaluations 
utilizing statistical analyses and subsurface data as related to a producing oil 
or gas field, a gas storage field or a secondary recovery project. Mr. Laird 

Graduate Division 

301, 302. Advanced Mine Design. I, II. Credit arranged. Advanced detail design and 
layout of coal mine plant, particularly incorporating new ideas of machines 
and mining methods. Staff 

351. Coal Mining. SI. 3 hr. PR: Chemistry, 10 hr., Physics, 8 hr., and accompanied 
or preceded by general geology. Especially for students who are planning to 
teach mining subjects in high school. Not open to students taking E.M. 102, 
111, or 212. Hours arranged . Staff 

379. Seminar in Coal Research. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: Consent. Credit 1 hr. per 
semester, maximum credit 2 hr. (In cooperation with other departments and 
the U.S. Bureau of Mines.) Staff 

395, 396. Graduate Seminar in Coal Mine Operation and Administration. I, II. 
3 hr. PR: B.S. Degree and consent of Committee. Group discussion and 
analysis of problems related to the production, preparation, marketing, and 
utilization of coal with special assignments and emphasis in accordance with 
personal background and field of interest of the individual students. Staff 

397. Research. I, II. Credit arranged. Individual problem in some phase of 
mining. Carefully prepared report required. Staff 

RESEARCH AND EXTENSION 

The Engineering Experiment Station 

Professor W. A. Koehler, Director 

The chief functions of the Engineering Experiment Station are to encourage 
and carry on research and investigations that will enhance the industrial and 
economic welfare of the people of West Virginia; to make original contributions to the 
fundamental principles and knowledge along scientific and engineering lines; and 
to stimulate and train graduate students in research activities. The research 
undertaken by the Station therefore is primarily concerned with investigations in 
the production, processing, and utilization of the natural resources of West Virginia; 
investigations that will aid the existing industries of the state and promote the de- 
velopment of new industries; and investigations that will aid in the planning, design. 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 303 

and development of the public works of the state. As a consequence of this program, 
the subjects receiving particular attention by the staff of the Station are coal, oil, 
t>as, clays, stone, sand, timber, water, steam and electric power, sewerage, sanitation, 
road building, transportation, aeronautics, and communications. 

The Station will assist in compiling surveys and in conducting investigations of 
the industrial requirements and possibilities of any region or community in the state 
It cooperates with the West Virginia University Agricultural Experiment Station, 
State Road Commission, State Geological Survey, State Water Commission, U.S. Bureau 
of Mines, national engineering societies and state or national agencies whose assistance 
may promote the more effective fulfillment of the Station's functions. 

To aid state industrial organizations that lack facilities and personnel to under- 
take important research investigations which arise in the development of their oper- 
ations, the Station stands ready, where time and facilities permit, to assist in the prose- 
cution of investigations on their fundamental problems. Such advisory services are 
free, but any special equipment, materials, or labor that may be needed must be sup- 
plied bv the organization for which the work is done. Several companies and tech- 
nological associations are sponsoring research fellowships in the Station. 

The staff of the Station includes part-time services of several of the teaching 
members of the faculties of the College of Engineering and of the School of Mines, 
as well as a few full-time research engineers and chemists and part-time graduate 
student research assistants. 

The results of the studies, surveys, investigations, and researches of the Experi- 
ment Station are published in bulletin form. Two series of bulletins are issued; to 
date there are 26 numbers in the Research Series and 39 in the Technical Series. 
The Technical Bulletins contain selected papers from the Proceedings of the Annual 
State Water Purification Conferences, the State Coal Conferences, the Appalachian 
Gas Measurement Short Courses, and the Industrial Engineering Conferences. A 
list of publications and copies of the bulletins may be obtained upon application to 
the Director of the Engineering Experiment Station. 

U. S. Bureau of Mines Station 

The United States Bureau of Mines maintains laboratory and pilot-plant facilities 
for research and development work on the production of synthesis gas from coal, 
which is part of the Bureau's over-all program for synthetic liquid fuel development. 

Under the terms of a cooperative agreement between the University and the 
Bureau, students are employed by the Bureau on a part-time basis. 

A limited number of graduate students may be appointed as Bureau of Mines 
Fellows to work on research problems of interest to the Bureau. With the approval 
of the students' theses advisory committees, the problems may also be accepted as 
research for theses requirements. The students so selected have an opportunity to 
work under the joint supervision of government experts and University staff members. 

In the selection of part-time student workers, preference is given to those in the 
upper third of their class. 

The Bureau staff also conducts a graduate seminar in coal research. In this 
seminar, research problems and methods are discussed, with special reference to 
applications to the Bureau's current problem. 

Mining and Industrial Extension 

The department of mining and industrial extension in the School of Mines con- 
ducts courses of instruction in practical subjects in various sections of the state where 
groups of individuals wish to study and receive training in subjects pertaining to their 
everyday work. The department also aims to disseminate useful knowledge which 
has been amassed by research studies at the University to all classes of citizens in the 
state, and in this way to bring the University and its opportunities for learning to 
various groups of students who desire to enroll in its extension department. 

The Short Courses in Coal Mining, Coal Preparation, and Mine Equipment and 
Maintenance 

The Short Course in Coal Mining offered by the department of mining and 
industrial extension gives an opportunity to operators, officials, and employees of 



304 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



mining companies to obtain instruction pertaining to their work. The subjects cov- 
ered in the short course are: explosives, methods of mining, timbering, mine gases, 
mine ventilation, hoisting, haulage, mine drainage, safety lamps, mine management, 
electricity in mines, mine fires and explosions, safety organization and administration, 
mining arithmetic, and elementary drawing. 

Special attention is given to students desirous of preparing themselves for the 
teaching of mining classes under the Smith-Hughes and George-Dean Acts. 

At the close of the short course the West Virginia Department of Mines conducts 
an examination for mine foremen and fire bosses. Tuition is free. 

The Short Course in Coal Preparation is held principally for men who have been 
associated with the sizing and preparing of coal for market. 

The classroom portion of the course covers the purpose of coal preparation, 
breaking and crushing, screening, cleaning, analysis of float and sink tests and wash- 
ability curves, dewatering and drying, dedusting and dust collection, recovery of 
fines, auxiliary equipment, treatment of coal surfaces, loading, cost, power, water and 
labor, and analysis of flow sheets. 

In the laboratory, the equipment includes a sand media cone, Baum jig, calcium 
chloride washer, heavy media cone washer, concentrating tables, basket jigs, air clean- 
ing table with filter-type dust collectors, magnetic separator, centrifuges, and a com- 
plete closed circuit mineral flotation unit. These units are all self-contained pilot 
units with auxiliary equipment to permit complete test operation. 

A Short Course in Mine Equipment and Maintenance is being offered by the 
department of mining and industrial extension to persons whose interest is in the 
maintenance of coal mining equipment. The subjects covered in this short course 
are: practical mechanics, equipment hydraulics, equipment electricity, shop mathe- 
matics, lubrication, electricity and hydraulic measurements, electrical controls, under- 
ground mining equipment, substation and fan maintenance, preparation plant 
maintenance and maintenance reports and records. 

The forty-third annual session of the Short Course in Coal Mining and the third 
Short Course in Mine Equipment and Maintenance will begin Tuesday, July 5, and 
continue until Friday, August 12, 1955. The fifth annual session of the Short Course 
in Coal Preparation will begin Tuesday, May 31, and continue until Saturday, July 9, 
1955. For further information, write for the special announcement of the Short 
Course in Coal Mining, Coal Preparation, and Mine Equipment and Maintenance. 

Vocational Courses Offered in Extension 

Courses in foreman training and other special courses for those in industry are 
offered in centers where there is sufficient interest. The services of the Department 
are available for any city or town desiring to establish night schools and part-time 
schools. 

Extension courses in mining are offered under the direction of the University 
at various mining towns throughout the state. The instruction in these courses is 
carried on by University extension instructors who visit each center every week. At 
the present time the work is planned on a four-year basis to cover the following 
courses: mine gases, safety lamps, ventilation, timbering, explosives, haulage, preven- 
tion of mine accidents, mine waste, drainage and pumping, mine methods, foreman- 
ship, electricity, mine fires and explosions, and coal geology. In each of these unit 
courses, particular emphasis is placed on safety features, state mining laws, and ap- 
plication of arithmetic to mining problems. 

In addition to the above, special classes are offered in such subjects as effective 
speaking, group discussion, mine equipment and maintenance, mine surveying, and 
other selected subjects for which there is local demand. 

Short Course in Gas Measurement 

The Appalachian Gas Measurement Short Course in held annually on the campus 
and is conducted by the University in cooperation with the Public Service Commission 
of West Virginia, the West Virginia Oil and Natural Gas Association, the American 
Gas Association, manufacturers of gas measurement and regulation equipment and 
public utilities and industries producing, marketing or consuming natural gas in 
West Virginia and neighboring states. The course provides instruction in the theory 



THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 305 



and practice of gas measurement and regulation and is designed to be of interest 
to executives and officials of gas companies as well as to metermen. 

The first Short Course was held in 1938 and 1955 will see the fifteenth of these 
events. The course covers a period of three days and is usually held during the last 
week of August. 

Fire Service Extension Schools 

The annual West Virginia State Fire School, conducted by the University in 
cooperation with the State Fire Marshal and the West Virginia Inspection Bureau, 
meets for a five-day period during the latter part of July. It affords information 
on new developments and intensive training in fundamentals of fire fighting to mem- 
bers of the fire service in the state. A permanent fire protection research and training 
center is maintained on the campus in cooperation with the office of the State Fire 
Marshal. 

In addition, the University, in cooperation with the Vocational Division of the 
State Department of Education, offers the Firemen's Extension Course to fire depart- 
ments in West Virginia. The course may be had upon application by the chief of any 
organized municipal or industrial department. 

Instructional material covers such subjects as: local water supply and distribution, 
apparatus and equipment, principles of combustion, portable extinguishers, hydraulics, 
pump operation, respiratory apparatus, hose and ladder practices, flammable liquids 
and gases, fire fighting tactics, property inspections and fire prevention education. 

Classes meet once a week for a period of twenty-nine weeks, beginning about the 
first part of October, and are taught by local instructors. Approximately one-fifth of 
the total class time is devoted to actual fire department evolutions. 

Oil and Gas Extension Courses 

In cooperation with the petroleum and natural gas industry, the Industrial 
Extension Department offers a five-year course of study in this subject at various 
points throughout the state. 

Course I is of a preparatory nature, including a review of mathematics and treat- 
ment of the principles of physics and mechanics. Course II covers such topics as: 
properties of natural gas, fluid flow, gas measurement and gas transmission. Course III 
includes meter testing, pressure regulation and compression. Course IV treats of the 
principles of combustion and gas storage; while Course V covers general geology, 
geology of oil and gas and production practices. 

Classes are organized in September and meet w T eekly for a period of approximately 
eight months. Instructors are employed on a part-time basis by the University and 
are selected for their technical training and industrial experience in the subjects which 
they teach. 

Industrial Engineering Conference 

The Industrial Engineering Conference, sponsored by the College of Engineering 
and the School of Mines, is held annually on the campus during the latter part of 
April or early May. The Conference is designed to promote the dissemination of 
information on industrial engineering principles and techniques, looking toward in- 
creased efficiency and reduced costs in industrial processes. Specialists in various fields 
present papers and lead discussions in problems relating to their respective subjects. 



The Graduate School 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



By the order of the Board of Governors of West Virginia University a University 
Graduate School is established, whose roots are implanted in all University under- 
graduate work, irrespective of departments or schools. The Graduate School is 
empowered (1) to direct research and investigation with particular reference to 
problems of the State and (2) to train and recommend to the Board of Governors 
candidates for the degrees of Master of Science, Master of Science (Home Economics 
Education), Master of Science in the various Engineering branches, Master of Arts, 
Master of Music, Master of Social Work, Master of Agriculture, Master of Home 
Economics, Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Education. 

All regulations governing the Graduate School such as the determination of 
curricula, projects, majors, minors, standards, thesis requirements, and similar matters 
shall be formulated by the Executive Committee and the Dean of the Graduate School 
and presented to the Graduate Faculty for its consideration and action. 

THE STUDENT BODY 

Seniors in the colleges of West Virginia University who are within 10 semester 
hours of graduation may, with the approval of the Dean of the Graduate School, 
enroll for graduate courses for which they mav receive graduate credit after obtaining 
their bachelors' degrees. Such graduate courses must not have been offered for 
undergraduate credit, and in every case permission must have been requested before 
or at the time of enrolling for the course or courses. Normally, the maximum amount 
of credit available to a senior by petition in this manner before he completes all 
lequirements for the baccalaureate degree and gains admission to the Graduate School 
shall be 15 semester hours. 

THE ADVISER 

The adviser will arrange a specific course of study to be approved by the Dean and, 
in the case of candidates for advanced degrees, will preside at the candidate's qualifying 
and final examination. 

THE FACULTY 

The Graduate Faculty is composed of those faculty members who are actively 
assisting with any phase of the graduate program such as teaching graduate courses, 
directing graduate research, supervising thesis and problem work, advising graduate 
students and directing their graduate studies. Membership is by appointment bv the 
Dean of the Graduate School following certification by the Executive Committee. 
Deans and Directors of the various colleges and schools and the President and Vice- 
president of the University are members ex officio. 

GRADUATE DEGREES 

Graduate degrees offered by the departments in the University which have been 
approved for graduate work are as follows: 

Master of Agriculture (MAgr,) 

Master of Arts (A.M.) 

Master of Home Economics (M.H.E.) 

Master of Music (Mus.M.) 

Master of Science (M.S.) 

Master of Science in Chemical Engineering (M.S.Ch.E.) 

306 



THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 307 



Master of Science in Civil Engineering (M.S.C.E.) 

Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (M.S.E.E.) 

Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering ( M.S.M.E.) 

Master of Science in Engineering of Mines (M.S.E.M.) 

Master of Science in Home Economics Education (M.S.H.E.E.) 

Master of Science (Biochemistry) 

Master of Social Work 

Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) 

Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) 

PROFESSIONAL DEGREES 

The following professional degrees are conferred upon graduates of the College 
of Engineering and the School of Mines of West Virginia University on the basis of 
practical experience and study in absentia, the presentation of a thesis, and an oral 
final examination. 

Engineer of Mines (E.M.) Chemical Engineer (Ch.E.) 

Mechanical Engineer (M.E.) Civil Engineer (C.E.) 

Electrical Engineer (E.E.) 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE GRADUATE DEGREE 
General Regulations 

1 . candidacy 

Admission to candidacy for any graduate degree is conditioned upon the fulfillment 
of the requirements for admission to the Graduate School, and also the particular 
requirements of undergraduate and graduate preparation for the field of study in 
which the student wishes to specialize. Unconditional admission to candidacy for 
an advanced degree involves a suitable period of graduate work in residence in which 
the student demonstrates his ability to do work of graduate caliber. Detailed informa- 
tion concerning candidacy for the Master's Degree and the Doctor's Degree may be 
found on the pages immediately following. 

2. SCHOLARSHIP 

No credits are acceptable toward an advanced degree which are reported with a 
grade lower than "C." 

Reasonable standards of oral and written English must be maintained. 

3. CURRICULUM 

Credit toward a graduate degree may be obtained only for courses listed in this 
Bulletin and numbered 200-399. 

No more than 15 hours of graduate courses in any one semester nor more than 
6 hours of graduate courses in any one term of the Summer Session may be carried 
by a student. Any exception to this rule must be approved in advance by the Dean 
of the Graduate School. 

4. RESIDENCE AND EXTENSION 

Residence credit for special field assignments and for work taken off the University 
campus shall be allowed only with prior approval of the Dean. 

No more than 15 hours of extension work may be counted by any one student 
toward the Master's Degree. 

For majors in Education, no more than 12 hours by extension may be counted 
toward the Master's Degree. 

The maximum credit that students pursuing graduate work by extension may 
receive in any one field shall be 8 semester hours. 

No more than 6 hours of graduate credit obtained in other approved institutions 
may be considered in meeting the requirements for the Master's Degree in West 



308 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Virginia University.* Graduate credits so accepted toward the Master's Degree must 
meet the usual departmental requirements for a continuous and unified program of 
graduate study and will reduce correspondingly the number of hours of graduate work 
by extension offered in West Virginia University extension centers that may be 
offered in meeting the requirements for the Master's Degree. 

The time during which credit may be acquired in extension offered by institutions 
outside the state shall be limited in any area as determined by the University Com- 
mittee on Extension and properly publicized by the Director of Extension. 

No credits earned by extension prior to the admission of the student to graduate 
work and acceptance for graduate study may be counted toward meeting the require- 
ments for the Master's Degree. This rule shall not apply to seniors in West Virginia 
University within ten hours of graduation who petition for graduate credit for courses 
not used to meet undergraduate requirements. 

Each graduate student in residence, whether taking course work or engaged in 
conducting research or in writing a thesis or report, must register at the beginning 
of each semester or term during which graduate work is being done. He must be 
registered during the session in which he is to appear for final examination. Under 
exceptional conditions and with the prior approval of the Dean a graduate student 
may be permitted to meet a portion of the requirements for the degree in absentia, 
provided the customary residence and other requirements are met. 

5. LIMITATION OF CREDIT LOADS FOR PART-TIME GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Part-time graduate students will be required to reduce their credit loads in 
proportion to the outside service rendered and the time available for graduate study. 
In general, persons in full-time service to the University or other employer will not 
be permitted to enroll for more than 4 hours of work in any one semester or to obtain 
credit for more than 8 hours in any one academic year. In corresponding manner 
the maximum credit load for a single summer term of six weeks shall be 2 hours and 
for a Summer Session of nine or twelve weeks it shall be 3 hours. Any exceptions to 
these limitations will be by permission of the Dean only and prior to registration for 
the work. 

6. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION 

The Graduate School will allow credit for educational experience in the Armed 
Forces in partial satisfaction of advanced degree requirements for courses of the 
200-399 series established by the Committee on Admissions by evaluation and/or by 
examination. For the Master's Degree, veterans may receive a maximum of 6 hours 
of credit by examination for work taken in the Armed Forces, but credit so obtained 
will reduce correspondingly the amount permitted bv transfer from another institu- 
tion. Such credit, however, will not serve to reduce graduate-degree residence re- 
quirements. 

7. THESES AND PROBLEM REPORTS 

All theses and problems reports shall be presented in the form prescribed at 
least one month previous to the Commencement Day on which the degree is ex- 
pected. If the thesis or problem report is accepted, typewritten and bound copies 
shall be submitted to the Office of the Graduate School at least one week before the 
degree is to be conferred; a minimum of five copies of the master's or doctor's thesis 
or problem report is required. 

8. FINAL EXAMINATIONS 

The candidate shall not be eligible for the final examination until his thesis or 
problem report has been approved by the examining committee. Following approval 
of the candidate's thesis or problem report and satisfactory completion of the courses 
in residence and satisfaction of other graduate requirements, he shall be given a final 
examination by his advisory committee. Examining committees for theses and for 
final examinations for advanced degrees shall contain no fewer than three members 

♦This regulation applies to all masters' degrees based upon a total credit 
requirement of 30 to 36 semester hours. The degree of Master of Social Work is 
based upon a total credit requirement of 54 to 60 semester hours, 24 to 30 of which 
may be transferred under suitable conditions, but the last 30 of which must be 
earned and completed in West Virginia University. 



THE C.RAIHA TE SCHOOL 109 



for candidates for the Master's degree, and no fewer than five members for candidates 
for the Doctor's degree. In order to have his thesis accepted or to be considered 
as having rilv passed his examination, the candidate shall have no more 

than one unfavorable vote in each case 

9. REQUEST FOR DECREE 

At the time of registration for the semester or session in which the candidate 
expects to receive a graduate degTee, he shall submit a formal request to the Dean of 
the Graduate School for the conferring of such degree. The candidate must have 
completed all requirements for the degree which he wishes to receive, at least one 
week before Commencement Da\. 

10. COMMENCEMENT ATTENDANCE 

Candidates for degrees to be conferred at the close of the second semester are 
expected to be present in person to receive their deg: 

The Degree of Master of Arts and Master of Science 
requirements for candidacy 

Satisfactory fulfillment of General Regulation No. 1 for graduate degrees stated 
on page 307; will admit an applicant to candidacy. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLETION 

The completion within a period of seven \ear>* immediately preceding the con- 
ferring of the degree, except with the permission of the Dean, of no less than 30 credit 
hours of graduate work approved by the ac^ 

Residence: A minimum is required of two semesters, or one semester and three 
summer terms, or five summer terms of residence in full-time graduate study at V. 
Virginia Universitv. For students offering 15 credit hours in extension, a minimum 
period of residence Virginia University of one semester or three summer terms 

shall be required for the Master's Degree. 

Program: In general when a thesis is offered, the program will cor. _ I hours 

or more of suitable course work and 1 to 6 hours of thesis or research. 

Thesis or Problem Report: A thesis or problem report granting no more than 
6 hours of credit mav be required b% the faculty of the college, school, or departmen 
in which the candidate's major interest lies. 

Final Examination: An examination, oral or written or both at the option of the 
candidate's examining committee, shall be required, covering the candidate's thesis or 
problem report, studies in his major and minor fields, and his ability to apply facts 
and principles. 

Special Requirements: The candidate must meet the special requirements of thr 
department in which he pursues his major stud\. 

The Degrees oi Master ui Agriculture and Master oi Home 
Economics 

REQUIREMENTS. The requirements for and regulations governing the granting of 
these two degrees are the same as those for the degree of Master of Science with the 
following exceptions: 

•This ruling untinued temporarily during the war period. It 

reinstated, effective June 1, 1948, as follows: 

Be? ~ar rule will . g 

be put into effect with the provision that, in the c have 

already started their graduate programs, the adviser and the Dean of the 
Graduate School will determine : taken before the seven-year p^- 

shall be accepted for credit. If the adviser and the Dean cannot agree, the case 
rht before the Executive Committee for review. In the event that a 
I lent began work during the war period, an extension up I 
maximum of five years may be granted. 



310 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



1. Candidates for the degrees of Master of Agriculture and Master of Home Eco- 
nomics shall have previously completed the requirements for the degree of Bachelor 
of Science in Agriculture or Bachelor of Science in Home Economics, or their equiva- 
lents. 

2. A research thesis shall not be required, but a problem report on some phase of 
agriculture or home economics shall be required. Not more than three semester hours 
of credit may be allowed for the problem report, which must be approved by the 
student's committee. The report must be submitted in the form prescribed by the 
regulations of the Graduate School. 

3. The program of work shall be such that the emphasis will be on breadth of 
knowledge in the field of agriculture or home economics, as the case may be, rather 
than upon study in one narrow field of science. To insure such breadth of training, 
the student must take work in at least five subject matter fields. Not more than ten 
credits will be accepted in any one field and not more than ten credits from other 
colleges in the University will be accepted. 

4. Special regulations may be made by the subject matter divisions concerned, and 
approved by the Dean of the Graduate School. 

The Degree of Master of Social Work and 

the Professional Certificate of Social Work 

requirements for the degree of master of social work 

The degree of Master of Social Work is conferred by the University upon those 
students satisfactorily completing the requirements as established by the Graduate 
School. These requirements are: 

1. Broad pre-professional training including not fewer than 24 hours of under- 
graduate work in the social sciences. 

2. Completion of graduate courses approved by the Department of Social Work 
totaling not fewer than 54 semester hours, of which the last 30 hours shall have been 
completed in West Virginia University. In most cases the total program will range 
from 54 to 60 hours in order that the student may obtain 6 to 12 hours of elective 
work in the social sciences. 

3. Completion of 20 semester hours or two full semesters of supervised field work 
under faculty direction. 

4. Completion of a problem report. 

5. Demonstration of competency in the theory and practice of social work to 
the satisfaction of the faculty of the Department. This will include passing with a 
satisfactory grade a comprehensive final examination, which may be oral or written, 
or both, at the discretion of the Department. The degree will not be awarded solely 
for credits earned. 

For most students the requirements for the degree of Master of Social Work can 
be met in one year after completion of the requirements for the certificate. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATE OF SOCIAL WORK 

The Professional Certificate of Social Work is awarded to students who may wish 
to have certification that they have completed approximately half of the training 
required for the Master of Social Work Degree. The requirements for the Certificate 
of Social Work are: completion of 30 semester hours of graduate social work courses, 
including at least 10 semester hours of field work; and satisfaction of all other require- 
ments of the Graduate School. The Certificate can normally be earned in two 
semesters and a summer term of six weeks. 



THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 311 



The Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 1 

REQUIREMENTS FOR CANDIDACY 

Admission to the Graduate School and enrollment in graduate courses does not of 
itself imply acceptance of the applicant for a Doctor's Degree. After a period of 
residence the applicant will be admitted to a comprehensive preliminary or qualifying 
examination (either oral or written or both) in which he must demonstrate (a) a grasp 
of the important phases and problems of the field of study in which he proposes to 
major and an application of their relation to other fields of human knowledge and 
accomplishments, (b) the ability to employ rationally the instruments of research that 
have been developed in his major field, and (c) the ability to read French and German 
to the satisfaction of his examining committee. - 

When an applicant has successfully passed his qualifying examination he will be 
formally promoted to candidacy for the Doctor's Degree. Admission to candidacy 
must precede the final examination for the Doctor's Degree by at least one academic 
year. Graduate courses pursued in fulfillment of the requirements for the Master's 
Degree, if of suitable character and quality, may be credited toward the doctorate. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLETION 

(a) Curriculum: The Degree of Doctor of Philosophy is not awarded for the mere 
accumulation of course credits nor for the completion of a definite residence require- 
ment. The exact amount and nature of course work to be undertaken by a candidate 
will be determined in light of his previous preparation and the demands of his chosen 
field of application. The aggregate of correlated courses of graduate instruction, 
should, however, be no less than 60 semester hours, exclusive of research or thesis, 
except research or thesis credits earned for the Master's Degree. These credits shall be 
ordered and distributed so as to promote broad and systematic knowledge and the 
ability to carry on independent research. 

(b) Residence: In general the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy 
contemplate at least three years of full-time graduate work beyond the Bachelor's 
Degree. A minimum of 36 weeks in residence in full-time graduate study at West 
Virginia University is required. 

(c) Thesis: The candidate must submit a thesis pursued under the direction of 
the faculty of this University on some problem in the field of his major interest. The 
thesis must present the results of the candidate's individual investigation and must 
embody a definite contribution to knowledge. 

(d) Special Requirements: The candidate must satisfy such special requirements, 
subject to approval of the Dean of the Graduate School, as may be required by the 
faculty of the college or department in which his major lies. All required examina- 
tions in modern languages shall be taken not later than one academic year before the 
final examination for the degree. 

(e) Final Examination: If the candidate's thesis is approved and he has fulfilled 
all other requirements stated above, he will be admitted to final oral examination on 
his thesis before his examining committee. At the option of this committee, a 
comprehensive written examination also may be required. 

The Degree of Doctor of Education 

This is a professional degree open to school leaders, administrators, teachers, and 
counselors who furnish evidence of significani and appropriate teaching experience. 
Persons expressing a desire to pursue the program leading to this degree must 
satisfy a College of Education faculty Committee on Prerequisites. See page 248 in 
the College of Education. 

iDepartments offering- the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy are: Agricultural 
Biochemistry, Agronomy and Genetics, Chemical Engineering, Chemistry, Geology, 
History, and Plant Pathology, Bacteriology and Entomology, and Biology. 

2With the approval of the Dean of the Graduate School, one other language 
may be substituted for French or German. 



The School of Journalism 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

THE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 



The first instruction in journalism at West Virginia University consisted of a 
two-hour course in news writing offered in 1915 in the Department of English of the 
College of Arts and Sciences. A sequence of professional courses was inauguarted by 
the same department in 1920. As the demand increased, a complete professional cur- 
riculum was made available. In 1927 an additional full-time instructor was engaged, 
larger quarters were obtained, and a separate Department of Journalism was created. 

From year to year as enrollments grew, notice was taken of the superior quality 
and esprit de corps of the students who chose journalism as a field of major concen- 
tration. In 1935 a third full-time instructor was employed, and laboratories for 
instruction in news photography and typography were provided. By 1938 no fewer 
than 160 alumni had graduated from the professional courses, and many were filling 
positions of distinction. Forty per cent of the number were connected with newspapers 
and magazines. The others were engaged in advertising, business, public relations, 
radio, high-school or college instruction, library administration, and secretarial 
work or in the activities of home makers and community leaders. More than ninety- 
seven per cent were employed. 

In consequence of the substantial development over nearly two decades and in 
view of the rapid advancement of professional schools of journalism throughout the 
nation, the University Board of Governors on April 22, 1939, separated the journalism 
unit from the College of Arts and Science and reorganized it as a School of Journalism 
with an administrative status similar to that of other schools and colleges of the Uni- 
versity. Since that time the School has conferred the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Journalism on 273, of whom 154 are men. Since 1920 the University has graduated 
443 persons with journalism as a major field of study. Of this number slightly fewer 
than half are women. A fourth full-time instructor was added in 1946 and a fifth 
full-time instructor in 1949. To expand and intensify the instruction in newspaper- 
advertising, industrial journalism, radio journalism, news photography, printing 
processes, promotion, public relations, and administration, ten lecturers in journalism 
were engaged for 1954-55. 

Aims 

The main purposes of the school are these: (1) To find and prepare superior young 
men and young women who contemplate reporting and other journalistic writing, 
or radio and television journalism, or advertising, or the editing and management of 
newspapers or special periodicals, as a career; (2) to provide in addition to thorough 
and complete technical training the broad informational background and sure 
intellectual discernment that distinguish educated persons; (3) to cultivate a full 
sense of the responsibility that modern workers in the field of communications must 
assume in their relation to the community, state, and nation, and to familiarize them 
with tested procedure in pursuing objectives of high social value; (4) to stimulate an 
inquiring attitude toward journalism as an institution and promote scholarly research 
in its various branches; (5) to furnish a suitable educational foundation for persons 
looking forward to business or professional work closely related to journalistic practice. 

Standards 

From the beginning, instruction in journalism at West Virginia University has 
been in accord with the best professional-school standards. Emphasis has ever been 
on quality, not numbers. Only students with a scholastic rating of approximately "B" 
or higher have been encouraged to take the basic courses in reporting, and those not 
able to maintain an equally high standard in the first journalism courses have been 
requested to choose a major elsewhere. 

The instructional staff has been engaged with careful attention to their individual 
ability to give expert instruction in particular fields. The curricula have been kept 

312 



THE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 313 



constantly abreast of progress in leading educational centers. Class sizes have never 
reached proportions where individual instruction had to be sacrificed. The school 
now conforms to recognized national standards, especially those required by the 
American Society of Journalism School Administrators, and is ranked with superior 
professional schools of the United States. 

Location and Equipment 

The School of Journalism, after being housed in Woodburn Hall for more than 
32 years, moved into Martin Hall in 1953 where it occupies almost the entire building. 
This fine old academic structure of late Georgian design is located on the Circle in 
the center of campus activity. After extensive renovation, various alterations, and 
other changes in the interest of instructional efficiency and modern appearance, the 
building now serves virtually all the functional purposes that might be obtained from 
an entirely new structure. 

With its basement and three stories, Martin Hall has the equivalent of 32 
standard-sized classrooms, 29 of which provide the School with lecture rooms, an 
audio-visual classroom, an auditorium seating over 150 persons, a front business office 
and advertising seminar room, an advertising layout laboratory, a typographical 
laboratory, a composing and press room, quarters for a proposed offset photo-engraving 
laboratory, a large newsroom, a reading room, seven news-photography darkrooms, a 
radio journalism laboratory with expansion space for a television news and advertising 
laboratory, a public-relations and industrial-journalism laboratory, a room for the 
West Virginia Journalism Hall of Fame, a lounge, offices for the instructional and 
editorial staffs, and space reserved for future publication requirements. 

In most respects the journalism rooms devoted to instruction in newspaper editing 
and publishing are equipped like the editorial and business quarters of a large 
weekly or a small-city daily newspaper. The large newsroom contains a U-copy desk, 
many work tables and desks, telephones, and 25 typewriters with desks. There is also 
a teletypewriter on which United Press dispatches typed in the style of copy used on 
teletypesetter circuits may be received from 3 p.m. to 3 a.m. every day. These reports 
are edited for the University daily newspaper by journalism majors working under 
the supervision of faculty members. These wire reports also furnish laboratory 
material for various classes. 

The adjacent reading room contains a reference library and various newspaper 
files. It receives daily representative newspapers of the nation. It makes available 
for intensive study about 20 of the leading dailies, many carefully selected weeklies, 
and a number of the standard magazines of the United States. It has also a 
collection of the best high-school and college newspapers in West Virginia and other 
states. The school subscribes to most of the important special periodicals of the 
publishing and writing professions. A number of journalism books in frequent use 
are shelved in this room. 

For instruction in newspaper typography, a large laboratory has been equipped 
not only for providing demonstration material but also for giving the individual 
student extensive practice in the setting and adaptation of type. The advertising-layout 
laboratory is supplied with special tables and desks for applied instruction. The 
facilities of the news-photography laboratory have been greatly increased. Additional 
cameras and developing materials are being added. Practice facilities are excellent 
for those wishing to specialize in news-reporting with the camera. Equipment for 
training in the various journalistic aspects of radio has been provided. The use of 
television in news reporting and advertising is also being given attention. The School 
offers comprehensive programs of instruction in radio-journalism, industrial publica- 
tions and public relations. Having installed in 1953 a Model 31 Blue Streak Linotype, 
the school is now giving instruction in the fundamentals of mechanical composition. 

The School of Journalism building also houses the office of the West Virginia 
Press Association, which makes available to the students certain publications, periodi- 
cals, information, and other material from its files and records. 

Additional opportunities for observation and practice, especially in the business 
and mechanical aspects of newspaper work, are provided at the plant of the West 
Virginia Newspaper Publishing Company, in Morgantown, where the University 
newspaper is printed under contract. 



314 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



Practice Opportunities 

Opportunities for applying the principles of sound newspaper and radio practice 
are good. The Daily Athenaeum, a five-day campus newspaper, is produced by 
journalism students in the various workrooms of the school where laboratories are 
conducted from 2-5 p.m. and from 7-10 p.m. every day except Saturday and Sun- 
day. Reporters working on news runs cover the Unhersity community thoroughly, 
and trained deskworkers not only edit the local reporter's copy but also prepare for 
publication the dispatches of state, national, and world origin received by the United 
Press teletype. Local pictures are taken by the campus newspaper's own staff photog- 
raphers, and other news pictures are selected from mats purchased from a national 
distributor. 

All reporters serve as correspondents of weekly and daily newspapers. Majors 
pursuing the advertising-management sequence are required to spend no fewer than 
five hours a week soliciting advertising accounts for the campus daily, writing copy, 
and otherwise servicing their accounts, and making collections for advertising sold. 
Some students get additional practice by working part-time for Morgantown dailies 
or by taking vacation positions on newspapers of their home community. Majors are 
especially urged to obtain vacation work on a good weekly or daily newspaper during 
the summers that precede their junior and senior years. As a rule, student journalists 
have staff positions on, or are regular contributors to, other campus publications. 

Students in the radio journalism sequence receive practical instruction not only 
in the University broadcasting studio but at Station WAJR, Morgantown, with which 
working relations exist. Campus, local, and world news is broadcast at WAJR every 
day from scripts prepared by radio students. Special scripts are also presented from 
time to time. In the school's radio laboratory are records for making recordings, a 
playback, a wire recorder, two tape recorders, a receiving set, and other equipment 
essential to such instruction. A television receiving set has been installed, and plans 
are projected for buying a television camera. Practice opportuniites in television news 
and advertising will be arranged with area stations. 

The Placement of Graduates 

During the last three decades alumni who had completed all or most of the 
professional courses in journalism have found little difficulty in finding desirable 
positions. Although the school cannot guarantee positions to graduates, it is glad to 
assist them in learning of openings and in making contact with employers. To this end 
it maintains without charge a placement register for both current and past graduates. 
Students and alumni are also invited to make free use of the University Placement 
Service. 

Professional Relations and Services 

From 1920 to 1954 the publishers, editors, and other communications workers paid 
annual visits to the University Campus to attend the State Journalism Conference. 
Among the organized groups participating were the West Virginia Publishers' Associa- 
tion, the West Virginia Associated Press, the 'West Virginia State Newspaper Council, 
the West Virginia Industrial Magazine Editors, the West Virginia Broadcasters' Asso- 
ciation, the West Virginia Sports Writers' Association, and the West Virginia Inter- 
collegiate Press Association. In 1953 the West Virginia Publishers' Association and 
the West Virginia State Newspaper Council were dissolved. In their place a modern 
West Virginia Press Association was instituted. This new association plans to con- 
tinue the long series of journalism conferences but to hold the annual meetings from 
time to time at other places than in Morgantown. The School of Journalism and the 
University as a whole will nevertheless continue their close relations with workers in 
the general communications field because the School is providing office quarters for 
the West Virginia Press Association and is employing the secretary-manager as a half- 
time lecturer. Special technical institutes are also projected by the School for the 
purpose of bringing communications personnel often to the campus. The WVPA 
will cooperate in such enterprises. 

On the occasions when professional groups meet at the University the journalism 
faculty and students become acquainted with the practicing press, and members of the 



THE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 315 



Fourth Estate come to know one another better and exchange tested ideas. About one 
hundred of the leading newspapermen of the nation and world have made addresses 
at past conferences. Technical experts have traced the progress of journalistic science 
and invention. Business and advertising specialists have conducted practical symposia 
in which their hearers freely took part. Editors of vision have given arresting 
glimpses of the still greater journalism of the future. The opportunity to hear leaders 
ot newspaper organizations and to mingle with persons successfully engaged in news- 
paper practice and other forms of mass communication has long been appreciated by 
the \oung men and women in training. 

In order to perpetuate the names, achievements, and ideals of the state's dis- 
tinguished editors of the past, the West Virginia Journalism Hall ot Fame was insti- 
tuted in 1935. Elections, formerly made by members of the State Newspaper Council, 
will continue to take place every two years under the sponsorship of the West Virginia 
Press Association. Suitable memorials are being placed in Martin Hall in a special 
room designed for the Hall of Fame and exhibits of historical significance. The 
names of persons thus far honored follow: 

Archibald Campbell (1853-1899). Wheeling Intelligencer. Elected 1935. 

Andrew Price (.1871-1930). Pocahontas Times, Marlinton. Elected 1935. 

John Gabriel Jacob (1826-1903). Wellsburg Herald. Elected 1937. 

Enos W. Newton ( -1S56). Kanawha Republican, Charleston. Elected 1937. 

Albert Sidney Johnson (1863-1925). Monroe Watchman, Union. Elected 1939. 

Harry Lambright Snyder (1861-1935). Shepherdstown Register. Elected 1939. 

Jefferson Slidell Brown (1861-1935). Randolph Enterprise, Elkins. Elected 1941. 

Robert S. Northcott (1818-1905). National Telegraph, Clarksburg. Elected 1941. 

William E. Chilton (1858-1939). Charleston Gazette. Elected 1943. 

Howard Holt (1883-1936). Grafton Sentinel. Elected 1943. 

Aldine S. Poling (1867-1936). Barbour Democrat, Philippi. Elected 1945. 

Herschel Coombs Ogden (1869-1943). Wheeling News-Register and other West 

Virginia newspapers. Elected 1945. 
Gilbert Miller (1878-1939). Post and Dominion-News, Morgantown. Elected 

1947. 
Horatio Seymour Whetsell (1868-1941). Preston County Journal, Kingwood. 

Elected 1947. 
William M. O. Dawson (1853-1916). Preston County Journal, Kingwood. 

Elected 1949. 
Samuel Alexander McCoy (1880-1935). Moorefield Examiner. Elected 1949. 
William B. Blake, Sr. (1851-1938). West Virginia News, Ronceverte. Elected 

1951. 
Earl Herndon Smith (1879-1940). Fairmont Times. Elected 1951. 
Walter Eli Clark (1869-1950). Charleston Daily Mail. Elected 1953. 
Robert H. Pritchard (1892-1950). Weston Democrat. Elected 1953. 

From the beginning the press of the State has assumed a cordial and cooperative 
attitude toward professional training for journalism at the University. For many 
\ears the State Newspaper Council had among its standing committees one on 
Educational and Professional Standards and another on School of Journalism Building. 
The former group interested itself long and earnestly in helping the journalism 
unit maintain high-grade instruction and offer study inducements such as scholarships 
to superior young people. The latter concerned itself with ways and means 
of obtaining still better housing and equipment facilities for the school. Because of 
intensive studv of elementary journalism in high schools and increasing attention 
paid to school publications, together with wide use of the newspaper as a teaching 
aid in English, civics, history, geography, science, and other subjects, the University 
has long cooperated with the state's educators. The School of Journalism provides 
an annual critical service for high school news-periodicals and awards various degrees 
of excellence. It also unites with the West Virginia Association of Scholastic Jour- 
nalism Directors each year in conducting a two-day State Institute of Scholastic 
Journalism in which the problems of teaching journalism and publishing newspapers 
and annuals are professionally considered. 

Journalism Organizations 

Journalism organizations of which eligible students may become members are: 
The University Press Club, to which all proficient reporters and advanced students 
belong; Theta Sigma Phi, national organization of high-scholarship women in schools 
of journalism and of professional women in newspaper, magazine, radio, publicity, 
and other writing fields; Journaliers. professional fraternity; and Kappa Tau Alpha 



316 CURRICULA AND COURSES 



national journalistic scholarship society, to which about ten per cent of the highest- 
ranking majors are elected each year. Many other University organizations are also 
open to journalism students with special interests outside the field of journalism. 

Courses Open to Non-Journalism Majors 

Major students in other colleges of the University may pursue courses in journal- 
ism for credit, provided these students can offer in each instance the necessary 
prerequisites. 

Proficiency in English 

Regular students of the University or transfers from other colleges and universities 
are expected to speak and write the English language with a marked degree of 
correctness. This means that in their English composition courses they should have 
achieved a standing of approximately "B" or higher. If upon entering the School of 
Journalism a student is found deficient in English, he will be required to take one 
or more additional courses in fundamental composition. 

Typewriting and Shorthand 

Before or soon after entering the University, a student planning to become a 
journalism major should learn the touch system of typewriting. From the beginning 
every reporter is expected to submit copy in neat typewritten form and to have 
a typing speed of no fewer than forty words a minute. If the reporter cannot demon- 
strate such typing ability, he may be asked to withdraw from the reporting course. 
He will find it advantageous to have his own machine. 

Persons training for book-publishing or advertising-agency work and those expect- 
ing to become secretaries or assistants to executives find shorthand either desirable 
or indispensable. Such students are advised to learn it before coming to college or 
during their freshman or sophomore year. 

The Committee on Scholarship 
Messrs. Reed, Bond, and Summers. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE 

THE BROAD EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATION 

Far more than previously, newspaper publishers and other executives in the field 
of communications are insisting that their staff members be persons with a broad 
educational background. The day of the practitioner narrowly drilled in certain 
techniques and possessing only limited general culture is rapidly passing. As a 
result the modern school of journalism devotes 75 per cent of its curricula to studies 
that provide a comprehensive and authoritative education. 

Among the foundation courses that receive special attention are these: the 
English language and literature: modern foreign language (Spanish, German, and 
French recommended, in that order) ; theoretical and applied economics, and business 
administration; national, state, and local government and the government systems of 
foreign countries: American politics and international relations; the problems of 
management and labor and their social implications; American and European 
history; philosophy, psychology, and natural science. Persons capable of producing 
newspapers or broadcasting news events and their interpretation with which today's 
readers and listeners will be satisfied must be thoroughly informed about all aspects 
of the modern world. They must also know the art and science of the best journalistic 
practice. 



THE SCHOO